Vel. XXXIX JANUARY. 1963 No.l
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
CONTENTS
LINSLEY & CAZIER — Further observations on bees which take
pollen from plants of the genus Solanum 1
KISTNER — New species and new records of rare species of
Pygostenini from the Congo Republic 19
EDMUNDS — A new genus and species of mayfly from Peru 34
CHEMSAK — Some new North American Callidiini with notes
on the synonymy of Pronocera Motschulsky and
Conocallus LeConte. ... 37
RUCKES — Cone beetles of the genus Conophthorus in California 43
USINGER — A new bat bug from southern Chile 51
THORP — A new species of the genus Trachusa from California
with a key to the known species 56
BOOK REVIEWS & NOTICES 18, 41, 55
PROCEEDINGS, Pacific Coast Entomological Society 59
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1961
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
EDITORIAL BOARD
E. G. Linsley P. D. Hurd, Jr., Editor E. R. Leach
E. S. Ross H. V. Daly, Asst. Editor H. B. Leech
L. R. O’Brien, Editorial Assistant
R. C. Miller, Treasurer J. E. Swift, Advertising
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceedings appear-
ing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological phases of entomology are
favored, including articles up to ten printed pages on insect taxonomy, morphology, life history,
and distribution.
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed to
Dr. P. D. Hurd, Jr., at 112 Agriculture Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4, Calif. All
communications regarding non-receipt of numbers, changes of address, requests for sample
copies, and all financial communications should be addressed to the treasurer, Dr. R. C. Miller,
at the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco 18, California.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $5.00 for regular members or $6.00 for subscriptions
only. Single copies are $1.50 each or $6.00 a volume. Make ohecks payable to Pan-Pacific
Entomologist.
Application for membership in the society should be addressed to Dr. H. V. Daly,
Secretary, 112 Agriculture Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4.
PAGE CHARGES
At the last meeting of the Executive Committee it was decided
that all papers of more than one printed page are to be charged at
the rate of $10.00 per page. This is in addition to the usual charges
for illustrations and reprints. The compelling reasons for this de-
cision are the large backlog of manuscripts and the severe restric-
tions of a relatively fixed income based on subscriptions and the
constantly rising costs of printing.
It is not intended that page charges be paid by individuals.
Publication is now generally recognized as an integral part of the
research process and should be charged to the institution or grant
that supported the research. Private investigators should note on
their bill “No budgeted funds,” “No grant funds,” or “No institu-
tional support.” This notation will suffice as an application to the
Society for a personal grant which will be made automatically from
a special fund set aside for this purpose. The Publication Commit-
tee wishes to emphasize that articles are accepted or rejected only
on the basis of merit. The editor’s decision to publish will always
be made before the page charge is assessed.
Second-class postage paid at San Francisco, California.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Yol. XXXIX January, 1963 No. 1
FURTHER OBSERVATIONS ON BEES WHICH TAKE POLLEN
FROM PLANTS OF THE GENUS SOLANUM
(Hymenoptera : Apoidea)
E. G. Linsley and M. A. Cazier 1
University of California, Berkeley
Introduction. Two of the most common species of Solanum
in the southwestern United States are S. elaeagnifolium Linnaeus
and S. rostratum Dunal. The former (fig. 1) is known as silverleaf-
nettle, bullnettle and Trompillo, and is a perennial species with
purple flowers. The latter (fig. 2) is known as buffalo-bur and is
an annual species with yellow flowers. Both are low-growing plants
with prickly stems, which are especially notable in S. rostratum.
Each makes its pollen available shortly after dawn as the buds
begin to open and each is pollinated, insofar as presently known,
primarly by large, heavy-bodied bees which are capable of invert-
ing the flowers and vibrating the anthers in order to extract the
pollen from the slits at their ends. Smaller bees are able to exploit
residual pollen in the face of competition from the larger bees but
the principal harvest is reaped by the latter — at least in the areas
where our studies have been conducted.
Although the leaves and unripe fruit of S. rostratum and S.
elaeagnifolium are reported to contain an alkaloid, solanin, highly
toxic to vertebrates, there is no indication of toxicity of the pollen
to bees — nor, for that matter of the leaves to the Colorado potato
beetle, which feeds readily on S. rostratum, its presumed original
host plant.
Previous Studies. Some observations on the activity of pollina-
tors of Solanum elaeagnifolium have been reported previously for
a small group of plants on the grounds of the Southwestern Re-
search Station, 5 miles west of Portal, Arizona (Linsley, 1962).
This site is at an elevation of 5400 ft. in the Chiricahua Mountains,
and during the last week of July, the flowers began to open near
5 a.m., at which time the first pollinators appear. Air tempera-
1 The photographs accompanying this paper were very kindly taken for this purpose by Mar-
jorie Slatham of the American Museum of Natural History, New York. Miss Statham and
Juanita M. Linsley ably assisted in the collection of field samples. Identifications of pollina-
tors were made or confirmed by P. H. Timberlake, University of Calfornia, Riverside, of
plants by Margaret S. Bergseng, University of California Herbarium, Berkeley. Robbin
Thorp, Department of Entomology and Parasitology, University of California, Berkeley, aided
in the identification and analysis of pollen loads and comparison of pollen-collecting struc-
tures. The authors are grateful to all concerned.
2
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
tures at this hour were in the vicinity of 56°-58° F, well above
the minimum necessary for flight. The first active pollinators were
Ptiloglossa arizonensis Timberlake, followed by Bombus morris oni
Cresson and B. sonorus Say, from 10 minutes to half an hour later.
These were the only pollinators observed in this area, the Ptilo-
glossa females confining their activity largely to a 15 or 20 minute
period which terminated considerably before sunrise, the Bombus
continuing to work the flowers until they began to wilt (near mid-
morning on a hot day, near mid-day when the sky was overcast).
No s im ilar data have been published for bees which take pollen
from Solarium rostratum, although P. H. Timberlake found Pro-
toxaea gloriosa (Fox), Psaenythia mexicanorum (Cockerell) and
Nomia tetrazonata Cockerell visiting this plant at Sonoita Creek,
near Patagonia, Santa Cruz County, Arizona.
Site of Present Study. In the summer of 1962, at a location one
mile east of Douglas, Cochise County, Arizona, populations of
both species of Solanum were in bloom and growing adjacent to
one another. S. rostratum occurred as individual plants or in small
groups of plants in a narrow wash dominated by the tall com-
posite, V er be sina enceliodes (Car.) Benth. & Hook., var. exauricu-
lata R. &. G. S. elaeagni folium occurred in thin scattered patches
on somewhat higher ground extending eastward from the wash,
and was associated with Hoffmanseggia densifora Benth., Baileya
multiradiata Harv. & Gray, Bahia absinthifolia var. dealbata Gray,
Mentzelia pumila (Nutt.) Torr. & Gray, Cucurbita foetidissima
H.B.K., C. digitata Gray, and a number of less conspicuous flower-
ing plants. Scattered shrubs of Larrea tridentata (D.C.) Coville,
and other desert perennials characterized the surrounding area.
The physical proximity of individual plants of the two species of
Solanum greatly facilitated a comparison of the pollinators which
visited them. Further, the sound emitted by the bees while vibrating
the anthers could be heard at a distance of several yards, a fact
which contributed materially to the ease with which they could
be located in the dim morning light.
Size, appearance, and geographical range of the pollinators.
The most conspicuous of the Solanum pollinators is the bumblebee
Bombus sonorus (figs. 3-5), the workers of which are large (our
samples varying in length from 13-18 mm), robust, densely hairy,
and black, with the pubescence of the dorsum of the thorax bright
yellow, broken with a transverse black hand across the middle,
January, 1963] linsley & cazier— solanum bees
3
Fig. 1. Solanum elaeagni folium Linnaeus
4
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
and that of the first three metasomal terga bright yellow also. It
occurs in Mexico and southwestern United States from Texas to
southern California and northward to Kansas. Caupolicana yarrowi
(figs. 3-5) is also large (17-19 mm in length), robust, black, and
densely hairy, the hairs of the face mostly white, those of the vertex
of the head and dorsum of the thorax fulvous, and the metasoma
transversely banded with white along apical margins of first four
terga. It also occurs in Mexico, extending its range into southern
Arizona, New Mexico and Texas. Ptiloglossa jonesi (figs. 3-5) is
similar in size (16-19 mm) and the hairs of the face and dorsum
of the thorax are similar, but the metasoma is greenish with the
apical margins of the terga paler, superficially suggesting trans-
verse pubescent bands. Thus far it is known only from southern
Arizona and northern Mexico. Protoxaea gloriosa (figs. 3-5) is
likewise similar in size to the preceding (15-18 mm in length),
and is a robust black bee with reddish legs. The facial pubescence
is mostly white, that of the vertex of the head, dorsum of the thorax,
and the base, sides and apex of the metasoma fulvous. We have
seen examples from Mexico, Texas, and New Mexico, as well as
Arizona. All three species of Centris are robust, black bees with
white facial hairs, and the pubescence of the vertex, dorsum of
thorax, and base of metasoma fulvous. However, C. caesalpiniae
(figs. 5, 6) has red eyes and a red clypeus and has about the same
size range as Protoxaea (14-18 mm in length), and occurs in much
the same area. C. atripes (fig. 6) is intermediate in size (10-14
mm in length) and has a bright yellow clypeus and labrum. It is
known from northern Mexico, Texas, New Mexico and Arizona.
The similar sized C. rhodopus (fig. 6) (11-13 mm in length) has
the base of the antennae, eyes, clypeus, mouthparts and legs wholly
or partially red. It overlaps the other two species in distribution
but also occurs in southern California. Psaenythia mexicanorum
(figs. 5, 6) and Nomia mesillensis depart from this pattern of
large, robust, hairy bees with dense fulvous thoracic pubescence.
(They range from 9-10 mm in length). The former is black with
the lower face largely bright yellow and with transverse white
pubescent bands at the base of metasomal terga, two to four; the
latter has gold maculations with greenish tints apically on meta-
somal segments two to four. Both are southwestern species which
extend their range into Mexico.
Nature of the pollen. The pollen of each of the species of So-
January, 1963] linsley & cazier— solanum bees
5
lanum is very fine, the equatorial diameter of the grains in our
sample from S. rostratum ranging from 23-27 /x, those from 5.
elaeagnifolium, from 32-37g. As in other species of Solanum,
pollen is shed from slits in the end of the five elongate anthers
Fig. 2. Solanum rostratum Dunal.
6
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
which surround the exerted stigma. The weight of the larger bees
causes the flowers to invert as they alight, and the anthers are
then vibrated and the pollen shaken out. In this process the venter
of the bee often becomes covered with pollen, in addition to that
which is packed into the specialized hairs which constitute the
pollen-carrying scopa.
We have called attention previously (Linsley, 1962), to the
high proportion of “aborted” pollen grains produced by Solanum
elaeagnifolium. In samples taken from bees in the Chiricahua
Mountains, in 1961, 64 per cent of the pollen grains were aborted
(i.e., did not contain significant amounts of protoplasm). Samples
from the Douglas site were almost identical (65.4 per cent), sug-
gesting that the percentage of aborted grains is the result of some
inherent factor, rather than a function of temperature as sug-
gested by Stow (1927). S. rostratum produces aborted pollen also,
but at Douglas, where the plants were intermixed with those of
S. elaeagnifolium , the proportion of aborted grains was only 15.6
per cent.
Among the plant species which compete for the attention of
some of the Solanum pollinators, Mentzelia pumila also produces
fine pollen, with grains varying in diameter from 25-27^, much
as in Solanum rostratum. Its pollen is made available in the late
afternoon and early evening, and is exploited at that time by
Bombus, Caupolicana, and Centris, but not by Ptiloglossa or Pro-
toxaea. On the other hand, Hoffmanseggia densifora produces a
much coarser pollen, our samples ranging in diameter from 61-
74/x. It is utilized during the day by the Solanum species of Centris,
but not by Ptiloglossa, Caupolicana, or Protoxaea.
Devices for the collection and transport of pollen. In view of
the small size of the pollen grains produced by the two species of
Solanum, a brief comparison of the nature of the specialized de-
vices for pollen -holding (scopae) present in the various species
may be of interest.
Bombus sonorus, like other social bees, collects pollen in a
corbicula consisting of a large, slightly concave, smooth, glabrous
area on the outer surface of each of the posterior tibiae. The tibiae
are wide and flattened, and the corbiculae are surrounded an-
teriorly and posteriorly by long, incurved, stiff black hairs which
hold the moist pollen mass which is formed by mixing nectar with
the pollen to provide consistency. At the inner distal end of each
January, 1963 ] linsley & cazier— solanum bees
7
of the posterior tibiae there is a “rake” (rastellum) formed of
short, stiff setae. The outer surface of the posterior basitarsi has
a flattened “auricle” which functions to push pollen upward into
the corbicula. The inner surface of the basitarsi has rows of stiff
setae forming comb-like structures.
Ptiloglossa jonesi and Caupolicana yarrowi are essentially
similar in the nature of the specialized pollen collecting hairs which
are present on the trochanters, femora, tibiae and basitarsi of the
hind legs and on the sides of the propodeum and first metasomal
tergum. Except on the hind basitarsi, scopal hairs are long, white,
and dense, with whorled branches. Those of the trochanters curl
Fig. 3. Solanum pollinators, dorsal view. Upper left: Protoxaea gloriosa
(Fox). Upper right: Bombus sonorus Say. Lower left: Caupolicana yarrowi
(Cresson). Lower right: Ptiloglossa jonesi Timberlake.
8
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
ventrally and apically; those of the femora, ventrally; those of
tibiae, ventrally and apically; those of the lateral face of the pro-
podeum, posteriorly and ventrally; and those of the first metasomal
tergite, ventrally. The hairs of the inner face of the hind tibiae,
and the mid and hind basitarsi, are shorter, moderately dense,
dark, simple, stiff, and directed ventrally. The pollen is packed dry.
Protoxaea gloriosa carries pollen in specialized scopal hairs
on the posterior coxae, trochanters, femora, the anterior surface
of posterior tibiae and dorsal one-fourth of anterior surface of
posterior basitarsi, and the sides of the propodeum and first meta-
somal tergum, as well as the middle of the first metasomal sternum.
The scopal hairs are long, pale yellow brown, dense, somewhat
curved, with whorled branches. The hairs of the coxae are curled
apically and become shorter toward the base; those of the tro-
chanter are curled apically; those of the femora, ventrally and
apically. Hairs of dorsal surface of tibiae and dorsal one-fourth
of anterior surface of hind basitarsi, shorter, straight, and directed
apically, those of ventral surface, longer, curled ventrally and
somewhat apically. On the inner faces of the posterior legs, the
hairs are very like those of Ptiloglossa jonesi and Caupolicana
yarrawi. On the lateral face of the propodeum the scopal hairs are
directed posteriorly and ventrally, on the sides of the first meta-
somal segment, ventrally, and on the middle of the first metasomal
sternum, posteriorly. The pollen is packed dry.
Centris caesalpiniae, C. atripes, and C. rhodopus have essenti-
ally similar pollen collecting devices. The scopa is confined to the
outer surface of the posterior tibiae and basitarsi, and is composed
of dense, long, stiff, black hairs, both branched and simple. The
two types of hairs appear to alternate and are represented in about
equal numbers. The simple hairs are slightly longer and when the
scopa is packed full of pollen, these may be the only hairs visible.
The branches of the plumose hairs consist of two lateral rows on
apical half of hair, and they do not subdivide further. The hairs
of the inner surface of the posterior tibiae are short and simple,
those of the inner surface of the posterior basitarsi are also simple,
but longer, although not as long as those of outer surface. The
pollen is presumably packed dry, although on several specimens
it appears damp and matted, as though small amounts of nectar
might be present.
In Psaenythia mexicanorum the scopa is confined to the pos-
January, 1963] linsley & cazier— solanum bees 9
terior tibiae, which are long and narrow with the outer surface
flattened. The hairs which comprise it are short, white, sparse and
curved posteriorly. Those on the apical half of the tibiae are
branched on the outer side. The anterior half of the inner surface
of the posterior and mid basitarsi have dense, stiff, yellowish, sim-
ple hairs. The pollen is mixed with nectar and packed into the
scopa moist.
Nomia mesillensis carries pollen in scopal hairs on the outer
surface of the posterior tibiae, the inner surface of the posterior
femora, the posterior trochanters, and on the side of the propo-
deum. Some pollen is also carried on the base of the posterior
basitarsi and the apices of the abdominal sterna.
Fig. 4. Solanum pollinators, ventral view. Upper left: Protoxaea gloriosa.
Upper right: Bombus sonorus. Lower left: Caupolicana yarrowi. Lower right:
Pdloglossa jonesi.
10
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
Constancy among the pollinators. All of the individuals of
Ptiloglossa jonesi had pure loads of Solanum pollen except two
individuals which, when they arrived at dawn, carried tricolporate
grains from an unknown plant species on the legs, and two which
carried pollens superficially resembling that of Solanum but prob-
ably different. On the other hand, nearly 70 per cent of the females
of Caupolicana yarrowi already carried small to large quantities
of an unidentified Mentzelia- like pollen when they began collecting
from Solanum. Caupolicana collects pollen from Mentzelia pumila
in the evening but the flowers of this plant are closed in the morn-
ing. Matinal activity of Caupolicana yarrowi has been recorded
about flowers of Datura (Cockerell and Porter, 1899), Larrea
(Linsley and Hurd, 1959) and Melilotus (Linsley, 1960), but
except for the general statement of Michener (1961) that the spe-
cies is not oligolectic, we have been unable to find direct or indirect
references to its pollen-collecting activity.
All Psaenythia mexicanorum which were carrying pollen had
pure loads; the remainder were parasitized and made no athempt
to gather pollen. We have found this species taking nectar from
V erbesina but have not observed it collecting pollen from any
plants but Solanum. Bombus sonorus, a polylectic species, was
remarkably constant when visiting Solanum ; of 131 individuals
examined, approximately 85 per cent had pure loads. Among the
remainder, some of the early arrivals carried the unknown Ment-
zelia- like pollen or pollen believed to have been derived from some
member of the Liliaceae; a few of the late arrivals had some pollen
from Compositae probably V erbesina encelioides. Protoxaea glori-
osa, another polylege, had a high proportion of mixed loads (ap-
proximately 53 per cent), the foundation of the loads having been
derived from the undetermined plant with Mentzelia- like pollen.
It is known to take pollen also from Kallstroemia calif ornica (Lins-
ley and Michener, 1962) .
Of the three species of Centris, C. caesalpiniae exhibited the
greatest amount of constancy (approximately 59 per cent), fol-
lowed by C. atripes (37 per cent) and C. rhodopus (16 per cent).
The mixed loads in all three species mostly involved pollen from
H offmanseggia densiflora, or the unidentified plant with Mentzelia-
like pollen, or both. Snelling (1956), in his synopsis of the tax-
onomy, distribution and flower records of the nine species of
Centris which are known to occur within or extend their ranges
January, 1963] linsley & cazier— solanum bees
11
into California, lists none as visiting Solanum. Nor does he give
pollen sources for either C. atripes nor C. rhodopus. We have
found the latter taking pollen from Dalea spinosa, and all three
of the Solanum-v isiting species taking nectar from V erbesina en-
celioides, in addition to the other pollen and nectar sources listed
herein.
Fig. 5. Solanum pollinators, lateral view. Upper left: Caupolicana yar-
rowi. Upper right: Psaenythia mexicanorum. Center left: Centris caesalpiniae.
Center right: Bombus sonorus. Lower left: Protoxaea gloriosa. Lower right:
Ptiloglossa jonesi.
12
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
It is of interest that all of the large matinal pollinators of
Solarium except Ptiloglossa jonesi and Protoxaea gloriosa also
exploit the fine pollen grains of Mentzelia , when they are offered
in the late afternoon. On August 20, for example, about two hours
before sunset, many of the Mentzelia flowers were opening and
were being visited by Bombus at 4:45 p.m. (air temp. 90° F).
An hour before sunset, at 5:50 p.m., the first female Caupolicana
was observed taking pollen, the last, 22 minutes after sunset 2 , at
7 :13 p.m. (air temp. 81° F) ; the first Centris was seen 17 minutes
before sunset, at 6:34 p.m., the last, 16 minutes after sunset, at
7:07 p.m.; and the last Bombus at 7:02 p.m. No Ptiloglossa or
Protoxaea were observed at Mentzelia on this evening nor any of
the numerous others when Mentzelia samples were taken. Examina-
tion of the pollen loads of the individuals visiting Mentzelia re-
vealed only pure Mentzelia pollen.
Effects of Physical Factors on Pollinator Activity. During the
entire period in which observations were made of pollinator ac-
tivity, the air temperatures were well above levels at which they
might be expected to limit flight. The only behavioral variation
noted that might have been influenced by differences in tempera-
ture was that the amount of time spent extracting pollen from a
flower varied from 2.5-3 seconds at 68-72° F. to from 1-2 seconds at
80-84° F., for both Ptiloglossa and Caupolicana. Other species
were not checked on this point.
The most critical factor noted by us was variation in light
intensity, and particularly direct radiation from the sun. On clear
warm mornings such as August 17 (Table I), Ptiloglossa and Cau-
policana begin collecting pollen from both species of Solanum
about an hour before sunrise, although they can be heard in ex-
ploratory or orientation flights somewhat earlier — usually at con-
siderable distance above our heads. The first Bombus usually
appear about 20 minutes later, and although Ptiloglossa and Cau-
policana cease pollen collecting an hour or less after sunrise, Bom-
bus continue until the flowers wilt in late morning. Occasional
individuals of Protoxaea are active at flowers before sunrise, but
the main period of pollen-collecting begins at sunrise and con-
tinues for from two to two and one-half hours. Pollen-gathering
by Centris also begins at sunrise and reaches a peak about two
2 Caupolicana females start flying at dawn and were active at flowers of Solanum almost an
hour before sunrise at a much lower light intensity than that which prevails when they
cease flight in the evening.
January, 1963 ] linsley & cazier— solanum bees
13
hours later. Psaenythia do not appear in numbers until mid-
morning when the pollen supply is running low. At this time they
are joined by Nomia.
Fig. 6. Solanum pollinators. Upper left and right: Psaenythia mexi-
canorum (Cockerell). Center left: Centris rhodopus Cockerell. Center right:
Centris atripes Mocsary. Lower left and right: Centris caesalpiniae Cockerell.
Table I. Pollen-collecting bees at plants of two species of Solanum at a site one mile east of Douglas, Arizona, August 17,
1962, under clear sky with temperatures ranging from 73° F. to 90° F. Sunrise: 6:00 a.m. MST.
Solanum rostratum
14
ID
■M
o
H
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
CM CO NO CO CO LO
I — 1 NO rH r-H
CM
LO LO CM CO CM
O 1—1
o o
ip o
0-1 o
CM
CO
O O
tp 10
on on
o o
CO Tp
On ON
o o
CM CO
On ON
O O
i— l CM
ON On
O O
O r-H
ON On
O O
LO O
CO ON
TP
CO
NO
CO
TP
CM
CM CM
CM
CO CM
CO
CM
Tp CM
UO
CO
o
LO
CO ^
cn
OJ
r-
o
Z,
o o
° "F
r— t—
o o
LO O
NO f—
o o
Tp LO
NO NO
o o
CO Tp
NO NO
o o
CM CO
NO NO
o o
1—1 CM
NO NO
o o
° TJ
NO NO
o o
LO O
VO NO
o o
Tp LO
LO LO
o o
CO TP
LO LO
o o
CM CO
LO LO
o o
i — i CM
LO LO
o
TP CM
LO CO
rH i— I NO CM
CM CM
t~- i — I
CM
Tp
CM
CM CM T—i
CO
Ol
o
I— H
K
o
<1
w
<
w
s
hJ
o
C/j
NO CM
CM CO i— l
NO CO
ON
CM
LO
i— I IN-
rH CO CO
Tp
lo-
co CO
CM
CO
O
o
LO LO
s °
>3 C <3
2 D
L. 53 .g »
O « C -2
O O l '
£
a
•2 e
<r, riS; G
HS L>
a, b'S
« e £
05
Or
e c
co O
05 . , <0
r*S * rO O'
4 2 -§ £ a
£ c §.
.© a o g
a ^ o
<0 cq
Cl.
CL
e
e
as
e
©
o
e
§ g
CL
e
■ S
S.
— a
&J0 C '
<0
O;
a .2
^ o ^
Co -0-1 S3 ip
QJ S- O K
<3 £ s
u § ^ §
r o Cl,
c
a
L.
o
H
s
'h
W K
£ s
H o
fe:
e
Table II. Pollen-collecting bees at plants of two species of Solanum growing together one mile east of Douglas, Arizona, Aug-
ust 18, 1962, under overcast sky from 5 to 7 a.m. and broken sky thereafter, with temperatures ranging from 64.3° F. to 86.3° F.
Sunrise (behind clouds) : 6:03 a.m.
Solanum rostratum
January, 1963] linsley & cazier— solanum bees
15
cd
4->
CM
CO
ON
CM
t-H SO
Os
t-H
LO
CM
r— t
o
o
CO
o
CM
CM
OS
CM
CM
r-H
CM
O
I— H
CC
CM
H
f— t
o o
i— H
CO
CC
CM
r~
CM
CT\ Ov
O O
LO o
SO
r-H
LO
LO
CM
CM
CO ov
o o
y lo
r-H
CO
r-H
CO
r— H
VO
r-H
LO
CO
i— H
CO CO
O O
CO
r-H
Os
r-H
CM
LO
CM
CM
r-H
co co
o o
CM CO
so
i— H
r-H
i— H
r-H
CC
CO
co co
o o
i — i CM
r-H
r-
r-H
CM
LO
CM
r-
co 00
2 °
O 1— 1
7— H
CM
CO
co
i — !
CM
CM
r— H
00 co
O O
LO o
Tf
CM
r-H
CM
CM
t— cc
2 °
Tf LO
cc
CM
r-H
Cd
or
i — 1
CM
1— O-
O O
co
r-H
r-H
r-H
r-H
r-H
r— H
r -
O O
CM CO
LO
cc
t-H
L-
3
P
o O
y o]
r— 1
CC
CO
cc
hJ
o
r-i
CM
i
u- t>
Ch
HH
2 °
£
r K
rH
r-H
CO
r-H
r-H
<
r-
w
<
O O
p
LO O
i— 1
r-H
CM
w
CM
r-H
Ov
CM
vo r-
S °
7! LO
VO VO
o o
CO ^
VO vo
O O
CM eo
VO vo
2 <=>
O vO
S o
© I
VO VO
2 °
LO o
LO VO
2 °
y lo
LO LO
o (0
CO ^
LO LO
O o
CM 2
lO LO
2 °
. . cm
LO LO
o
LO
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
co
CM LO
P
£
<!
P
O
c n
CM tT
CM
CM
CM
LO
CM
LO
LO
CO
CM
CO
CM
og eg
CM csj
CO
53
VJ
*350
a
o
CL Y 2
a a S
a c a
'O Co
a
to
•2 to
a 'C
be C
^ a
CO
a>
a
* fO
a
* rO
o,
’ — 3
Q
«o *
CD
Q
cj
Q_) -ua
53 Q
to
a
a
P
a
a
a
o
«
a
a
a
a
x:
a
a
a
-a
a
tuo
a
a a
e cl
a a "
a
Co
2 a
c -O
£ S
<0 o
a
a
a
a a
9-2 ^ a
’-V. -o
2.® « §
a ^ g a
Cp Cp i
a
ia.
2 -a
is®
a
a
2
atrip es
Psaenythia
mexicanorum
Nomia
16
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
By contrast, on overcast mornings such as that of August 18
(Table II), the active period of pollen collecting for Ptiloglossa
extends over a period of two and one-half hours, that of Caupoli-
cana over three and one-half hours. Protoxaea initiates activity
about an hour later than usual but terminates pollen collecting at
about the same time as on a clear day. Centris spp. behave about
the same as Protoxaea. On this particular day Psaenythia appeared
somewhat earlier than usual but in numbers too small to judge
whether or not this had any significance.
Summary
(1) Flowers of Solarium elaeagni folium and S. rostratum open
and expose the anthers shortly after dawn.
(2) The pollen is exploited primarily by large, heavy-bodied
bees which invert the flower and vibrate the anthers, shaking pollen
from slits in their ends.
(3) When allowance is made for slight differences in the
growing sites of the two species of Solanum, it is clear that the
same species of bees visit both about equally.
(4) Although individuals of some species appeared to be rela-
tively pollen-species constant, others were seen to move from one
Solanum to the other, in spite of the fact that to the human eye one
is yellow, the other purple.
(5) The polen grains are fine, ranging in the two species from
23-37/r, and the principal pollinators are clothed with fine hairs and
modified pollen carrying devices which permit their exploitation.
(6) Both Solanum species produce “aborted” pollen, amount-
ing to about 65 per cent for S. elaeagni folium, nearly 16 per cent
for S. rostratum.
(7) Since “aborted” pollen grains lack protoplasm they pre-
sumably have no nutritional value for bee larvae.
(8) The modified hairs are useful for carrying other kinds of
fine pollen, such as that of Mentzelia, which is also exploited by
some of the Solanum visitors when it is made available in the late
afternoon near sunset.
(9) The behavior pattern which results in vibration of the
anthers of Solanum carries over to Mentzelia, where it is not ob-
viously needed.
(10) Although individuals of Bombus, Caupolicana, and Cen-
tris learn to exploit pollen of Solanum near sunrise and Mentzelia
January, 1963] linsley & cazier— solanum bees
17
near sunset, this does not appear to be true of Ptiloglossa nor of
Protoxaea.
(11) Restriction of pollen collecting activity to early morning
hours ( Ptiloglossa and to a lesser extent Protoxaea) , or to early
morning and late evening hours ( Caupolicana and to a lesser ex-
tent Centris and Bombus) would appear to have obvious adaptive
value in a desert environment.
(12) Composition of the pollinator populations and time
periods and activity sequences was remarkably uniform on succes-
sive days, varying only in response to different weather conditions.
(13) Psaenythia and Nomia appear to be largely pollen scav-
engers, exploiting residual Solanum pollen after the main period
of pollinator activity.
(14) The larger pollinators exhibit a striking similarity in
coloration of the pubescense of the head and thorax, although it is
not clear as to whether this convergence is coincidental or results
from a common selective force.
Literature Cited
Cockerell, T. D. A.
1897. Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station-V. Some
new Hymenoptera from the Mesilla Valley, New Mexico, Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., (6)19:394-403.
Cockerell, T. D. A. and W. Porter
1899. Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station-VII. Ob-
servations on bees, with descriptions of new genera and species.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7)4:403-421.
Linsley, E. G.
1958. The ecology of solitary bees. Hilgardia, 27:543-599.
1960. Observations on some matinal bees at flowers of Cucurbita,
Ipomoea, and Datura in desert areas of New Mexico and south-
eastern Arizona. Jour. New York Ent. Soc., 68:13-20.
1962. The colletid Ptiloglossa arizonensis Timberlake, a matinal pol-
linator of Solanum. Pan-Pacific Ent. 38:75-82.
Linsley, E. G. and P. D. LIurd, Jr.
1959. Ethological observations on some bees of southeastern Arizona
and New Mexico. Ent. News, 70:63-68.
Linsley, E. G. and C. D. Michener
1962. Brief notes cn the habits of Protoxaea. Jour. Kansas Ent. Soc.,
35:385-389.
Michener, C. D.
1951. In: Muesebeck, Krombein and Townes, Hymenoptera of America
north of Mexico — synoptic catalogue. U.S. Dept. Agr. Monogr. 2.
1420 pp.
18
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
Snelling, R. R.
1956. Rees of the genus Centris in California. Pan-Pacific Ent., 32:
1 - 8 .
Stow, I.
1927. A cytological study on pollen sterility in Solarium tuberosum
L. Japanese Jour. Bot., 3(3) :217-237.
Timberlake, P. H.
1935. Notes on the species of Psaenythia of North America. Boll. Lab.
Zool. Gen. Agraria, 33:398-409.
RECENT LITERATURE
BIOLOGICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE MUTILLID SUBGENUS
PHOTOPSIS BLAKE AND THEIR SYSTEMATIC VALUES (Hy-
menoptera) . By William E. Ferguson. University of California Publica-
tions in Entomology, Vol. 27, No. 1, pp. 1-92, 7 pis., 2 figs, in text. April
25, 1962. $2.00.
A REVISIONAL STUDY OF THE BEES OF THE GENUS PERDITA F.
SMITH, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THE FAUNA OF THE
PACIFIC COAST. (Hymenoptera, Apoidea). Part V. By P. H. Timber-
lake. University of California Publications in Entomology, Vol. 28,
No. 1, pp. 1-124, 13 pis., 2 figs, in text. April 30, 1962. $2.50. — Pages
87-107 comprise a “Supplement to Parts I to IV.” Included are descrip-
tions of new species, new keys to the males of the subgenus Macroterop-
sis and to the females of the subgenus Epimacrotera, and a revision of
couplets 19 to 26 in the key to the zonalis group of the subgenus Perdita.
— H. B. Leech, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.
BOOK NOTICE
REVISION DES HYDROCANTHARES D’AFRIQUE (Coleoptera Dytiscoi-
dea). By Felix Guignot. Annales du Musee Royal du Congo Beige,
Sciences Zoologiques. Premiere partie, vol. 70, pp. 1-316, text figs.
1-293. January, 1959; price 260 francs. Deuxieme partie, vol. 78, pp.
317-652, text figs. 294-572. December, 1959; 260 francs. Troisieme partie,
vol. 90, pp. 653-1000, text figs. 573-818. February, 1961; 230 francs. For
sale by the Musee Royal de l’Afrique Centrale, Tervuren, Belgium.
This 3-volume monograph is essential for work on African hydrocanthar-
ids (Haliplidae, Hygrobiidae, Dytiscidae; the Gyrinidae have been treated
elsewhere in detail by Brinck), and will have much wider use because of
the keys and figures. There are a fair number of references to Nearctic spe-
cies; most of these are in the footnotes — and of footnotes there are 844!
There is a slip on p. 507 where the type species of the genus Hydrocanthus
is cited as H. tricolor Say, a lapsus calami for H. iricolor Say, but there
are remarkably few such errors. It is most unfortunate that Dr. Guignot did
not live to see more than the first part of his work in print. — Hugh B.
Leech, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.
January, 1963] kistner— new pygostenini
19
NEW SPECIES AND NEW RECORDS OF RARE SPECIES OF
PYGOSTENINI FROM THE CONGO REPUBLIC 1
(Coleoptera: Staphylinidae)
David H. Kistner
Chico State College, Chico , California
The purpose of this paper is chiefly to describe some new
species of Pygostenini which were collected on a field trip to the
Congo during the summer of 1960. In addition, some other species
which have been previously described from rather small series
were captured during the trip and these will be cited here where
additional descriptive notes or ecological notes might be useful
for future determinations.
Among the purposes of the trip were: (1) to collect fresh mate-
rial of the Tribe Pygostenini (subfamily Aleocharinae) to aug-
ment and test revisions of the tribe based on museum specimens
published earlier (Kistner 1958) ; (2) to study the nature of host
specificity and the intra-nest distribution of the various species;
(3) to study the behavior of the various species with particular
emphasis on the use of the conspicuously adaptive structures;
(4) to attempt to learn more about the habits of the Pygostenini
associated with the more subterranean subgenera of driver ants
(Dorylini) . We have data that are relevant to all of these purposes
which will be published as they are ready. The problem of under-
standing the nature of myrmecophilous behavior is much broader
than merely understanding the behavior of the Pygostenini. In
this regard it would have been almost impossible to collect data
on the Pygostenini and to ignore totally the rest and majority of
the myrmecophiles. These data on the other myrmecophiles will
also be reported as fast as accurate determinations are available.
The localities which are included in the paper are Eala, Equa-
teau province and Yangambi, Oriental province. Eala is located
about eight kilometers by road from Coquilhatville along the north
bank of the Ruki river. It was the site of a Jar din d’Essais of the
lnstitut National pour V Etude agronomique du Congo Beige
(I.N.E.A.C.). This was our first stop in the Congo and was chiefly
important to us in that we found out which collecting and observa-
tion methods would not work. Yangambi is 101 kilometers by
the shortest road from Stanleyville and is downstream along the
north bank of the Congo River. It was the site of the Centre de
1 This study has been financed in large part by the National Science Foundation (Grant No.
G-12859).
20
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
Recherche of I.N.E.A.C. It was at Yangambi that we learned pro-
ductive methods for sampling myrmecophiles and hence most of
the new species reported here are from this locality.
Collecting myrmecophiles from driver ant nests is a rather
specialized activity and since there are no methodological notes
in the literature (so far as I know), a brief comment on what
was and what was not productive might be useful. Our first thought
about sampling myrmecophiles was to work with the nest itself.
We made three attempts at this, all of which were unsuccessful.
The first time we tried brute force by simply digging into a living
nest. The nests have an enormous number of ants in them (15-22
million per nest for Dorylus (Anomma) ivilvertlii Emery accord-
ing to Raignier and Van Boven’s 1955 paper) and the physical
discomfort resulting from even a small number of these ants
swarming over one precludes any sustained scientific study. We
then tried killing the nest using 10% powdered DDT and this
was too slow. The nest was 4 days dying and by the time we could
look for myrmecophiles we had a decaying tangle of ants which
yielded no significant data. We then tried methyl bromide which
killed the nest in about 20 hours but still the problem of sorting
the myrmecophiles out from about a cubic yard of tangled dead
ants was beyond budgetary consideration.
We then switched to working the columns. In raiding or in
changing their nests from one location to another, the ants pro-
ceed in a rather orderly column or columns. The nest-changing
columns are fortunate for the sampler in that everything in the
nest is moved. Thus by watching the nest-changing columns, one
can aspirate the myrmecophiles. After a little practice at this, one
can aspirate the myrmecophiles with a minimal disturbing effect
on the column. It also developed that most if not all of the myrme-
cophilts were also to be found in the raiding columns.
Throughout the field work, the collectors worked as a team.
The collectors were an assistant, Mr. Robert Banfill, now at Mon-
tana State College, Bozeman; my wife; and myself. Once a column
was located each collector took a position along the column and
collected all the myrmecophiles he saw. Thus all the specimens in
this paper were collected by and bear the label, “Coll. D. H. & A. C.
Kistner and R. Banfill,” unless otherwise cited. I shall have more
to say about the sampling method in future papers but one measure
of the success of the method is that in about three weeks at Yan-
January, 1963] kistner— new pygostenini
21
gambi we collected a little more than 13,000 myrmecophiles of
which 3192 were Pygostenini.
The author is grateful to his wife and Mr. Banfill not only
for the long hours of collecting in an uncomfortable situation but
also for the equally long hours spent preparing the material for
study. Thanks are given to Professor J. K. A. van Boven, Institut
de Zoologie, Universite de Louvain for the determinations of the
ant hosts.
For help in the field and the use of facilities during this phase
of our trip, we are greatly indebted to the following men, all of
whom were formerly associated with I.N.E.A.C.: M. F. Jurion,
Directeur general; M. J. Brynaert, Directeur general en Afrique;
M. E. Bernard, Directeur du Centre de Recherche de Yangambi;
M. E. Buyckx, Maitre de Recherche; M. J. Thiry, Conservateur
de Jardin d’Essais d’Eala; M. J. Decelle and M. J. Dubois, Divi-
sion de Phytopathologie et d’Entomologie agricole.
All specimens herein cited are retained in the collection of the
author to be eventually deposited in the Chicago Natural History
Museum unless stated otherwise.
Genus TYPHLOPONEMYS Rey
LUJAE GROUP
Typhloponemys afer Kistner
(Fig. 1)
Typhloponemys afer Kistner, 1958a, Explor. Parc Nat. Upemba, Miss.
G. F. de Witte et al, 1946-1949, fasc. 49(4) :37, figs. 5-9-Institnt des Parcs Na-
tionaux du Congo et du Ruanda-Urundi, Brussels, (Congo Republic: Parc
National de 1’Upemba, Lusinga, no host.)
This species was originally described from the unique holotype
female. Since then we captured a male and a female both of which
compared exactly with the data on the original specimen. Since
the above specimen was the first male captured, the median lobe
of its genitalia is here figured.
Material examined: 1 male, 1 female, Congo Republic, Yangambi, 29
June 1960, from the central part of a raiding column of Dorylus ( Anomma)
wilverthi Emery, nest No. 18.
bicolor group
Typhloponemys decellei Kistner, new species
(Figs. 2, 3)
Distinguished from all other species, including T. bicolor Was-
mann to which it is most closely related, by the shape of the sper-
matheca and the shape of the median lobe of the male genitalia.
22
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
Color reddish brown. Pronotum and abdomen a little lighter than the
rest of the body but sometimes evenly colored. Dorsal surface of the head,
pronotum, and elytra smooth and shiny, very finely and evenly punctate.
Larger punctures, containing very short, fine yellow setae scattered irregu-
larly among the finer punctures. Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal tergites II-
VIII :0, 0,0, 0,4, 4,0. Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal segment IX as follows:
dorsolateral plates, 7, most anterior chaeta smaller, thinner, and lighter in
color than the more posterior ones; median dorso-lateral part, 5 of which
3 are dark and 2 are light in color; ventro-lateral part, 4 of which 1 is dark
and 3 are light in color; median lobe, 7. Spermatheca shaped as in fig. 2.
Median lobe of the male genitalia shaped as in fig. 3.
Measurements: Pronotum length, 0.40-0.57 mm; elytra length, 0.38-0.54
mm; interocular distance, 0.35-0.47 mm; head length, 0.24-0.35 mm. Number
measured, 21.
Holotype female, No. 5311, Congo Republic, Yangambi, from
a nest-changing column, Coll. J. Decelle.
Paratypes (151 specimens) : Congo Republic, Yangambi: 26 (3 males,
3 females), same data as holotype; 4, 23 June 1960, from a raiding column
of Dorylus (Anomma) wilverthi Emery, nest No. 2; 7 (1 male), 24 June
1960, from raiding columns of D. wilverthi, nest No. 3; 5 (1 female), 25
June 1960, from the central parts of raiding columns of D. wilverthi, nest
No. 7; 4, 26 June 1960, from central part of a raiding column, after dark,
of D. wilverthi nest No. 11 ; (1 male, 1 female), 27 June 1960, from central
part of a raiding column of D. wilverthi, nest No. 12; 2, 27 June 1960, from
central part of a raiding column of D. wilverthi, nest No. 13; 8, 28 June
1960, from central part of raiding columns of D. ivilverthi, nest No. 16;
1 male, 28 June 1960, from the end of a raiding column of D. ivilverthi,
nest No. 16; 37 (5 males, 4 females), 29 June 1960, from the central part
of a raiding column of D. ivilverthi, nest No. 18; 9 (2 males), 1 July 1960,
from the central parts of nest changing columns of D. ivilverthi, nest No. 19;
1, 1 July 1960, from the end of a raiding column of D. (A.) nigricans ssp.
burmeisteri var. terrificus Santschi, nest No. 20; 2, 1 July I960, from the
end of a raiding column of D. nigricans ssp. burmeisteri var. ornatus
Santschi, nest No. 21; 1,1 July 1960, from the central part of a raiding column
of D. wilverthi, nest No. 22; 6 (1 male), 2 July 1960, from the central part
of a raiding column of D. ivilverthi, nest No. 23; 3 (1 female), 3 July 1960,
from the central parts of raiding columns of D. wilverthi, nest No. 24; 8
(3 males, 1 female), 3 July 1960 from the end of a raiding column of D.
ivilverthi, nest No. 24; 1 male, 3 July 1960, from a raiding column of D.
wilverthi, nest No. 26, Coll. J. Decelle; 1, 5 July 1960, from the end of a raid-
ing column of D. nigricans ssp. burmeisteri var. ornatus Santschi, nest No.
27 ; 1, 5 July 1960, from the underground nest-changing column of D. nigri-
cans ssp. burmeisteri var. ornatus Santschi, nest No. 29; 16 (2 males, 3
females), 7 July 1960, from the central part of a raiding column of D.
wilverthi, nest No. 31; 4 (2 males, 1 female), 9 July 1960, from the central
part of a raiding column of D. wilverthi, nest No. 35; 1 male, 1 female,
September 1952, with Dorylus sp. Coll. J. Decelle, (Formerly classified as
January, 1963] kistner— new pygostenini
23
T. bicolor Wasmann by Kistner 1958), (Collection of Musee Royal de
l’Afrique Centrale, Tervuren and the author).
This species is named after my friend and colleague, M. J.
Decelle formerly with I.N.E.A.C. at Yangambi, who helped us
ever so much in the field and provided us with needed supplies,
equipment, and space while we were at Yangambi.
FAUVELI group
Typhloponemys buyckxi Kistner, new species
(Figs. 4-7)
Distinguished from all other species including T. fauveli Was-
mann to which it is most closely related and which is found in
the same locality by the shapes of the spermatheca and the median
lobe of the male genitalia.
Color variable from light yellowish brown to orange, but always uni-
formly colored. Dorsal surface of the head, pronotum, and elytra smooth
and shiny, covered with numerous fine yellow setae, which is denser toward
the lateral margins. Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal segments II -VIII:
0,4, 4, 4, 4, 4,0. Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal segment IX as follows: dorso-
lateral plates: 6, most anterior chaeta smaller, thinner, and lighter in color
than the more posterior ones; median dorso-lateral part, 5 (3 black, 2
lighter) ; ventro-lateral part 4 (2 black, 2 lighter) ; median lobe 7. Sperma-
theca somewhat variable, shaped as in figs. 4, 5, and 6 with all intermediates
seen. Those shaped as in fig. 4 are from larger specimens, those shaped as in
fig. 5 from smaller specimens, and those shaped as in fig. 6 from the smallest
specimens. Size of specimens is continuouly variable as has been shown for
many species of Pygostenini and where the spermatheca has coiling and
twisting, this has also been shown to be continuously variable in other species.
Median lobe of the male genitalia shaped as in fig. 7.
Measurements: Pronotum length, 0.50-0.70 mm; elytra length, 0.47-0.70
mm; interocular distance, 0.40-0.52 mm, head length, 0.28-0.37 mm. Number
measured, 19.
Holotype female, No. 7195, Congo Republic, Yangambi, 28
June 1960, from the central part of a raiding column of Dorylus
( Anomma) wilverthi Emery, nest No. 16.
Paratypes (36 specimens) : Congo Republic: Yangambi: 2 females,
same data as the holotype; 2 males, 21 June 1960, from the run-away area
of D. wilverthi, nest No. 1; 1 female, 25 June 1960, from the end of a raiding
column of D. (A.) emeryi ssp. opacus Forel, nest No. 5; 1 male, 25 June
1960, from the central part of a raiding column of D. wilverthi, nest No. 6;
1 male, 27 June 1960, from the central part of a raiding column of D.
wilverthi, nest No. 12; 1 female, 27 June 1960, from the central part of a
raiding column of D. wilverthi, nest No. 13; 1 male, 28 June 1960, from the
end of a raiding column of D. wilverthi, nest No. 16; 6 males, 29 June 1960,
from the central part of a raiding column of D. wilverthi, nest No. 18; 1
female, from the central part of a nest-changing column of D. wilverthi,
24
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
nest No. 19; 7 males, 1 July 1960, from the end of a raiding column of D.
(A.) nigricans ssp. burmeisteri var. ornatus Santschi, nest No. 21; 5 males,
5 July 1960, from the end of a raiding column of D. nigricans ssp. burmeisteri
var. ornatus Santschi, nest No. 27; 2 females, 8 July 1960, from the central
part of a raiding column of D. (A.) kohli var. congolensis Santschi, nest
No. 32; 2 males, 9 July 1960, from the central part of a raiding column of
D. wilverthi , nest No. 35; 4 males, 9 July 1960, from the end of a raiding
column of D. wilverthi , nest No. 35.
Though T. fauveli Wasmann was taken in the same locality it
was not taken from the same nests, but the numbers taken were
too small to be truly significant. The only way the two species
can be told apart is by dissecting out the genitalia. Data on T.
fauveli Wasmann from Yangambi: 2 males, 1 female, 3 July 1960,
from the end of a raiding column of D. wilverthi, nest No. 24; 1
female, 7 July 1960, from the central part of a raiding column of
D. wilverthi, nest No. 31.
This species is named for M. E. Buyckx who was extremely
helpful to us during our stay at Yangambi.
Typhloponemys bernardi Kistner, new species
(Figs. 8 & 9)
Distinguished from all other species, including T. rufotestaceus
Bernhauer, to which it is most closely related, by the shape of the
spermatheca and the median lobe of the male genitalia.
Color yellowish brown throughout. Head, pronotum, and elytra smooth
and shiny; sparsely covered with fine yellow setae. Macrochaetotaxy of
abdominal tergites II- VIII: 0,2, 2, 2, 4, 4,0. Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal seg-
ment IX as follows: dorsal-lateral plates, 6, most anterior chaeta smaller,
thinner, and lighter in color than the more posterior ones; median dorso-
lateral part, 5 (2 black, 3 light) ; ventro-lateral part, 4 (2 black, 1 light).
Spermatheca shaped as in fig. 8. Median lobe of male genitalia shaped as in
fig. 9.
Measurements: Pronotum length, 0.27-0.35 mm; elytra length, 0.24-0.36
mm; interocular distance, 0.25-0.30 mm; head length, 0.15-0.21 mm. Number
measured, 20.
Holotype female, No. 7160, Congo Republic, Yangambi, 29
June 1960, from the central part of a raiding column of Dorylus
(Anomma) wilverthi Emery, nest No. 18.
Paratypes (20 specimens): Congo Republic, Yangambi: 1 male, 2
females, same data as holotype; 1 female, 23 June 1960, from a raiding
column of D. wilverthi, nest No. 2; 2 males, 2 females, 24 June 1960, from
a raiding column of D. wilverthi, nest No. 3; 3 males, 25 June 1960, from
the central part of a raiding column of D. wilverthi, nest No. 6; 2 (1 male),
27 June 1960, from the central part of a raiding column of D. wilverthi, nest
No. 6; 2 (1 male), 27 June 1960, from the central part of a raiding column
of D. wilverthi, nest No. 12 ; 1 male, 2 July 1960, from the end of a nest-
January, 1963 ] icistner— new pygostenini
25
Explanation of Figures
Figs. 1-9: Median lobes of male genitalia: 1 — Typhloponemys afer Kist-
ner; 3 — T. decellei li.sp.; 7 — T. buyckxi n.sp. ; 9 — T. bernardi n.sp. Sperma-
thecae: 2 — T. decellei n.sp.; 4,5,6, Variations of T. buyckxi n.sp.; 8 — T.
bernardi n.sp. Large scale applies to figures of the spermathecae. Small scale
applies to figures of the genitalia. Each represents 0.25 mm.
26
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
changing column of D. wilverthi, nest No. 19; 1 male, 5 July 1960, from the
end of a raiding column of D. nigricans ssp. burmeisteri var. ornatus
Santschi, nest No. 27 ; 1 male, 5 July 1960, from the central part of a raid-
ing column of D. nigricans ssp. burmeisteri var. ornatus Santschi, nest No.
28; 1 male, 7 July 1960, from the central part of a raiding column of D.
ivilverthi, nest No. 31; 2 males, 9 July 1960, from the central part of a raid-
ing column of D. wilverthi , nest No. 35; 1 male, 9 July 1960, from the end
of a raiding column of D. ivilverthi, nest No. 35.
This species is named for M. E. Bernard, former director of
research at Yangambi, who was extremely helpful to us during
our stay there. It is also named for his wife, a most courageous
lady, who was one of the three European ladies to attend the Inde-
pendence ceremonies at Yangambi.
WITTEI group
Typhloponemys wittei Cameron
Pygostenus wittei Cameron, 1950, Explor. Parc Nat. Albert, Miss. G. F.
de Witte, 1933-1935, fasc. 59:44 (Institut des Parcs Nationaux du Congo
et Ruanda-Urundi, Brussels, (Congo Republic: Rutshuru, no host).
Typhloponemys ivittei, Kistner, 1958, Ann. Mus. Roy. Congo Beige,
Tervui'en, Ser in 8 t0 , Zool., 58:80; Kistner, 1958b, Explor. Parc Nat. Albert,
Miss. G. F. de Witte, 1933-1935, fasc. 91 (1) :4, figs. 2, 3, 4, and 9.
This species has not been taken previously with any ant host.
Although only one specimen was captured at Yangambi, it was
taken in a definitive way with an identifiable host so it is cited
here.
Material examined: 1 male, Congo Republic, Yangambi, 8 July 1960,
from the central part of a raiding column of Dorylus (Anomma) kohli var.
congolensis Santschi, nest No. 32.
pumilio group
When this species group was first erected (Kistner 1958, p. 80) ,
there were very few (33) specimens of three species available.
Probably because of the paucity of material, the distribution of
the species showed a geographic discontinuity which in fact does
not exist. All of the Congo species will be revised here and a few
new ones added.
The host situation of this group is not clear. Although material
was taken in and around ant columns, the captures were not defini-
tive. The species are all small and seem to fly or be blown through
the air quite readily. Most of our captures were effected by the
use of an aerial plankton net. Members of this species group are
taken so readily with an aerial plankton net in comparison to
species quite common in the ant columns which are only occasion-
ally caught flying, that one wonders if they have any regular hosts
January, 1963] kistner— new pygostenini
27
at all. The capture of them hovering over broken termite nests could
indicate that they are attracted to any massive array of dead insects
and thus would be found near driver ant columns of any species.
The members of the species group nevertheless have all the struc-
tural modifications of the rest of the genus.
Key to Congo Species
1. Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal tergites II- VIII: 0,0, 0,0, 0,2,0.
basilewskyi Kistner
Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal tergites II-VIII not as above 2
2. Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal tergites II-VIII, 2, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4,0 3
Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal tergites II-VIII, 2, 2, 2, 4, 4, 4,0 or
2, 2, 4, 4, 4,4,0 4
3. Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal tergites with the middle two reduced
on tergites III and IV, spermatheca shaped as in fig. 11 banfilli Kistner
Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal tergites with all chaetae reduced on
tergites II, III & IV ; spermatheca shaped as in fig. 13 gemina Kistner
4. Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal tergites II-VIII, 2,2, 2, 2,4, 4,0; sperma-
theca shaped as in fig. 151 (Kistner 1958) pumilio Bernhauer
Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal tergites II-VIII, 2, 2, 2, 2, 4, 4, 0 ; sperma-
theca shaped as in fig. 15 J (Kistner 1958) morio Kistner
Typhloponemys pumilio Bernhauer
Pygostenus pumilio Bernhauer 1932, Rev. Zool. Bot. Afr., 22:159-Musee
Royal de l’Afrique Centrale, Tervuren, (Congo Republic: Prov. Orientale,
Haut Uele, Moto).
Typhloponemys pumilio, Kistner, 1958, Ann. Mus. Roy. Congo Beige,
Tervuren, Ser. in 8 to , Zool. 68:81 (figs. 151; 16B) — (Congo Republic: Prov.
Orientale, Haut Uele, Abimva).
An additional 12 specimens have been examined (there were
only three originally) and no major deviations from the descrip-
tion given by Kistner (1958) have been noted.
Material examined: Congo Republic, Yangambi: 1 male, 25 June 1960,
netted from vegetation surrounding raiding column of Dorylus ( Anomma)
wilverthi, nest No. 9, Coll. J. Decelle; 1 female, 1 July 1960, netted over a
nest-changing column of D. wilverthi, nest No. 19; 1 female, 5 July 1960,
aerial plankton net from car (P.M.) ; 1 male, 5 July 1960, aerial plankton
net from car (A.M.) ; 2 males, 1 female, 6 July 1960, aerial plankton net
over broken Cubitermes nest (No. 311) about 30 minutes after nest was
broken; 1 male, 3 females, 6 July 1960, aerial plankton net from car; 1
female, 9 July 1960, aerial plankton net from car.
Typhloponemys morio Kistner
Typhloponemys morio Kistner, 1958, Ann. Mus. Royal Congo Beige
Tervuren, Ser in 8 to , Zool, 68:81, (figs. 7M; 15J; 16C) — Musee Royal de
l’Afrique Centrale, Tervuren, (Congo Republic, Kunungu and Kwamouth,
no hosts).
An additional seven specimens have been examined (there
28
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
were only two originally) and no major deviations from the de-
scription given by Kistner (1958) were noted. However, most of
the specimens were somewhat smaller. The usual variation for
Typhloponemys is in the neighborhood of 80% when large series
are available and measured, so the appearance of smaller or larger
specimens of rare species is to be expected.
Material examined: Congo Republic: Yangambi: 1 female, 2 July 1960,
from the end of a nest-changing column of Dorylus (Anomma) wilverthi,
nest No. 19; 2 males, 3 females, 6 July 1960, aerial plankton net over a broken
Cubitermes nest (No. 311) about 30 minutes after nest was broken; 1 female,
6 July 1960, aerial plankton net from car (A.M. )
Typhloponemys basilewskyi Kistner
(Fig. 10)
Typhloponemys basileivskyi Kistner, 1958, Ann. Mus. Royal Congo
Beige, Tervuren, Ser. in 8 to , Zook, 68:82 (figs. 4C; 6G; 15K; 16D) — Musee
Royal de l’Afrique Centrale, Tervuren, (Congo Republic: Sankuru, Komi, no
definite host).
Five more specimens were examined. It was noted that there
is considerable variation in the shape of the spermatheca. They
vary from a relatively straight shape (fig. 10) to the fish-hook
shape figure by Kistner (1958, p. 71, fig. 15K). The most con-
stant part is the shape of the bulbous head. The male genitalia
seem to be constant.
Material examined: Congo Republic: Yangambi: 1 female, 25 June
1960, netted from vegetation surrounding nest of Dorylus (Anamma) wil-
verthi, nest No. 9, Coll. J. Decelle; 1 male, 29 June 1960, on insectory screen,
Coll. J. Decelle; 1 female, 4 July 1960, aerial plankton net over broken
Cubitermes nest (No. 311) about 30 minutes after nest was broken; 1 male,
11 July 1960, aerial plankton net from car.
Typhloponemys banfilli Kistner, new species
(Figs. 11 and 12)
Distinguished from all other species by the shape of the sperma-
theca and the median lobe of the male genitalia. Most closely
related to T. pumilio Bernhauer, from which it is distinguished
by both of the above characteristics.
Color dark reddish brown throughout; head and pronotum somewhat
darker than the rest of the body. Dorsal surface of the head, pronotum, and
elytra smooth and shiny; finely and evenly punctate. Macrochaetotaxy of ab-
dominal tergites II- VIII: 2, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4,0, with the middle two on tergites III
and IV greatly reduced in size. Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal segment IX
as follows: dorso-lateral part, 6, most anterior chaeta smaller, thinner, and
lighter in color than the more posterior ones; median dorso-lateral part, 5
(3 dark, 2 light) ; ventro-lateral part, 4 (2 dark, 2 light) ; median lobe, 7.
Spermatheca shaped as in fig. 11. Median lobe of the male genitalia carinate,
shaped as in fig. 12.
January, 1963] kistner— new pygostenini
29
Measurements: Pronotum length, 0.39-0.51 mm; elytra length, 0.30-0.43
mm; head length, 0.20-0.26 mm; interocular distance, 0.39-0.46 mm. Number
measured, 7.
Holotype female, No. 7222, Congo Republic, Yangambi, 6
July 1960, aerial plankton net from car.
Paratypes (6 specimens) : Congo Republic, Yangambi: 2 females, same
data as holotype; 1 male, 5 July 1960, aerial plankton net from car (A.M.) ;
1 female, 6 July 1960, aerial plankton net over broken Cubitermes nest (No.
311) about 30 minutes after the nest was broken; 1 female, 6 July 1960,
aerial plankton net over broken Cubitermes nest (No. 311), about 2 hours
after the nest was broken; 1 male, 8 July 1960, aerial plankton net from car.
This species is named for our energetic assistant, Mr. Robert
Banfill, now at Montana State College, Bozeman.
Typhloponemys gemina Kistner, new species
(Figs. 13 and 14)
Distinguished from all other species by the shape of the sper-
matheca and the median lobe of the male genitalia. Most closely
related to T. pumilio Bernhauer from which it is distinguished
by both of the above features.
Color dark reddish brown throughout. Head and pronotum a little
darker than the rest of the body. Dorsal surface of the head, pronotum, and
elytra smooth and shiny, finely and evenly punctate. Macrochaetotaxy of
abdominal tergites II-VII1 : 2, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4,0 ; all of the macrochaetae on tergites
II IV are barely visible. Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal segment IX as fol-
Explanation of Figures
Figs. 10-14: Median lobes of male genitalia: 12 — Typhloponemys
banfilli n.sp.; 14 — T. gemina n.sp. Spermathecae : 10 — T. pumilio Bernhauer;
11 — T. banfilli n.sp.; 13 — T. gemina n.sp. Large scale applies to figures of
the spermathecae. Small scale applies to figures of the genitalia. Each repre-
sents 0.25 mm.
30
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
lows: dorso-lateral part 6, most anterior chaeta shorter, thinner, and lighter
in color than the more posterior ones; median dorso-lateral part, 5, (3 dark,
2 light), ventro-lateral part, 4, (2 dark, 2 light) ; median lobe, 7. Sperma-
theca shaped as in fig. 13. Median lobe of male genitalia shaped as in fig. 14.
Measurements : Prcnotum length, 0.43-0.59 mm; elytra length, 0.28-0.42
mm; head length, 0.22-0.29 mm; interocular distance, 0.33-0.44 mm. Num-
ber measured: 6.
Holotype female , No. 7223, Congo Republic, Yangambi, 6
July 1960, aerial plankton net from car.
Paratypes (5 specimens) : Congo Republic, Yangambi: 2 males, 25 June
1960, netted from vegetation surrounding nest of Dorylus ( Anomma) wilverthi
nest No. 9, Coll. J. Decelle; 1 male, 4 July 1960, aerial plankton net from
car; 1 female, 5 Jidy 1960, aerial plankton net from car (A.M.) ; 1 female,
9 July 1960, aerial plankton net from car.
Genus DORYLOXENUS Wasmann
Doryloxenus alzadae Kistner, new species
(Fig. 15)
Distinguished from all other species by the shape of the sperm-
atheca. Most closely related to Doryloxenus wasmanni Cameron
from which it can be distinguished by its somewhat smaller size
and heavier shagreening as well as the character above.
Color dark reddish brown throughout. Dorsal surface of the head,
pronotum, and elytra finely shagreened with short yellow setae scattered
evenly but sparsely about. Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal tergites II- VIII:
2, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4,0. Spermatheca shaped as in fig. 15.
Measurements: Pronotum length 0.55-0.57 mm; elytra length, 0.35-0.37
mm; head length, 0.28-0.30 mm; head width, 0.41-0.47 mm. Number meas-
ured, 3.
Holotype female , No. 4460, Congo Republic, Yangambi, 24
June 1960, from a raiding column of Dorylus (Anomma) wilverthi
Emery, nest No. 3.
Paratypes (2 specimens) : Congo Republic, Yangambi; 1 male, 27 June
1960, from the central part of a nest-changing column of D. wilverthi, nest
No. 14; 1 female, 27 June 1960, from the central part of a raiding column
of D. wilverthi, nest No. 12.
Doryloxenus superhirsutus Kistner, new species
(Fig. 16)
Distinguished from all other species by the presence of ex-
tremely long yellow setae distributed over the surface of the head,
pronotum, and elytra. Most closely related to D. eques Wasmann
from which it is distinguished by the characteristic above.
Color dark reddish brown throughout. Dorsal surface of the head, prono-
tum and elytra shiny and slightly shagreened with long golden setae scattered
evenly over their surfaces as in fig. 16. Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal
January, 1963]
KISTNER— NEW PYGOSTENINI
31
Figs. 15-20: Spermathecae: 15 — Doryloxenus alzadae n.sp.; 19 — Sym-
polemon uhurui n.sp. 16: Head, pronotum and elytra of D. superhirsutus
n.sp. showing relative length and density of the long setae; 17: Pronotum,
Micropoleum mzuri n.sp.; 18: Head, pronotum, and elytra of S. uhurui n.sp.;
20: Median lobe of male genitalia, S. uhurui n.sp. Each scale represents
0.25 mm.
32
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
tergites II- VIII: 0,0, 0,0, 0,0,0. Female unknown and male genitalia are not
diagnostic in this genus.
Measurements: Pronotum length 0.32-0.37 mm; elytra length, 0.20-0.25
mm; head length, 0.17-0.20 mm; head width, 0.21-0.25 mm. Number meas-
ured, 2.
Holotype male , No. 4803, Congo Republic, Yangambi, 7 July
1960, aerial plankton net from car.
Paratype: 1 male, Congo Republic, Yangambi, 9 July 1960, aerial plank-
ton net from car.
Genus MICROPOLEMON Wasmann
Micropolemon mzuri Kistner, new species
(Fig. 17)
Distinguished from all other species including M. tiro Was-
mann, to which it is most closely related, by the sculpture of the
pronotum.
Color reddish brown throughout. Dorsal surface of the head, pronotum,
and elytra deeply punctate with fine yellow setae scattered in regular se-
quence. Pronotum with three longitudinal grooves; neither the lateral ones
reaching the posterior border nor the median one (fig. 17). Macrachaeto-
taxy of abdominal segment IX as follows: dorso-lateral plates, 4; median
dorso-lateral part, 4; ventro-lateral part, 2; median lobe, 4 of which 2 are
apical.
Measurements: Pronotum length, 0.26-0.31 mm; elytra length, 0.28-
0. 34. mm; head length, 0.28-0.30 mm; interocular distance, 0.27 mm. Num-
ber measured, 2.
Holotype male, No. 4436, Congo Republic, Eala, 16 June
1960, ex yellow trays near a nest of Dorylus (Artomma) wilverthi
Emery.
Paratype: 1 male, Congo Republic, Yangambi, 6 July 1960, aerial plank-
ton net from car.
Genus SYMPOLEMON Wasmann
Sympolemon uhurui Kistner, new species
(Fig. 18, 19, 20)
Distinguished from all other species by the sculpture of the
head and pronotum, the shape of the male genitalia, and the
spermatheca. It can be easily discriminated from the other two
species by means of the following key.
1. Elytra without grooves on the basal third S. rufobrunneus Tottenham
Elytra with grooves on the basal third 2
2. Median elevation of pronotum continuous, pronotum length 0.62-0.68
mm, dorsal surface of head smoothly rounded S. anommatis Wasmann
Median elevation of pronotum broken into a small anterior hillock and
a grooved posterior elevation, pronotum length 0.40-0.45 mm, head
with a deep cleft in the dorsal surface S. uhurui Kistner
January, 1963] icistner— new pygostenini
33
Color reddish brown throughout. Dorsal surface of the head and prono-
tum punctate with the punctures in rows following the sculpture. Head,
pronotum, and elytra shaped as in fig. 15 with the following noteworthy
sculpture: Head with a deep cleft on the median dorsal surface. Pronotum
with an anterior median hillock and a posterior grooved hillock. Elytra with
scalloped anterior grooves. Dorsal surface of the elytra with contoured punc-
tures along the sides and front but with finer, more randomly placed punc-
tures in the center portion (fig. 18). Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal tergites
II- VIII: 0,0, 0,0, 4, 4,0. Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal segment IX as follows:
dorsal-lateral plates, 5 most anterior chaeta smaller, thinner, and lighter in
color than the more posterior ones ; median dorso-lateral part, 4 ; ventro-
lateral part, 4; median lobe, 4, with two at the apex. Spermatheca shaped as
in fig. 19, the small thinly chitonized coiled part variable. Median lobe of
the male genitalia shaped as in fig. 20. Males with a vestiture of extra-long
golden setae on the inner side of antennal segments III-V. Females without
this characteristic.
Measurements s Pronotum length, 0.40-0.45 mm; elytra length, 0.49-0.52
mm; eye length, 0.18-0.22 mm; interocular distance, 0.35-0.37 mm; head
length, 0.42-0.49 mm. Number measured, 8.
Holotype male, No. 4370, Congo Republic, Yangambi, 1 July
1960, from the central part of a nest-changing column of Dorylus
( Anomma) wilverthi Emery, nest No. 19.
Paratypes (Seven specimens) : Congo Republic: Yangambi: 4 males, 2
females, same data as holotype; 1 female, 25 June 1960, from the central
part of a raiding column of D. wilverthi, nest No. 6.
The principal series of this species was taken on the first full
day of Congolese independence. For this reason the species is
named after the Kiswahili word for freedom, uhuru. This is the
second species of Pygostenini where a clearcut secondary sexual
characteristic is present. I checked through all the rest of species
of Sympolemoti that I have and none have the extra tufts of setae
on segments III-V of the antennae of males. The other species is
Anommatoxenus clypeatus Wasmann, in which females tend to
be much larger (50%) than males.
Literature Cited
Bern hauer, Max
1932. Neue Kurzfliigler aus dem belgischen Kongostaate. (29. Beitrag
zur Afrikanischen Fauna). Rev. Zool. Bot. Afr. 32:140-174.
Cameron, Malcolm
1950. Staphylinidae (Coleoptera Polyphaga). Explor. Parc Nat. Albert,
Miss. G. F. de Witte, 1933-1935, Fasc. 59.
Kistner, David H.
1958. The evolution of the Pygostenini (Coleoptera Staphylinidae).
Ann. Mus. Royal Congo Beige Tervuren, Ser. in 8 to , Zool., 68:1-
198.
34
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
1958a. Pygosteninae (Coleoptera Polyphaga) Fam. Staphylinidae.
Explor. Parc Nat. de l’Upemba, Mission G. F. de Witte et al.,
1946-1949, Fasc. 49 (4) : 33-40.
1958b. Revision of the Pygosteninae (Coleoptera Polyphaga) Fam.
Staphylinidae. Expor. Parc Nat. Albert, Mission G. F. de Witte,
1933-1935, Fasc. 91 (1) : 3-11.
Raignier, A. and J. Van Boven
1955. Etude taxonomique, biologique, et biometrique des Dorylus
du sous-genre Anomma (Hymenoptera Formicidae). Ann. Mus.
Royal Congo Beige Tervuren, n.s. in 4 to , Zool., 2:1-359.
A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF MAYFLY FROM PERU
( Epbemeroptera : Leptophlebiidae )
George F. Edmunds, Jr. 1
University of Utah, Salt Lake City
Among the specimens of mayflies collected by Drs. E. S. Ross
and E. I. Schlinger during the California Academy of Science ex-
pedition to Peru are male imagoes of a remarkable new genus and
species of the mayfly family Leptophlebiidae. The males, the only
stage known, are immediately recognizable on the basis of the
remarkable turbinate upper part of the eyes.
Genus Miroculis Edmunds, new genus
(Figs. 1-5)
Small mayflies with forewings four to five mm long. Eyes of the male
divided, the upper portion stalked, with large ommatidia (fig. 4), the upper
portion of the eyes separated from one another by a distance equal to their
diameter. Forelegs of male nearly as long as forewings; the length of various
segments in relation to the femur are as follows, tibia 1.53, tarsus one .045,
tarsus two and three .6, tarsus four .3, and tarsus five .15. Tarsus five of
forelegs expanded apically. Claws dissimilar, one claw truncate, the other
with a digitate hook. (Middle and hind legs broken from the specimens.)
Wings and venation as in figures 1 to 3. Costal angulation of hind wing
acute.
Type species: Miroculis rossi described below.
Miroculis rossi Edmunds, new species
Head dark brown, the upper half paler ; antennae with scape and pedicel
smoky, the flagellum pale yellowish brown; lower portion of eyes grey; the
sides of the turbinate portion light brown at base, paler above; the facets
of the turbinate portion light yellow brown, separated by dark brown grooves.
Thorax dark brown, with darker smoky brown markings at margins
of pronotum, along the mesonotum next to the outer parapsidal furrows
and on the pleura at leg bases; the scutellum darker brown, forewings with
1 The research on which this paper is based was supported hy a grant from the National Science
Foundation.
January, 1963] edmunds— new Peruvian mayfly
35
venation as in figure 1, the stigmatic cross-veins variable in number from
5 to 9, cross venation somewhat variable, the marginal intercalaries constant
in number in each interspace but variable in details of length and points
of origin and destination; all veins medium brown; base of forewings suf-
fused with brown; the stigmatic area sometimes lightly suffused with brown.
Hind wings as in figures 2 and 3 ; venation brown ; cross-veins variable, R 3
of radius complete or incomplete at base, terminus of subcosta variable.
Forelegs light yellow brown; the femora smoky brown in the basal two-thirds,
a fuscus subapical band about as broad as the width of the femur; distal
one-fourth of tibiae smoky brown to fuscus. (Middle and hind pairs of legs
missing on all specimens). Abdominal segments 2 to 7 semi-hyaline; seg-
Figs. 1-6, Miroculis rossi, male paratype; Fig. 1, Forewing; Fig. 2, Hind
wing, drawn to scale of forewing. Fig. 3. Costal projection of hind wing,
enlarged. Fig. 4. Head. Fig. 5. Male genitalia, lateral view, showing normal
position in preserved specimens. Fig. 6. Male genitalia, dorsal view, with
penes appressed to styliger plate.
36
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
ments 1 and 8-10 opaque; abdominal terga yellowish brown; the posterior
portion shaded with fuscus, this dark marking not reaching the lateral mar-
gins; on terga 2 to 4 the fuscus shading covers the posterior half of the
segments, becoming broader on terga 5 to 8 so that two-thirds or more is
dark on segment 8; terga 8, 9 and 10 largely fuscus; tracheal trunks smoky,
the spiracles slightly darker; sterna yellowish brown with dark bands pro-
duced by segmental overlap. Forceps and penes medium brown. Genitalia
as in figures 5-6. Caudal filaments medium brown, the joints usually darker
in the basal half of each filament.
Female imago and nymph unknown.
Holotype male imago (in alcohol) from Peru, Yurac, 67 road
miles east of Tingo Maria, IV-28-1954, E. S. Ross and E. I.
Schlinger. Paratopotypes, 2 male imagoes. All specimens in col-
lection of California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. Dr.
Schlinger informs me that this locality is in the tropical rain-forest
zone at approximately 300 meters elevation. The specimens were
taken along a creek near the cafe at Turac.
The latin generic name is in allusion to the remarkable eyes of
the male. The specific name is given in honor of Dr. E. S. Ross
who has made his excellent collections of Ephemeroptera available
to me.
The genus Miroculis is unique in the family Leptophlebiidae
by reason of the turbinate eyes of the male. Some Baetidae (e.g.
the Peruvian Pseudocloeon binocularis Needham and Murphy)
have superficially similar eyes, but such a development is not even
approached in the known Leptophlebiidae although males of sev-
eral genera have divided eyes. The wing venation of Miroculis is
similar to that of the Neotropical genera Hermanella and Homo-
thraulus and the genitalia are similar to those of Hermanella (see
Traver, 1959). Like many of the Leptophlebiidae, the relationships
of Miroculis will remain uncertain until more is known of the
nymphal stages of South American Leptophlebiidae, but it is prob-
ably a specialized derivative of Hermanella. Because of the remark-
able adult eyes, late instar male nymphs of the genus would pre-
sumably allow association of the nymph and adult without rearing ;
no specimens identifiable as nymphs of this genus were found in
the Peruvian nymphal collections from the area.
References
Traver, J. R.
1959. Urguayan mayflies Family Leptophlebiidae: Part 1. Revista
Sociedad Uruguaya Entomologia, 3:1-13, 27 figs.
January, 1963] chemsaic— new callidiini
37
SOME NEW NORTH AMERICAN CALLIDIINI WITH
NOTES ON THE SYNONYMY OF PRONOCERA
MOTSCHULSKY AND GONOCALLUS
LeCONTE
( Coleoptera : Cerambycidae )
John A. Chemsak
University of California, Berkeley
The conclusions reported here and the descriptions of new
forms were developed in connection with a study, sponsored by
the National Science Foundation, on North American Ceramby-
cidae (NSF Grant No. 19959). Assistance from the following per-
sons is gratefully acknowledged for efforts to make material avail-
able and for advice concerning Eurasian species: M. Hayashi,
Osaka, Japan; L. Heyrovsky, Prague, Czechoslovakia; J. D. Lattin,
Oregon State University; H. B. Leech, California Academy of Sci-
ences; A. T. McClay, University of California, Davis; K. Ohbaya-
shi, Nagoya, Japan; J. G. Rozen, American Museum of Natural
History. I wish especially to thank E. G. Linsley, University of
California, Berkeley, for his assistance and also for the use of his
unpublished manuscript on the Callidiini.
When Le Conte (1873) proposed the genus Gonocallus, he was
apparently unaware of the Eurasian genus Pronocera, which had
been described earlier by Motschulsky (1859). The distinctness
of Gonocallus from other North American Callidiini presented no
problems in nomenclature or determination. This fact, together
with the relative scarcity of North American specimens in collec-
tions, probably accounts for the acceptance of Gonocallus as a
distinct genus. On the other hand, the old world species assigned
to Pronocera have been subjected to a great deal of synonymy and
generic changes. Gonocallus has not been recognized previously
as a junior synonym.
The following generic synonymy reveals another example of an
Eurosiberian-North American pattern of distribution in the Ceram-
bycidae (see Linsley, 1939, 1958, 1962) .
Genus Pronocera Motschulsky
Pronocera Motschulsky, 1859, Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, 32(2) :494;
Thomson, 1864, Systema Cerambycidarum, p. 270; Plavilstshikov, 1934,
Bestimmungs - Tabellen der europaischen Coleopteren, 112:155,172;
Plavilstshikov, 1940, Faune URSS, 22:234, 261; Gressitt, 1951, Longi-
cornia, 2:217,219; Heyrovsky, 1955, Fauna CSR, 5:183,191.
Pronocerus Motschulsky, 1875, Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, 49(1) :148.
38
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
Pseudophymatodes Pic, 1901, Echange, 17:12. (Type: P. altaiensis Pic,
monobasic) .
Protocallidium. Csiki, 1904, Rov. Lapok, 11:99. (Type: Callidium angustum
Kriechbaum, monobasic).
Potocallidium Reitter, 1912, Fauna Germanica, Kafei', 4:38. (error for
Protocallidium) .
Gonocallus LeConte, 1873, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 11(264) : 171 ; (265):
296; LeConte and Horn, 1883, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 26 (507): 281;
Leng, 1884, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 7:61; Knull, 1946, Ohio Biol.
Surv. Bull. 39: 204 (Type: Callidium collare Kirby, monobasic). New
synonymy.
Type species: Pronocera daurica Motschulsky (monobasic).
The genus Pronocera is distinguished by the slender femora,
the form of the eyes which feebly embrace the antennal insertions,
the elongate third segment of the antennae, and the appendiculate
last antennal segment of the male.
As defined by Plavilstshikov (1940), this genus includes two
Palearctic species. One of these, P. angusta (Kriechbaum), occurs
in the region of south-central Europe; the other, P. brevicollis
(Gebler), is found in a broad area including Mongolia, Manchuria,
and southern Siberia. P. collaris (Kirby) is the only known New
World representative of the genus, and occurs in the Boreal region
of North America.
A comparison of series of P. collaris indicates that the species
apparently segregates geographically into two distinct subspecies.
The typical form, P. collaris collaris was originally described from,
“North America, Latitude 54°, ” in eastern North America. It
extends across the northern part of the continent, down the Rocky
Mountains into New Mexico, over to British Columbia and north-
ward to Alaska. A different population occurs in the Sierra Nevada
of California.
Pronocera collaris lecontei Chemsak, new subspecies
Form and size of collaris collaris (Kirby), elytra strongly bluish;
pubescence of head and pronotum long, fine, not dense; vertex of head
usually coarsely, not densely punctate; disk of pronotum strongly shining,
almost impunctate, punctures if present very small and sparse. Length,
9-14 mm.
Holotype male , allotype female, and 38 paratypes (11 males,
27 females) from Meadow Valley, Plumas County, California,
2500-4000 ft., VI-6 to 21-24 (E. C. Van Dyke), VI -21-24, 4000-
5000 ft., VI-7-24 (W. H. Nelson) ; additional material not desig-
nated as paratypes as follows (all California) : 5 c? cf, 1 $ , Hope
January, 1963] chemsak— new callidiini
39
Valley, Alpine County, VII-9-48 (J. W. MacSwain, W. E. Kelson,
L. W. Quate), VII-18-48 (0. E. Myers) ; lcf , Lake Tahoe, VIII-
1950 (R. M. Bohart) ; Id , 3?$, Sagehen, near Hobart Mills, Ne-
vada County, VI-21 and 25-54 (R. H. Goodwin, J. A. Powell) ;
Id, Hermit Valley, 7000 ft., VII-12-30 (J. K. Ellsworth) ; Id , 7
miles SE Truckee, Nevada County, VI-24-54 (J. Ross) ; 1£, Echo
Lake, 7400 ft., VII-10-25 (E. O. Essig) ; 1 $ , Norden, Nevada
County, 7000 ft., VII-4-55 (P. Raven) ; 1$, Tahoe City, VIII-6-22
(Weld) ; 1 9 , Tilden Lake, Yosemite National Park, VII-29-38.
This subspecies can be distinguished from collaris collaris by
the almost impunctate, strongly shining pronatal disk. P. collaris
lecontei additionally differs by the strongly bluish caste to the
elytra, less densely punctate vertex of the head, and somewhat less
numerous hairs of the head and pronotum.
The following new species and subspecies of Phymatodes are
also described at this time to make the names available for other
studies.
Phymatodes oregonensis Chemsak, new species
Male. — Form moderately small, subcylindrical, slightly depressed; color
reddish brown to rnfopiceous, appendages paler; elytra with a pair of oblique
fasciae at middle. Head coarsely, densely punctate, sparsely clothed with
long erect hairs; eyes deeply emarginate, dorsal and ventral lobes connected
by one or two rows of facets; antennae shorter than body, basal segments
sparsely clothed with long suberect hairs, scape shorter than third segment,
second segment slightly less than half as long as third, fourth subequal to
third, eleventh appendiculate. Pronotum slightly wider than long, sides
broadly rounded, widest behind middle, base constricted; disk convex, mod-
erately inflated, surface shining, moderately coarsely and densely punctate,
lateral margins very densely, asperately punctate, subopaque, pubescence
long, suberect, not dense; prosternum densely, rugosely punctate, subopaque;
meso- and metasternum densely, shallowly punctate, sparsely pubescent.
Elytra over twice as long as broad, subparallel, surface shining, coarsely,
densely punctate at basal one-half, more finely at apical one-half ; central
white fasciae oblique, directed anteriorly along suture; pubescence short,
sparse, suberect and subdepressed. Legs very sparsely punctate, sparsely
clothed with long, suberect hairs; posterior femora not surpassing elytral
apices; posterior tarsi with first segment about as long as two following
together. Abdomen shining, very sparsely punctate and pubescent; fifth
sternite broadly rounded and emarginate at apex. Length, 6-9 mm.
Female. — Antennae slightly surpassing middle of elytra; pronotal punc-
tures more or less uniform throughout, not subopaque laterally; apex of
fifth abdominal sternite more narrowly rounded, not emarginate. Length,
7-8 mm.
40
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
Holotype male from Grave Creek, Josephine County, Ore-
gon, V-30-52 (V. Roth) ; allotype female from Clackamus County
near Springwater, Oregon, VII-5-55 (P. 0. Richter, E. A. Dicka-
son) ; paratypes as follows: lj 1 , Cascadia, Oregon, V-19-35 (R.
H. Schaefer) ; 1 9 , Wheatland, Oregon, V-10-31 (J. Wilcox) .
This species is apparently closely related to P. ater LeConte.
The single, median, pale elytral fascia and distinctive pronotal
punctation of the male of oregonensis will separate it from ater.
Superficially, oregonensis resembles the dark forms of P. vulnera-
tus LeConte but the elytral punctation differs greatly in the two
species.
Phymatodes decussatus australis Chemsak, new subspecies
Form small, subcylindrical ; color brownish testaceous with apical one-
half of elytra (except fasciae) usually darker; elytra with anterior fasciae
strongly angulate, posteriorly directed along suture and extending almost
to suture, always extending to lateral margins, sutural oblique segment
always narrower than lateral segment. Apical suture broad, oblique. Length,
5-8 mm.
Holotype male, allotype female, and two paratypes (male) from
Ensenada, Baja California, III-8-38, Quercus agrifolia (F. P.
Keen) ; additional specimens not designated as paratypes as
follows: 1 9, Tustin, Orange County, California, VI-14-38 (J. G.
Shanafelt) ; lcf, 19, Santa Ana Canyon, Orange County, Cali-
fornia, III-32; 2cf cf , 2$$, Pasadena, California, May, June; 1 9 ,
Poway, San Diego County, California (F. E. Blaisdell) ; 1<S, Mt.
Wilson, California, 11-25-28.
This subspecies can be distinguished from the typical form by
its small size, generally paler color, and strongly arcuate anterior
elytral fasciae which extend to the lateral margins. The broad,
oblique posterior fasciae are also characteristic of australis.
Primary types of the species and subspecies herein described
are deposited in the collections of the California Academy of
Sciences.
Literature Cited
LeConte, J. L.
1873. New species of North American Coleoptera. Smithsonian Misc.
Coll. 11(264): 169-240.
Linsley, E. G.
1939. The origin and distribution of the Cerambycidae of North
America, with special reference to the fauna of the Pacific Slope.
Proc. Sixth Pacific Sci. Congr., 4:269-282.
January, 1963] Lawrence— book review
41
1958. Geographical origins and phylogenetic affinities of the ceramby-
cid beetle fauna of Western North America. Zoogeography,
Amer. Assn. Adv. Sci., Publ. 51 :299-320.
1962. Bering arc relationships of Cerambycidae and their host plants.
Proc. Tenth Pacific Sci. Congr. (in press).
Motschulsky, V.
1859. Catalogue des insectes rapportes des environs du fl. Amour,
depuis la Schilka jusqu’a Nikolaevsk, examines et enumeres.
Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, 32(2): 487-507.
Book Review
THE BEETLES OF THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST. PART III: PSELA-
PHIDAE AND D1VERSICORNIA I. By Melville H. Hatch, with the
collaboration of Orlando Park, John A. Wagner, Kenneth M. Fender,
William F. Barr, G. E. Woodroffe and C. W. Coombs. University of
Washington Publications in Biology, Vol. 16, pp. ix + 503, Bound, Off-
set. Published March 1, 1962. Price $11.50, from the University of
Washington Press. Seattle 5.
Volumes I and II of this comprehensive faunal work were reviewed by
Mr. Hugh B. Leech in this journal (1956, 32: 138-142; 1960, 36: 141-142).
Volume III covers the family Pselaphidae and part of the suborder Diversi-
cornia, including the series Malacodermi, Clavicornes, Brachymera, and
Ptinoidea. The Pselaphidae are treated by Orlando Park and John Wagner
and include 21 genera (4 of them new) and 60 species (20 of them new).
Kenneth M. Fender prepared the sections on the Lycidae, Lampyridae,
Phengodidae, and Cantharidae, with 17 genera and 111 species, 15 of which
are new. William F. Barr’s treatment of the Cleridae includes 12 genera and
37 species, while the section on the genus Cryptophagus, adapted from
Woodroffe and Coomb’s current revision, contains 25 species. Dr. Hatch him-
self is responsible for the remainder of the families covered in the volume.
The distribution of genera and species is as follows: Melyridae — 23 genera
(2 new), 80 species (26 new); Dascillidae — 5 genera, 8 species (1 new);
Cyphonidae — 2 genera, 10 species (4 new) ; Eucinetidae — 2 genera, 5 species;
Byturidae — 2 genera, 2 species; Lathridiidae — 10 genera, 44 species (1
new) ; Nitidulidae — 17 genera, 60 species (1 new) ; Cybocephalidae — 1
genus, 1 species; Coccinellidae — 30 genera, 112 species (11 new); Ostoma-
tidae — 11 genera, 21 species (1 new) ; Sphindidae — 2 genera, 2 species;
Phalacridae — 4 genera, 7 species (1 new) ; Cucujidae — 15 genera, 24 spceies
(1 new) ; Cryptophagidae — 10 genera (1 new), 30 species (2 new) ; Langu-
riidae — 2 genera, 4 species; Erotylidae — 2 genera, 6 species; Mycetophagi-
dae — 4 genera, 9 species (1 new) ; Cisidae — 8 genera, 24 species (10 new) ;
Endomychidae — 8 genera, 10 species (1 new) ; Colydiidae — 13 genera, 23
42
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
species (1 new); Rhizophagidae — 6 genera, 15 species; Sphaeritidae — 1
genus, 1 species; Histeridae — 24 genera, 71 species (2 new) ; Derodontidae —
3 genera, 5 species ; Dermestidae — 10 genera, 41 species ; Byrrhidae — 13
genera, 27 species (1 new) ; Ptinidae — 6 genera, 15 species; Anobiidae — 26
genera, 52 species (8 new) ; Bostrichidae — 13 genera; 19 species; Lyctidae —
4 genera, 10 species.
Page ii is a frontispiece containing photographs of John LeConte, George
Horn, Thomas Casey, and Henry Fall. Pages 360-491 comprise 66 plates and
their explanations.
In this volume Dr. Hatch continues the most ambitious work to appear
in 50 years of American coleopterology and certainly the only one of its kind
available in western North America. Although it is limited in scope to the
beetles found in Oregon, Washington, Idaho, and British Columbia, it should
also prove useful to entomologists in surrounding states; in the Cisidae, for
instance, most of the California species are included in the keys, since the
change in species composition between Oregon and California is one of
gradual subtraction southwards, with no additions occurring except in the
extreme southern portions of the state.
Volume III should be particularly useful to the economic entomologist
because of the inclusion of a number of household and stored-products pests
in the families Nitidulidae, Ostomatidae, Cucujidae, Cryptophagidae, Der-
mestidae, Anobiidae, Ptinidae. Bostrichidae, and Lyctidae. The treatment
of the Coccinellidae with its important biological control agents will also
be welcomed. In addition to the more well-known groups, this volume in-
cludes many of the smaller families (Sphinidae, Derodontidae, etc.) about
which very little biological or distributional information is known. By en-
abling the amatur and professional alike to identify members of these
groups, this work may provide the stimulus for future biological investiga-
tions.
One criticism that can be made about the book as a whole is the com-
bination of keys and descriptions into one unit and the lack of spacing be-
tween descriptions. These devices, although they save space, make the keys
more difficult to use and tend to conceal synonymical, distributional, and
biological data. Dr. Hatch’s conservative classification may also be criticized,
since many generally accepted changes have been ignored.
The illustrations by Helen Houk and others are on the whole good, but
they vary considerably in quality, and some have lost detail in the reproduc-
tion. It is unfortunate that only 14 of Dr. Hatch’s 76 new species have been
figured; this is probably due to a limitation on space and a desire to illus-
trate the more commonly encountered species.
In spite of these general criticisms and some others which could be
added on the treatment of individual families, this volume and its two
predecessors are welcome additions to the shelves of western coleopterists.
We are looking forward to the final two volumes of this useful and informa-
tive work. — John F. Lawrence, University of California, Berkeley.
January, 1963] ruckes— California conophthorus
43
CONE BEETLES OF THE GENUS CONOPHTHORUS
IN CALIFORNIA
(Coleoptera: Scolytidae ) 1
Herbert Ruckes, Jr . 2
Beetles of the genus Conophthorus characteristically attack and
kill pine cones in which the broods are produced and the species
perpetuated. The species in this group of beetles appear to be re-
stricted to North America as there are no records of Conophthorus
from Europe, Asia, or South America. Schwarz, in 1895, was the
first to describe a species in this group as Pityophthorus coniperda
from the cones of the eastern white pine, Pinus strobus L. Hopkins
(1915) described the remainder of the presently recognized spe-
cies, designating coniperda as the genotype.
Hopkins separated his species of Conophthorus primarily on
the basis of host. However, this study demonstrated that at least
three of the six species can be reared from egg to adult on cone
tissues other than the selected host (Table I).
The gallery made by the attacking parent adult beetle falls into
one of two classes, depending upon the type of host cone. Those
cones which have a peduncle, such as sugar pine, western white
pine, are attacked in the peduncle or stem of the cone, while those
cones which are sessile, such as ponderosa pine, lodgepole pine,
or monterey pine, are attacked in the base of the cone proper.
Attack of the cone is made by the female beetle, the male joins
the female at a later date and apparently does little in constructing
the gallery. Copulation probably occurs within the cone, after
which the male leaves or dies within the cone. The cone is killed
sUon after entrance by the beetle; the gallery may consist of a
simple mine in the center of the cone stem or a spiral gallery
girdling the axis of the cone where there is no peduncle. After en-
tering and killing the cone, the female extends her gallery parallel
with and adjacent to the axis of the cone and not through the axis
of the cone as suggested by Keen (1958) and Chamberlin (1958) .
The eggs are deposited in niches made in the seeds contiguous to
the main gallery, usually two to each seed. Upon eclosion, the
larvae feed first upon the seed in which the eggs have been de-
posited and then feed indiscriminately on adjacent cone tissues,
destroying much of the interior of the cone.
1 Study performed under partial support from the California State Division of Forestry, the
T. B. Walker Foundation, and various forest industries.
2 Formerly Assistant Research Entomologist, University of California, Berkeley.
44
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
The adult female attacks one-year old cones in the spring. Pine
cones require two years to mature. An attacked cone may be
recognized by the presence of a pitch mass at the entrance hole in
the peduncle or cone base. The eggs hatch in a few days following
oviposition and the larvae complete development in about two
weeks. The mature larva prepares a pupal cell between two scales
or in the cone axis and pupates. The pupal period lasts about a
week and the teneral adult period about a week. Depending on the
species, mature adults may overwinter in this brood cone one or
more seasons, may emerge and mine twig tips of the host, over-
wintering there, or may attack other cones. Details of individual
species behavior is discussed below.
The egg first deposited is ovoid in shape and hyaline, turning
milky white as the embryo develops. The head capsule of the larva
is evident just prior to eclosion. The average size is 1.00 mm long
and 0.60 mm wide, with minor variations depending on the species.
The larva is a typical scolytoid, legless larva with a distinct
light brown head capsule, the remainer milky-white. Head capsule
measurements and rearing studies indicate that there are only
two instars (Table 2).
The pupa is white when newly formed and as it matures the
mandibles, eyes, and tips of the elytra are the first to darken.
The mature adult is a shiny, cylindrical beetle with short, erect,
sparsely-placed hairs on the elytra and pronotum. The elytra are
striate-punctate with interstrial punctures generally smaller and
Table 1. Laboratory Rearings of Conophthorus eggs on unnatural
host cone material.
Species of Beetle
Normal Host
Laboratory Host
C. lambertianae
Pinus lambertiana
Dougl.
Pinus pondorosa Laws
Pinus attenuata Lemm.
C. ponderosae
Pinus pondorosa 3
Laws.
Pinus radiata D. Don
Pinus lambertiana Dougl.
Pinus radiata D. Don
C. radiatae
Pinus radiata D. Don
Pinus lambertiana Dougl.
Pinus attenuata Lemm.
Pinus ponderosa Laws.
Pj P. attenuata was not used in this series as there are field collection records of C. ponderosae
breeding in the cones of P. attenuata.
January, 1963] ruckes— California conophthorus
45
more sparsely placed than those of the striae. An elytral declivity
is present but often poorly defined. The head is not visible from
above and the anterior portion of the pronotum is granulose with
the granules becoming punctures toward the posterior. The color
varies slightly between species and at times within species, making
color an unreliable character for species separation.
Little information is available on the parasites of bark beetles.
Only one larval parasite was recovered during this study, a small
bethylid wsp, Cephalonomia utahensis Brues (Ruckes, 1956) . This
parasite was found in all California Conophthorus species with
the exception of C. monticolae. A chalcid parasite, Tomicobia
tibialis Ashmead, was recovered from the overwintering adults of
C. lambertianae.
Table 2. Larval Instar Head Capsule Widths.
Range
Average
Species 4
Instar
in mm.
in mm.
C. radiatae
I
.336 - .424
.382
II
.552 - .683
.612
C. ponderosae
I
.372 - .442
.419
II
.629 - .714
.669
C. lambertianae
I
.340 - .425
.383
11
.493 - .697
.627
C. monophyllae
1
.368 - .440
.404
II
.618 -.701
.659
4 C . contortae and C.
monticolae omitted due to
insufficient material.
Unidentified
nematodes have
been recovered from
the Mai-
pighian tubules in the larvae of C. ponderosae, C. lambertianae,
and C. monophyllae and also in the body cavities of the adult
beetles. It has not been determined what role these organisms play
in the biology of the cone beetles.
Miller (1915) reporting on C. lambertianae states: “In many
of the cones the brood reaches the stage of full-grown larvae,
pupae, or even new adults, and then dies. On an area near Sisson 5 ,
Calif., in 1913, over 50 per cent of the cones contained dead broods.
On one area near Colestin, Oreg., in 1914, the brood developed in
only 57 per cent of the attacked cones. The mortality of the devel-
oped broods amounted to 62 per cent, so broods finally successful
in but 21.6 per cent of cones attacked. While the cause appeared
to be an entomophagous fungus it has not yet been reported defi-
nitely.” A similar high incidence of brood mortality had been ob-
5 Now Mt. Shasta City
46
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
served during several years throughout California. No evidence of
disease was found in 1956 or 1957 in broods which suffered this
high mortality. 6
Experiments were conducted in 1958 to determine the tempera-
tures attained in aborted sugar pine cones. Thermocouples were
inserted into cones in situ and on the ground and the temperature
was recorded on a 16-point recording potentiometer. While the
data were limited to a few days observations, it was then deter-
mined that cones in full sunlight on the ground for four hours
during the middle of the day were heated to 125-130° F. As brief
exposure to temperatures of 115-120° F will kill western pine beetle
(Miller, 1931) it is possible that the high brood mortalities found
were caused by extreme high temperatures.
Mortality appears to occur when the aborted cones are on the
ground as no cones containing dead broods were collected from
trees.
A Key to the California Species of Conophthorus Hopkins
(Adult Characters)
1. Elytral declivity with striae 1, 2, and 3 punctured and parallel; declivity
slightly impressed, interspace 1 feebly granulate, interspace 3 punctate
with each punctate surrounded by a raised annulus
— C. monophyllae Hopkins
Elytral declivity with striae 1 not punctured or feebly so, striae 2 and 3
punctured, with 2 approaching 3 at apex of declivity and forming the
lateral margins of the declivity. Interspace 2 feebly or obviously granu-
late. Interspace 3 annulate-punctate 2
2. Elytra with punctures of striae 1 and 2 interspace 2 of equal size. Decliv-
ity slightly impressed C. ponderosae Hopkins
Elytra with punctures of interspace 2 obviously smaller than the punctures
of striae 1 and 2 3
3. Elytra with distinct and parallel rows of strial punctures on lateral area;
declivity strongly impressed, punctures of stria 2 in declivity numerous
and close together, granules of interspace 1 lacking or very faint
C. lambertianae Hopkins
Elytra with strial punctures in obscure rows or confused on lateral
area 4
4. Declivity strongly impressed; punctures of striae 2 in declivity numerous
and close together, granules of interspace 1 lacking or very faint
C. monticolae Hopkins
Declivity slightly impressed or not at all ; granules of interspace 1 present
and obvious - —.5
5. Interspace 1 of declivity granulate at apex only... C. contortae Hopkins
Interspace 1 of declivity obviously granulate for entire length —
C. radiatae Hopkins
6 Per communication Dr. E. A. Steinhaus, Dept. Insect Pathology, University of California.
January, 1963] ruckes— California conophthorus
47
CONOPHTHOREUS MONOPHYLLAE Hopkins
Description. — A black, shining, cylindrical beetle, 3.0 - 3.5 mm
long. The elytral declivity with striae 1, 2, and 3 punctured and
parallel, with striae 2 passing through the declivity and not form-
ing the lateral margin as in the other California species of Conoph-
thorus. This character is suitable for separating this species from
the others.
Host . — Singleleaf piny on, Pinus monophylla Torr. & Frem.
Type. — Female, Hopkins 1904. Hopk. U. S. No. 2784, U.S.N.M.
Cat. No. 7474.
Type locality. — Ventura County, California.
Distribution . — Probably throughout the range of the host trees.
Seasonal History. — Initial attacks are made early in the spring.
Freshly attacked cones were observed during the first week of May,
1956, in Los Angeles County, California, at an elevation of 5000
feet. There appear to be two generations a year as it has been
observed that in late fall the smaller cones contain adults and adult
emergence holes. The larger cones showed evidence of fresh attack
and larva were found in them. However, in cones of all sizes, the
overwintering stage is the adult.
Conophthorus ponderosa Hopkins
Description. — A dark brown or black, shining, cylindrical
beetle, 3.5 — 4.2 mm long. Generally the beetles have a black head
and pronotum, with reddish brown elytra; however, many speci-
mens have been collected which were totally shiny black. The
character which separates this species from the others is the simi-
larity in size of the punctures of striae 1 and 2 and those of inter-
space 2.
Host. — Pinus ponderosa Laws, P. jeffreyi Grev. & Balf., P.
washoensis Mason & Stockwell and rarely the cones of P. attenuata
Lemmon.
Type.— Female, Sergent 1913. Hopk. U. S. No. 10807a,
U.S.N.M. Cat. No. 7479.
Type locality . — Ashland, Jackson County, Oregon.
Distribution. — Commonly throughout the Pacific Coast range
of ponderosa pine, occasionally in Jeffrey pine in the Modoc Na-
tional Forest and eastside Sierra forests, and rarely in Pinus atten-
uata on the northwest California coast in Del Norte County. This
species has also been reared from the cones of Pinus washoensis
in Washoe County, Nevada, adjacent to the California border.
48
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
Seasonal History. — The adult attacks on the cones occur during
the middle of May and extend into late June. Upon completion of
the gallery and egg deposition, the female turns around and leaves
the cone by the entrance hole. The entrance hole is then plugged
with frass. The behavior of the female after leaving the cone has
not been determined. Additional attacks on other cones may occur,
or the beetle may die. Brood development is complete by the end
of July. The brood adults remain in the cone for the remainder of
the season and overwinter in this stage. There appears to be only
one generation a year. Living adults were recovered in 1958 from
cones attacked in 1956, indicating that some brood adults remain
in the brood cone for more than one year. This suggests a possible
means of survival during years of poor or non-existent cone crops.
CONOPHTHORUS LAMBERTIANAE Hopkins
Description.— A black, shining, cylindrical beetle. 3.0 — 4.5
mm long, rarely with reddish-brown elytra. The well-defined and
parallel rows of strial punctures on the lateral areas of the elytra
separate this species from the others found in California.
Host . — Sugar pine, Pinus lambertiana Douglas. Keen (1958)
reports that the twigs and cones of Pinus monticola Douglas are
attacked by this beetle.
Type . — Female, Sergent 1913. Hopk. U. S. No. 10833a2,
U.S.N.M. Cat. No. 7478.
Type locality.— Hilt, Siskiyou County, California.
Distribution . — Throughout the range of sugar pine in Oregon
and California.
Seasonal history. — Beetle attack occurs during the spring, the
time varying from early May to mid-June (Table 3).
Two generations of beetles may occur during heavy cone crop
years. Usually, however, the brood adults leave the cones after
maturation and mine the twig tips of adjacent sugar pines, over-
wintering there (Ruckes, 1957).
Table 3. Beetle emergence and first appearance of aborted
cones in California 1956-58.
Emergence from
cages cones
V-7-56
V- 24-57
no data
no data
VI- 8-58
First appearance
of aborted cones
V- 16-56
VI- 2-57
VI-12-57
VI-19-57
VI-19-58
Location
Pinecrest, Tuolumne Co.
Pinecrest, Tuolumne Co.
Miami R. S., Mariposa Co
Hat Creek, Lassen Co.
Pinecrest, Tuolumne Co.
January, 1963] ruckes— California conophthorus
49
Conophthorus monticolae Hopkins
Description. — A shining, cylindrical, beetle, 3.2 — 3.8 mm long.
Usually with black head and pronotum with reddish-brown or black
elytra. The declivity of the elytra is strongly impressed and the
punctures of striae 2 in the declivity are numerous and close.
Host.-— Western white pine, Pinus monticola Don.
Type. — Female, Froinme 1906. Hopk. U. S. No. 6541a,
U.S.N.M Cat. No. 7477.
Type locality. — Priest River, Boundary County, Idaho.
Distribution. — Probably throughout the range of western white
pine. The species has been collected in Idaho (type locality Priest
River), Washington, Montana, western Canada (Cowitchan Lake)
and northern California (Lassen Volcanic National Park) (Ruckes,
1959).
Seasonal history. — Nothing is known of the habits of this spe-
cies. It is assumed that they are similar to other species attacking
pedunculate cones, such as C. lambertianae.
Conophthorus contortae Hopkins
Description. — A black, shining, cylindrical beetle, 2.9 — 3.5 mm
long. The declivity with a few (1-3) granules at the apex.
Host. — Shore pine, Pinus contorta Dougl. ex Loud, and lodge-
pole pine, P. murrayana Grev. & Balf. (Ruckes, 1959) .
Type. — Female, Hopkins 1899. Hopk. U. S. No. 88. U.S.N.M.
Cat. No. 7481.
Type locality. — Newport, Lincoln County, Oregon, in the cone
of Pinus contorta var. contorta Engelm.
Distribution. — Probably throughout the range of the host, but
has not been collected from shore pine in California.
Seasonal history. — The observations reported here were made
on the beetles in the cones of the lodgepole pine which occurs at
higher elevation where there is a shorter growing season. Beetle
flight and attack occurs in late June and July after the snow has
melted from the ground. The pupa is the overwintering stage. De-
velopment in shore pine was not observed.
Conophthorus radiatae Hopkins
Description. — A black, shiny, cylindrical beetle, 3.1 — 4.1 mm
long. The declivity of the elytra is slightly impressed and interspace
1 of declivity has many granules the length of each interspace.
50
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
Host . — Monterey pine, Pinus radiata Don.
Type. — Female, Miller 1913. Hopk. U. S. No. 10861a. U.S.N.M.
Cat. No. 7481.
Type locality . — Pacific Grove, Monterey County, California.
Distribution . — This species has only been collected from the
type locality but probably occurs throughout the host range.
Seasonal history . — The attack and oviposition habits are sim-
ilar to the other species of cone beetles which attack sessile cones.
Adult beetles attack the green developing second-year cones in the
spring and oviposit in them. Development is complete by fall and
they may overwinter in the brood cone or they may emerge and
enter first-year conelets to overwinter. One generation of beetles
completed development in 44 days under laboratory conditions.
Acknowledgments
I am indebted to Dr. S. L. Wood, Brigham Young University,
for his determinations of the Conophthorus species and to C. B.
Eaton, Pacific Southwest Experiment Station, Nelson B. Drury,
California Division of Beaches and Parks, and to Mr. and Mrs.
Ernest Schneider of Pinecrest, California, for their cooperation.
Literature Cited
Chamberlin, W. J.
1958. The Scolytoidea of the Northwest. Oregon State Monographs
No. 2, Oregon State College, Corvallis, Oregon, pp. 141-143.
Hopkins, A. D.
1915. A new genus of Scolytoid beetles. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci.,
5:429-433.
Keen, F. P.
1958. Cone and seed insects of western forest trees. U.S. Dept. Agric.
Tech. Bull. No. 1169. pp. 46-58.
Miller, J. M.
1915. Cone beetles: injury to sugar pine and western yellow pine.
U.S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 243. pp. 1-12.
1931. High and low lethal temperatures for the western pine beetle.
Jour. Agric. Res., 43:303-321.
Ruckes, H., Jr.
1956. A hethylid parasite of cone beetles. Pan-Pacific Ent., 32:184-185.
1957. The overwintering habitat of the sugar pine cone beetle. Jour.
Econ. Ent., 50:367-368.
1958. Some observations on the Monterey pine cone beetle, Conoph-
thorus radiatae Hopkins. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.
1959. Two new records for the cone beetle genus Conophthorus Hop-
kins in California. Pan-Pacific Ent., 35:94.
Schwarz, E. A.
1895. Description of the pine-cone-inhabiting scolytid. Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash., 3:143-145.
January, 1963] usinger— new Chilean bat bug
51
A NEW BAT BUG FROM SOUTHERN CHILE
(Hemiptera: Cimicidae)
Robert L. Usinger
University of California, Berkeley
In 1960 Mr. Luis Pena sent several nymphs of Cimicidae col-
lected from bat roosts in a hollow tree in southern Chile. On the
basis of nymphal characters alone, it appeared that these speci-
mens belonged to the unique subfamily Primicimicinae — known
only from the single genus and species Primicimex cavernis Barber
of Texas and Guatemala. Several attempts to obtain adults and
establish laboratory colonies were unsuccessful so Mr. Pena of-
fered to serve as guide on a field trip in search of this and other
unique southern Cimicidae. Travel was by jeep from Santiago
south to Chiloe Island during the southern summer month of Jan-
uary, 1962. Thanks are due to Mr. Pena and his assistant, Guer-
rardo, for enthusiastic support at all times and for much of the
success of the project. Financial assistance was received from the
United States Public Health Service through Grant No. E-1496-
(C4). Dr. Jacques Carayon of the Laboratoire d’Entomologie
Agricole Tropicale in Paris studied the internal reproductive
organs and made available his voluminous notes and illustrations.
Norihiro Ueshima at the University of California in Berkeley made
cytological preparations and studied the chromosomes. Dr. Seth
Benson of the University of California Museum of Vertebrate
Zoology identified the bats. Mrs. Celeste Green made the drawings
in the style of previous Cimicid illustrations.
Bucimex Usinger, new genus
Size large, 6.8 mm. (dried) to 9.6 mm. (slide mounted). Body sub-
oval, flattened above. Bristles dense and long, the individual bristles curved,
minutely notched at tip and serrate on outer side.
Clypeus not widened anteriorly, the sides subparallel. Labrum over twice
as long as wide, gradually tapering to rounded tip. Antennae about half
again as long as width of pronotum, the second segment three times as
long as first, one-eighth longer than third, the fourth two-thirds as long as
third. Rostrum short, reaching only to base of head or a little onto pro-
sternum.
Pronotum transverse, the disk convex at middle, depressed sublaterally,
the sides rounded. Hemelytral pads broadly suboval. Metasternum not plate-
like, forming a subrounded lobe between middle coxae.
Spermalege located ventrally between third and fourth visible ventral
52
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
segments on right side, the ectospermalege sac-like, longer than wide, ex-
tending forward from narrow opening at intersegmental membrane.
Legs with hind femora four times as long as wide, the tibiae with mot-
tled markings (pseudo joints) and the front and middle pair with small but
distinct apical pads or fossae in both sexes. Tarsi with 3 stout spines at
inner apex of third segment in apposition to claws.
Type species: Bucimex chilensis Usinger, n. sp.
Bucimex chilensis Usinger, new species
Color brown with pale yellowish at base and sides of head, on either
side of middle and in a transverse fascia behind middle of pronotum, on
either side of scutellum at basal two-thirds, at point of articulation of heme-
lytral pads, and more or less on appendages and underside.
Head as long (expanded slide mounted specimen) as wide including eyes,
1.05 mm, the latter less than one-third the width of interocular space, 0.2
mm x 0.6 mm, small and round in outline. Sides of clypeus subparallel, a
little sinuate, the apex truncate. Sides of head narrowed immediately behind
eyes and then widened near base. Clypeus beset with long, erect bristles
except on either side of base, the rest of head smooth and without bristles
except adjacent to clypeus and forward near anterior margins of eyes to
antenniferous tubercles. Postocular area with one prominent bristle behind
each eye. Antennae about half again as long as width of pronotum, 3.3 mm,
the proportion of segments 8:24, 21:14, first and second segments stout and
beset with short bristles, apical segments slender with short bristles. Ros-
trum short, reaching only to base of head in slide mounted specimens (at-
taining apex of prosternum in dried specimens), proportion of segments
6:10:5; width narrow, about equal to thickness of first antennal segment.
Pronotum about twice as wide as long at middle, 2.1 mm x 1.1 mm, the
disk convex, rough and beset with long bristles, depressed sublaterally and
narrowly before hind margin, the margins thickened and slightly reflexed.
Lateral margins evenly arcuate, anterior “angles” rounded, anterior margin
roundly emarginate behind head. Disk glabrous along two vertical pale
marks at middle and laterad at about basal fourth. Lateral bristles very
long, about as long as first antennal segment, 0.4 mm.
Scutellum more than half as wide as pronotum, 24:42, the exposed
part in slide mounted specimens about half as long as wide. Disk smooth
or minutely granular on semilunate yellow areas on either side of middle,
the middle brown, feebly punctured, and with some bristles ; posterior and
lateral areas dark brown to black, coarsely rugose and beset with longer
bristles; apex moderately swollen or inflated; lateral margins constricted
at apical third. Hemelytral pads transversely suboval, nearly straight at
contiguous inner margins, broadly, evenly rounded postero-laterally, the
articulations at sides of scutellum smooth, conspicuous, yellow; length 1.3
mm, ratio of length to width 26:35; disk coarsely punctured and beset with
long bristles, antero-lateral margin thick, the disk depressed submarginally.
Abdomen above widened, the ratio of width across 4th (3rd visible) seg-
ment :hemelytral pads :pronotum .-head including eyes — 88:70:42:22. Hind
margins of abdominal segments sinuate, thin, translucent, disk rugosely
January, 1963] usinger— new Chilean bat bug
53
punctate and with numerous erect bristles; segments 4, 5, and 6 (visible)
each with two pale spots at middle possibly corresponding to the paired
nymphal scent gland openings, though the latter are at anterior margin of
each segment whereas the pale spots in adults approach the middle of each
segment. Under surface with many bristles; prosternum not produced as
a point between front coxae; mesosternum with hind margin thickened and
arcuate; metasternum a somewhat inflated lobe, separating middle coxae
Fig. 1. Bucimex chilensis Usinger, new species. Lonquimay, Malleco,
Chile, showing dorsal (right) and ventral (left) surfaces of female and de-
tail ol male genital segment and paramere.
54
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
by a distance approximately equal to width of a coxa. Scent gland evaporat-
ing area without special structures, consisting of a dull area over most of
metapleuron. Female genital segments ventrally consisting of lateral spiracle-
bearing plates and two sublateral plates of the 8th segment which narrow
toward the middle and are subcontiguous. Behind this are two longitudinal
plates that taper to apices and a pair of gonopophyses that are slightly in-
flated apically and densely beset with long bristles. Male genital segment
slightly wider across base than long, 28:24, bent slightly to left, the para-
mere as long as segment, curved and slightly sinuate at tip, tapering grad-
ually to acute apex which reaches an open pocket at left side of asymmetrical
8th segment.
Legs rather long and slender, the hind femora 2.8 mm long, four times
as long as wide, 56:14; hind tibiae one-fourth longer than femora, 80:56,
distinctly curved and mottled (pseudojoints) on apical half. Hind tarsi one-
third the length of tibiae, the second and third segments subequal, third
segment with 3 stout spines on inner apex, claws angulately produced sub-
basally.
Length (slide mounted female) 8.6 mm, width of pronotum 2.05 mm;
male, length 9.6 mm, width of pronotum 2.15 mm. Dry pinned specimens:
female, length 6.8 mm, width (pronotum) 2.15 mm.
Holotype female, 10 km south of Lonquimay, Malleco,
Chile, January 11, 1962, R. L. Usinger collector; allotype, male,
same data as holotype; paratypes, 12 specimens, same data as
type and 6 males and several nymphs near Dalcahue, Chiloe I.,
Chile, January 22, 1962, R. L. Usinger collector. Nymphs only
were taken at Tolhuaca, Curacautin, Malleco, Chile, January 11-25,
1959, and Dalcahue, Chiloe I., Chile, February 10-12, 1954, by
Luis E. Pena.
At Tolhuaca in 1959 Luis Pena found small nymphs in the
hollow trunk of an Araucaria tree in a dense moist forest of tall
trees. These specimens were associated with the bat, Myotis chilo-
ensis (Waterhouse). Unfortunately, local inhabitants of the region
built a fire in the hole and destroyed the colony. Near Lonquimay
a hollow Nothofagus tree was found with bats present and bugs
hiding in cracks inside the hollow trunk. Near Dalcahue bats and
bugs were found beneath a piece of loose bark of a large Notho-
fagus tree. The area had been burned several years earlier and
the open type of country was quite dry. Nymphs, adults, cast skins
and eggs were found in a compact cluster about 15 feet from the
ground. A third collection was made beneath loose bark of a
Nothofagus tree about 25 km north of Dalcahue. Under bark near
the latter place the bat Histiotus montauus magellanicus (Philippi)
was taken.
January, 1963] usinger— new Chilean bat bug
55
The relationships of Bucimex are most perplexing. The large
size, short rostrum, narrow clypeus, long slender labrum, long,
fine, serrate bristles, suboval hemelytral pads, mottled tibiae and
stiff spines at inner apex of third tarsal segment suggest affinity
with Primicimex. Also there is a long lone bristle behind each eye
in both of these genera. On the other hand, Primicimex lacks a
spermalege and usually receives sperm between the 5th and 6th
(4th and 5th visible) tergites on the left side, there being a trans-
verse pigmented area at that point. Bucimex differs radically from
this, having a distinct sclerotized ectospermalege between the 4th
and 5th (3rd and 4th visible) ventral segments on the right side.
The organ is sac-like, enlarged apically and bent toward the middle
of the body. Through the cooperation of my colleague, Dr. Jacques
Carayon, I am able to report that the mesospermalege is very large
and sac-like, exceeding the size of an ovary. Dr. Caryon also
studied the mycetomes, finding that Bucimex possesses a pair
situated in the middle of the fat tissue near the dorsal membrane
of the abdomen at the level of the fourth visible abdominal seg-
ment. Primicimex is unique among the Cimicidae in lacking dis-
crete mycetomes. The chromosome number was found by Mr.
Ueshima to be 13 -j- XY (1st metaphase, n cT). This is close to
certain colonies of Cimex lectularius and differs from most other
Cimicidae. The chromosome number of Primicimex is unknown.
To summarize, Bucimex appears on external characters to
belong to the Primicimicinae whereas its internal reproductive
system and mycetomes would perhaps place it closer to the Cimi-
cinae.
Book Notice
A LIST OF THE APHIDS OF NEW YORK, by Mortimer B. Leonard,
Washington, D.C. Proceedings of the Rochester Academy of Science,
Vol. 10, No. 6, pp. 289-, 428, 4 plates, Feb. 1963. Paper covers. For
sale at $1.50 by the Librarian, Rochester Academy of Science, Rush
Rhees Library, University of Rochester, Rochester, N.Y.
The life histories, economic importance, method of feeding, production of
winged forms, productivity, role as vectors of plant viruses, and other per-
tinent information are discussed as introductory material. Detailed records
of the distribution of about 350 species of aphids known to occur in New
York are given and a list of over 700 food plants on which they occur.
56
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
A NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS TRACHUSA FROM
CALIFORNIA WITH A KEY TO THE
KNOWN SPECIES
( Hymenoptera : Megachilidae )
Robbin W. Thorp
University of California, Berkeley
The genus Trachusa Panzer has been represented previously
by three species, one from Eurasia, one from California and one
from Arizona and Sonora, Mexico (Michener 1941, 1948). A new
species is described here from California to make the name avail-
able for use in comparative ecological studies.
Trachusa gummifera Thorp, new species
Female — Integument black; pubescence pale, ferruginous medially on
face, vertex, dorsum of thorax, inner surfaces of basitarsi, medially on apical
depression of metasomal tergum 6, and abdominal scopa, whitish near eyes,
on genae, thoracic pleura, and forming medially interrupted bands on apical
depressed margins of metasomal terga 1-5. Head, except clypeus and supra-
clypeal area, finely, closely punctate ; clypeus and supraclypeal area rather
coarsely punctate, region of suture separating these sclerites somewhat
elevated and impunctate, median longitudinal line of clypeus somewhat
elevated, impunctate basally, punctate apically; apical margin of clypeus
with about seven or eight small denticulations; labial papi with third seg-
ment longer than fourth (ratio of 4:3). Mesosoma finely and closely punctate;
reddish dorsal pubescence short, uniform and dense; whitish pleural pubes-
cence long and dense, increasing in length ventrally; propodeal enclosure
punctate above, impunctate but minutely tessellate below. Metasoma with
margins of terga 3-5 strongly and abruptly depressed, less strongly abruptly
depressed on terga 1 and 2; punctures on basal area of second tergum
uniformly separated by one puncture diameter, punctures on terga 3-5
tending to be closer on succeeding segments; punctures of apical depression
of terga 2-5 about same size as those of basal area but almost contiguous;
fifth tergum with posterior margin feebly and broadly emarginate medially;
sixth tergum with wide, basal, transverse, strongly and abruptly elevated
ridge with median emargination; posterior margin of sixth tergum produced
medially as a horizontal flange, feebly emarginate medially; whitish pube-
scence long dorsolaterally on tergum 1, short in medially interrupted apical
bands of terga 1-5 ; ventral scopa with long, dense, reddish, stiff, simple hairs.
Length approximately 14 mm. Forewing length 10 mm.
Male — Integument black, except facial maculations; pubescence pale,
ferruginous on vertex, thoracic dorsum and inner surfaces of basitarsi, whit-
ish on rest of head, thoracic pleura and apical depressed margins of meta-
somal terga 1-5. Head with punctation as in female; clypeal maculation
cream colored grading to brownish peripherally; clypeus not entirely macu-
January, 1963] thorp— trachusa synopsis
57
late but with depressed, thin, black border laterally with punctures fine and
contiguous, black border increasing in width basomedially from anterior
tentorial pit with punctures large and contiguous, maculation along the
median longitudinal raised area almost reaching fronto-clypeal suture;
lateral facial maculations (absent in some male paratypes) each consisting
of a small brownish spot about the size of larger clypeal punctures and
located about one-fourth the distance from anterior mandibular articulation
to base of antenna; mandibles with apical tooth rather stout, its tip farther
from tip of second tooth than latter is from third; labial palpi with third
segment longer than fourth (ratio of 4:3). Mesosoma and metasomal terga
1-5 similar to female. Metasoma with sixth tergum with posterior margin
broadly rounded, the entire margin produced as a flange, delimited basally
by the subapical, transverse, feebly nodulose keel, which curves anteriorly
at the sides and gives off medially a short, subtriangular posterior projec-
tion not nearly reaching posterior margin of segment; seventh tergum with
longitudinal median ridge dorsally, posterior margin a heart-shaped fold
with broad lateral lobes and shallow median emargination ; sterna 2-4 with
apical margins straight, not provided with long hairs ; fifth sternum with
lateral margins broadly convex, feebly emarginate medially; sixth sternum
with apical margin broadly rounded and folded ventrad with a small me-
dian, anteriorly directed, truncate tooth; eighth sternum elongate, posterior
margin with short, narrow, parallel-sided, apically emarginate, median proc-
ess, the posterolateral borders broadly rounded. Length approximately 13
mm. Forewing length 9.5 mm.
Holotype female and allotype (California Academy of Sciences,
San Francisco), from Carson Ridge, Marin County, California,
June 11, 1960 (J. F. Lawrence) ; and 42 paratypes as follows: same
locality 30 9, 3d’', vi-11-60 (J. F. Lawrence and J. R. Powers;
C.I.S., G.I.S.), 1 2 9, lcf, v-30-59 (C. W. O’Rrien and J. R. Pow-
ers; G.I.S.), 3 9 , vi-15-62 (P. D. Hurd and R. W. Thorp; C.I.S.,
R.W.T.), 29, vi-30-62 (R. W. Thorp; R.W.T.). San Francisco
Co.: San Francisco, 1 9 , vi-22-57 (D. Rentz; G.I.S.) .
This species is related to T. perdita Cockerell and may be sep-
arated from this and other species of Trachusa by the following
key. The female of T. manni Crawford is not known and I have
not seen the male types. Therefore, I have relied on the original
description (Crawford, 1917) and the redescription and key pre-
sented in Michener ( 1941) .
Males
1. Mandibles largely yellow; propodeal enclosure impunctate or only nar-
rowly punctate above; sixth and seventh terga simple, without subapical
folds or ridges. (Palearctic) (serratulae)=:byssina (Panzer)
1 The abbreviations for the collections are as follows: California Insect Survey, University of
California, Berkeley (C.I.S.) ; Gerald I. Stage, Berkeley (G.I.S.) ; R. W. Thorp, Berkeley
(R.W.T.).
58
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
Mandibles black ; propodeal enclosure with broad punctate band above ;
sixth tergum with transverse subapical carina, seventh with a median
longitudinal ridge and (except in gummifera ) a variously modified sub-
apical fold. (Nearctic).... 2.
2. Sixth tergum with posterior margin produced and subtruncate medially;
mandible with distance from end of apical tooth to end of second tooth
less than distance between apices of second and third teeth. (S. Arizona
and Sonora, Mexico) manni Crawford
Sixth tergum with posterior margin evenly rounded; mandible with dis-
tance from end of apical tooth to end of second tooth greater than dis-
tance between apices of second and third teeth. (Cismontane Califor-
nia) — _ _ 3.
3. Cream colored facial maculations covering entire clypeus and sides of
face truncate below level of antennae; labial palpus with segments 3 and
4 subequal in length; seventh tergum with a transverse, subapical, ele-
vated fold enclosing a median, apical depressed, smooth, brown plate;
eighth sternum with trilobed apex. (South Coastal, Transverse and
Peninsular Ranges) perdita Cockerell
Cream colored facial maculations not covering entire clypeus nor lower
sides of fact; clypeus with thin, black border laterally, increasing in
width basally, lateral facial maculations when present, consisting of
brownish spot on each side, about the size of larger clypeal punctures;
labial palpus with third segment longer than fourth (ratio 4:3) ; seventh
tergum without subapical fold or median, apical, depressed plate; eighth
sternum with only a single median apical lobe. (San Francisco Bay
area) _ gummifera Thorp
Females
1. Sixth tergum simple; propodeal enclosure impunctate or only narrowly
punctate above — 1 — (serratulae) — byssina (Panzer)
Sixth tergum with strong basal elevation ; propodeal enclosure with broad
punctate band above 2.
2. Labial palpus with segments 3 and 4 subequal in length; basal elevation
of sixth tergum separated by vertical or overhanging fold from produced
flange-like margin perdita Cockerell
Labial palpus with third segment longer than fourth (ratio 4:3) ; basal
elevation of sixth tergum with shallow median emargination
gummifera Thorp
References
Crawford, J. C.
1917. New Hymenoptera. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 19: 165-172.
Michener, C. D.
1941. A synopsis of the genus Trachusa with notes on the nesting
habits of T. perdita (Hymenoptera, Megachilidae) . Pan-Pacific
Ent., 17 (3) : 119-125.
1948. The generic classification of the Anthidiine bees (Hymenop-
tera, Megachilidae). Amer. Mus. Novitates no. 1381, 29 pp.
January, 1963 ]
PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOC.
59
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
R. M. Bohart Laura M. Henry H. V. Daly R. C. Miller
President Vice-President Secretary Treasurer
Proceedings
Two Hundred and Seventy-eighth Meeting
The 278th meeting was held Friday, 23 February 1962, at 8:00 P.M., in
the Morrison Auditorium of the California Academy of Sciences, San Fran-
cisco, with President Bohart presiding.
Members present (36) : C. Armin, F. L. Blanc, R. M. Bohart, J. S. Buck-
ett, H. V. Daly, J. G. Edwards, W. E. Ferguson, D. Giuliani, R. H. Gonzales,
R. H. Goodwin, A. A. Grigarick, Hilary Hacker, R. E. Hall, W. G. litis,
M. E. Irwin, M. T. James, D. W. Jamieson, Lb Kinet, R. L. Langston, H. B.
Leech, D. D. Linsdale, P. Lounibos, C. D. MacNeill, J. W. and Jane Mac-
Swain, H. L. McKenzie, A. E. Michelbacher, W. W. Middlekauff, J. A.
Powell, D. C. Rentz, L. M. Smith, J. S. Snell, G. I. Stage, J. R. Stewart,
J. W. Tilden, Nancy Twomey.
Visitors present (27) : Margaret E. Bohart, R. M. Brown, W. M. Chaud-
hri, M. Collins, Stephanie Ferguson, W. A. Foster, G. W. Frankie, Mrs.
R. H. Gonzalez, J. A. Hendrickson, D. H. and Karen Janzen, W. Knabke,
V. V. Linsdale, J. B. and E. Lounibos, R. L. MacDonald, Martha Michel-
bacher, D. Miller, Ellen Y. Montgomery, Frances Powell, Judy M. Ross,
Kaye Stage, R. H. Steinbruck, Jr., Catherine Toschi, G. G. Weaver, R. L.
Westcott, Patricia Woolever.
The minutes of the meeting held 16 December 1961 were summarized.
Two new members were elected: A. A. Grigarick, Davis, California;
J. R. Stewart, Berkeley, California.
Mr. L. Blanc presented slides and specimens of an introduced species
of beetle, genus Ceratophyus, which produces undesirable tumuli near Lom-
poc, California.
Mr. Leech reported that Mr. Gordon Stace Smith of Creston, British
Columbia, had died on February 19 and gave the following comments:
“A miner by profession, and largely self-educated, Mr. Stace Smith
started to collect beetles seriously in the twenties, while living at Copper
Mountain, B.C., and made the largest and best collection in the province.
It is now at the University of British Columbia, Vancouver. His much smaller
but important collection from the vicinity of Duparquet, Quebec, is in
the California Academy of Sciences. Unfortunately he published very little,
but many new species have been described from his material, especially
by W. J. Brown. Mr. Stace Smith also gained recognition as a poet, and
had two volumes of his poems published.”
Dr. J. W. Tilden exhibited a photograph of the eggs of a wingless
mecopteran.
Mr. Leech exhibited two photographs donated by Dr. E. C. Zimmerman,
for the Historical File of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society. One
shows the Brazilian entomologist Father T. Borgmeier, the other his labora-
tory.
60
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
The principal speakers for the evening were J. S. Buckett, D. Miller,
and G. W. Frankie, undergraduate students in the Department of Ento-
mology and Parasitology, University of California, Berkeley and Davis.
Their presentation, illustrated with slides, was “Observations and Insect
Collecting on the 49 Course at White Mountains in Eastern California.”
A coffee social in the entomology rooms followed the meeting. — Howell
V. Daly, Secretary
Two Hundred and Seventy-Ninth Meeting
The 279th meeting was held Friday, 30 March 1962, at 8:00 P.M., in
the Morrison Auditorium of the California Academy of Sciences, San Fran-
cisco, with President Bohart presiding.
Members present (28) : P. D. Ashlock, R. M. Bohart, H. Y. Daly,
C. J. DeMars, R. L. Doutt, J. Drew, I. G. Edwards, W. E. Ferguson, G. W.
Frankie, J. K. Fujii, R. H. Gonzalez, P. A. Harvey, Laura M. Henry,
M. Irwin, U. Kinet, H. Lange, R. L. Langston, H. B. Leech, J. A. Litsinger,
C. D. MacNeill, H. L. McKenzie, J. A. Powell, F. E. Skinner, L. M. Smith,
W. Stanger, J. R. Stewart, J. W. Tilden, Catherine Toschi.
Visitors present (17) : Margaret E. Bohart, F. Catalano, Barbara B.
Daly, Otilia Gonzalez, C. B. Huffaker, D. H. Janzen, E. lessen, Alain Kinet,
Pauline S. Lange, R. L. MacDonald, Y. Miyatake, F. Raney, Judy Ross,
Edna Smith, Mrs. W. Stanger, Mrs. J. Stewart.
The minutes of the meeting held 23 February 1962 were summarized.
Four new members were elected: Catherine Toschi, G. W. Frankie,
and J. K. Fujii, Berkeley, California; W. Stanger, Sacramento, California.
In addition, Berta Kessel, San Francisco, California, was re-instated to
membership.
Dr. R. L. Usinger announced that the Publications Committee was
investigating a method for supporting the Pan-Pacific Entomologist by page
charges.
Mr. H. B. Leech announced the death of Mr. J. B. Wallace on 14 March.
Mr. Leech also noted that a letter from Mr. W. H. Edwards to Mr. W. G.
Wright has been deposited in the historical file.
Dr. J. A. Powell displayed the adult moth, Laspeyresia deshaisiana
(Lucas), which had been reared from commercial Mexican Jumping Beans.
Dr. C. Don MacNeill reported the occurrence of the lycaenid Callophrys
fotis Strecker in the San Bruno Mountains and gave the following com-
ments :
“This butterfly has not been known to occur in the Bay Area; it was
known previously in the Coast Ranges only south of Monterey Bay. A female
captured by D. C. Rentz first attracted attention to the population which
was at that time apparently associated with the succulent Echeveria. Sub-
sequent work in the area has indicated, however, that the insect is definitely
associated with Sedum, which is the recorded larval food plant for the
populations of this species on Vancouver Island.”
Dr. H. Lange showed slides and gave an informative talk on the damage
to range lands by crane flies.
The principal speaker of the evening was Dr. L. M. Smith, Department
January, 1963 ]
PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOC.
61
of Entomology, University of California, Davis. His illustrated lecture was
on “A discussion of the family Japygidae.”
A coffee social in the entomology rooms followed the meeting. — H owell,
V. Daly, Secretary.
Two Hundred and Eightieth Meeting
The 280th meeting, the annual field day, was held Saturday, 12 May
1962, on the northeast slope of Mt. Diablo at Russelmann Park, Contra
Costa County, California, with President Bohart presiding.
Members present (12): P. D. Ashlock, R. M. Bohart, Lois R. Brei-
meier, H. V. Daly, W. E. Ferguson, R. L. Langston, H. B. Leech, A. E.
Michelbacher, W. W. Middlekauff, C. W. O’Brien, F. E. Skinner, W. Stanger.
Visitors present (20) : Margaret Bohart, Barbara and Diane Daly, Kathy
Engelbert, Rick and Robin Ferguson, Ann and Bruce Langston, Martha
Michelbacher, Phyllis and Dave Middlekauff, Jean, Roger, David and Susan
Skinner, Mildred Stanger, N. Ueshima, Mr. and Mrs. Villanueva.
The facilities of this private recreational area were reserved for the
use of the Society including picnic tables, swimming pool, and a sports field.
The members hunted vigorously for a wingless mecopteran alleged to be
common in the tall grass on the nearby slopes. Three were caught. — Howell
V. Daly, Secretary.
Two Hundred and Eighty-First Meeting
The 281st meeting was held Friday, 12 October 1962, at 7:45 P.M., in
the Morrison Auditorium of the California Academy of Sciences, San Fran-
cisco, with President Bohart presiding.
Members present (29) : R. P. Allen, R. M. Bohart, D. J. Burdick, W.
M. Chaudhri, H. V. Daly, J. C. Edwards, W. M. Gilbert, R. H. Goodwin,
M. E. Irwin, D. H. Janzen, U. Kinet, T. H. Lauret, J. F. Lawrence, H. B.
Leech, C. D. MacNeill, P. M. Marsh, H. L. McKenzie, A. S. Menke, W. H.
Nutting, C. W. and Lois O’Brien, F. D. Parker, J. A. Powell, D. C. Rentz,
C. J. Rogers, J. Snell, G. I. Stage, L. A. Strange, J. W. Tilden.
Visitors present (35) : P. Allen, W. M. Brooks, Barbara Daly, J T.
Doyen, S. W. Earnshaw, Mrs. J. G. and Janie Edwards, Dr. and Mrs. F. A.
Ellis, B. P. Gabriel, Kathleen Hale, J. A. Hendrickson, Jr., Karen Janzen,
Alain Kinet, E. W. Kirchbaum, T. E. and L. Magadan, M. and S. Marquis,
P. C. Mayer, Virginia B. McKenzie, Karen Menke, Ellen Montgomery, Irene
Pogojeff, Mr. and Mrs. A. Raske, P. A. Rude, Jr., D. Sanders, E. Slobod-
chikoff, Kaye N. Stage, Mr. and Mrs. L. D. Thurman, D. Veirs, V. Vesterby,
R. L. Westcott.
The minutes of the meeting held 12 May 1962 were summarized.
Six new members were elected: C. Johnson, Socorro, New Mexico;
S. F. Cook, Jr., Lakeport, California; W. M. Horner, W. M. Chaudhri, W.
Gilbert, Davis, California; D. H. Janzen, Berkeley, California. In addition,
P. P. Cook, Seattle, Washington, and S. Piazza, San Jose, California, were
reinstated to membership.
Dr. J. G. Edwards displayed a vial containing 47 specimens of a very
rare little beetle, Brathinus sp. (Family Brathinidae) and gave the following
comments :
62
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
“These beetles, along with several dozen more, were packed into pits
and galleries in a dead, floating piece of branch in an eddy with lots of
froth. This is the first record known for this family in Wyoming. The larvae
of the family are unknown, and the male genitalia have not been described.
He hopes to return to Yellowstone next summer and collect larvae. The
habitat in which these beetles are usually collected is among grass roots
near the edge of streams. Two species are known from eastern United States
and one from California, Washington, Oregon, and Idaho. Superficially they
resemble Anthicidae, but have slightly abbreviated elytra, prominent ocelli,
and are very active runners when disturbed. They are said to lack the
ability to fly, but in these specimens the rear wings appear to be very well
developed.”
The recent death of Mrs. Ralph Hopping, of Vernon, British Columbia,
was reported by Mr. Leech with the following comments:
“It was by her generosity that the California Academy of Sciences was
given the important R. Hopping collection of beetles in May, 1948.”
Mr. Leech also mentioned the recent gift of a valuable collection of
beetles from Burdette E. White, a former student under Dr. E. C. Van Dyke
at Berkeley, and now District Superintendent of the Perris Union High
School District. The beautifully prepared material received to date is espe-
cially rich in Buprestidae.
Leaflets were distributed bearing the announcement of “Pacific Insects
Monograph 4. Taxonomy, Zoogeography, and Evolution of Indo-Australian
Theronia (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae)” by V. K. Gupta. The publica-
tion, consisting of 142 pages, 29 figures, and 15 maps, is $3.50, in the bound
form, from the Entomology Department, Bishop Museum, Honolulu 17,
Hawaii.
Jerry A. Powell presented the following note and exhibited specimens
of the cocoons and insects reared:
“During a search of Quercus agrifolia in San Francisco and Berkeley
last January, Don MacNeill and I found numerous cocoons attached to the
bark. These were quite cryptic in appearance and color and were of two
types. The first, a hardened, cylindrical, blunt cocoon, was extremely com-
mon on some trees and was found to be that of the tenthredinid, Periclista
linea Stannard (det. W. W. Middlekauff ) . Upon emergence the sawfly cut
a circular hole at one end of its cocoon, leaving a ready made shelter for
other organisms. In the habitat thus created, we found remains of various
alien cocoons, gelechiid moth pupal shells, a pupating larva of Hemerobius,
cleroid beetle larvae, Byturus beetles, pseudoscorpions, unidentified eggs,
etc. The cocoons must be very persistent since nearly all showed emergence
holes, and only one P. linea was reared from the unopened ones collected.
Others contained dead adults or larvae. The second type of cocoon, which
proved to be that of the nolid moth, Celama minna Butler, was much less
common and evidently less persistent, since most of those found contained
living pupae. These cocoons were of a more pliable nature and were less
symmetrical in shape, with the margins more closely appressed to irregu-
larities in the bark. Both types were frequently covered, along with sur-
January, 1963]
PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOC.
63
rounding areas of the bark, by a one-celled green alga, Pleurococcus (det.
I. I. Tavares), which added to the cryptic concealment of the cocoons.”
The principal speakers of the evening were L. Stange and F. D. Parker,
graduate students in the Department of Entomology and Parasitology, Uni-
versity of California, Davis. Their subject, illustrated with slides, was
'‘Problems and Rewards of Collecting Insects in Mexico.”
A coffee social in the entomology rooms followed the meeting. — Howell
V. Daly, Secretary.
Two Hundred and Eighty-Second Meeting
The 282nd meeting was held Friday, 16 November 1962, at 7 :45 P.M.,
in the Morrison Auditorium of the California Academy of Sciences, San
Francisco, with President Bohart presiding.
Members present (29) : R. M. Bohart, D. C. Brodahl, W. M. Brooks,
H. V. Daly, R. L. Doutt, J. G. Edwards, W. E. Ferguson, N. E. Gary, R. H.
Goodwin, R. E. Hall, D. H. Janzen, U. Kinet, R. Langston, H. B. Leech,
C. D. MacNeill, J. W. and Jane MacSwain, D. C. Rentz, C. J. Rogers, F. E.
Skinner, C. Slobodchikoff, G. I. Stage, H. E. Stark, J. Stewart, Catherine
Toschi, Nancy Twomey, C. A. Vickery, D. Viers, V. B. Whitehead.
Visitors present (17): H. C. Brodahl, L. E. Caltagirone, M. Collins,
Barbara and Diane Daly, L. A. Falcon, E. H. Feinberg, Kathleen A. Hale,
Karen Janzen, E. Jessen, Alain Kinet, Evelyn Langston, Irene Pogojeff,
Judy Ross, Kaye N. and Monica D. Stage, M. Tauber.
The minutes of the meeting held 12 October 1962 were summarized.
Six new members were elected: W. M. Brooks, D. Veirs, Berkeley, Cali-
fornia; N. E. Gary, Davis, California; C. Slobodchikoff, San Francisco,
California; C. A. Vickery, Jr., Santa Clara, California; V. B. Whitehead,
Albany, California.
Appointments to two committees were made: nominating, W. E. Fer-
guson, Chairman, R. L. Doutt and C. D. MacNeill; and auditing, J. A.
Powell, Chairman, and H. B. Leech.
Mr. Leech gave notice of the death, on October 28, of Georg Pronin
and made the following comments:
“Mr. Pronin arrived in this country early in 1951, via Germany, as a
refugee from Russia. He held a degree in forest engineering, entomology,
from the University of Prague, and had operated an entomological field
station near Lutzk, Poland. He was skillful at rearing Lepidoptera, and
during the summers of 1951 and 1952, while employed by the California
Academy of Sciences, had working space at the U.S.D.A. forest entomology
laboratory at Hat Creek, Shasta County.”
The principal speaker of the evening was Dr. Norman E. Gary, Depart-
ment of Entomology and Parasitology, University of California, Davis. His
presentation, illustrated by a movie, was “Mating Behavior of the Honeybee.”
A coffee social in the entomology rooms followed the meeting. — Howell
V. Daly, Secretary .
Two Hundred and Eighty-Third Meeting
The 283rd meeting was held Friday, 14 December 1962, at 7:45 P.M.,
in the Morrison Auditorium of the California Academy of Sciences, San
64
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
Francisco, with President Bohart presiding.
Members present (51) : L. C. Armin, P. H. Arnaud, Jr., W. F. Barr,
R. M. Bohart, D. J. Burdick, H. V. Daly, R. L. Doutt, J. G. Edwards, W. E.
Ferguson, G. W. Frankie, N. E. Gary, R. H. Goodwin, P. A. Harvey, P. D.
Hurd, Jr., M. E. Irwin, D. H. Janzen, U. Kinet, D. H. Kistner, H. B. Leech,
D. D. Linsdale, P. Lounibos, C. D. MacNeill, J. W. and Jane MacSwain, P. M.
Marsh, H. L. McKenzie, A. S. Menke, C. W. and Lois O’Brien, F. D. Parker,
J. A. Powell, D. C. Rentz. C. J. Rogers, T. N. Seeno, W. E. Simonds, F. E.
Skinner, C. Slobodchikoff, S. D. Smith, R. R. Snelling, G. I. Stage, L. A.
Stange, W. Stanger, H. E. Stark, J. R. Stewart, J. E. Swift, J. W. Tilden,
Nancy Twomey, R. L. Usinger, C. A. Vickery, Jr., D. Veirs, V. B. Whitehead
Visitors present (20): Barbara Barr, L. E. Caltagirone, Stephanie
Ferguson, G. B. Frei, B. P. Gabriel, Joyce Gary, Kathleen Hale, J. B.
Lounibos, Marilyn McCormack, Virginia McKenzie, Karen Menke, Ellen
Montgomery, Trudy Noller, Irene Pogojeff, F. C. Raney, Nancy Rechen,
Judy Ross, R. L. Westcott, R. H. Whitsil, Judith Williamson.
The minutes of the meeting held 16 November 1962 were summarized.
Two new members were elected: M. A. Cazier, Tempe, Arizona; G.
Grodhaus, Berkeley, California. In addition, B. Keh was reinstated to
membership in the Society.
The reports of the Treasurer and the auditing committee were read
by J. A. Powell. The financial records of the past year were in order. Both
reports were accepted by the Society.
W. E. Ferguson, chairman of the nominating committee, presented the
names of the nominees, and the following people were elected as Society
officers for 1963: President, Richard M. Bohart; Vice-President, Jerry A.
Powell; Secretary, Howell V. Daly; Treasurer, Robert C. Miller.
R. L. Usinger announced that the Executive Board of the Society had
instituted a procedure for page charges. (The details of the arrangement are
printed inside the front cover of this issue.)
J. A. Powell gave the following note and exhibited accompanying speci-
mens.
“On October 21, 1962, while burning some rather green eucalyptus and
elm branches and leaves at Walnut Creek (foot of shell ridge), Contra Costa
County, I noticed Melanophila beetles flying about. Ten specimens were
taken by hand within three feet of the small, smoky fire, alighting on the
ground and on my clothing inside an hour after the fire was started, be-
tween 3:00 and 4:00 p.m. (P.D.T.). A hygrothermograph nearby recorded
the air temperature as 71-73° F and the relative humidity as 45-47 per cent
during this period. The collection includes two species (members of the
subgenus Melanophila) , nine specimens of M. consputa LeConte and one of
M. acuminata DeGeer (det. P. D. Hurd, Jr. and H. B. Leech). Both species
are pine feeders which have been recorded as involved in attraction by
burning trees, smelters, etc. Most of these reports have concerned very hot
fires or large amounts of smoke, and there has been some debate in the
literature as to whether the attraction is by heat or smoke. In the present
case there was very little in the way of a blaze but considerable smoke, which
January, 1963]
PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOC.
65
was carried off close to the ground by a light, steady breeze. A similar fire
was burned on October 28 (62-64° F and 60-66% R.H.), but no beetles
were observed.”
W. E. Ferguson displayed specimens and presented the following note
on the behavior of nocturnal male mutillid wasps:
“Males of the nocturnal Mutiilidae rarely have been observed except
when attracted to lights. Especially in the deserts, when nocturnal tempera-
tures are well above 70° F, males may swarm around lights with species of
Brachycistis and other noctural Tiphiidae. For many years I have searched
for these nocturnal wasps during the day in areas where they were found
abundantly at night. These areas usually have been sandy or gravelly and
have not contained many rocks more than an inch or two across. I have
always turned over wood, bricks, pieces of concrete, and other natural or
unnatural objects, without exposing mutillids. At several localities I have
also searched through leaf litter beneath shrubs with negative results. I
recently summarized our knowledge of the behavior of nocturnal Mutiilidae
(1962. Univ. Calif. Publ. Ent., 27 ( 1 ) : 1-92 ) with the speculation that the
adults must spend the day in burrows or cracks in the soil.
“A recent observation suggests that at least under some circumstances
the males normally do spend daylight hours concealed under leaf litter close
to the trunks of desert shrubs. On October 6, 1962, I stopped shortly before
dusk to collect along U.S. Highway 466, at Lost Hills, 20 miles west of
Wasco, Kern County, California. No mutillids were found crawling on the
smooth bare ground although they were constantly searched for, and none
were swept from any of the desert shrubs. However, at dusk, during the
fifteen minutes or so before darkness (light insufficient to see details on the
vegetation), a single male Odontophotopsis was found motionless on the
end of a twig. The specimen was captured and other shrubs were examined
quickly in the failing light. As many as five specimens were found on some
shrubs, while none could be found on others. When darkness came (observa-
tion almost impossible), some of the males moved to new positions on the
plants and flew away without first being disturbed. Those which still were
motionless flew immediately if I touched the twigs on which they rested.
“Four aspects of the observations bear emphasis: (1) although exten-
sive bare soil surrounded each shrub, no mutillids were seen on the ground;
(2) the small shrubs, of Atriplex polycarpa (determined by C. W. Shar-
smith), were about three feet in height and had a relatively open growth
form and sparse leaves, thus facilitating examination for insects; (3) the
brownish-colored mutillids were easily found because they contrasted in
color with the whitish leaves and twigs in fruit, but they were most obvious
on the fine terminals of dead branches; and (4) the period of time when
mutillids were seen on the plants was very brief, thus greatly limiting the
chance of observing them.
“In the first hour of darkness, after it was impossible to see insects, the
air temperature was favorable for flight, and additional specimens were col-
lected at the automobile headlights. Only two species of Odontophotopsis
were found in this locality: 27 specimens of the common and widespread
66
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 1
0. cooki Baker, and 17 specimens of an unidentified species.
“On July 7, 1961, 2 miles west of Carson City, Nevada, at the mouth of
King’s Canyon, I also collected two specimens of a nocturnal tiphiid at dusk
from low plants with sparse foliage.
“Apparently, at dusk, when insects scarcely can be seen, the nocturnal
male mutillids and tiphiids crawl from their diurnal hiding places in leaf
litter among the trunks of shrubs and climb to terminal branches. There
they wait motionless until the sky is dark enough to stimulate them to fly
and begin searching for the females.”
The address by President Bohart was entitled “Fashions and Fancies in
the Realm of Systematics.”
A coffee social in the entomology rooms followed the meeting. — Howell
V. Daly, Secretary.
PATRONIZE
OUR
ADVERTISERS
Advertisers’ Index
Name Page
Union Carbide Chemicals Company i
Shell Chemical Company .. ii
Hercules Powder Company.. iii
American Cyanamid Company iv
Velsicol Chemical Corp v
Colloidal Products Corp vi
Trojan Laboratories vi
Stauffer Chemical Company vii
Niagara Chemical Division — Food Machinery Chemical Corp. viii
Chemagro Corporation ix
Pennsalt Chemicals Corp x
California Chemical Company — Ortho Division xi
Insect Pins xii
Science Mailorder Supply House xii
United States Rubber xiii
Rohm & Haas Company
xv
Many New Uses for
insecticide
SEV1N is now being used for effective,
low-cost control of many insect pests of
fruit, vegetables, field crops and ornamen-
tals. SEVIN has good residual properties
and relative safety to warm-blooded ani-
mals. When label directions are followed, it
can be used close to harvest. Drift prob-
lems are minimized, even to forage crops,
because the residue does not contaminate
milk or meat of livestock eating the forage.
Other "CRAG" Pesticides
Glyodin— Fungicide to control
apple and pear scab, certain
summer diseases, cherry leaf
spot, brown rot of peaches in-
terplanted with apples.
Sesone— Herbicide to control
germinating weed seeds in nur-
sery stock, peanuts, strawber-
ries and potatoes.
SEVIN is now being tested against ad-
ditional pests of crops, farm livestock, pets
—and even oysters. It is also a reliable and
practical thinner for apples.
For current information on SEVIN or
other Crag Agricultural Chemicals, write
to the address below.
Mylone — Preplanting soil
fumigant to control weeds, soil
fungi, nematodes in seed beds.
Fly Repellent — Ingredient of
top-quality livestock sprays,
including sprays for face fly.
Shown as ST ABILENE®, for-
merly “CRAG Fly Repellent”
or “butoxy polypropylene gly-
col” on the label.
UNION CARBIDE CHEMICALS COMPANY
Division of Union Carbide Corporation • 270 Park Avenue • NewYork 17,N.Y.
UNION
CARBIDE
Crag, Sevin, Sesone, Mylone, Stabilene and Union Carbide are trade marks o' Union Carbide Corporation.
11
SHELL PESTICIDES MEET THE
NEEDS OF FARM AND INDUSTRY
How can they serve you?
S hell Chemical Company, in coopera-
tion with federal, state and local agri-
cultural specialists, is continually striving
to help farmers reach higher agricultural
goals. Products such as aldrin, dieldrin,
endrin, methyl parathion, Phosdrin® and
Vapona® Insecticides have been of major
assistance to the farmer, homeowner and
industry. So have D-D® and Nemagon®
Soil Fumigants and Aqualin® herbicide, ,
slimicide, biocide.
These products have proved their effec-
tiveness and versatility by solving many
of the economic pest problems confront-
ing the farmer. Shell insecticides are prov-
ing equally useful in a growing number
of non-agricultural applications in indus-
try and the home.
The never-ending search for additional
uses of established Shell pesticides and for
new, improved products to help you, is a
welcome assignment at Shell Chemical
Company — chemical partner of agricul-
ture and industry.
Get full details about the Shell pesti-
cide that fits your needs at your nearest
Shell Chemical Co. District Office, or
write : Shell Chemical Co., Agricultural
Chemicals Division, 1 10 West 51st Street,
New York 20, N. Y.
Product
No. Agricultural
Uses
No. Non-Agricultural
Uses
No. Pests
Controlled
Dieldrin
153
18
182
Aldrin
159
8
81
Endrin
37
3
61
Phosdrin
Insecticide
51
3
32
Vapona
Insecticide
1
9
16
|
Methyl Parathion
23
—
14
Nemagon Soil
Fumigant
49
81
❖
\ — i
D-D Soil
Fumigant
5° ^
80
' *
SHELL CHEMSCAL
COMPANY
Agricultural Chemicals Division
SHELL:
*There are more than 130 species of nema-
todes known to attack plants. Nemagon and
D-D Soil Fumigants control most of these.
Ill
THEY ALL DIE FOR
miticide and insecticide toxicant
'
'
||HK
'
S »< >y
.
•'■'■• -r :
i;M!
8 & . -
TICKS . . .
Delnav has proved to be superior
for control of all ticks in homes, dog-
houses, lawns and other outdoor areas,
including hard-to-kill brown dog tick.
CITRUS MITES . . .
Delnav has shown citrus growers
how they can gain superior control of
mite infestations at low cost. Delnav
gives effective long-lasting protection,
and there’s no preharvest waiting period.
LIVESTOCK INSECTS . . .
Delnav has been approved by the
Food and Drug Administration as a dip
or spray with no preslaughter interval
required. Animals may be treated any
time before slaughter. Delnav controls
ticks, lice, horn fly and sheep ked.
DELNAV is the technical grade
of the chemical 2,3,p-dioxanedithiol S,
S-bis (O, O-diethyl phosphorodithioate) .
120 MONTGOMERY STREET, SAN FRANCISCO 4, CALIFORNIA
IV
Cygon* 400 . . .
new low-hazard
systemic
insecticide
Recently cleared by USD A for
'protection of certain vegetables ,
non-bearing fruits and ornamentals.
Now, from the laboratories of
American Cyanamid Company
comes another new advance in
insecticides... CYGON 400. Wide-
ly tested under the name di-
methoate, CYGON brings an
added dimension to phosphate
insecticides. It combines sys-
temic activity with low-hazard
to man and animal.
Wide safety margin
Unlike previous systemics,
which have generally been of a
rather high order of toxicity,
cygon is so low in toxicity to
warm blooded animals that its
use does not require “special”
protective measures— other
than those normally taken with
any pesticide.
Outstanding control
CYGON 400 gives outstanding
control of aphids, leafhoppers
and leaf miners and has so far
been cleared by USDA for use
on potatoes, tomatoes and
watermelons, cygon can also be
used on non-bearing apples,
pears and citrus fruits to con-
trol aphids, mites, thrips and
pear psylla. In addition, CYGON
can be used to control aphids,
thrips, leaf miners, scales, leaf-
hoppers and mites attacking a
number of ornamental plants.
cygon 400 will be widely
available this year in one gal-
lon and five gallon sizes. For
further information, write ad-
dress below.
AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY
PRINCETON. NEW JERSEY
* Trademark
V
GRUB
Chlordane, Heptachlor and Endrin are among the most versatile
insecticides now in common use. They are recommended for
many different types of insect control: agricultural; household,
lawn and garden; and public health. Each kills a wide variety
of insects, providing the effective combination of high initial
kill and lasting residual action. If you are engaged in economic
entomology, we think that you will find these insecticides often
have the advantages of better control and lower cost. If you
are in research, we think that you will find it well worthwhile
to include Chlordane, Heptachlor and Endrin in your testing
programs. For technical information and service, please
write Velsicol Chemical Corporation, 330 East Grand
Ave., Chicago 11, 111.
for agriculture,
homes, lawns, gardens
and public health!
Velsicol Internacional de Mexico S.A. de C.V.
Morelos No. 110-Desp. 209, Mexico 6, D.F.
Velsicol Corporation of Canada, Limited
2 Carlton St., Suite 1018, Toronto 2, Canada
Velsicol International Corp.,C.A.
P.O. Box 1687, Nassau, Bahamas, B.W.l.
VI
SPRAY ADJUVANTS
DESIGNED TO INCREASE THE
EFFECTIVENESS OF AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS
FLUXIT • MULTI-FILM "L" • MULTI-FILM "C"
COLLOIDAL Z-l • COLLOIDAL X-77
C-P-5 DUST STICKER • SEED COAT
Inquiries Invited Relating to Specific Problems
COLLOIDAL PRODUCTS CORPORATION
1 00 GATE 5 ROAD
SAUSALITO, CALIF.
A Service for the Field
Testing & Evaluation
of
Agricultural Chemicals
Under Western Conditions
Trojan Laboratories
Box 326
Montebello, California
Vll
PAYDAY for growers
starts with Stauffer Chemical Research
Stauffer scientists and field men work throughout the year to find new
methods to help growers. In the field and laboratory, Stauffer chemical
research develops better products to produce better crops.
Already accepted by thousands of growers are products pioneered by
Stauffer research: Vapam®, Trithion®, and Eptam®. Proved by two
seasons in intensive use by growers is Tillam tm, an outstanding material
for weed control in sugar beets and tomatoes.
Vapam®, Trithion®, and Eptam® are Stauffer's Reg. T.M.’sfor a soil fumigant, an insecticide-acaricide, and
an herbicide.
tm Tillam is Stauffer's T.M.for an herbicide.
STAUFFER CHEMICAL COMPANY
Western
Offices:
SAN FRANCISCO 8, CALIF. LOS ANGELES 54, CALIF.
636 California St. P. 0. Box 2004, Terminal Annex
BAKERSFIELD, CALIF., 1016 E. Brundage Lane
NORTH PORTLAND, ORE. GLENDALE, ARIZ. FRESNO, CALIF.
P. 0. Box 68 P. 0. Box 505 4753 E. Commerce
VIII
. / IN DEVELOPMENT OF NEW PROTECTION MATERIALS
AND IMPROVED SERVICE FACILITIES FOR BIGGER YIELD
AND BETTER QUALITY. NIAGARA — FOR MORE THAN A
HALF-CENTURY— YOUR PARTNER IN AGRICULTURAL
CHEMICAL PROGRESS.
Putting Ideas to Work
NIAGARA CHEMICAL DIVISION
ANAHEIM • FRESNO • RICHMOND • YAKIMA
Home Office: MIDDLEPORT, NEW YORK
IX
Chemagro: source of a constantly growing crop
of better chemicals for agriculture.
Farmer, stockman or grower; chances are he can use one or more of these
Chemagro products. Why should he? Because he’s using the most efficient
and effective chemical control for his dollar. He’s buying Chemagro research
and quality products, second to none. These go hand in hand with a growing
field technical service widely recognized for its professional stature. But,
whatever material is needed, if the name is encircled in the blue bullseye of
Chemagro, you can recommend it CHEMAGRO tfot Ctyu
with confidence. Chemagro Corporation • Hawthorn Road • Kansas City 20, Missouri
X
penco.
AGRICULTURAL
CHEMICALS
from the AIR
SPRAYS, DUSTS
on LAND
SPRAYS, DUSTS, GRANULARS
onstant, dependable supplies assured from strategically located plants and
arehouses. See your Pennsalt dealer or local Pennsalt representative for
distance in your control program.
Ask for Penco Technical Bulletins
Agricultural Chemicals Division
PENNSALT CHEMICALS CORPORATION
TACOMA 1, WASHINGTON
Aurora, Illinois Bryan, Texas Los Angeles and Fresno, California
Montgomery, Ala. Portland, Ore. Wenatchee and Yakima, Washington
Pennsalt
Chemicals
ESTABLISHED 1850
Label directions on all chemicals are important. There
are thousands of agricultural chemicals available
today, and the correct usage of these chemicals
depends upon the understanding of the product s
function and application. The labels and the directions
they carry are carefully prepared by expert scientific
personnel. It is most important that the user of these
products be alerted to the importance of careful read-
ing of directions concerning dilution and application.
In order to help remind the public, the Ortho Division
of California Chemical Company is making available
the sticker shown above, free of charge. Address
requests for stickers to California Chemical Company,
Ortho Division, Richmond, California, Dept. LAC.
CALIFORNIA CHEMICAL
COMPANY
Ortho Division
Richmond, California
XU
INSECT
PINS
Fast Service $4 per M
417 PALM AVENUE REEDLY, CALIFORNIA
*New customers, mention this ad for a 5% discount.
DR. E. REUTER G.M.B.H.
SCIENCE MAILORDER FIRM
MUNCHEN 22, KAULBACHSTRASSE 26A
TELEPHONE: 22 11 18, CABLE NUMBER: 52/3943
We would like to send you free our scientific
equipment catalogue, which includes a list of
special books and over 200 pieces of equipment
for catching, collecting and breeding insects, as
well as equipment useful for zoologists and bot-
anists.
Our book list contains over 15,000 new and
second-hand titles of books, journals and articles
pertaining to entomology, biology and other fields
of science.
Our prices were reduced last year because of
streamlining our organization and bulk pur-
chases. These new offers will be of great interest
to all biologists, as they are reasonable in spite
of import duty and mailing costs. We will be
pleased to serve you anywhere in the world.
X11J
Plagued by mites who seem to thrive on phosphate? Get aramite®,
effective, approved miticide. Tests in the field for the past twelve
years prove aramite kills a wide variety of mites, including those who
resist phosphate, and not one has developed a resistance to aramite.
Applied as a wet spray or dust, aramite has a long residual. It kills
both nymph and adult mites on cotton, ornamentals, fruit and shade
trees. Appoved by the U.S.D.A. for mite control of cotton, aramite
is safe to use and does not harm bees or other beneficial insects. For
effective, economical mite control, order aramite from your local
supplier.
NAUGATUCK CHEMICAL DIVISION
United States Rubber
Dept. 3141AR Elm Street, Naugatuck, Connecticut
DISTRICT OFFICES: Akron • Boston • Portland • San Francisco • Chicago • Detroit
Gastonia * Los Angeles * Dallas * New Brunswick, N.J. * Dominion Rubber Company,
Ltd., Montreal * CABLE: Rubexport, N.Y.
Citrus profits
go up
when mite counts
go down
with
Kefthane
Kelthane® miticide kills citrus
red, flat, Yuma, 6-spot — but is
harmless to mite predators and
beneficial insects. Gives fast kill
and long residual action. Safe for
new foliage and sensitive fruit-
finishes when used as recom-
mended. Can be used up to seven
days before harvest. For better
coverage, use Triton® B-1956,
the non-oil spreader-sticker.
F?OHIV1
HA & AS
Vol. XXXIX APRIL, 1963 No. 2
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
CONTENTS
VAURIE — Key to Diplotaxis of Baja California 67
RENTZ — Notes on a collection of Timema boharti Tinkham 74
FENDER — Some undescribed North American Malthini 75
CHEMSAK AND LINSLEY — The North American Genera related
to Gaurotes with a key to the Mexican component species 81
SNELLING — A host of Macrosaigon cruentum (Genmar) in
Georgia 87
FURMAN AND RADOVSKY — A new species of Ornithonyssus from
the white-tailed antelope squirrel, with a rediagnosis of the
genus Ornithonyssus 89
WILKEY — A new species of Apache from California 98
LAYIGNE — Notes on the behavior of Stenopogon coyote Bromley with
a description of the eggs 103
SNELLING — The evaniid wasps of California 107
CHAPMAN — Observations on Aedes niphadopsis Dyar & Knab and
campestris Dyar & Knab in Nevada 109
FLESCHNER — Releases of recently imported insect parasites and
predators in California, 1960-1961 114
COOK — Topographic analysis of the Clear Lake Gnat problem 117
SELANDER AND DOWNEY — Distributional and food plant records in
the cyanipennis subgroup of the genus Lytta 124
TAYLOR — Notes on the leaf-cutter bee Megachile (Eutricharaea)
gratiosa Gerstaecker 129
KISTNER — New species and new records of Pygostenini
from Uganda and Kenya 135
MEETING NOTICES 80, 102, 134
ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE 73, 80
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1963
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
EDITORIAL BOARD
E. G. Linsley P. D. Hurd, Jr., Editor E. R. Leach
E. S. Ross H. Y. Daly, Asst. Editor H. B. Leech
L. R. O’Brien, Editorial Assistant
R. C. Miller, Treasurer J. E. Swift, Advertising
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceedings appear-
ing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological phases of entomology arc
favored, including articles up to ten printed pages on insect taxonomy, morphology, life history,
and distribution.
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed to
Dr. P. D. Hurd, Jr., at 112 Agriculture Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4, Calif. All
communications regarding non-receipt of numbers, changes of address, requests for sample
copies, and all financial communications should be addressed to the treasurer, Dr. R. C. Miller,
at the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco 18, California.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $5.00 for regular members or $6.00 for subscriptions
only. Single copies are $1.50 each or $6.00 a volume. Make checks payable to Pan-Pacific
Entomologist.
Application for membership in the society should be addressed to Dr. H. V. Daly,
Secretary, 112 Agriculture Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4.
PAGE CHARGES
At the last meeting of the Executive Committee it was decided
that all papers of more than one printed page are to be charged at
the rate of $10.00 per page. This is in addition to the usual charges
for illustrations and reprints. The compelling reasons for this de-
cision are the large backlog of manuscripts and the severe restric-
tions of a relatively fixed income based on subscriptions and the
constantly rising costs of printing.
It is not intended that page charges be paid by individuals.
Publication is now generally recognized as an integral part of the
research process and should be charged to the institution or grant
that supported the research. Private investigators should note on
their bill “No budgeted funds,” “No grant funds,” or “No institu-
tional support.” This notation will suffice as an application to the
Society for a personal grant which will be made automatically from
a special fund set aside for this purpose. The Publication Commit-
tee wishes to emphasize that articles are accepted or rejected only
on the basis of merit. The editor’s decision to publish will always
be made before the page charge is assessed.
Second-class postage paid at San Francisco, California.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Vol. XXXIX April, 1963 No. 2
KEY TO DIPL0TAX1S OF BAJA CALIFORNIA
( Coleoptera : Scarabaeidae )
Patricia Vaurie
American Museum of Natural History, New York
Fifteen of the 220 species of this New World genus of scarab
beetles occur in the peninsula of Baja California, Mexico (fig. 1).
They are included in my recent monographic study (Vaurie, 1958,
1960), but are presented here separately because I believe that
regional keys are useful in a genus as large and as difficult as
this one.
These species, moreover, are of special interest because they
are highly endemic, nine of the 15 being restricted to Baja Cali-
fornia ( academia , anthracina, australis, confusa, flexa, mascula,
parpolita, polita, punctulata) , and missionaria virtually so, as it
is found sparingly outside of Mexico only just across the border
in San Diego County, California. Four of the above have not been
recorded from north of the Cape region, and two not north of the
southern territory of the peninsula. It is interesting, secondly, that
none of the “hairy” species is represented in Baja California (spe-
cies with dorsal pubescence on the elytra and/or on the prono-
tum), all the species being glabrous except for six that have the
clypeus alone hairy. Thirdly, one of the most unusual species of
the genus occurs exclusively in Baja California, a species (anthra-
cina) in which males are unique in possessing a huge inner claw
on the front tarsus that is twice the size of the outer claw.
Of the remaining five species, one (fmbriata) occurs also in
California, and four (knausii, moerens, pacata, subangulata) occur
in California as well as in a number of the other southwestern
states; subangulata, which has a larger range, is found also in the
northwestern states and in Canada and, at the other extreme, in
northern Chihuahua, Mexico. However, ftmbriata, knausii, and
pacata descend into Baja California in the most northern portion
only. The species moerens is apparently polytypic, the nominate
race occurring in the western United States, Sonora, and the north-
ern half of the peninsula, and moerens peninsularis in the southern
part from Concepcion Bay to the Cape region. These five species
are in the frondicola and moerens species groups, whereas the
endemic species are in the planidens, punctulata, and trapezifera
68
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
groups, but all these groups contain species found also outside of
the region, there being about 37 groups in the genus. Of the six
species of the trapezifera group in Baja California ( academia ,
confusa, flexa, mascula, parpolita, polita ), which are often diffi-
Explanation of Figures
Fig. 1, Localities where Diplotaxis have been collected.
April, 1963] vaurie — diplotaxis of baja, calif. 69
cult to identify without examination of the male genitalia, two
( mascula and parpolita) are known so far from males only.
Nearly twice as many species are recorded from the state of
Sonora across the gulf, but they are not restricted to Sonora (with
the possible exception of D. obregon, known from two specimens
only). Sonora, of course, receives the majority of its species from
Arizona, which has about 55 species recorded, whereas only four
Arizona species reach Baja California. The same four occur in
California and Baja California (California has about 20 species of
Diplotaxis ) . These estimates of the number of species in various
states and of the geographic ranges are based on a total of some
50,000 specimens examined, 3,200 of which were from Baja Cali-
fornia. Except for some 1000 subangulata from Santo Tomas, the
Baja California material is from the collection of the California
Academy of Sciences in San Francisco.
Although there are many secondary sexual characters present
throughout the genus (see Vaurie, 1958, p. 278; 1960, p. 178),
and although sexual dimorphism is strong and constant in a few
species, there is no single external character that distinguishes
the sexes for all species. In general, and in the majority of the
Baja California species, males differ from females in one or more
of the following ways: by having a longer and narrower first seg-
ment on the hind tarsus (as long as, or longer than, the longest
spur on the tibia), narrower hind femora, a shorter fifth segment
of the abdomen (shorter at middle than the fourth, see figs. 2, 3),
and a broader, more transversely oval, not at all pointed, pygidium.
In Baja California, males of the trapezifera group have the clypeus
shaped differently from that of females, it being either more emar-
ginate in front in males or having sharper, angulate, not rounded,
lateral angles.
Key to Species of Diplotaxis in Baja California
1. Labrum deeply cleft at middle, forming two lobes 2
Labrum flat or concave, not forming lobes 3
2. Front of head at middle deeply, triangularly impressed; extreme
northern part knausii Schaeffer
Front of head not impressed; southern territory
moerens peninsularis Fall
3. Clypeus with disc (viewed best in profile) with erect hairs (hairs
may be worn except at front edge) ; lateral angles of clypeus
angulate in males 4
Clypeus without discal hairs, angles and front usually rounded 10
70
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
4. Front of head directly behind clypeus triangularly impressed or
concave at middle; occurring throughout peninsula 5
Front of head slightly convex to clypeus or with transverse “frown”
over clypeus; restricted to Cape region (except for academia ) .... 6
5. Marginal hairs of elytra (in fresh specimens) distinctly longer than
scutellum; pronotal sides bulging abruptly at or behind middle (fig.
9) ; elytral punctuation coarse, dense, deep; male genitalia as in
fig. 15; San Fernando in north, south to Cape region ....confusa fall
Marginal hairs of elytra not much longer than width of a sutural in-
terval; pronotal sides strongly, but usually evenly arcuate;
elytral punctuation shallow, rather sparse, fine; male genitalia
as in figs. 13, 14; San Quintin in north, south to Cape re-
gion academia Yaurie (in part)
6. Usually less than 7 mm. long and pale; elytra rather sparsely punc-
tate, second interval (fig. 6b) with one row, often irregular, of
punctures . academia Vaurie (in part)
Usually at least 7 mm. long (to 10 mm.) and darker; elytra crowded
with punctures, second interval usually with two rows of con-
fluent punctures 7
7. Pronotum (viewed from above) with lateral margin at base in-
terrupted and partially concealed because of bending down and
under of hind angle; hind coxal plate with sides angulate,
angles fitting over edge of elytral margin (fig. 4) ; male geni-
talia as in fig. 18 flexa Yaurie
Pronotum with leateral margin at base readily visible at hind angle;
hind coxal plate with sides rounded or truncate (fig. 5) 8
8. Genitalia of male with basal piece of same length as lateral lobes,
lobes very wide (fig. 19, but length of basal piece not
shown) parpolita Vaurie
Genitalia of male with basal piece longer than lobes 9
9. Genitalia of male as in fig. 16 polita Fall
Genitalia of male as in figs. 14, 17 mascula Yaurie
10. Sides of pronotum gently or scarcely arcuate and/or broadly im-
pressed along edge, especially toward base (fig. 7) 11
Sides of pronotum strongly arcuate or sinuate and bulging at or
behind middle (fig. 8), not broadly impressed along edge 15
11. Elytral surface between large punctures covered densely with tiny
punctulations ; size from 13 to 17 mm.; Comondu in southern
territory south to Cape region punctulata Horn
Elytral surface virtually impunctate between large punctures;
usually smaller than 13 mm 12
Explanation of Figures
Figs. 2-19, Some anatomical characters of Diplotaxis. Fig. 2, abdomen
of male. Fig. 3, abdomen of female. Figs. 4, 5, angulate and truncate hind
coxal plate. Fig. 6, left elytron, a and c, striae ; b, second interval ; d, first
interval. Figs. 7-9, pronotal margins. Fig. 10, bisinuate clypeus. Fig. 11,
71
tarsal claw toothed near middle. Fig. 12, tarsal claw cleft subapically. Figs.
13-19, male genitalia of trapezifera group. 13, D. academia, dorsal view; 14,
D. academia and D. mascula, profile; 15, I), confusa; 16, D. polita; 17, D.
mascula; 18, D. flexa; 19, D. par polita.
72
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
12. Marginal hairs of pronotum and elytra short, inconspicuous ; clypeus
Insinuate (fig. 10) ; labrum strongly concave throughout; north-
ern border south to San Ignacio moerens moerens LeConte
Marginal hairs of pronotum and elytra at least as long as scutellum;
clypeus truncate or rounded or broadly emarginate ; labrum
flat or convex, at least in front 13
13. Tarsal claws with ungual tooth near middle (fig. 11) ; males with
tarsal segments normally hairy; northern quarter fimbriata Fall
(in part)
Tarsal claws cleft subapically (fig. 12) ; males with first two or
three tarsal segments densely bristly; Punta Prieta in north,
south to Cape region .. 14
14. Larger (9 to 13 mm.) ; inner edge of eye flush with front of head;
males with inner front claw twice as large as outer . ...anthracina Fall
Smaller (7 to 9 mm.) ; eyes sunk below level of front of head;
males with front claws equal in size australis Vaurie (in part)
15. Tarsal claws with ungual tooth near middle (fig. 11). 16
Tarsal claws cleft subapically (fig. 12) 18
16. Front of head transversely swollen or tumid so that, in profile, it
overhangs clypeus; northern border south to El Refugio
subangulata LeConte (in part)
Front of head uniformly convex, not transversely tumid; northern
quarter .17
17. Last segment of larger (maxillary) palpi distinctly impressed at
base ; marginal hairs of elytra usually twice as long as scutel-
lum ; pi'onotum coarsely, densely, deeply punctate, its margins
evenly arcuate from base to apex (fig. 7) ; generally longer
than 9 mm fimbriata Fall (in part)
Last segment of maxillary palpi flattened at base, but not impressed ;
marginal hairs of elytra not or scarcely longer than scutellum;
pronotum generally finely, shallowly, sparsely punctate, its
margins abruptly bulbous behind middle, thence sinuate to
apex (fig. 8) ; less than 9 mm pacata Fall
18. Elytra with second interval (fig. 6b) usually with single row of
punctures; front of head strongly transversely tumid; males
with normally hairy soles on hind tarsus (apex of each segment
with 7 to 9 or fewer long bristles) ; south to El Refugio...
...subangulata LeConte (in part)
Elytra with second interval usually with double row of punctures ;
front of head not or but weakly tumid; males with soles of
at least basal segment of hind tarsus with so many long bristles
that segment beneath is scarcely visible 19
19. Southern territory (Santa Rosalia to Cape region) ; clypeus emar-
ginate between blunt prominent angles; each eye nearly one-
fourth of width of head across front; males with dense bristles
on soles of at least first three segments of all tarsi....
, australis Vaurie (in part)
April, 1963]
VAURIE DIPLOTAXIS OF BAJA, CALIF.
73
Northern part (south to Santa Rosalia) ; clypeus not or scarcely
emarginate between blunt not prominent angles; each eye one-
fifth or one-sixth of width of head; males with dense bristles on
first, occasionally on second, segment of hind tarsus only.
missionaria Vaurie
Literature Cited
Vaurie, P.
1958. A revision of the genus Diplotaxis (Coleoptera, Scaraeidae, Melo-
lonthinae). Part 1. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 115:267 — 396.
1960. [Same title.] Part 2. Ibid., 120:165 — 433.
INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL
NOMENCLATURE
Notice of Proposed Use of Plenary Powers in
Certain Cases (A. [n.s.] 57)
In accordance with a decision of the 13th International Con-
gress of Zoology, 1948, public notice is hereby given of the pos-
sible use by the International Commission on Zoological Nomen-
clature of its plenary powers in connection with the following
cases, full details of which will be found in Bulletin of Zoological
Nomenclature , Vol. 20, Part 2 to be published on 11 April 1963.
(2) Suppression of certain Aphid names of Rafinesque (Insecta, Hemip-
tera). Z.N.fS. ) 327;
(3) Designation of a type-species for Mymar Curtis, 1829 (Insecta, Hy-
menoptera) . Z.N.(S.) 479;
(5) Validation of Psyllci Geoffroy, 1762 and suppression of Chermes Lin-
naeus, 1748 (Insecta, Hemiptera). Z.N.(S.) 1515.
Any zoologist who wishes to comment on any of the above cases
should do so in writing, and in duplicate, as soon as possible, and
in any case before 11 October 1963. Each comment should bear the
reference number of the case in question. Comments received early
enough will be published in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomencla-
ture. Those received too late for publication will, if received before
11 October 1963, be brought to the attention of the Commission at
the time of commencement of voting.
All communcations on the above subject should be addressed as
follows: The Secretary, International Commission on Zoological
Nomenclature, c/o British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell
Road, London, S.W. 7, England. — W. E. China, Acting Secretary
to the International Commission on Zoological N omenclature.
74
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
NOTES ON A COLLECTION OL TIMEMA BOHARTI
TINKHAM
(Phasmodea: Timemidae)
David C. Rentz
California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco
E. R. Tinkham (1944) described Timema boharti on the basis
of two specimens from Borrego, California in his review of the
genus. Only once subsequently has anything appeared in the litera-
ture concerning this interesting and relatively archaic orthopteroid
group. H. F. Strohecker (1951) described the large T. knulli from
Monterey County, California. My visit to the Pinyon Flats area
in Riverside County, California during the latter part of April 1962
yielded a large series of T. boharti.
The Pinyon Flats area is in the Santa Rosa Mountains. The
habitat is xeric pinyon-juniper with chaparral intrusions, and the
T. boharti were taken at approximately 3,000 feet. The entire series
of specimens was taken at night. Mating pairs as well as last instar
nymphs, some molting, were found. Heretofore, this species was
known only in the grey color phase. This timema, however, is
dichromatic as are most other species of the genus. Green and grey
color phases were taken with no indications of intermediates. It
was of particular interest that mating pairs were segregated by
color.
Specimens were found on Yucca schidigera, Y. whipplei, Pin-
yon Pine (Pinus parr y ana) , and a single pair was taken in copulo
on Eriogonum jasciculatum. The majority of specimens was taken
on Y . whipplei. The acrid odor commonly released by timemas
when handled was quite noticeable, and seemed to me to be similar
to that of T. calijornica Scudder, the species with which the author
is quite familiar.
Literature Cited
Strohecker, H. F.
1951. Three new species of North American Orthoptera. Ann. Ent.
Soc. Amer. 44:169-172.
Tinkham, E. R.
1944. A new Californian species of Timema with zoogeographical notes.
Bull. S. California Acad. Sci., XLI (2) :72-79,
April, 1963]
FENDER NEW MALTHINI
75
SOME UNDESCRIBED NORTH AMERICAN MALTHINI 1 2
( Coleoptera : Cantharidae )
Kenneth M. Fender
Linfield Research Institute, McMinnville, Oregon
A small selection of Malthini recently received from Dr. J. N.
Knull of Ohio State University, contained representatives of three
undescribed species of the genus Malthinus and one of the genus
Malthodes. Dr. and Mrs. Knull seem to have a faculty for collecting
the rare and novel species in this tribe. They collected the types of
one species of Malthinus and six of Malthodes as well as numerous
paratypes of other species included in my original study of this
tribe. Types of the four species described here are to be deposited
in the Knull collection.
The key to the species of the genus Malthinus is herein revised
to accomodate the new species described below.
Malthinus chisosensis Fender, new species
(figs. 1, 2)
Black, head in front of eyes dark brown, prothorax reddish orange,
elytral apices dark olivaceous, abdominal sternites 3 to 5 rather widely testa-
ceous apically and at sides, more widely so towards the sides, pubescence
cinerous, fine, sparse and sub-decumbent. Length ol male: 3 mm.
Male . — Head feebly shining, wider than pronotum, finely sparsely punc-
tured, eyes prominent, antennae moderately slender, segments 2 to 4 progres-
sively longer, intermediate segments about 4 times as long as wide ; pronotum
shining, transverse, about a third wider than long, anterior margin arcuate
and narrowly beaded to the feebly produced and obliquely truncate anterior
angles, sides feebly arcuate, nearly parallel, hind angles obtusely rounded,
basal margin more strongly arcuate than anterior margin, guttered, more
strongly so towards the sides, disc finely rather closely punctured; scutellum
finely punctured, apex triangularly notched; elytra abbreviated, extending to
apices of the metacoxae, apically narrowed and dehiscent, coarsely, confusedly
rugose punctate to the tumid and finely punctured apices; body beneath
finely closely punctured, a little more sparsely, coarsely so on abdominal
sternites; male terminal abdominal segments: apical margin of fifth sternite
broadly emarginate, apex of the emargination truncate, sides sinuate; sixth
sternite widely, deeply, concavely emarginate; seventh sternite narrowly
deeply emarginate, apex of the emargination arcuate, as viewed ventrally,
two overlapping plates in the emargination of the seventh sternite, above this
a long, slender, apically forked ventral accessory process, forks narrowly
separated, the tips acute; ultimate tergite longer than broad, narrowed
medially, subtruncately rounded apically; as viewed laterally, ventral acces-
1 Supported by National Science Foundation grant #NSF-G15881.
2 Malthini of North America. Fender, Amer. Midi, Nat., 1951, 4(3) :513-629,
76
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
sory process arcuately ascending, above this a slender, straight, rod-like
appendage directed distad, the tip rounded, ultimate tergite ovate.
Female. — Unknown.
Holotype male from Chisos Mts. Texas, July 8, 1955, was
collected by D. J. & J. N. Knull.
Malthinus knulli Fender, new species
(figs. 3, 4)
Head rufous, clypeus brunneous, eyes, antenna and palpi black, a wide
arcuate black interocular fascia, prothorax rufous, scutellum, elytra, rest of
body beneath the legs black, pubescence aureous, short, fine and sparse.
Length of male: 4 mm., female 4.5 mm.
Male. — Shining, head wider than pronotum, suborbicular, arcuately
narrowed behind eyes to neck, finely sparsely punctured in front of eyes,
more coarsely so behind and on neck, eyes prominent, antenna moderately
slender, extending to tip of abdomen, second segment about three fourths the
length of third, third and fourth segments equal, intermediate segments about
four times as long as wide; pronotum transverse, about a third again as wide
as long, anterior margin arcuate and widely beaded, anterior angles rounded,
sides deflected, narrowly arcuate to feebly prominent and obtusely rounded
hind angles, basal margin arcuate towards sides, shallowly emarginate medi-
ally, widely beaded, disc smooth, sparsely micropunctuate ; scutellum finely
punctured, apex widely shallowly emarginate; elytra short, apically dehiscent,
extending to apices of metacoxae, coarsely, sparsely, confusedly rugose-
punctate, apices rounded and finely, more closely punctured; body beneath
finely, moderately closely punctured, sixth sternite wide, deeply, arcuately
emarginate at apex, seventh sternite oval, apex narrowly, triangularly nicked,
ultimate tergite truncate, ventral accessory process narrow, arcuately ascend-
ing apically, apical third furcate, the forks divergent, the tips acute.
Female . — Similar to male, eyes smaller and less prominent, (antennae
missing in allotype) ; elytra extending to middle of second visible abdominal
sternite ; abdominal sternites piceous, sixth sternite shallowly emarginate,
seventh sternite strongly narrowed apically, the apical margin with a moder-
ately wide, moderately deep median notch.
Holotype male from Davis Mts., Texas, June 9, 1954, was col-
lected by D. J. & J. N. Knull. Allotype female same locality and
collectors but collected on July 14, 1957.
Similar to Malthinus bicolor LeConte from which it can be
separated by the arcuate black interocular fascia and the characters
of the male terminal abdominal segments.
Malthinus fjellandi Fender, new species
(figs. 5, 6)
Head orange with an arcuate black interocular fascia extending medially
back onto neck, a narrower longitudinal lateral stripe, on each side, extending
from behind eye to the neck, eyes and antennae black, basal antennal segment
paler beneath, prothorax orange, scutellum and elytra black, elytral apices
April, 1963]
FENDER NEW MALTHINI
77
creamy yellow, body beneath piceous, thoracic sutures, apices of abdominal
sternites, apices of coxae and femora and bases of femora paler, pubescence
Explanation of Figures
Figs. 1-8, Male terminal abdominal segments (odd numbers = ventral
aspect; even numbers lateral aspect) : figs. 1, 2. Malthinus chisosensis ;
figs. 3, 4. Malthinus knulli; figs. 5, 6. Malthinus fjellandi; figs. 7, 8. Malthodes
rhadinus.
78
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
cinerous, fine and sparse. Length male: 3.5 mm.
Male. — Head shining, wider than pronotum, finely scabrose throughout,
antennae slender, extending beyond tip of abdomen, segments two to four
progressively longer, intermediate segments about four times as long as wide,
eyes prominent; pronotum transverse, about three fourths as long as wide,
anterior margin feebly arcuate, anterior angles rounded sides sinuate, feebly
convergent to obtusely rounded basal angles, basal margin more strongly
arcuate than anterior margin and widely deeply beaded, more strongly so
towards sides, disc finely closely punctulate, middle of each lateral half with
a moderately large but low tumid area; scutellum finely punctured, apex
deeply notched, the notch apically truncate; elytra abbreviated and dehiscent,
extending to base of third visible sternite, coarsely, sparsely, confusedly
punctured to the tumid and finely punctured apices, a subsutural and one
discal costa feebly evident; body beneath finely punctured, abdominal stern-
ites more coarsely so; fifth sternite apically emarginate, the emargination in
the form of a printer’s brace, sixth sternite widely deeply trifoliately emargin-
ate, seventh sternite elongate, sides sinuately convergent to shallowly emar-
ginate apex, apex of the emargination rounded, the tips rounded; in lateral
view, seventh sternite subtriangular, apex acute, penultimate tergite elongate,
apically truncate, ultimate tergite shorter, narrowed towards base, the apex
subtruncately rounded, ventral accessory process directed caudad, slender, the
tip rounded.
Holotype male from Huachuca Mts., Arizona, August 7,
1953 was collected by D. J. & J. N. Knull.
Named for Mr. Frank Fjelland, whose friendship and insistent
help in mundane tasks have facilitated these studies.
Key to North American Species of Malthinus
1. Elytra coarsely striate-punctate 2
Elytra more finely, confusedly punctate 4
2. Elytra black with the apical tumidities dark olivaceous
. ...atripennis LeConte
Elytra testaceous with the suture more or less widely infus-
cate 3
3. Male seventh sternite entire, ovate occipitalis LeConte
Male seventh sternite narrowly deeply incised at the apex
clifficillis LeConte
4. Pronotum finely closely granulate ....granicollis Fender
Pronotum finely sparsely punctured 5
5. Pronotum piceous with four discal spots and the anterior and
posterior margins narrowly pale quadrimaculatus Fender
Pronotum pale, sometimes with a narrow median dark stripe 6
6. Head, except mandibles, dark chisosensis Fender
Head, besides mandibles, at least in part pale 7
7. Head black behind the antennae subcostatus Schaeffer
Head at least partially pale behind the antennae 8
April, 1963]
FENDER NEW MALTHINI
79
8. Head red with a black transverse, subtriangular interocular
fascia that medially may extend well down on the neck 9
Head, except eyes and antennae, entirely pale 10
9. Elytra black knulli Fender
Elytral apices creamy yellow jjellandi Fender
10. Elytral apices pale creamy yellow, body beneath testaceous
tricolor Fender
Elytral apices dark olivaceous, body beneath piceous 11
11. Male seventh sternite elongate, produced bicolor (LeConte)
Male last sternites short, transverse huachucae Fender
Malthodes rhadinus Fender, new species
(figs. 7, 8)
Black, clypeus testaceous, pronotum fuscotestaceous, lateral margins
narrowly black, abdomen fuscous, basal sternites paler, all coxae and bases of
all tibiae piceous, pubescence cinereous, fine, short and inconspicuous. Length
3.5 mm.
Male. — Shining, head wider than pronotum, finely sparsely punctured in
front of eyes, coarsely closely so behind and on neck, eyes large and promi-
nent, separated by less than their combined widths, antennae slender, extend-
ing to tips of wings in repose, second segment shorter than third, third and
fourth segments equal, intermediate segments about four times as long as
wide; pronotum transverse, anterior margin arcuate and coarsely beaded,
anterior angles obliquely rounded, sides nearly straight, feebly convergent to
the narrowly rellexed, obtuse hind angles, basal margin arcuate and coarsely
headed, disc rather coarsely punctured, becoming finely scabrose towards hind
angles, a broad longitudinal median impression anterior to and near the
middle of each lateral half; scutellum apically subtruncate, finely sparsely
punctured ; elytra rugose punctate ; thorax beneath sparsely coasely punc-
tured, more finely closely so on abdominal sternites; sixth sternite broadly,
deeply, arcuately emarginate, seventh sternite elongate, broad basally, sides
sinuately convergent to shallowly, arcuately notched apex, tips rounded,
ultimate tergite broad, apically truncate; in lateral aspect, seventh sternite
arcuately ascending apically, rather thick, tip acute, ultimate tergite elongate,
laterally arched and apically truncate, ventral accessory; process unevenly
sinuately ascending apically, the tip rounded.
Holotype male and one male paratype from 5 miles east of
Mineral, Tehama County, California, June 20, 1960, were
collected by D. J. & J. N. Knull.
This species belongs to my group I of the genus where it
runs to Malthodes hasalis LeConte and M. pictithorax Fender.
These species have the pronotum finely sparsely granulose, the
sides of the seventh sternite (as viewed ventrally) arcuate and do
not have visible ventral accessory processes. In addition, M. basalts
has the basal two antennal segments pale.
80 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL
NOMENCLATURE
Notice of Proposed Use of Plenary Powers in
Certain Cases (A. [n.s.] 58)
In accordance with a decision of the 13th International Con-
gress of Zoology, 1948, public notice is hereby given of the possible
use by the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature
of its plenary powers in connection with the following cases, full
details of which will be found in Bulletin of Zoological Nomencla-
ture, Yol. 20, Part 3 to be published on 26 April 1963.
(1) Validation of Pemphigus Hartig, 1839 (Insecta, Hemiptera). Z.N. (S.)
431;
(2) Validation of Bironella gracilis Theobald, 1905 (Insecta, Diptera).
Z.N.(S.) 1244;
(5) Designation of a type-species for Ctenophthalmus Kolenati, 1856
(Insecta, Siphonaptera) . Z.N. (S.) 1523;
(7) Validation of Xylocopa Latreille, [1802-1803] (Insecta, Hymenoptera) .
Z.N.(S.) 1527;
(12) Validation of emendation of Rhynchium of Rygchium. Spinola, 1806
(Insecta, Hymenoptera). Z.N. (S. ) 1540;
(13) Suppression of Eulachnus Del Guercio, 1909 (Insecta, Hemiptera).
Z.N.(S.) 1541.
Any zoologist who wishes to comment on any of the above cases
should do so in writing, and in duplicate, as soon as possible, and
in any case before 26 October 1963. Each comment should bear
the reference number of the case in question. Comments received
early enough will be published in the Bulletin of Zoological
Nomenclature. Those received too late for publication will, if re-
ceived before 26 October 1963, be brought to the attention of the
Commission at the time of commencement of voting.
All communications on the above subject should be addressed
as follows : The Secretary, International Commission on Zoological
Nomenclature, c/o British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell
Road, London, S.W. 7, England. — W. E. China, Acting Secretary
to the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature.
MEETING NOTICE
The XVI International Congress of Zoology will be held in Washington,
D.C. on August 20 through 27, 1963. — Editor.
April, 1963]
CHEMSAK & LINSLEY — GAUROTES
81
THE NORTH AMERICAN GENERA RELATED TO GAUROTES
WITH A KEY TO THE MEXICAN COMPONENT SPECIES
(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae )
J. A. Chemsak and E. G. Linsley 1
University of California, Berkeley
The generic name Gaurotes was proposed by LeConte (1850)
for Leptura cyanipennis Say, a metallic species then unique among
North America lepturines in having a protuberant mesosternum.
Later, Bland ( 1862, 1864) described two similarly metallic species
as Gaurotes abdominalis and G. cressoni , which lacked the pro-
tuberant mesosternum. In the Old World, other species were as-
signed to Gaurotes on the basis of similar superficial resemblances
(Fairmaire, 1864; Plavilstshikov, 1921; etc.). In the Biologia
Centrali-Americana and subsequently, Bates ( 1880, 1885, 1892)
described several Mexican species of “ Gaurotes ” which share with
Leptura cyanipennis a protuberant mesosternum, but which differ
in other important features which exclude them from the same
genus.
Although the present paper is not concerned with the Old World
species which have been assigned to Gaurotes (see, for example,
Gressitt, 1951; Podany, 1962 2 ), those at hand differ markedly
from G. cyanipennis in sculpturing and other features. With the
exception of those species related to Gaurotes ussuriensis Blessig,
type of the genus Para gaurotes Plavilstshikov (distinctive by
possessing spined intermediate and posterior femora), most of the
others appear to be referable to Carilia Mulsant (1863), a genus
based upon Leptura virginea Linnaeus.
Key to the North American Lepturine Genera
Related to Gaurotes LeConte
1. Mesosternum anteriorly abruptly declivous with a distinct
keel or protuberance between coxae 2
Mesosternum anteriorly gradually, arcuately declivous at
most, convex but without a protuberance between the
coxae 3
2(1) Antennae with scape shorter than third segment, fifth seg-
ment longest; mesosternal keel not prominently elevated;
pubescence spare, almost lacking dorsally; elytra with
1 The authors gratefully acknowledge support of the National Science Foundation, through
grant G-19959.
2 The monograph on the genus Gaurotes by Podany (1962, Mitt. Muncher Ent. Gesells., 52 :219-
252) was received subsequent to the submission of this paper for publication. With the
exception of the necessary name changes, the results and conclusions of Podany have not
been incorporated. One point must be clarified, however; Neogaurotes Podany, 1962, is a
junior synonym of Carilia Mulsant, 1863, by virtue of isogenotypy.
82
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
edges elevated around scutellum ; integument bright
metallic bluish or greenish Gaurotes
Antennae with scape longer than third segment, subequal to
fifth; mesosternal keel prominently protuberant; pubes-
cence distinct, often dense; elytra with edges not elevated
around scutellum ; integument dark metallic greenish,
black, or brownish.. Tomentgaurotes
3(1) Elytra finely to coarsely punctate, hut not distinctly rugose;
pronotum sparsely to densely punctate, not rugose 4
Elytra coarsely, irregularly rugose; pronotum strongly ir-
regularly rugulose; elytra with pale maculate at mid-
dle Sachalinobia
4(3) Antennae with scape shorter than fifth segment, shorter
than or subequal to third segment 5
Antennae with scape subequal in length to fifth segment,
longer than third segment.. 6
5(4) Elytra with inner edges elevated around scutellum; an-
tennae with third segment subequal in length to fourth ;
integument brilliant metallic green or blue ...Pseudo gaurotina
Elytra with inner edges not elevated around scutellum ; an-
tennae with third segment much longer than fourth ;
integument testaceous and black, not metallic ..Evodinus
6(4) Posterior tarsi with first segment much longer than follow-
ing two together; head with genae long; pronotum
strongly transversely impressed at apical constricture ;
elytra with apices usually truncate Acmaeops
Posterior tarsi with first segment not longer than two fol-
lowing segments together; head with genae short; prono-
tum not impressed apically; elytra with apices usually
rounded ; body form stout, robust Brachysomida
GAUROTES LeConte
Gaurotes LeConte, 1850, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, (2) 1:324.
The only North American species remaining in this genus as
here defined is Leptura cycmipemiis Say, the monobasic type.
PSEUDOGAUROTINA Plavilstshikov
Pseudo gaurotina Plavilstshikov, 1958, Ent. Obozr., 37:624.
Gaurotes (pars), Lacordaire, 1869, Genera des coleopteres, 8:422; Leng,
1890, Ent. Americana, 6:55; Casey, 1913, Memoirs on the Coleoptera,
4:217; Swaine and Hopping, 1928, Nat. Mus. Canada Bull., 52:14; Hop-
ping, 1937, Nat. Mus. Canada, Bull., 85:19; Knull, 1946, Ohio Biol. Surv.
Bull., 39:178.
April, 1963]
CHEMSAIC & LINSLEY — GAUROTES
83
Head oblique, gradually narrowed behind eyes, neck and temples not
abruptly angled; antennae inserted below anterior margin of eyes, segments
three and four subequal, fifth longer than scape or third segment; eyes entire,
finely faceted; palpi unequal, not dilated. Pronotum inflated, narrowly con-
stricted at apex, transversely impressed at base and apex, sides obtusely
angulate; prosternum transversely excavated; anterior coxae contiguous,
coxal cavities open behind; mesosternum with intercoxal process not abruptly
elevated nor tuberculate; metathorax with episternum broad in front, narrow-
ly tapering posteriorly. Elytra convex, polished, brightly metallic, sutural
edges elevated around scutellum, surface with punctures not rugose, pube-
scence sparse, apices rounded; wings without a closed cell in anal sector. Legs
moderately long, tibiae with spurs terminal; posterior tarsi with a pubescent
sole on first segment, first segment as long as following segments together;
tarsi with apical segment cleft to base, bilobed.
Type species: Gaurotes splendens Jakowleff (by original designation).
This genus may be distinguished from Gaurotes by the lack of
a protuberant mesosternal process. Additionally, the antennal scape
is longer than the third segment or subequal to it in length; in
Gaurotes, the scape is shorter than the third antennal segment.
The characteristics of this group differ sufficiently to warrant
recognition of Pseudo gaurotina as a distinct genus rather than a
subgenus of Gaurotes as originally proposed.
In North America, G. cressoni Bland definitely fits the definition
of this genus and G. abdominalis Bland can also be assigned to
Pseudo gaurotina. This latter species, although smaller in size and
lacking the lateral pronotal impressions, agrees with cressoni in
other characteristics.
TOMENTGAUROTES Podany
T omentgccurotes Podany, 1962, Mitt. Miincher Ent. Gesells., 52:242.
Head oblique, rather suddenly narrowed behind eyes, neck and temples
abruptly angled; antennae inserted at anterior margin of eyes, scape subequal
in length to fifth segment, longer than third, third segment subequal to fourth ;
eyes entire, finely faceted ; palpi unequal, often dilated in the male. Pronotum
convex, narrowly constricted apically from a little before middle, not im-
pressed at base or apex, sides obtusely angulate, not tuberculate; disk with a
median longitudinal, glabrous line; prosternum transversely excavated;
anterior coxae contiguous, cavities open behind; mesosternum with intercoxal
process produced into a distinctly elevated keel, abruptly declivous anteriorly;
metathorax with episternum broad in front, tapering posteriorly. Elytra
convex, tapering, dark metallic or brownish, sutural edges not elevated
around scutellum, punctuation not coarsely rugose, pubescence uniform or
condensed into patches, apices emarginate, angles dentate; wings without a
closed cell in anal sector. Legs moderate, slender, tibiae with spurs terminal;
posterior tarsi with a pubescent sole on first segment, first segment as long
84
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
as following segments together, apical tarsal segments cleft to base.
Type species: Gaurotes batesi Aurivillius ( G. donacioides Bates) (by
original designation).
This genus differs from all others in this group by the very
prominent intercoxal process of the mesosternum. From Gaurotes,
it may be separated by the longer antennal scape, non-depressed
scutellum, and entirely different facies.
T omentgaurotes is known presently only from Mexico, where
it is represented by five species, one apparently previously unde-
scribed.
Key to the Known Species of Tomentgaurotes
t Elytra with pubescence dense to moderately dense, uniform,
not condensed into patches — 2
Elytra with pubescence condensed into distinct irregular
patches 4
2(1) Antennae and legs uniformly concolorous black, or with
aeneous lustre 3
Antennae, except base, femora, except knees, and tibiae,
except base, reddish yellow. Length, 9 mm ochropus
3(1) Integument dark metallic greenish; elytra with pubescence
mostly sub-depressed, without long black erect hairs at
base; metasternum and abdomen lacking erect hairs.
Length, 9-12 mm batesi
Integument uniformly black, not metallic; elytra with long
erect dark hairs at base; metasternum and abdomen with
sparsely interspersed erect hairs. Length, 8-10 mm. plumbea
4(1) Elytra and appendages brownish testaceous, legs often with
dark bands at apices of femora and tibiae. Length, 9-11
mm maculosa
Elytra and appendages dark metallic or black, antennae
with segments three to eleven grayish pubescent at base.
Length, 11-14 mm _ multiguttata
Tomentgaurotes batesi (Aurivillius)
Gaurotes donacioides Bates, 1880, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Coleoptera, 5:37, pi. 4,
fig. 23.
Gaurotes batesi Aurivillius, 1912, Coleopterorum catalogus, 39:194 (new
name for donacioides ).
Gaurotes (Tomentgaurotes) batesi , Podany, 1962, Mitt. Miincher Ent. Gesells.,
52:242.
The obscure, uniform brassy color and uniform pubescence
distinguish this species from others in this genus.
Type locality : “Mexico, near the capital.”
April, 1963] chemsak & linsley — gaurotes
85
Material examined: 7 $ $ , Matilde, D.F., VTII-27-56 (R. and K. Dreis-
bach) ; 1$, 22 miles north of Atlacomulco, Mexico, VIII-18-54 (C.D.
Michener and party); 1 $ , 32 miles west of Puebla, Puebla, IX-7-51 (H.A.
Scullen) ; 1$, 4 miles northwest of Colonia, Hidalgo, VIII-14-56 (J.W. Mac-
Swain) ; 1$, 10 miles northwest of Tamazulapan, Oaxaca, VIII-22-59 (L.A.
Stange, A.S. Menke).
Tomentgaurotes ochropus (Bates)
Gaurotes ochropus Bates, 1880, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Coleoptera, 5:37.
Gaurotes (Tomentgaurotes) ochropus , Podany, 1962, Mitt. Miincher Ent.
Gesells., 52:243.
This species is basically similar in coloration to T. batesi but
apparently differs by having reddish-yellow legs and antennae.
Type locality: “Mexico.”
Tomentgaurotes plumbea Chemsak and Linsley, new species
Female: Form small, robust; integument shining black, densely clothed
with grayish pubescence. Head small, vertex convex, punctures shallow, rather
coarse, a glabrous median line extending from antennal tubercles to neck;
pubescence dense, grayish, subdepressed, with very long, black erect hairs
sparsely interspersed; antennae not attaining middle of elytra, segments
gradually broadening apically, first four segments and most of fifth clothed
with fine grayish, depressed hairs, outer segments opaque, densely clothed
with very fine, dark, depressed pubescence. Prothorax broader than long, sides
obtusely angulate, narrowing from before middle to apex, apex much nar-
rower than base, base and apex barely transversely impressed; pubescence
moderately dense, depressed, with long, dark, erect hairs abundantly inter-
spersed, disk rather finely, sparsely punctate, with a longitudinal glabrous
line, sides with punctures dense; prosternum densely pubescent; meso- and
metasternum densely clothed with recumbent gray haii-s, sparsely interspersed
with longer, suberect hairs. Elytra less than twice as long as broad, tapering
apically; punctures at base fine, well separated, much finer than those on
disk ol pronotum, not becoming finer apically; pubescence dense, sub-
depressed and suberect, with very long, black, erect hairs sparsely inter-
spersed; apices obliquely emarginate, angles acute. Legs slender, densely
clothed with recumbent gray pubescence. Abdomen finely, densely, shallowly
punctate, densely pubescent; apex of fifth sternite rounded. Length, 8-10 mm.
Holotype female (California Academy of Sciences) from 9
miles southeast of Nochixtlan, Oaxaca, Mexico, VIII-22-59
(A. S. Menke, L. A. Stange) ; one female paratype from Orizaba,
Veracruz, Mexico, VIII-12/22-61 (R. and K. Dreisbach) .
This species may be distinguished from T. batesi by the black
color and long, erect hairs in the elytra. It differs from ochropus
by the concolorous appendages and from multiguttata and macu-
losa by the lack of irregular, pubescent maculation.
86
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
Tomentgaurotes maculosa (Bates)
Gaurotes maculosus Bates, 1885, Biol. Centr-Amer., Coleoptera, 5:277.
Gaurotes (Tomentgaurotes) maculosa, Podany, 1962, Mitt. Miincher Ent.
Gesells., 52:244.
This species may be recognized by the brownish elytra and ap-
pendages. The elytra are maculated by irregular patches of pu-
bescence.
Type locality: “Mexico.”
Material examined: 3 <5 $, 1$, 4 miles west of Pachuca, Hidalgo, VI-
24-53, “Taken on pepper trees” (Univ. Kansas Mex. Expedition); 1 $ , 13
miles northwest of Comitan, Chiapas, III-3-53 (E.I. Schlinger).
Tomentgaurotes multiguttata (Bates)
Gaurotes multi gut tatus Bates, 1892, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1892:158, pi. 6,
fig. 2; Casey, 1913, Memoirs on the Coleoptera, 4:217.
Gaurotes (Tomentgaurotes) multiguttata, Podany, 1962, Mitt. Miincher Ent.
Gesells., 52:244.
The entirely dark color with irregular patches of pubescence on
the elytra characterize this species.
Type locality: Xucumanatlan, Guerrero, Mexico.
SACHALINOBIA Jacobson
Sachalinobia Jacobson, 1899, Ann. Mus., Zool. St. Petersburg, 4:39.
Pseudopachyta Swaine and Hopping, 1928, Nat. Mus. Canada, Bull., 52:15.
Gressitt (1953) has pointed out that Sachalinobia and Pseudo-
pachyta are synonyms, and that the type species of the former,
Brachyta koltzei Heyden, is apparently only subspecifically distinct
from that of the latter, Toxotus rugipennis Newman.
BRACHYSOMIDA Casey
Brachysomida Casey, 1913, Memoirs on the Coleoptera, 4:219.
This genus was not recognized by Swaine and Hopping (1928) ,
apparently being considered synonymous with Acmaeops. It con-
tains a number of distinctive species in western North America.
The type of the genus is Acmaeops tumida LeConte (by original
designation) .
Literature Cited
Bates, H. W.
1880-1885 Biologia Centrali-Americana, Coleoptera, 5:xii -|- 525 pp., 25
pis.
1892. Additions to the Longicornia of Mexico and Central America,
with some of the previously recorded species. Trans. Ent. Soc.
London, 1892:143-183, 3 pis.
April, 1963]
SNELLING — MACROSAIGON HOST
87
Bland, J. H. B.
1862. Descriptions of several new species of Cerambycidae in the
collection of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia. Proc.
Ent. Soc. Philadelphia, 1:267-276.
1864. Descriptions of several new species of North American Coleop-
tera. Proc. Ent. Soc. Philadelphia, 3:65-72.
Fairmatre, L.
1864. In Jacquelin du Val: Genera des coleopteres d’Europe, 4:97-251,
pis. 31-59.
Gressitt, J. L.
1951. Longicorn beetles of China. Longicornia, 2:1-667, 22 pis.
1953. Notes on nomenclature and relationships of some Palearctic and
Nearctic Lepturinae. Pan-Pacific Ent., 29:207.
LeConte, J. L.
1850. An attempt to classify the longicorn Coleoptera of the part of
America north of Mexico. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,
(2)1:311-340.
Mulsant, E.
1863. Histoire naturelle des coleopteres de France, Longicornes, 590 pp.
Plavilstshikov, N. N.
1921. Quaedam cerambycidarum palaeanarcticarum species descriptae.
Rev. Russe d’Ent., 17:112-123.
Swain e, J. M. and Hopping, R.
1928. The Lepturini of America north of Mexico. Nat. Mus. Canada
Bull., 52:1-97, 13 pis.
A HOST OF MACROSAIGON CRUENTUM (GENMAR)
IN GEORGIA
(Coleoptera: Rhipiphoridae)
Roy R. Snelling
W oodland, California
Since so few hosts have been recorded for species of Macro-
saigon the present record is of interest, especially since this is
the first report of a solitary vespid serving as a host for any rhipi-
phorid in North America, although Bequaert (1918) records M.
(Emenadia) ferrugineum flabellatum (Fabricius) as a parasite of
Synagris spiniventris (Illiger) and S. calida (Linne) in the Belgian
Congo. To date only three species of Macro saigon hosts have been
recorded in this country. These have been wasps of the families
Tiphiidae and Sphecidae. Hosts have been recorded for M. flavi-
penne (LeConte) ( Bembix spinolae Lepeletier, Barber, 1915),
M. pestinatum (Fabricius) ( Tiphia sp., Davis, 1919) and M. sayi
(LeConte) ( My zinc sp., as Elis sp., Rivnay, 1929) ,
88
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
On January 25, 1958, an adult female of M. cruentum (Ger-
mar) emerged from a cell of Ancistrocerus campestris (de Saus-
sure). The vespid had utilized two empty cells in an old nest of
the sphecid, Scelipliron caementarium (Drury). The nest, collected
on the Fort Gordon Military Reservation, Richmond County, Geor-
gia, was placed on the roof of a small observation bunker on a
hillside. The bunker was “dug-in” so that one end of the roof was
actually only about 18 inches above ground level.
Two other series of Ancistrocerus cells from the same bunker
yielded no additional Macrosaigon. Cells containing Scelipliron
were also examined but these showed no indication of infestation
by the parasite. However, it may well be that the sphecid regularly
serves as the host species and that parasitism of the vespid was
accidental. Further rearings must be made before this can be de-
termined.
The inside of the cell was lined with a thin onion-skin-like
layer of material, as usual in vespids, which could be readily pulled
away from the cell wall. This layer differed from that typically
found in vespid nests in being thinner and lacking the usual sheen.
Evidently the parasite induced an abnormal reaction in the host
larva at the time the cell lining was produced. At the anterior one-
half of the cell a second lining was evident; its lower side was
firmly attached to the first lining while the upper side was free,
separated from the cell wall at the apex by about 2.8 mm. A few
very fine fibers connected this secondary lining to the primary
lining at this point. Feces and the larval and pupal exuviae were
found within the cocoon.
Literature Cited
Barber, H. S.
1915. Macrosaigon Y avipinne in cocoon of Bembix spinolae (Coleop-
tera, Rhipiphoridae) . Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 18:187-188.
Bequaert, J. C.
1918. A revision of the Vespidae of the Belgian Congo based upon
the collection of the American Museum Congo Expedition, with
a list of Ethiopian diplopterous wasps. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat.
Hist., 39:1-384.
Davis, J. J.
1919. Contribution to a knowledge of the natural enemies of Phyllo-
phaga. Bull. 111. Nat. Hist. Surv., 13:53-133.
Rivnay, E.
1929. Revision of the Rhipiphoridae of North and Central America
(Coleoptera) . Mem. Amer, Ent. Soc., 6:1-68,
April, 1963]
FURMAN & RADOVSKY ORITHONYSSUS
89
A NEW SPECIES OF ORNITHONYSSUS FROM THE
WHITE-TAILED ANTELOPE SQUIRREL, WITH
A REDIAGNOSIS OF THE GENUS
ORNITHONYSSUS
(Acarina: Dermanyssidae)
Deane P. Furman and Frank J. Radovsky
University of California, Berkeley
The genus Ornithonyssus Sambon previously has been charac-
terized as having the dorsal plate entire. The new species described
here has the dorsal armature divided into two plates, including a
small pygidial plate near the caudal margin of the body, although
agreeing in all other major features with typical members of Orni-
thonyssus. It first came to our attention through two female speci-
mens collected in southern California in 1951. In early 1962, we
collected large numbers of males, females, and protonymphs in the
deserts of southern California.
In a recent paper, Dr. D. M. Allred (1962) referred to this
species as an undescribed dermanyssid mite. We wish to express
our appreciation to Dr. Allred for his kindness in making avail-
able to us the material he recorded from Nevada and an additional
series collected in Utah. The Nevada material was collected in the
course of a project supported by the U.S. Atomic Energy Commis-
sion. We also wish to thank Allan M. Barnes, California Depart-
ment of Public Health, who provided mites from Inyo County,
California.
Most other members of Macronyssinae with a divided dorsal
plate in the female have the posterior plate large and extending
over most of the opisthosomal length ( Steatonyssus Kolenati,
Pellonyssus Clark and Yunker, Beivsiella Dornrow). Ophionyssus
Megnin, with a separate pygidial plate, differs from the new species
in the following characteristics: all setae nude; caudal setae with
blunt tips; pygidial plate without setae; female with sternal plate
bearing no more than two pairs of setae; epigynial setae on un-
armed integument; male with anal plate separate from remainder
of ventral armature and without lateral swelling on palpal femur;
chelicera relatively short, with stout base and strongly tapered
second segment.
Although the species in Sauronyssus Sambon originally were
described as having the dorsal plate entire, Strandtmann and
90
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
Wharton (1958) indicate that a separate pygidial plate may occur.
In Sauronyssus, the female always has a reduced sternal plate
bearing only two pairs of setae; the male has a sternogenital plate
and a separate anal plate; the male palpal femur lacks a lateral
process.
The subfamily Dennanyssinae, considered by Krantz (1959)
to contain a single genus, Dermanyssus Duges, includes several spe-
cies with reduced female dorsal armature and some of these have
a single pygidial plate. This subfamily is clearly distinguished
from the Macronyssinae by the possession of greatly attenuated,
needle-like chelicerae with minute chelae.
Ornithonyssus Sambon, 1928
Liponyssus of authors, not Kolenati, 1856.
Leiognathus Canestrini, 1885 (Type: Dermanyssus sylviarum Canestrini and
Fanzago), preoccupied by Leiognathus Lacepede, 1802.
Bdellonyssus Fonseca, 1941 (Type: Leiognathus hacoti Hirst, 1913)
Neoichoronyssus Fonseca, 1941 (Type: Liponyssus wernecki Fonseca, 1935),
new synonymy.
Fonsecanyssus Radford, 1950 (Type: Dermanyssus sylviarum Canestrini and
Fanzago) .
Type species: Dermanyssus sylviarum Canestrini and Fanzago, 1877.
Diagnosis. — All idiosomal setae slender and acuminate ; some, particularly
caudal and marginal dorsal setae, with one to several small barbs. Legs mod-
erately slender. Claws subequal. Coxae without ventral spurs or ridges other
than normal sculpturing; coxa I rarely with proximal seta mounted on
pedicel; anterior marginal spur of coxa II usually present, but typically
very small.
Female. — Dorsal plate tapered posteriorly, leaving broad lateral areas
of unarmed integument; rarely divided into podosomal and pygidial plates;
bearing no more than 20 pairs of setae; without pair of minute setae anterior
to terminal pair. Sternal plate with fine reticulate sculpturing over most of
surface, but without other surface markings, specialized structures or heavily
sclerotized bands; usually bearing three pairs of setae with third pair on pos-
terior angles of plate; rarely with third pair on unarmed integument close to
plate. Epigynial plate flared anteriorly, but without abrupt medial projection;
tapering posetriorly to end in pointed or narrowly rounded tip ; usually with
pronounced median longitudinal thickening; bearing single pair of setae.
Gnathosoma with narrow base. Hypopharyngeal processes relatively long,
reaching at least to end of palpal genu and in some species to end of palp.
Ventral surface of palpal trochanter usually with small, spur-like distal
process. Chelicerae long and slender, not strongly tapered; chelae well de-
veloped but slender, without teeth or hook-like processes.
Male. — Ventral armature entire, at most slightly expanded posterior to
coxae. Palpal trochanter without process. Palpal femur with prominent lateral
April, 1963]
FURMAN & RADOVSKY ORITHONYSSUS
91
or ventrolateral swelling bearing stout seta.
The following species have characteristics corresponding with
this diagnosis. Females are described for all, and males and proto-
nymphs are known for six species.
0. aridus Furman and Radovsky, new species
0. bacoti (Hirst, 1913)
0. banksi Strandtmann and Wharton, 1958
0. brasiliensis (Fonseca, 1939)
0. bursa (Berlese, 1888)
0. eruditus (Fonseca, 1935)
0. hirsti (Fonseca, 1935)
0. iheringi (Fcnseca, 1935)
0. lutzi (Fonseca, 1941)
0. meprai (Manso and Pletneff, 1951)
0. monteiroi (Fonseca, 1941)
0. ondalrae (Willmann, 1952)
0. sylviarum (Canestrini and Fanzago, 1877)
O. vitzthumi (Fonseca, 1941)
0. wernecki (Fonseca, 1935), new combination
We have seen specimens only of the three species commonly
found in human environs (0. bacoti , 0 . bursa and 0 . sylviarum )
plus 0. aridus and 0. wernecki. However, most of the descriptive
literature has been available, including the excellent descriptions
by Fonseca. O. wernecki, the type of Neoichor onyssus, has the
proximal seta of coxa I mounted on a tuberculate process, but
otherwise agrees with the diagnosis of Ornithonyssus. The alterna-
tive to inclusion in this genus would be retention of Neoichor on-
yssus as a monotypic genus separated from Ornithonyssus by a
single characteristic. Other species which have been placed in
Neoichor onyssus do not appear closely related to Ornithonyssus.
Certain hostal and geographic trends are apparent for the
listed species. The principal hosts are small mammals, almost en-
tirely rodents, except for 0 . sylviarum and 0 . bursa which occur
on birds. The last two species with 0. bacoti and O. ondatrae
occur on hosts which have been widely dispersed by human ac-
tivity. All of the others are known only from the New World. As
Strandtmann and Wharton (1958, p. 200) have pointed out, the
role of 0. bacoti as vector of a filarial parasite of an American
rodent, Sigmodon hispidus, suggests that this species has evolved
in the Western Hemisphere.
A number of species previously placed in Ornithonyssus are
not included here, From their descriptions, none of these appears
92
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
to have slender, barbed setae and each has other characteristics
indicating that it does not belong in Ornithonyssus.
Ornithonyssus aridus Furman and Radovsky, new species
(Figs. 1-7)
Division of the dorsal armature of the female into podosomal
and pygidial plates differentiates this species from all others in
the genus. Additional features of diagnostic value are relatively
sparse setation, few barbed setae and these with a single barb
about two-thirds of length from base; two stout dorsal setae on
femur IV, adult peritreme terminating over middle of coxa II,
and male dorsal plate narrow posteriorly.
Female (Figs. 1-4). — Dorsum: Podosomal plate widest over coxae II;
strongly tapered near posterior rnargan; ending short distance behind coxae
IV, with bluntly pointed tip; bearing 11 pairs of simple setae, including
vertical pair, five lateral pairs and five submedian pairs; submedian setae
subequal, somewhat shorter than laterals. Four pairs of weakly defined, linear
sclerotizations form two converging rows posterior to podosomal plate. Pygi-
dial plate located at level of posterior portion of anal plate (in unengorged
specimens) ; subcircular in outline; bearing two pairs of submarginal setae;
lateral setal pair located about midlevel of plate, with or without barb; pos-
terior setal pair longer, barbed; one pair of small pores in front of lateral
setae, one or two pairs in front of posterior setae. Oval areas of weaker sclero-
tization present on both dorsal plates; usually two pairs on pygidial plate.
Setae on unarmed dorsum moderate in number; most caudal, some lateral and
a few anteromarginal setae barbed; other setae nude and shorter. Venter: Tri-
tosternum (Fig. 2) with subrectangular base narrowing abruptly to form long,
slender neck region; laciniae long and slender, with fimbriae over most of
length, becoming more numerous near tip; hyaline expansions present on
each side of base, flaring out in neck region and gradually tapering to dis-
appear some distance past separation of laciniae. Pre-sternal region with-
out sculpturing, covered with striate integument. Sternal plate (Fig. 4) with
anterior margin between first pair of setae straight, lateral margins concave,
posterior margin nearly straight; first pair of setae shorter than other sternal
setae, sometimes two-thirds their length or less; second pair of setae almost
twice as far from first pair as from third. Epigynial plate with tip usually
narrowly rounded, sometimes pointed; with strongly sclerotized longitudinal,
median strip; trichopores of genital setae usually marginal. Anal plate with
anterior margin strongly convex, caudal end bluntly pointed ; margins strongly
sclerotized, especially laterally; adanal setae arising about or slightly behind
midlevel of anal ring. Metapodal plates weakly sclerotized, apparently subcut-
icular. Peritreme ending about midlevel of coxa II; no peritremal plate ex-
tending beyond tip of peritreme; weakly sclerotized remnant of anterior
portion of plate, over parts of coxae I and II, visible on flattened specimens.
Unarmed venter with moderate number of setae, nude except some setae near
April, 1963]
FURMAN & RADOVSICY — ORITHONYSSUS
93
Ornithonyssus aridus, female. Fig. 1. Ventral and dorsal views with en-
largements of palpal trochanter and barbed seta. Fig. 2. Tritosternum. Fig. 3.
Chelicera: to scale of Fig. 1 and enlargement of distal portion. Fig. 4. Sternal
plate,
94
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
caudal margin with single, lateral barb. Legs: Anterior setae of coxae II and
III and a few setae on more distal segments usually barbed. Anterior spur of
coxa II arising somewhat dorsally, small, slender and inconspicuous, about
6-10/i in length. Femur IV with two very stout setae. Gnathosoma: Deuto-
sternal groove with about 10 teeth in single file. Tectum with acuminate tip
and sparse lateral barbs. Hypopharyngeal processes ending slightly beyond
base of palpal tibia. Palp with ventral process of trochanter short, bluntly
pointed; seta arising at base of process very long; proximal seta of tro-
chanter short and slender; femur with stout lateral seta and femur and genu
each with stout ventro-medial seta; dorsomedial seta of genu flattened, with
broad, hyaline tip. Chelicera (Fig. 3) about 225^ from base of second seg-
ment to tip of fixed chela; maximum width less than 20/r; with strong
dorsal notch near base of fixed chela. Fixed chela with hyaline margin
distally. Movable chela with blunt tip bent slightly mecliad ; with membranous
bursa arising dorsally near base, covering tip of chela and with sides meeting
ventrally about one-third length from base. Measurements (10 specimens) :
Idiosomal length (unengorged) 680-730^ (mean 702). Pygidial plate length
71-83/x (mean 75). Pygidial plate width 66-78^ (mean 70). Tarsus I length
119-139 (i (mean 127).
Male (Figs. 5, 6). — Barbed setae usually limited to a few caudal and
marginal pairs, terminal pair on dorsal plate and anterior seta on coxa III.
Dorsum : Dorsal plate extending nearly or quite to caudal margin of idiosoma ;
tapering strongly from level of coxae III, leaving much of opisthosoma un-
armed; with rounded tip; sometimes with lateral constrictions near tip and
suggestion of suture demarcating pygidial portion of plate; usually 16 pairs
of setae, but varying from 15-18 pairs depending on number of pairs on
tapering lateral margins; setae include vertical pair, four anterolateral pairs,
two pairs near tip of plate. Venter: Holoventral plate with sternogenital re-
gion having nearly straight sides, without projections between coxae, except
anterolateral angles projecting between coxae I and II; ventral region slightly
expanded just posterior to coxae IV, strongly constricted to form narrow neck
anterior to anal region; bearing usual sternal, metasternal, genital and anal
setae ; usually two or three setae on ventral region of plate. Unarmed inte-
gument with only about four or five pairs of setae, except for those on or
very close to opisthosomal margin. Peritreme terminating about midlevel of
coxa II. Legs: Similar to female except spur of coxa II anterior, not antero-
dorsal. Gnathosoma: Tectum, deutosternal teeth and hypopharyngeal length
as in female. Palp with proximal seta of trochanter stout, inflated; latero-
ventral seta of femur stout, inflated, mounted on a prominent, incrassate
pedicel; dorsomedial seta of genu stout and acuminate, unlike that of female.
Chelicera (Fig. 6) about 120^ from base of second segment to tip of sperma-
todactyl, stouter than in female. Movable chela with dorsal arm weak and
only slightly hooked dorsad; spermatodactyl boat-shaped, blunt-tipped, curved
dorsad. Fixed chela slightly shorter than dorsal arm of movable chela; taper-
ing; with hyaline margin around tip. Measurements (10 specimens) : Idio-
somal length (unengorged) 497-545^ (mean 520), Tarsus I length 111- 123^
(mean 118) .
April, 1963] furman & radovsky — orithonyssus
95
Protonymph (Fig. 7). — All plates lack sculpturing. Barbed setae usually
restricted to pygidial plate and caudal margin. Tritosternum and legs as in
adults. Dorsum: Podosomal plate bearing 10 pairs of setae including vertical
pair, five lateral pairs and four submedian pairs; all setae moderate in length,
anterolateral setae longest, second submedian pair shortest. Usual two pairs
of platelets behind podosomal plate somewhat variable in shape, but typically
anterior pair three-lobed and posterior pair ovoid. Pygidial plate with con-
vexly arched anterior margin ; lateral and posterior pairs of setae usually
barbed, posterior pair longest; usually only two pairs of setae on plate, but
Explanation of Figures
Ornithonyssus aridus. Fig. 5. Male, ventral and dorsal views with en-
largement of palpal femur. Fig. 6. Male chelicera, two views of distal portion.
Fig. 7. Protonymph, dorsal view of idiosoma.
96
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
occasionally with pair of short, simple setae on anterior margin. Unarmed
dorsum with about 18 pairs of setae. Venter: Sternal plate with blunt caudal
tip. Anal plate with straight or very weakly convex anterior margin. Unarmed
venter with four pairs of setae anterior to anal plate and four or five pairs
lateral to anal plate or on caudal margin; caudal setae sometimes barbed.
Peritreme slender, curving dorsad from spiracle, forming a dorsal arc
and curving ventrad at termination approximately at level of anterior one-
fourth of coxa III; about 75/U long, including spiracle. Gnathosoma: Similar
to adult female except palpal trochanter without process or distal seta.
Chelicera about 140/i long from base of second segment to tip of fixed chela.
Measurements (10 specimens) : Podosomal plate length 193-216^ (mean 204).
Tarsus I length 76-86^ (mean 81).
Holotype female , allotype, paratypes including 30 females, 20
males and 20 protonymphs, from Ammospermophilus leucurus
leucurus (Merriam), 5 Miles East of Mecca, Riverside County,
California, 19 April 1962, D. P. Furman, B. Furman and F. J.
Radovsky. Holotype, allotype and several paratypes deposited in
the U.S. National Museum; one paratype of each sex and stage in
British Museum (Natural Hirtory) ; remaining paratypes in collec-
tions of the authors. Other specimens identified as O. aridus all
were taken on A. leucurus. The California and Nevada localities are
within the range of A. leucurus leucurus. The Utah collecting site is
close to the range limits of this and two other subspecies. Collec-
tions were made from adult and juvnile hosts of both sexes. Califor-
nia. 160 adults and 100 protonymphs, same data as type series; 8
protonymphs, Kramer Hills, 5 miles south Kramer Junction, San
Bernardino County, 16 April 1962, D. P. Furman, B. Furman, and
F. J. Radovsky; one female, Oro Grande, San Bernardino County,
25 October 1951, J. Poll; one female, 1 mile north Palo Verde, Riv-
erside County, 8 November 1951; 9 females, 10 protonymphs, Na-
tional Park Service Headquarters, Death Valley National Monu-
ment, Inyo County, 10 January 1962, D. Rohe. Nevada. Taken
from total of 6 hosts, on U.S. Atomic Energy Commission Test
Site, north of Mercury, Nye County, collected by D. M. Allred,
2 females, 26 August 1959; one female, 12 May 1960; one male,
25 August 1960; 4 females, 2 protonymphs, 22 and 23 May 1961.
Utah. 3 females, 10 protonymphs, 1 mile east Veyo, Washington
County, D. E. Beck.
The collecting records indicate that 0. aridus is a specific para-
site of a desert-inhabiting squirrel, Ammospermophilus leucurus.
The specimens that we collected were recovered by briefly expos-
April, 1963]
FURMAN & RADOVSKY — ORITHONYSSUS
97
ing the dead hosts to chloroform vapor and then washing them
in a detergent solution. No mites of this species were recovered
from Perognathus, Dipodomys, and Onychomys taken at the same
time and vicinity and treated in the same way.
The type locality, a few miles north of the Salton Sea, is in a
particularly barren region with steep, rocky ridges separated by
flat, sandy and sparsely vegetated ravines. Here, over 200 adults
and 120 protonymphs were taken on seven squirrels, mostly ju-
veniles, from one night’s trapping.
Note on Preparation of Materials
The various water-miscible preparations used for mounting
mites each contains a clearing substance, and frequently specimens
can be mounted directly from alcohol with excellent results. How-
ever, the ease of this procedure may cause workers to neglect pre-
mounting treatments which sometimes are necessary for satisfac-
tory study material. Most of the specimens of 0. aridus had a
black residue in the gut and their legs were strongly flexed. Speci-
mens in the large series from the type locality also were heavily
coated with fine particles of dust and debris. Direct mounting did
not solve these problems, and the following procedure was the
most satisfactory attempted.
Specimens were transferred to glycerine and vigorously shaken
in a vial, which removed most of the adhering particles. After being
returned to alcohol, they were placed in 10 per cent potassium
hydroxide. Treatment in this solution for one to two hours at room
temperature cleared the dark material in the gut without overclear-
ing the specimens. After neutralization in acid-alcohol for a brief
period, the mites were left overnight in lactophenol for additional
clearing. A final brief cleansing of the mites was accomplished
after placing them in Hoyer’s medium, where use of a fine needle
facilitated removal of remaining debris. The legs soon extended
when specimens were mounted from lactophenol and slides were
heated on a plate at 70° C.
Literature Cited
Ai.lred, D. M.
1962. Mites on squirrels at the Nevada atomic test site. Jour. Parasitol.,
48:817.
98
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
Krantz, G. W.
1959. New synonymy in the Dermanyssinae Kolenati, 1859, with a de-
scription of a new species of Dermanyssus (Acarina, Demanyssi-
dae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 61:174-178.
Strandtmann, R. W. and G. W. Wharton
1958. A Manual of Mesostigmatid Mites Parasitic on Vertebrates. Col-
lege Park, Maryland, The Institute of Acarology. 330 pp. -J-
69 pis.
A NEW SPECIES OF APACHE FROM CALIFORNIA
(Homoptera :Derbidae)
R. F. WlLKEY
California Department of Agriculture , Sacramento , California
In 1957 several specimens of the otiocerine genus Apache were
collected in different types of fruit fly traps used by the California
Department of Agriculture. These specimens were found to differ
from other known species of this genus.
Specimens were trapped in California only in Solano County
in 1957, but during 1958 they were found in Colusa, Glenn, Lake,
Placer, Sacramento, Tehama, Yolo and Yuba counties, and in 1959
a single specimen was collected from San Luis Obispo County.
The major insect collections of the western United States were
canvassed to see if specimens of this species were present. None
were found outside of California. Several specimens were found
in the University of California collection at Davis, dating back to
1953, from the counties of Shasta and Tehama. These were all
collected in light traps of some type. One specimen was in the col-
lection of the California Academy of Sciences, collected by E. P.
Van Duzee at Cazadero, Sonoma County in 1918, and a single
male was found in the collection of the California Insect Survey,
University of California, Berkeley. This specimen was collected at
Orangevale, Sacramento County, August 9, 1938, by Quentin
Tomich.
Eight specimens (2$ $ and 69 9 ) in the collection of the Uni-
versity of British Columbia, determined as Apache degeeri Kirby
from various locations in British Columbia, were checked and
found to be degeeri. These represent the only records of this species
west of the Rocky Mountains as far as is known.
Considerable effort has been made to find the host association
of the new species. To date this has been unsuccessful. In the east-
ern part of the United States, other members of the Otiocerini have
April, 1963] Wilkey — new apache
99
been collected on beech, hickory, maple, oak and willow.
The types of fruit fly traps used and the lures are as follows:
Steiner trap — “Siglure” with methyl eugenol and anisyl acetate;
Frick trap — ammonium carbonate; and the McPhail trap — brown
sugar, yeast and pyridine. All specimens taken in these traps were
males, whereas both sexes were attracted to light traps.
Apache californicum Wilkey, new species
(fig- 1)
Length of male: 9.5 mm to 11.0 mm. Length of female 10.0 mm to
11.0 mm.
General color rosaceous, varying from pale to quite dark. Thorax pale
orange with a rather wide, white medial stripe. Basal segments of antenna
whitish, remaining segments and subantennal process reddish, darker than
other rosaceous parts. Legs white. Veins of elytra reddish, cells slightly
opaque with brownish spots and markings.
Head compressed laterally, forming a frontal groove, in profile rec-
tangular, dorsal margin undulate, minutely notched along basal three-fourths
(notches filled with a powdery wax), apex acute and slightly upturned. A
swollen rectangular area present laterally between eye and frontal margin.
Black markings present on frontal and ventral margins of head.
Anal segment of the male (fig. 3), in lateral view, acutely angular, forming
a direct right angle, with a pair of sclerotized teeth at apex. Segment dis-
tinctly indented at inside angle. Flagellum of aedeagus (fig. 2) with 3
sclerotized processes, one forked appearing as two. Apical process of aedaegus
almost straight, acutely pointed. Flagellum with 2 pairs of basal hooks. Shaft
of aedeagus with a dorsal keel, serrate along margin, and toothed laterally.
Genital style in lateral view with apex upturned and very blunt, style
with 2 dorsal protuberances, the larger one flattened on top, the other roundly
pointed.
100
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
No appreciable difference could be detected between the female
of this species and Apache degeeri Kirby which it resembles quite
closely. The males also are superficially very similar. However,
the difference in the male genitalia is sufficient to easily separate
the two species.
The 2 pairs of hooks at the base of the flagellum in A. cali-
2
Explanation of Figures
Figs. 2 and 3, Apache californicum Wilkey; fig. 2, aedeagus of male;
fig. 3, anal segment of male.
Figs. 4 and 5, Apache degeeri Kirby; fig. 4, aedeagus of male; fig. 5.
anal segment of male.
April, 1968]
. VVILKEY NEW APACHE
101
fornicum is the strongest differentiating character, A. degeeri
having only a single pair (fig. 4). The presence of lateral teeth
on the keel, the different shape of the anal segment of A. degeeri
(fig. 5), and the different shape of apical aedeagal process (fig. 4)
strengthens the position of calif ornicum as a separate species.
5
102
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
Holotype male [CDA 57G19-6], Vacaville, Solano County,
California, 17-VII-1957, J. M. Marston. Allotype female, Ander-
son, Shasta Co., California, 8-VII-1955, Joe Willis. Paratypes (all
California). — Amador County: Drytown, July, 1961 [61H1-3],
Leland Brown, Frick trap (1$). Colusa County: Colusa, 9-IX-
1958 [58116-36], A. K. Raymond, Steiner trap (33 3 ). Lake
County: Kelseyville, 7-VII-1958 [58G10-22] , Tom Pierce, Steiner
trap (3$ 3 ). Placer County: Loomis, l-VIII-1958 [58H7-3] (1$ ),
I- VIII-1958 [58H13-332] (433— on slides), 29-VIII-1958
[5812-4] (13), 10-IX-1958 [5818-17] (13 ), all A. K. Raymond,
Steiner traps. Sacramento County: Orangevale, 9-VIII-1938, Quen-
tin Tomich (13 ) ; Rio Linda, 10-IX-1956, Jack Fowler, light trap
(13). San Luis Obispo County: Santa Margarita, 21-VII-1959
[59H12-1], R. M. Drake, McPhail trap (13). Shasta County:
Anderson, 4-VII-1955, Joe Willis (13, 1?); Redding, 1954, Joe
Willis (23 3 ). Solano County: Pleasant Valley, 23-VIII-1957,
J. M. Marston, Steiner trap (23 3 ); Vacaville, 26-VI-1957
[57G2-1] (13), 17-VII-1957 [57G19-6] (13), 24-VII-1957
[57G29-103] (13), all J. M. Marston, Steiner traps. Tehama
County: Dairyville, 3-VII-1956 (13 ), 9-VII-1956 (13), E. Yoe-
mann; Los Molinos, 24-VII-1956 (17), 5-X-1956 (17), E. Yoe-
mann, light traps; Red Bluff, 13-VII-1953 (13 ), 20-VII-1956
(13), E. Yoemann, light traps. Tuolumne County: Strawberry,
II- VIII-1960, D. Q. Cavagnaro (17). Yolo County: West Sacra-
mento, 6-XI-1958 [58K20-2], Jim Tant, Steiner trap (13 ).
The holotype and allotype as well as paratypes are deposited
in the type collection of the California Department of Agriculture,
Bureau of Entomology, Sacramento, California (CDA).
Paratypes are also to be deposited in the collections of the fol-
lowing institutions: United States National Museum, California
Academy of Sciences, University of California at Berkeley and
Davis.
MEETING NOTICE
The 1963 National meeting of the Entomological Society of America will
be held at the Sheraton- Jefferson Hotel in St. Louis, Missouri on December
2 through 5. — Editor.
April, 1963]
LAVIGNE — BEHAVIOR OF STENOPOGON
103
NOTES ON THE BEHAVIOR OF STENOPOGON COYOTE
BROMLEY WITH A DESCRIPTION OF
THE EGGS 1
(Dipteria: Asilidae)
R. J. Lavigne
University of Wyoming , Laramie
Although the type series of Stenopogon coyote Bromley was
collected near Lander, Wyoming (5000-8000 ft.) by Roy Moodie
before 1909, the species was not described until 1931. At this time,
Bromley noted that while specimens of this species appeared to be
common in many collections, they were misidentified. James
(1941) provided additional distribution data for Colorado, but
made no mention of the habits of the species. No further informa-
tion on this species has appeared in the literature, nor has any
reference appeared concerning the oviposition habits of any mem-
ber of the genus.
General Behavior
The habitat of Stenopogon coyote in southeastern Wyoming is
in the open, short-to-medium grass rangeland at elevations of
4200 / to 80003 Adults first appeared on the range in 1960 and
1961 about the end of June or the first part of July, depending
upon weather and elevation, and remained in evidence until the end
of August.
I have observed that movement varies with the individual asilid.
Some individuals would shift their position as often as 24 times
in eight minutes. A change in position was usually preceded or fol-
lowed by a rest in one position of several minutes. Other individuals
remained in one spot as long as 50 minutes, merely changing direc-
tion to face the perceived movement of some other organism. There
appeared to be no difference between the male and the female in
the length of time spent in one position. Adults flew either silently
or with a low-pitched buzz. Grasshoppers tended to crouch upon
hearing the buzz. Also, individual asilids made buzzing sounds
while carrying prey.
The distance travelled by an individual varied from a few
inches to about ten feet per flight. The distance covered was ap-
parently related to the abundance of prey. If no prey was sighted
in the immediate vicinity, the individual tended to fly farther. Fol-
1 Published with the approval of the Director, Wyoming Agricultural Experiment Station,
ns Journal Paper No. 183,
104
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
lowing an unsuccessful attack on a grasshopper, individuals tended
to return to the same position or to a position only a foot or so
away. Flight into the air did not usually exceed two feet in height.
Landings were generally made on the bare soil, on cow pats, on
dead twigs, or on grass no more than one or two inches off the
ground. When an adult landed on bare soil it immediately sought
a vantage point from whence it could obtain a better view. Ants
did not appear to disturb the members of this species. When an ant
approached, the asilids merely raised their bodies off the ground
as far as possible and allowed the ant to crawl beneath.
Predation Behavior
As far as the author is aware, S. coyote is unique among asilids
in Wyoming in that it does not necessarily effect capture in the air,
a type of behavior which is prevalent among other species. On
seven occasions, individuals were observed attacking a grasshopper
on the ground in the following manner: The asilid could perceive
the approach of its prey from a vantage point about one to two
inches above the soil level, usually on a clump of grass or a cow
pat. When a prey, ordinarily a grasshopper, appeared, the asilid
would come to attention and turn to face it. If the grasshopper
stopped and crouched against the soil, it would not be attacked,
since the asilid attacks only when the prey is moving. Upon sub-
sequent movement by the grasshopper, the asilid launches itself at
the victim across the short open space separating them. The strug-
gle is short; the Stenopogon inserts its proboscis into the dorsolat-
eral area of the intersegmental membrane between head and thorax,
and injects a “toxic” material that renders the prey largely im-
mobile within seconds. Holding the prey with its head up at an
approximate 60-degree angle from the soil surface, it proceeds to
suck out the contents of the victim. The asilids were not always
successful in their attacks and their prey would sometimes escape.
A number of times S. coyote was observed to capture its prey
in the air. Once captured, the prey was brought to earth, where it
was immediately paralyzed and fed upon by the asilid.
While grasshoppers constituted the major portion of S. coyote’s
prey, other insects were occasionally taken. A female asilid was
captured by the author as it carried a mature larva, Sarcophaga
sp., which was probably captured while crawling on the ground.
S. coyote was also observed capturing a beetle, Epicauta ferruginea
April, 1963]
LAVIGNE — BEHAVIOR OF STENOPOGON
105
(Say), that was crawling over a goldenrod blossom. Subsequently
Phymata americana Melin, a phymatid, took it away from the
asilid.
Because S. coyote ordinarily holds its prey on the ground while
feeding, the prey is sometimes lost to scavenger grasshoppers be-
fore the asilid has finished feeding. While the asilid was still
feeding, a Melanoplus foedus Scudder female was observed to eat
the hind leg of S. coyote's prey, a male Amphitornus coloradus
(Thomas), and subsequently the grasshopper took possession of
the prey after a brief struggle.
Size apparently determines which species of grasshopper S.
coyote is able to overcome. Such species as Ageneotettix deorum
(Scudder), Cordillacris occipitalis (Thomas), Amphitornus colo-
radus (Thomas) and nymphs of overwintering species, which do
not exceed 20 mm in length, appeared to be fair game. Grasshop-
pers which range from 20 to 26 mm in length, while not neces-
sarily safe from attack, were able to extricate themselves from the
grasp of the asilid. Females of Aulocara ellioti (Thomas) and
Explanation of Figure
Fig. 1. A clutch of 12 eggs deposited in the soil of open rangeland by
a Stenopogon coyote female.
106
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
Melanoplus occidentalis (Thomas) fall into this category and, al-
though they appeared to be particularly attractive as prey, were
always able to escape. Those species such as Melanoplus bilituratus
(Walker) and M. foedus Scudder, which exceed 26 mm in length,
seemed to be ignored by S. coyote , or to frighten her away.
Mating Behavior
Five pairs of S. coyote were observed in copulation. In all cases
observed, the behavior was identical. Initiation of mating was not
observed by the author. Copulation was performed on grass stalks
approximately three to five inches off the ground. The mating pair
faced in opposite directions with the claspers of the male holding
the ovipositor of the female. Both individuals hung on separate
grass stems so that their bodies formed a figure V. The pair re-
mained in copula for about 25 minutes from the time first ob-
served, remaining in the same position unless disturbed by the
approach of a disturbing influence such as a grasshopper. If
forced to change position, the pair flew in copulo to another simi-
lar habitat three to 15 feet away, where they took up the same
position as previously described. Separation occurred on the grass
stalks and was initiated by the female, who used her hind legs to
force the male to desist. After separation, the male flew off while
the female remained or moved off 3 to 4 in., where she proceeded
to clean herself with her legs.
Oviposition Behavior
I was able to witness three females oviposit on separate oc-
casions. On one occasion the oviposition took place in the midst
of a downy chess grass (Bromus tectorum L.) area. The other acts
of multiple oviposition were performed in short grass areas as
follows: The female flies close to the ground, stopping every ten
seconds or so in an open space between grass clumps, apparently
to test the soil consistency;. To do this, she sweeps the area with a
sideways motion of her ovipositor. Upon finding a suitable loca-
tion, she proceeds to create a hole in the soil at the base of a grass
clump by sideways agitation of her ovipositor. The hole is dug
to a depth of 9 to 10 mm, her abdomen being buried in the sand
as far up as the posterior margin of the third abdominal segment.
The eggs are deposited and the ovipositor removed from the hole.
The ovipositor is then utilized to tamp down sand on the eggs and
April, 1963]
SPELLING EVANIID WASPS
107
to sweep the area clear, perhaps to remove signs of oviposition.
Sometimes the female does not fill the hole completely. The row
of spines at the apex of the ovipositor are ideal for digging and
sweeping the soft sand. The whole procedure usually required ap-
proximately four minutes, but on one occasion egg deposition re-
quired seven minutes.
A second clutch of eggs was laid by each female within 2 to 14
minutes. In the single instance where eggs were recovered, 12 eggs
were found in the first hole and six in the second, all 18 eggs having
been laid by one female. Examination of pregnant females re-
vealed that 16 to 18 eggs become fully developed in the ovaries at
any one time, thus supporting the view that no more than two
ovipositions are necessary to empty the ovaries.
The eggs are oval and creamy white. They range in size from
2.09 to 2.27 mm in length with an average of 2.18 mm. In width
they range from 0.64 to 0.73 mm with an average of 0.69 mm. They
were laid in groups, one on top of another, three to four to a
row, and cemented together, as shown in Figure 1.
The author wishes to express his appreciation to Dr. Charles
Martin, University of Oregon, for reading and criticizing this
manuscript.
Literature Cited
Bromley, Stanley W.
1931. New Asilidae with a revised key to the genus Stenopogon Loew:
(Diptera). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 24:427-435.
James, Maurice T.
1941. The robber flies of Colorado (Diptera, Asilidae). Jour. Kansas
Ent. Soc. 14(1-2) :27-53.
THE EVANIID WASPS OF CALIFORNIA
(Hymenoptera : Evaniidae)
Roy R. Snelling
T urlock, California
The discovery of a male specimen of Evaniella neomexicana
(Ashmead) collected in the desert region of California prompted
the author to search for additional representatives of this and other
evaniids from California. The fact that only three additional speci-
mens were located accentuates the rarity of these interesting para-
sites of roaches. To Mr. Gerald I. Stage of Berkeley, California,
I wish to express my gratitude for securing the specimens of E.
californica (Ashmead) which are recorded below.
108
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
Evaniella neomexicana (Ashmead)
Evania Neomexicana Ashmead, 1901. Can. Ent., 33:304.
Evaniella neomexicana Townes, 1949. U.S. Natl. Mus. Proc., 99:529-530.
This desert species has previously been known only from the
original two males collected many years ago by Cockerell at Las
Cruces, New Mexico. One of these, the lectotype designated by
Townes, was collected on September 9; the other specimen was
undated. A single male specimen was recovered from miscellaneous
materials taken in a Pink Bollworm Survey light trap placed at
Blythe, Riverside, County, California. The specimen was collected
on October 23, 1961, by Mr. K. L. Japport of the U. S. Department
of Agriculture, and is in the collection of the California Depart-
ment of Agriculture.
Evaniella californica (Ashmead)
Evania californica Ashmead, 1901. Can. Ent., 33:304.
Evaniella californica Townes, 1949. U.S. Natl. Mus. Proc., 99: 529, 530.
This species has previously been known only from the male
type collected at Natoma, Sacramento County, California, on July
7, 1895. Three additional specimens have been collected in Tu-
olumne County as follows: lcf, Tuolumne City, May 27, 1953
(B. L. Rozen) ; 1 $ , Twain Harte, June 25, 1961 (M. Lundgren) ;
1$, same locality, August 27, 1959 (D. Lundgren). The male
is the property of the California Insect Survey, and Mr. D. L.
Lundgren has consented to have one of the females placed there
also; the other specimen is being returned to Mr. Lundgren.
■ V *
The females agree quite well with the description of the male
as given by Townes, differing only in having the antennae some-
what shorter and stouter. No doubt assiduous collecting in the
Sierran foothills at moderate elevations could yield many more
specimens. The diversity of dates indicates that E. californica flies
from mid spring until late summer or early fall. The species should
be looked for in densely wooded areas, especially near streams, in
areas where considerable slash cuttings and dead logs are nearby.
April, 1963]
CHAPMAN AEDES IN NEVADA
109
OBSERVATIONS ON AEDES NIPHADOPSIS DYAR &
KNAB AND CAMPESTRIS DYAR & KNAB
IN NEVADA 1
( Diptera : Culicidae )
Harold C. Chapman
Entomology Research Division , Agricultural Research Service, U.S.D.A.
The writer has had considerable opportunities to observe these
vernal species in Nevada from 1959-61 since they fill the vacuum
or void that exists in Aedes mosquitoes between the first hint of
very early spring (January) to the first production of irrigation
mosquitoes in later April. Although a few investigators have writ-
ten on the biology and ecology of these two species, especially A.
campestris Dyar & Knab, some of the data do not agree with those
obtained in Nevada.
Aedes niphadopsis Dyar & Knab
This species is known from the great basin of Utah, southern
and central Idaho, southern Oregon, and eastern Nevada (Rees and
Collett 1954) (Carpenter and LaCasse 1955). Collections were
also made in Uinta County, Wyoming, by Roth and Eddy (unpub-
lished data 1960) of the Entomology Research Division, U.S. De-
partment of Agriculture. Richards et al. (1956) reported it in
Nevada from Esmeralda and Eureka Counties, and more recently
the writer found it very abundant in Churchill, Lyon, and Washoe
Counties but less prevalent in Douglas County. These counties are
more western than eastern.
Aedes niphadopsis Dyar and Knab is the first Aedes to appear
in the spring. Larvae were observed as early as January 13 and
the aquatic stages are usually present to mid-April. It has a single
generation each year and the length of the aquatic cycle usually
ranges from about four to six weeks depending on the tempera-
ture. In Utah the principal hatch begins in the middle of April and
is completed about the last of May (Rees and Collett 1954).
Breeding sites were moderate to highly alkaline pools, ponds,
seep areas, sinks, and lake margins in the valleys. Water from 108
suspected aquatic habitats of niphadopsis and campestris was ana-
lyzed for pH and total soluble salts. Aedes niphadopsis occurred
in 103 of those samples which possessed a mean pH of 7.9, rang-
1 In cooperation with the Nevada Agricultural Experiment Station, Reno, Nevada.
110
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
ing from 7. 1-9.3. The total soluble salts ranged from 1,250 to
49,350 ppm, with a mean of 11,781 ppm. A. niphadopsis was the
most prevalent species in 78 of the 108 potential breeding sites
examined. Associated species were A. campestris, dorsalis (Mei-
gen), and Culiseta inornata (Will.), especially the first species.
When A. niphadopsis, cam,pestris , and dorsalis occurred in the
same pool, niphadopsis larvae were generally in more advanced
instars and the adults emerged before the other species. The
aquatic stages of campestris invariably matured before those of
dorsalis.
Two adjacent sites contained no mosquito larvae but appar-
ently possessed adequate vegetation for egg deposition and larval
protection and had total soluble-salt readings of 67,200 and 71,680
ppm. Possibly these readings exceeded the tolerance of these ver-
nal mosquito species. In Utah, Rees and Collett (1954) reported
that A. niphadopsis occurred in waters with a pH ranging from
7. 1-8.2, with an average of 7.6, and in a salt concentration as high
as 10% by weight (100,000 ppm.). They also stated that it is a
persistent and vicious biter of domestic livestock, other animals,
and man. The writer has had very little success inducing nipha-
dopsis females to attack during the day in the field although tre-
mendous larval populations were present and adults were quite
abundant in the vegetation in the vicinity of their breeding sites.
The few females that did feed were collected in vials (20 mm in
diameter and 93 mm in length) and held for oviposition in the
laboratory at about 75° F., according to the technique of Barr and
Al-Azawi (1958) . They laid from 35-55 eggs per female.
Autogeny is herein reported for the first time for A. niphadop-
sis. Adults obtained from field collected pupae were retained in
cages (9 X 9 X 11 inches), supplied with sugar and honey water,
dried raisins, apple slices, and provided with absorbent cotton
and balls of cheesecloth moistened with water from their breeding
sites for oviposition. Distilled water and water from the breeding
sites were also provided in open dishes. Field populations were
checked for autogeny from three areas: Winnemucca Lake and
Gerlach in Washoe County and Hazen in Churchill County. A few
eggs were deposited, probably only from one individual, in the
several hundred mosquitoes from the Winnemucca Lake area. Al-
most 100 eggs were deposited by about 400 niphadopsis collected
in the Gerlach area. A much larger sample of pupae was collected
Aprtl, 1963]
CHAPMAN — AEDES IN NEVADA
111
from the Hazen area and many of the females deposited hundreds
of eggs both on the moistened absorbent cotton and the balls of
cheesecloth. Some eggs were also collected from open dishes of
water. Deposition started about 10 days following emergence. None
of these eggs hatched after being conditioned and subjected to a
hatching stimulus (one part of strained corn juice to 100 parts of
distilled water) .
The only report on the biology of niphadopsis states that “un-
der optimum laboratory conditions, with a mean temperature of
72° to 75° F., the length of time required to complete the life
cycle from first instar larvae to adult was 23 days. The length of
time spent in each of the first three larval stages was similar, ex-
tending slightly over 72 hours for each, while the fourth instar
larvae lasted approximately 10 days. The pupal stage required
approximately 72 hours.” (Reese and Collett 1954)
These data are not compatible with information obtained in
our Reno laboratory at about the same temperature (75° F.),
especially the stadium of the fourth-instar larva. Newly hatched
first-instar larvae were brought into the laboratory, supplied with
food, and reared in aerated water. The aquatic cycle from first-
instar larva to adult was completed in a minimum of 14 days. The
first three instars and the pupal stage each lasted 2-3 days, whereas
the fourth instar required 4-5 days.
Comb scales of niphadopsis are said to vary from 8-12, but
the writer has observed fourth-instar larvae with comb scales rang-
ing from 6 to 17. One or more apical pecten teeth are said always
to be detached and this character is usually used to delimit this
species in keys (Carpenter and LaCasse 1955, Stage et al. 1952).
Many larvae from Nevada do not have detached pecten teeth but
the pecten teeth in all specimens examined extended about one-
fourth the length of the siphon which is characteristic of this
species.
Aedes campestris Dyar & Knab
This species has a much wider distribution than its congener
A. niphadopsis and is known from Canada, Alaska, Colorado,
Idaho, Iowa, Michigan, Minnesota, Montana, Nebraska, North
Dakota, Oregon, South Dakota, Texas, Utah, Washington, Wiscon-
sin, and Wyoming (Carpenter and LaCasse 1955). In Nevada
112
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
Richards et al. (1956) reported it from Churchill, Mineral, Nye,
and White Pine Counties. In addition, the writer has found it in
Douglas, Elko, Eureka, Lyon, and Washoe Counties; abundant
larval and adult populations were observed in Churchill, Lyon, and
Washoe Counties.
Although larvae of campestris were observed as early as Febru-
ary 5, the main brood occurs in March and April. Adults emerge
in late April and May. Companion species were niphadopsis, dor-
salis, and Culiseta inornata. Breeding sites were the same as those
enumerated for niphadopsis. Of the 108 suspected breeding sites,
campestris was present in 61 among which the pH of the water
ranged from 7. 1-9.1, with a mean of 7.9. The total soluble salts of
these samples ranged from 1,250 to 30,720 ppm, with a mean of
10,352 ppm. Aedes campestris breeding was absent in six areas
with total soluble salts in excess of 31,000 ppm and which con-
tained larvae of niphadopsis. Aedes campestris was the dominant
species in only 21 of the 108 samples and dorsalis predominated
in the remaining 9 sites.
Biting adults of campestris are very annoying in the vicinity of
their breeding grounds and are both diurnal and noctural pests
of man and animals. Numerous specimens of both sexes visited
the blossoms of wild radish (Raphanus sativus L.) and horse
brush (T etradymia glabrata Gray) during mid-day.
With the exception of a report by Rempel (1953), who men-
tions a possible second brood in Saskatchewan, and McGregor and
Eads (1943), who recorded multiple generations in Texas, most
investigators believe campestris to be a univoltine species (Rees
1943, Owen and Gerhardt 1957, Barr 1958). In 3 years the writer
has collected campestris larvae in Nevada only twice, other than
in the spring. A few larvae were collected once in early December
and a large brood of campestris and dorsalis were observed in
several large alkaline areas in June following an unusual summer
storm which deposited over an inch of precipitation. These areas
had produced first a large brood of niphadopsis in March and
then campestris in May after which the areas dried up in late May.
Although it is possible that some of the campestris eggs that
hatched in June were eggs from the year before that failed to
hatch during the first spring flooding, the writer believes the pre-
ponderance of the June brood was derived from eggs laid by the
April, 1963]
CHAPMAN AEDES IN NEVADA
113
preceding spring generation. Although the areas contained many
eggs of niphadopsis, no larvae were collected during June.
In 1961 biting campestris females were field collected in vials
as described for niphadopsis and retained in the laboratory for
oviposition at about 75° F. and 65% relative humidity. Ten fe-
males oviposited 5-10 days after a blood meal. The number of eggs
per female ranged from 120-330, with a mean of 269. One female
fed a second time and laid a second batch of 179 eggs. Approxi-
mately one day after oviposition eggs were placed on moist filter
paper in petri dishes. Twenty eggs from each of eight females
were subjected to a hatching stimulus (as described for nipha-
dopsis ) when approximately one-week-old and 53% hatched. Simi-
lar tests with 20 three-week-old eggs from each of 10 females re-
sulted again in a 53% hatch. Up to 95% of the eggs from some fe-
males hatched and the total hatching percentage would have been
much higher except for the very few numbers that hatched from
three females each time. Similar hatching results were obtained in
1960. These results indicate that although campestris is actually a
multivoltine species, it usually behaves as a univoltine species in
Nevada because of ecological and climatological conditions. For
example, there may be a lack of precipitation and the breeding sites
may be flooded only once a year in the winter or early spring; or
the sites may remain inundated the year around with enough fluc-
tuation of water along the shoreline to stimulate egg hatching of
both campestris and niphadopsis.
The aquatic cycle of campestris from first-instar larva to adult
was completed in a minimum of 11 days in the laboratory at about
75° F.
Several thousand pupae were collected from Hazen in Churchill
County and reared (as described for niphadopsis) in a cage
(12 X 12 X 18 inches). Hundreds of autogenous eggs were de-
posited begining 10 days following emergence. The eggs were laid
singly and in groups on absorbent cotton, balls of cheese cloth, and
on brown paper toweling, in petri dishes, all of which were kept
moist with water from breeding areas. No eggs were deposited in
open dishes of distilled water, contrary to observations reported
by Beckel (1955) in Canada. No hatching of autogenously pro-
duced eggs was noted.
114
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
Literature Cited
Barr, A. R.
1958. The mosquitoes of Minnesota (Diptera:Culicidae:Culicinae) .
Univ. Minn. Agric. Exp. Sta. Tech. Bull. 228. 154 pp.
Barr, A. R., and A. Al-Azawi
1958. Notes on the oviposition and the hatching of Aedes and Psoro-
phora mosquitoes (Diptera-Culcidae) . Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull.,
39(6): 263-73.
Becicel, W. E.
1955. Oviposition site preference of Aedes mosquitoes (Culicidae) in
the laboratory. Mosquito News, 15(4) : 224-28.
Carpenter, S. J., and W. J. LaCasse
1955. Mosquitoes of North America. Univ. Calif. Press. 360 pp.
McGregor, T., and R. B. Eads
1943. Mosquitoes of Texas. Jour. Econ. Ent. 36: 938-40.
Owen, W. B., and R. W. Gerhardt
1957. The mosquitoes of Wyoming. Univ. Wyoming Publications.
21(3). 141 pp.
Rees, D. M.
1943. The mosquitoes of Utah. Bull. Univ. Utah 33. 99 pp.
Rees, D. M., and Glen C. Collett
1954. The biology of Aedes niphadopsis Dyar and Knab (Diptera,
Culicidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 56(4): 207-14.
Rempel, J. G.
1953. The mosquitoes of Saskatchewan. Canadian Jour. Zoology, 31:
433-509.
Richards, C. S., L. T. Ntelsen, and D. M. Rees
1956. Mosquito records from the Great Basin and the drainage of the
lower Colorado River. Mosquito News, 16(1) : 10-7.
Stage, H. H., C. M. Gjullin, and W. W. Yates
1952. Mosquitoes of the Northwestern States. U.S. Dept. Agric. Hand-
book 46. 95 pp.
RELEASES OF RECENTLY IMPORTED INSECT PARASITES
AND PREDATORS IN CALIFORNIA, 1960-61
C. A. Fleschner
University of California Citrus Research Center and Agricultural
Experiment Station, Riverside
The following list, reporting the first field release of certain
imported species of parasites and predators by the Department of
Biological Control, supplements preceding biennial reports be-
April, 1963]
FLESCHER — PARASITES RELEASES
115
ginning with the years 1952-53. The year ol first release is 1961
unless otherwise indicated.
The releases of weed-feeding insects were conducted in cooper-
ation with the Entomology Research Division, United States De-
partment of Agriculture.
The species listed in the 1958-59 report as Aphytis n. sp.
(Israel), has since been described as Aphytis holoxanthus DeBach.
Area or County
Host and Parasites or Predators
Origin
of Release
Aphis cossypii Glover
Aphelinus “T”
Taiwan
Orange
San Bernardino
Aphelinus gossypii Timberlake
India
Lake
Orange
Riverside
San Benito
San Diego
Lernnia per sonata (Weise)
Taiwan
Riverside
Propylea japonica (Thunberg)
Taiwan
San Bernardino
Trioxys communis Gahan
Taiwan
Riverside
Aphis spiraecola Patch
Aphelinus “T”
Taiwan
Riverside
San Diego
Lernnia per sonata (Weise)
Taiwan
Riverside
San Bernardino
Lernnia swinlioei Crotch
Taiwan
Riverside
San Bernardino
Nesomicromus navigatorum, (Brauer)
India
Riverside
Propylea japonica (Thunberg)
Taiwan
Riverside
Trioxys angelicae (Haliday)*
Israel
Riverside
Aphis helianthi Monell
Lernnia personata (Weise)
Taiwan
San Bernardino
Lernnia swinhoei Crotch
Taiwan
San Bernardino
Chkomaphis juglandicola (Kaltenbach)
Lernnia personata (Weise)
Taiwan
Contra Costa
Lernnia swinhoei Crotch
Taiwan
Contra Costa
Myzus persicae (Sulzer)
Aphelinus flavipes Kurdjiamor*
Iran
Riverside
Praon volucre myzophagum
Mackauer*
Israel
Imperial
Orange
Riverside
San Diego
Santa Barbara
Macrosiphum rosae (Linnaeus)
Ephedrus japonicus Ashmead
Taiwan
Riverside
116
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
Chaitophorus sp.
Propylea japonica (Thunberg)
Taiwan
San Diego
aIonidiella aurantii (Maskell)
Aphytis coheni DeBach*
Israel
General
Aphytis sp. (africanus, ms. name)
So. Africa
Imperial
San Bernardino
Ventura
Chilocorus infernalis Mulsant
India
Riverside
Ventura
Chilocorus hauseri (Weise)
India
Riverside
Aonidiella citrina (Coquillett)
Aphytis sp. ( africanus , ms. name)
So. Africa
Tulare
Aphytis coheni DeBach
Israel
Tulare
ChrVsomphalus dictyospermi (Morgan)
Aphytis coheni DeBach*
Israel
Ventura
Amorbia essigana Busck
Trichogramma pallidum Meyer*
U.S.S.R.
San Diego
Hypera brunneipennis (Boheman)
Habrocytus sp.*
Iran
Riverside
Patasson sp.*
Iran
Imperial
Riverside
San Diego
Rhacoleitis cingulata (Loew)
Opius ferrugineus Gahan
Moorestown,
N.J.
Siskiyou
Tetranychid and Eriophyiid Mites
Typhlodromus rickeri Chant
India
Orange
Riverside
San Diego
Santa Barbara
Ventura
Typhlodromus aerialis (Muma)
India
San Diego
Opuntia spp.
Olycella junctolineella (Hulst)
Texas
Santa Cruz
Island
Tribulus terrestris Linnaeus
Microlarinus lareynii. (Duval)
Italy
Kern
Los Angeles
Riverside
San Joaquin
Stanislaus
Microlarinus lypriformis (Wollaston)
Ttaly
Fresno
Madera
Riverside
Tulare
* First release marie in I960.
April, 1963]
COOK — CLEAR LAKE GNAT
117
TOPOGRAPHIC ANALYSIS OF THE CLEAR LAKE
GNAT PROBLEM
Sherburne F. Cook, Jr.
Lake County Mosquito Abatement District
Lakeport, California
For many years the people of Lake County, California, have
endured the nuisance arising from the summer emergence of
myriads of the non-biting gnats Chaoborus astictopus Dyar &
Shannon (Diptera: Culicidae: Chaoborinae) from Clear Lake.
The question has frequently been posed as to why there is such a
serious gnat problem at Clear Lake and not in other confined waters
of Northern California, where this species occurs. There follows
an attempt to answer this question and to suggest the most prob-
able cause of the problem in Clear Lake.
Chaoborus astictopus is classified as a typically profundal, bot-
tom dwelling organism closely related to other species associated
with many of the world’s lakes and reservoirs (Muttkowski, 1918;
Juday, 1921; Eggleton, 1932; Herms, 1937, 1938; Brundin, 1949;
Sublette, 1957 ) . Generally, the life histories of the gnats are quite
similar. Eggs are laid offshore on the water where they hatch in a
day or two either on the surface, if the egg is afloat, or on the bot-
tom, if the egg has sunk. Early instar larvae are pelagic and free
swimming, forming a part of the plankton, whereas third and
fourth instar larvae migrate to the deeper waters where they enter
the benthic mud, coming out mostly at night to feed in the open
water (Juday, 1921; Eggleton, 1932; Berg, 1937; Lindquist and
Deonier, 1943; Wood, 1953, 1956).
This appears to be the general picture for C. astictopus in Clear
Lake. The eggs are laid on open water in the evenings. During the
night, if calm weather prevails, the eggs form great drifts, several
yards wide and several hundred yards long. Estimates of the num-
bers of eggs have ranged up to 10 million per square foot in drifts
as large as 200 acres (Lindquist and Deonier, 1942b). The young
larvae become free swimming and generally disperse throughout
the entire lake. Late instar larvae are rather evenly distributed in
bottom samples. The gnats overwinter as larvae with emergence
commencing in late April and continuing into July, when a second
generation is already starting to appear. Heavy flights then con-
tinue through the summer with some gnats present into October
(Lindquist and Deonier, 1942a). Unlike Chaoborus punctipennis
118
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
Say and Chaoborus flavicans Meigen in less temperate waters, C.
astictopus is suspected of producing as many as three overlapping
generations per year (Lindquist and Deonier, 1942a). The former
two species, when living in more northern latitudes, apparently
are largely univoltine, although Miller (1941) reported two gen-
erations of C. punctipennis in Lake Costello of the Algonquin Park
lakes in Ontario, Canada, and Muttkowski (1918) suspected two
generations from Lake Mendota, Wisconsin.
After emergence it is evident that the gnats move shoreward,
since there is a general concentration of individuals along the en-
tire shore line, with only random local variation. Whether this
migration is due to some flight orientation process is unknown.
Inland from the shore margins, adults decrease rapidly in num-
bers, although individual gnats have been found several miles from
their source.
There has been little in the literature indicating a serious prob-
lem arising from chaoborids, except at Clear Lake. Most gnat and
midge problems of a similar nature are the result of chironomids.
Juday (1922) mentions great chaoborid flights from Lake Men-
dota, Wisconsin, but refers to no economic problem. Berg (1937)
mentions the great breeding swarms of Chaoborus flavicans (as
Corethra flavicans) that last from early July to early August in
Esrom Lake, Denmark, but he also attaches no economic signifi-
cance to these flights. Perhaps the residents along the lake shores
in Wisconsin and Denmark are more tolerant because of the
shorter duration of the flights, or perhaps they are simply more
tolerant of insects and have learned to live with them. In any case,
the larval counts per unit of bottom area in the latter lakes have
been found comparable to those in Clear Lake.
Regardless of the potential menace of the gnats elsewhere, the
problem becomes particularly acute with a body of water the size
of Clear Lake. The reason is deduced as a corollary of the simple
principle that, as a circle enlarges, the circumference increases as
the first power (2-7rr) and the area as the square ( 7rr 2 ) of the
radius. Although lakes are rarely circular, nevertheless as a first
approximation it may be stated that as the average diameter be-
comes greater the area increases faster than the shore line. This
theorem may be applied to the inland waters of California with
particular reference to the gnat problem.
April, 1963]
COOK CLEAR LAKE GNAT
119
Clear Lake is located in north-central California in the inner
Coast Range at an elevation of about 1,340 feet. Typical of this
part of the state, the winters are cool with an average rainfall of
about 25 inches and the summers are long, dry, and hot. The lake
itself averages about 42,000 surface acres with variations from
40,000 to 44,000, and is very shallow: 30 feet maximum in the
upper portion with spots as deep as 50 feet in the two arms. As
a result of this shallowness, the lake has no actual thermocline and
is extremely eutrophic and rich. The bottom becomes very homog-
eneous a short distance from the littoral zone and is comprised
of an extremely soft and highly organic ooze. On the whole, con-
ditions appear close to optimal for C. astictopus.
In terms of gnat populations Clear Lake can be divided into
three parts: The large upper or northern part, and the southwest
and southeast arms (Fig. 1). The influence of gnats arising from
any one of the three parts on the populations of the other areas
may be considered negligible. The three parts may therefore be
regarded as separate populations for the sake of this discussion.
From Table 1 it is seen that the upper part contains 32,900 surface
acres and only 36 miles of shore line. Hence, if we assume adult
distribution to be reasonably uniform it follows that the gnats
concentrated along each mile of shore line will have been derived
from 914 acres of lake surface. This ratio of lake surface area to
shore line is very much greater than that of any other body of
water in this region where chaoborids are known to occur. The
southwest arm has 318 acres per mile of shore line and the south-
east arm has 231 acres per mile of shore (Table 1). If larval
Fig. 1. Clear Lake, California, with lines dividing lake into large upper
portion and southeast (upper right) and southwest (lower right) arms.
120
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
counts per unit of bottom were equal the southwest arm could not
have more than 35 per cent the number of gnats per shore line
mile and the southeast arm 25 per cent the number of gnats per
mile of shore as that of upper Clear Lake. Regular monthly bottom
samples, however, for the three areas of Clear Lake demonstrate
larval counts in the two arms to be consistently less than the upper
part. Although it might be difficult to convince some of the resi-
dents along the shores of the two arms, there is little doubt that
the problem in these areas is not as acute as around the upper
portion of the lake.
By similar means, other lakes in the region have been com-
pared with upper Clear Lake. As can be seen in Table 1, if all
other conditions were as favorable for the gnat as those of upper
Clear Lake, and larval counts were comparable, no body of water
in the area should encounter the problem that exists here. This is
not to say that a serious economic problem could not arise from
an infestation far less than that of upper Clear Lake, as those resi-
dents along the lower arms will attest. Larval counts comparable
to upper Clear Lake have been found in Upper Blue Lake, whereas
larval densities up to twice as high have been taken in Laurel Dell.
Table 1. — Sizes of various California lakes and reservoirs
with the ratio of surface acres to miles of shore line ex-
pressed as a percent of that of upper Clear Lake.
Lake
Upper Clear
Lake
Surface Area
(Acres)
32,900
Shore Line
(Miles)
36
Surface Acres
Per Mile of
Shore Line
914
Ratio Percent
to Upper Clear
Lake
100
S.E. Arm
Lower C.L.
3,468
15
231
25
S.W. Arm
Lower C.L.
7,635
24
318
35
19,300
169
114
12
Berryessa
(14,000) *
(36)*
(390)*
(43)*
Mendocino
1,956
14.5
135
15
Laurel Dell
(Lower Blue)
46
1.7
27
2.9
Upper Blue
104
3.1
33
3.6
2,325
23
101
11
Pillsbury
(1,900) *
(13) *
(146) *
(16)*
* Corrected figures (see text)
April, 1963]
COOK CLEAR LAKE GNAT
121
Although quantitative data on gnat flights are lacking, local resi-
dents along these nearby bodies of water disclaim any significant
gnat problem. Observational comparisons of gnats around lights
on the shores of these two lakes with those of Clear Lake demon-
strate a ratio percent similar to that calculated in Table 1.
Highly irregular shore lines, of course, considerably increase
distances in relation to the surface area. A good example is Lake
Berryessa (Fig. 2), a recently constructed reservoir (1958). Due
to the many extensive coves and backed up creeks, a strict surface
to shore line ratio would be misleading. As with Clear Lake, dif-
ferent populations may be arbitrarily recognized based upon the
shore line most likely to be influenced by specific parts of the lake.
Those gnats emerging from the main body of the lake are not
likely to have much influence upon the shore line well up into the
coves. Consequently, arbitrary corrections have been made in an
attempt to evaluate conditions more realistically. For this purpose
four of the largest coves have been hypothetically eliminated (see
lines drawn across the mouths of coves in Fig. 2), and the remain-
ing shore line treated as smooth. This procedure yields a corrected
value of 43 percent for Lake Berryessa (Table 1). Similarly, the
value for Lake Pillsbury is raised from 11 to 16 per cent.
There are obviously many conditions that will bear upon and
perhaps bias the foregoing calculations. The first, and perhaps
the most significant from an economic standpoint, involves the
Fig'. 2. Lake Berryessa, California, with lines separating main body from
extensive coves.
122
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
uniformity of adult distributions around the shore line and the
factors which could influence it. Westerly winds prevail at Clear
Lake during the summer months, especially in the afternoon and
early evening when the gnats emerge. These winds are not as regu-
lar or strong as the westerlies closer to the coast. Nevertheless they
evidently have some effect upon the gnats since the eastern shore
of upper Clear Lake appears to have the highest concentrations
of adults. C. astictopus is known to be highly phototrophic, a fact
of primary importance. Just what general influence this could have
in attracting gnats to the artificially lighted settlements and towns
is not known with certainty. However, during gnat flights great
numbers can be attracted to light traps anywhere along the shore
line. Hence, this response could be a significant factor influencing
the concentration of gnats to point sources of illumination scat-
tered along the shore.
Irregularities in the shore line are also a factor that could in-
fluence gnat concentrations provided that the gnats tended to settle
on the first solid objects encountered after flying off the lake. Thus,
the gnats would tend to concentrate on the most exposed headlands.
This sometimes appears to occur, especially where trees grow along
the shore. Yet such concentrations are difficult to evaluate, especi-
ally through short distances, because the gnats appear rather
generally distributed at least several hundred yards inland from
the lake and are sometimes found in moderate numbers up to a
mile inland. This phenomenon, to be sure, is most readily observed
where there is flat country inland off the lake. Where the hills come
down to the shore abruptly, as on parts of the eastern side, there
probably will not be as much of the inland dispersion as occurs on
the western shore. The confinement to narrower stretches of beach
on the eastern side may also be a factor causing the number of
gnats to be greater on that shore.
Despite these influences, and likely many others, as long as
there is an obligatory movement by emerging gnats toward the
shore lines, the numbers that arrive on the shores must be a func-
tion of the numbers that develop in the lake. If this ratio of surface
or bottom acres to miles of shore line is great, more gnats can be
expected around the circumference of the lake than if the ratio is
small, even though larval counts per unit area and environmental
conditions are comparable,
April, 1963]
COOK CLEAR LAKE GNAT
123
With the constantly increasing numbers of reservoirs through-
out this state and elsewhere, there has been increasing concern
over the possible creation of new gnat problems. Up to the present
no gnat problem has developed in this part of the country as serious
as that at Clear Lake. By using Clear Lake as an index to maximum
infestation, it is possible, by the method described, to predict the
infestation of other bodies of water in terms of a percentage of
that found at Clear Lake. By so doing perhaps potential future
problems can be partially anticipated.
Literature Cited
Berg, K.
1937. Contributions to the biology of Corethra Meigen (Chaoborus
Lichtenstein). D. Kgl. Danske Vidensk, Selsk. Biol. Medd. XIII,
11:101 pp.
1938. Studies on the bottom animals of Esrom Lake. D. Kgl. Danske
Vidensk. Selsk. Skrifter, Natur. og Math. Afd., 9 Raekke, VIII:
255 pp.
Brundin, L.
1949. Chironomiden und andere Bodentiere der sudschvedischen Urge-
birgseen. (Chironomids and other bottom animals of the oligo-
trophic lakes in South Sweden). Inst, of freshwater Res., Fish-
ery Board of Sweden, Drottningholm, report no. 30:915 pp.
Eggleton, F. E.
1932. Limnetic distribution and migration of Corethra larvae in two
Michigan lakes. Papers Mich. Acad. Sci., Arts and letters, XV,
1931:361—388.
Herms, W. B.
1937.
JUDAY, C.
1921.
The Clear Lake Gnat. Calif. Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull., 607:1 — 22.
Observations on the larvae of Corethra punctipennis Say. Biol.
Bull., 40:271—278.
JUDAY, C.
1922. Quantitative studies of the bottom fauna of the deeper waters of
Lake Mendota. Wise. Acad. Sci., 20:461 — 493.
Lindquist, A. W. and C. Df.onier
1942a. Emergence habits of the Clear Lake Gnat. J. Kansas Ent. Soc.,
15:109—120.
1942b. Flight and oviposition habits of the Clear Lake Gnat. J. Econ.
Ent., 35:411-415.
1943. Seasonal abundance and distribution of larvae of the Clear Lake
Gnat. Jour. Kansas Ent. Soc., 16:143-149.
Miller, R. B.
1941. Some observations on Chaoborus punctipennis Say (Diptera,
Culicidae). Canad, Ent. 73:37-39.
124
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
Muttkowski, R. A.
1918. The fauna of Lake Mendota. A qualitative and quantitative sur-
vey with special reference to the insects. Wise. Acad. Sci., Arts
and Letters Trans., 19:375-482.
Sublette, J. E.
1957. The ecology of the macroscopic bottom fauna in Lake Texoma
(Denison Reservoir)-, Oklahoma and Texas. Amer. Midi. Nat.,
57:371-402.
Wood, K. G.
19$3. The bottom fauna of Louisa and Redrock Lakes, Algonquin Park,
Ontario. Trans. Amer. Fish Soc., 82:203-212.
1956. Ecology of Chaoborus (Diptera :Culicidae) in an Ontario Lake.
Ecology, 37 :629-643.
DISTRIBUTIONAL AND FOOD PLANT RECORDS IN THE
CYANIPENNIS SUBGROUP OF THE GENUS LYTTA
(Coleoptera: Meloidae)
Richard B. Selander 1 and John C. Downey 2
The Cyanipennis Subgroup of the genus Lytta Fabricius is
composed of three morphologically similar species of blister
beetles found in western North America. The most widely distrib-
uted of these, Lytta nuttalli Say, occurs in sympatry with the
others, L. cyanipennis (LeConte) and L. viridana LeConte, which
are apparently allopatric in distribution. Each of these species has
been found feeding in the adult stage on a variety of legumes, but
at the time of Selander’s (1960) study of the genus Lytta, only
L. cyanipennis had been recorded from the genus Lupinus.
In the course of a field investigation of Plebejus (Icaricia)
icarioides (Boisduval), a lycaenid butterfly closely associated with
Lupinus, Downey has had the opportunity of observing adults of
all species of the Cyanipennis Subgroup feeding on flowers and
seed pods of Lupinus at several localities in the western United
States. Records of these observations are reported in this paper,
together with a few records from other sources.
Lytta nuttalli Say
A series of 15 specimens was collected 12 miles south of Jacob
Lake, 8800 feet, Coconino County, Arizona, July 2, 1961, on
Lupinus barbiger Watson. The beetles were feeding in great num-
bers.
1 Department of Entomology, University of Illinois, Urbana.
2 Department of Zoology, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale.
April, 1963]
SELANDER & DOWNEY LYTTA
125
Concerning the distribution of Lytta nuttalli, attention should
be called to a record (as Cantharis nuttalli) from Fort Dodge,
Iowa, published by Wickham (1911). This is the only record of
the species from Iowa; it was overlooked by Selander (1960).
Lytta cyanipennis (LeConte)
Four new records of this species were obtained by Downey,
as follows: Red Canyon, 7475 feet, near Hebgen Reservoir, Gal-
latin County, Montana, July 5, 1960, on Lupinus sericeus Pursh
(6 specimens) ; Galena Summit, 8500 feet, Blaine County, Idaho,
July 1, 1960, on Lupinus arbustus calcaratus (Kellogg) Dunn (42
specimens) ; 20 miles north of Vernal, 8200 feet, Uintah County,
Utah, June 18, 1960, on Lupinus caudatus Kellogg (3 specimens) ;
2 miles south of Snake River Entrance to Yellowstone National
Park, 6750 feet, Teton County, Wyoming, July 5, 1960, on Lupinus
argenteus Pursh (3 specimens). In addition, we have a record of
14 specimens collected by Dr. G. F. Edmunds, Jr., at Mountain
Dell, near the summit of Big Mountain (summit at 8263 feet),
Salt Lake County, Utah, on Lathy rus sp.
From a distributional viewpoint, the record from north of
Vernal, Utah, is of interest because it extends the known range
of the species eastward into the Uintah Mountains, within a few
miles of the eastern border of the state. The specimens from the
Uintah Mountains are like those from the Wasatch Mountains of
Utah described by Selander (1960) with regard to the form of the
hind trochanters. As expected, the specimens from Idaho and
Montana exhibit the typical spined (male) or distinctly angulate
(female) condition of the hind trochanters, while those from
Wyoming show an intermediate development of this character.
The undetermined species of Lupinus recorded by Selander
(1960) as a food plant of Lytta cyanipennis in the Wasatch Moun-
tains of Utah (Alta and Brighton) has now been identified as
Lupinus spathulatus Rydberg. This plant is a close relative of
L. argenteus, which is recorded above as a food source of this
same species of beetle in Wyoming. At the Wyoming locality
Lupinus sericeus (the food plant in Montana) occurred with L.
argenteus, but specimens of Lytta cyanipennis were found only
on the latter species. Since so few specimens are involved, no con-
clusion regarding food plant preference is warranted. The possi-
bility of such a preference is an interesting one, however, and
deserves investigation.
126
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
Lytta viridana LeConte
Three new records of this species are available. The first is
based on eight specimens collected 9 miles west of Encampment,
8700 feet, Carbon County, Wyoming, July 9, 1960, on Lupinus
alpestris A. Nelson. This record, the third for the species in Wyo-
ming, severely narrows the distributional gap between Lytta viri-
dana and L. cyanipennis . The latter species has been recorded from
Carbon County, Wyoming, at Como and Saratoga". The new
locality for L. viridana is in the Sierra Madre Mountains at a
point about 20 miles south-southwest of Saratoga. Since both
Como and Saratoga are at elevations considerably lower than the
locality in the Sierra Madre Mountains, it is conceivable that
the two species are at least partially isolated by altitudinal differ-
ences. It should be pointed out, however, that we really do not
know precisely where and at what elevations the specimens of
L. cyanipennis labeled as from Como and Saratoga were taken.
As intimated below, it is unlikely that L. virdana and L. cyanipen-
nis are isolated by food plant differences, especially in view of the
fact that the food plant of L. viridana in the Sierra Madre Moun-
tains is very closely related to Lupinus argenteus, a known food
plant of Lytta cyanipennis.
The second new record of L. viridana is from Caribou, 8800
feet, Boulder County, Colorado, June 16, 1960. At this locality 8
specimens were collected from an unidentified species of the
Lupinus argenteus complex.
The third record was obtained for us by Dr. William R. Hors-
fall, who found adults of Lytta viridana in a wet mountain meadow
6 miles west of Estes Park, 8500 feet, Larimer County, Colorado,
July 5, 1961, feeding on the flowers of Iris missouriensis Nuttall.
Radford (1959) previously recorded L. viridana from this species
of plant in Arizona. These are the only records of this blister
beetles from Iridaceae known to us.
Discussion
Distributional and ecological data available on the blister
beetles of the Cyanipennis Subgroup of Lytta suggest several
problems of evolutionary significance. Adults of the three species
are active at the same time of the year. Their habitats, if not
3 Wyoming localities were omitted from the list of records of L. cyanipennis published by
Selander (1960), although the localities were indicated on the distributional map. These
localities are as follows: Wyoming: Como, 1; Granite Creek and Jenny Lake, Grand Teton
National Park, May, July, August, 5; Saratoga, June, 5; Yellowstone National Park, 34
(20 in July).
April, 1963]
SELANDER & DOWNEY LYTTA
127
identical, are at least broadly overlapping. At present there is no
record of actual sympatry between L. cyanipennis and L. viridana,
but distributional data pre:ented in this paper indicate that the
populations are in contact. Finally, as discussed below, the beetles
do not show the degree of specificity to food plants that would
suggest either a means of significant reduction of interspecific
competition or a basis for interspecific isolation.
At present there is nothing in what we know of the ecological
relationships of Lytta cyanipennis and L. viridana to explain why
these species are allopatric with each other while at the same time
Lytta nuttalli is broadly sympatric with both of them. The answer
to this problem is possibly to be found in the larval ecology. Per-
haps L. cyanipennis and L. viridana have mutually exclusive ranges
because of a competitive relationship involving the same larval
hosts, while L. nuttalli has a broader range of larval hosts or a
different set of hosts and is therefore able to coexist with the other
species despite the possibility of some competition for adult food.
All three species of blister beetles utilize food plants of several
genera. Both Lytta nuttalli and L. cyanipennis are known to feed
on Vicia and cultivated beans; both L. nuttalli and L. viridana are
recorded from Cnemidophacos pectinatus (Hooker) Rydberg,
Diholcos bisulcatus (Hooker) Rydberg, and species of Caragana ;
and it is probable that both L. cyanipennis and L. viridana feed
on Lathyrus 4 . In addition, each of the species is recorded in this
paper from Lupinus. Within the genus Lupinus , no species has
been recorded as a food plant of more than one species of Lytta,
but it has been determined that members of a species complex
of Lupinus may be utilized by more than one species of beetle.
Thus, both Lytta nuttalli and L. cyanipennis are recorded from the
Lupinus sericeus complex (involving L. sericeus and L. barbiger)
and both Lytta cyanipennis and L. viridana are recorded from the
Lupinus argenteus complex (involving L. argenteus, L. spathulatus,
and L. alpestris) . Each of these complexes consists of closely re-
lated forms, the exact taxonomic status of which is questionable;
some of them now given specific names may prove to be conspe-
cific. At any rate, in view of the relatively wide range of food
plants utilized by the individual species of the Cyanipennis Sub-
group of Lytta, it seems unlikely that closely related forms of
4 Lytta viridana has been recorded from “peavine,” which is probably a reference to a
species of Latliyrus . The occurrence of L. cyanipennis on Lathyrus is confirmed in the
present paper.
128
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
Lupinus are differentiated sufficiently so as to provide a basis for
interspecific isolation among the beetles feeding upon them.
With regard to interspecific isolating mechanisms operative
within the Cyanipennis Subgroup, the finding of hybrids between
L. nuttalli and L. viridana in Canada (Selander, 1960) suggests
that genetic incompatibility may not be a critical factor. Unfor-
tunately we do not know if these hybrids are fertile or how they
compare adaptively with their parents. On the other hand, inter-
specific morphological differences between adult beetles involve
almost without exception modifications of structural parts (an-
tennae, legs, abdominal sterna) known to function importantly
in the courtship and mating activities of one of the species ( Lytta
cyanipennis) and many other blister beetles. Thus we are led to
believe that the species of the subgroup may be isolated by be-
havioral differences.
Addendum
New records obtained after the present paper was submitted
for publication demonstrate that Lupinus sericeus, recorded above
as a food plant of Lytta cyanipennis , is also utilized by the other
two species of the Cyanipennis Subgroup. In South Dakota (4
miles north of Moon, 6950 feet, Pennington County), on June 27,
1962, Downey collected 6 specimens of Lytta nuttalli and 18 of L.
viridana on Lupinus sericeus var. egglestonianus C. P. Smith. Two
days later, in Wyoming (1 mile north of Sundance, 5075 feet,
Crook County), he took 25 specimens of Lytta nuttalli from this
same variety of Lupinus. The record of Lytta viridana is the first
from the state of South Dakota.
An additional record of interest was obtained for us by Mr.
Hugh B. Leech, who on August 15, 1962, collected 4 specimens of
Lytta nuttalli on a ridge above Red Lake, 11,200 feet, Virginia
Lakes, Mono County, California. The beetles were feeding on Lep-
todactylon pungens (Torrey) Nuttall, a species of Polemoniaceae.
Acknowledgments
We are grateful to Dr. David B. Dunn, Curator, University of
Missouri Herbarium, for identification of the lupines herein re-
corded. Pressed specimens of each of these lupines have been de-
posited with Dr. Dunn.
This study was supported by grants G-9024 (Downey) and
G-18631 (Selander) from the National Science Foundation.
April, 1963]
TAYLOR — LEAF-CUTTER BEE
129
Literature Cited
Radford, K. W.
1959. A new locality record for Lytta viridana LeConte. Coleopterists’
Bull., 13:35.
Selander, R. B.
1960. Bionomics, systematics, and phylogeny of Lytta, a genus of blister
beetles ( Coleoptera, Meloidae). Illinois Biol. Mongr., 28:1-295.
Wickham, H. F.
1911. A list of the Coleoptera of Iowa. Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. State Univ.
Iowa, 6(2) :l-40.
NOTES ON THE LEAF-CUTTER BEE MEGACHILE
(EUTRICHARAEA) GRATIOSA GERSTAECKER
( Hymenoptera : Megachilidae)
J. S. Taylor
Port Elizabeth , South Africa
Four species of small solitary bees have occupied artificial nest
sites at Port Elizabeth. The leaf-cutter. Megachile (Eutricharaea)
gratiosa Gerstaecker and the megachilid Heriades jreygessneri
Schletterer, have been the most numerous inhabitants. The latter
species is the subject of another paper now in press.
The artificial nests have been described elsewhere, and it is
sufficient to mention here that M. gratiosa readily used glass vials
or tubes of two sizes, three inches by three-tenths of an inch and
one inch by one-fifth of an inch respectively. It was found, how-
ever, that nests in glass vials tended to become mouldy through
the “sweating” of the leaf fragments used in nest construction.
Although some bees were successfully reared in them, many died
in the developmental stages. The fact that the larger tubes were
open at both ends did not seem to help. Paper cylinders of the
same dimensions were substituted for the larger vials and these
have been most successful. Unfortunately, however, it was impos-
sible to observe progress in the paper cylinders. Rearing tubes
made of cellophane and liberally punctured with pin holes were
an improvement in this respect, but the cellophane was found to
be somewhat flimsy. Cylinders made of celluloid are now being
used with fair success. In a recent paper Stephen (1961) describes
how milk straws were used for the mass production of Megachile
( Eutricharaea ) rotundata (Fabricius) in the Pacific Northwest,
and it is intended to experiment here with the transparent type
of straw if and when available.
130
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
It may here be mentioned that the cylinders containing the
nests are inserted in holes in small blocks of wood which are situ-
ated out-of-doors on a north-facing window sill. This constitutes
the nest site. On completion the nests are removed indoors and
kept at room temperature until emergence. During summer the
room temperature varies from 82°F to 64° F, the daily average
being 72.8°F. In autumn and winter it varies from 70°F to 50° F,
the average being 60°F.
M. gratiosa is active at Port Elizabeth from spring to late sum-
mer and autumn. In 1959, it was first noted at the nest site on
11 September, in 1960 on 15 September, and in 1961 on 5 Septem-
ber. In 1960, it remained present until the beginning of May, but
in 1961 it was not seen after 27 March. In 1962, it was last seen at
the nest site on 6 April, and it reappeared again there on 13
August. While activity at the site continues throughout, it is more
marked in late spring and again late in the summer.
Nest construction commences as soon as the bees appear at the
site, and continues, more or less, until they are last noted there in
autumn. They are, of course, more active in warm weather; under
cold and wet conditions they remain dormant in their partially
constructed nests. The number of cells per nest varies : up to nine
have been found in the large vials and cylinders, although eight is
the more usual maximum, while the small vials can take only four
cells at the most. Nests often consist of fewer cells and sometimes
of one cell only.
The time occupied in the construction of a nest also varies
greatly and depends largely upon the climatic conditions prevailing
at the time. In fine and warm weather, construction is much more
rapid. Thus, under such conditions, a nest of eight cells has been
completed in five days, while in less favourable weather a nest of
this size has taken twenty days to construct. In one case it took
eight days to complete two cells, and in another seven days were
occupied in the construction of one cell. Building at the rate of one
cell per day would appear to be the average.
The structure of the cells of leaf-cutter bees is too well-known to
require description here : suffice it to say that the cells and nest of
M. gratiosa are typical, i.e. long, elliptical leaf portions for the
sides of the cells and round portions for the ends. Green leaves are
generally used but sometimes colored, modified leaves are used as
well as flower petals. The longer elliptical sections may measure up
April, 1963]
TAYLOR LEAF-CUTTER BEE
131
to 6 X 4 mm in length. When the last cell of a nest has been com-
pleted the entrance is plugged with a thick wad consisting of round
sections of leaf. This wad, which may be anything up to 20 mm in
length, often protrudes outwards, with a longer and loose piece of
leaf extending further. In the larger vials there is sometimes an
empty space of varying length between the last cell and the entrance
plug. Occasionally a vial may be partially or even entirely filled
with plug material with few or no cells. Perhaps even leaf-cutter
bees have their frustrations.
M. gratiosa is more active on the wing than Heriades , flying
around to a greater extent and making a high humming sound in
flight. In the emergence vials they betray their arrival with loud
humming, whereas Heriades is silent. While prospecting for nest
sites they repeatedly enter holes, removing fragments or splinters of
wood, etc., in their way. Sometimes one will enter a vial already
occupied by Heriades, but it is soon forcibly ejected. One indi-
vidual, which already had a nest, was seen endeavouring to pull,
head first, another female out of her nest. The intruder soon de-
sisted and returned to its own abode. Sometimes, on returning to
the nest site, leaf-cutter bees settle on the wooden block containing
the vials or elsewhere in the vicinity before entering their nests,
hut they are not so persistent in this custom as Heriades.
While engaged upon nest construction the bees are constantly
going and coming, taking less than a minute to fetch their portions
of leaf. They may remain in the vials for about one minute or
longer and during this time they often come out and back in again
rapidly. The same procedure takes place when collecting nectar or
pollen but periods of absence may then extend up to ten minutes.
Soon after entering they come out to reverse in again, the time
spent within once more occupying about one minute. On several
occasions, a bee, when disturbed, dropped a piece of leaf just as it
was about to enter its nest. It hovered around for a few seconds and
then left to fetch another piece without attempting to recover the
dropped portion. The latter was then placed in the entrance to the
nest, but it was immediately thrown out by the bee when it returned
with a fresh piece.
Newly constructed cells contain a dark orange liquid, somewhat
granulated and sweet, which leaves a yellow stain when dry. Im-
mersed in this is a more solid, dough-like bee bread formed from a
pollen believed to be derived from composite flowers. In this con-
132 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
nection, Stephen fop. cit.J states that Megachile (Eutricharaea)
rotundata is oligolectic to alfalfa (lucerne) in the Pacific North-
west. For this reason it was being mass-reared to assist the polli-
nating of the crop for increased seed production.
The cylindrical and hyaline egg, measuring some 2 mm in
length, is deposited on its side upon the accumulated food in the
cell and in a more or less vertical position.
The period occupied by the immature stages of M. gratiosa
varies considerably with the time of year. Nests formed from late
February, and sometimes even earlier, do not produce adult
progeny until the following December, and emergences from nests
formed in the spring commence at about the same time. In 1960,
adults emerged from nests formed in the spring before those
from nests constructed in the previous autumn. The origin of the
spring individuals seen at the nest site from August to November,
remains unknown. No emergence from nests formed in the autumn
of the previous season has taken place before December. The
species disappear from the nest site in autumn and have not been
seen there again until early spring.
The shortest period from the completion of a nest to emergence
was 24 days, but this was quite exceptional. For spring and sum-
mer nests the more general duration of the combined developmental
stages varied from 36 to 72 days. The nests formed in late summer
and autumn have occupied from 261 to 306 days, but an extreme
instance of 330 days was also obtained. This was from a nest com-
pleted on 28 January 1961, and from which numerous individuals
of a chalcid parasite emerged from 17 March to 24 April. Unex-
pectedly, two bees emerged from this nest on 23 and 28 December.
From the commencement of nest construction to first emergence
the periods are naturally somewhat longer.
Sometimes all the bees emerge from a nest on the same day, but
more generally over a period of a few days. In Heriades a greater
time lag exists between each emergence from one nest. However,
emergence in the case of M. gratiosa may also be protracted, and
three extreme periods of 12, 15 and 23 days were recently obtained,
but these are exceptional. Otherwise the emergence period has
varied from 1 to 8 days with an average of 4.3 days in 1961/62.
In most, but not all, cases the males emerge before the females.
In 15 out of 17 nests the males emerged first, and in the remaining
two (while males were the first to emerge) other males emerged
April, 1963]
TAYLOR LEAF-CUTTER BEE
133
later, after several females had done so. In one case a male was the
last of seven bees of both sexes to emerge. Occasionally all the
progeny of one nest are of the same sex, but a mixture of both
sexes is much more usual. From 29 nests a total of 164 adult bees
were obtained, of which 91 (55.5%) were males.
The adult bee is stout, between 7 and 8 mm in length. The
female is well-covered with silvery grey hairs, which are darker
on the upper part of the face and head. The abdomen is black and
ringed with short silver hairs, giving a banded appearance. The
tip of the abdomen is pointed and the scopa or pollen brushes are
deep orange. The female can be safely handled and is reluctant to
sting although capable of doing so. If pressed gently between one’s
fingers, it first uses its mandibles which can inflict faint nips. It
will eventually use its sting, but the effect is only momentary. The
sting does not seem to be sufficiently powerful to pierce the human
skin easily.
In the male bee the tip of the abdomen is blunt, and the hairs,
including the abdominal rings, are yellowish-buff. The male has not
been seen at the nest site or in the vials except at the time of
emergence.
Natural Enemies
Two individuals of Miltogramma sp. (Sarcophagidae) emerged
from a five-celled nest which was formed between 6 and 13 March,
1960. The first fly emerged on 7 April, and the second not until 1
November, while two bees emerged from the same nest on 12 and
13 December. A much more numerous parasite is a minute chalcid
which first made its appearance during the late summer of 1961.
This parasite has been determined, from the female sex only, as
Melittobia sp. probably hawaiiensis Perkins (Eulophidae) . From
a nest completed at the beginning of January, this chalcid com-
menced to emerge on 6 February and continued to do so in num-
bers until 25 February, while one bee emerged on 8 February. On
10 March, the nest was removed from its paper cylinder and ex-
amined. Two cells were found to contain the desiccated remains of
adult bees, while the three first or basal cells had a few minute holes
in the sides, lids and/ or bases. These three cells were empty save
for fragments of pollen and thin and flaky semi-transparent ma-
terial, apparently the skins of chalcid pupae. Another nest from
which parasites had emerged between 4 and 8 March, 1961, was
also opened. One cell contained parts of the head and abdomen of
134
THE PAN-PACIFTC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
a bee as well as parasites in various stages of pupal and adult de-
velopment. Other parasitized nests were subsequently found. In
1961/ 62, from a nest formed in November the chalcid parasite has
been emerging since 23 January.
More recently a metallic green ruby wasp Chrysis ( Tetrachry -
sis) laetabilis Buysson (Chrysididae) has been obtained from nests
of M. gratiosa. One individual emerged from an overwintering
nest, and three emerged in late January from a nest formed in
November. This chrysidid is widely distributed in South Africa,
and has also been obtained from the nests of Heriades freygessneri.
H. freygessneri sometimes occupied a vial which already had
one or more completed or abandoned cells of M. gratiosa. In such
cases, most or all of the original nest or partial nest, as the case
may be, is removed by the new occupant, although one of the
emptied cells is often used as a foundation for the new nest. Very
occasionally an adult M. gratiosa may emerge from one of these
commandeered nests.
Acknowledgments
The writer is much indebted to Dr. K. V. Krombein, U.S. Na-
tional Museum, Washington, D.C., for the determination of Mega-
chile (Eutricharaea gratiosa) Gerstaecker, and to Dr. B. D. Burks
for the determination of its chalcid parasite; also to the Common-
wealth Institute of Entomology, London, for the determination of
Miltogramma sp., and to Mr. D. P. Annecke, Division of Ento-
mology, Pretoria, for much assistance with parasite material.
Reference
Stephen, W. P.
1961. Artificial Nesting Sites for the Propagation of the Leaf-Cutter
Bee Megachile (Eutricharaea) rotundata for Alfalfa Pollination.
Jour. Econ. Ent., 54(5) : 989-993, 11 refs.
MEETING NOTICE
The 47th Annual meeting of the Pacific Branch of the Entomological
Society of America will be held at the Gearhart Hotel, Gearhart, Oregon on
June 24 through 27. Among the sixty papers to be pi'esented, five will be
included in a symposium entitled, “Recent advances in research on the re-
lationship of pesticides to public health, wildlife andwaterpollution .” — Editor
April, 1963] kistner — new pygostenini 135
NEW SPECIES AND NEW RECORDS OF PYGOSTENINI
FROM UGANDA AND KENYA
(Coleoptera: Staphylinidae ) 1
David H. Kistner
Chico State College, Chico, California
The purpose of this paper is to report new species of Pygoste-
nini and new records of previously described species which we
collected recently in Uganda and Kenya. The specimens were col-
lected on two trips to Kenya and one to Uganda in 1960 and 1962.
To this material has been added a short series from the British
Museum (Natural History), London, and a series collected in
Kenya by Mr. G. R. Cunningham-Van Someren.
Our first trip to Uganda and Kenya was completely unplanned.
We had been collecting and studying myrmecophiles at Yangambi,
Congo Republic in 1960 when the revolution occurred. We had
planned to leave Yangambi at about that time and continue our
studies at Lwiro, Congo Republic. However, emergency conditions
prevailed and when the American Air Force flew us out of Stanley-
ville, they landed at Entebbe, Uganda. It seemed unwise as well as
virtually impossible to get over to our previously scheduled stop,
so we decided to try our hand at Entebbe. In the meantime, the
press of refugees was creating crowded hotel conditions so we de-
cided to move on to Nairobi, Kenya, where we could work in an
atmosphere less disturbed by refugees, the landing of United Na-
tions troops, and other events related to the Congo crisis. Thus we
spent about three weeks in Kenya in 1960 and put together a rather
large sample of the myrmecophiles associated with Dorylus
( Anomma) nigricans ssp. burm, eisteri var. molestus (Gerstaecker)
Mayr. The author was assisted in the field during this trip by his
wife, Alzada Carlisle Kistner, and an assistant, Mr. Robert Ban fill.
All of the specimens were collected by the three of us working as a
team unless otherwise noted herein.
In 1962, I returned to Kenya to study further the dry season
behavior of the ants and the myrmecophiles. Since I had a good
sample from the previous visit which had been partially studied,
my activities were concentrated on the behavioral aspects and only
occasional specimens were taken. On this phase of this trip, I was
working alone as I had sent my wife home to have our youngest
daughter.
1 This study was aided by a grant from the National Science Foundation (No. G-12859)
136
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
During the course of the two trips, we sampled myrmecophiles
from the following localities: Kisubi Forest, Uganda, is about 10
miles from Entebbe, a little off the road to Kampala. There is a
large Episcopalian mission and school very near to it. Its elevation
is about 3500 feet above sea level. Karen, Kenya, is situated in the
Ngong Hills about 11 miles from the center of Nairobi at an eleva-
tion of about 6,000 feet. Very close to Karen is the private forest
of Dr. V. G. L. Van Someren and his son Mr. G. R. Cunningham-
Van Someren. This forest, called the “Sanctuary,” is maintained
in a relatively undisturbed condition and was the most profitable
locality we worked in Kenya. Muguga, Kenya, is about 4-5 miles
from Kikuyu, a few miles off the left of the Nakuru road (Rte.
A-104). I should judge its altitude at about 7,000 feet. It is the
location of the East African Agriculture and Forestry Research
Organization (EAAFRO), which permitted us to use their guest
house and laboratory facilities during our stay there. Nyeri is
about 97 miles from Nairobi on the Fort Hall Road (Rte. B-18).
Its elevation is 5870 feet. The specimens we captured there were
found on the grounds behind the Outspan Hotel. We made a short
trip to Mbooni Hill which is about 15 miles out of Machakos and
at an elevation of about 6,000 feet. During 1962, a small sample
was taken on the shores of Lake Naivasha about 54 miles out of
Nairobi on the Nakuru road at an elevation of about 6200 feet.
All of the Kenya localities we visited are ecologically similar in
that they are all mountain forest areas except where the land has
been cleared for agriculture of one sort or another. During the
early days of railroad building in Kenya, large tracts of land were
planted in black wattle trees (a species of Eucalyptus) to use for
fuel and to produce tannic acid for processing leather. We were
never able to find driver ants or many other insects for that matter
in these stands. The Uganda locality we visited is situated in a
plateau region with the rainfall distributed pretty evenly over the
entire year. It has a flora which resembles that of the equatorial
regions of the Congo, but is less lush.
The methods used to collect from Dorylus ( Anomma ) colonies
were the same ones described previously (Kistner, 1963b). We
managed to find one colony of Dorylus ( Dorylus ) helvolus Lin-
naeus and the study of this species and its myrmecophiles requires
slightly different methods.
D. helvolus lives almost entirely underground. It is able to raid
April, 1963]
KISTNER — NEW PYGOSTENINI
137
under the turf and bore its way under the soil to a considerable
depth. It seems to have a fondness for bones. One day after we had
been searching for this species for weeks, I happened to pick up
a dog’s bone in Mr. G. R. Cunningham-Yan Someren’s back yard.
Upon examination, this bone had D. helvolus in it which were
grinding off little bits of the bone inside the marrow cavity. When
we examined the ground beneath the bone, small underground
trails were detected and the ants were seen carrying the small bits
of bone in these trails. One cannot capture myrmecophiles from
such a disturbed trail so it became necessary to find some means
to attract the ants to the surface. We did this by planting bones
in a cleared area (Mrs. Van Someren’s garden) and packing the
dirt down tightly around and beneath them. The next morning
there were well established trails on the surface to the planted
bones from which we extracted three myrmecophiles. The ants
in the trails so established are extremely sensitive to sunlight and
if not shielded will quickly dig underground again. Also, in using
planted bones this way, it would be good to have little cages which
can be secured firmly to the ground because the forest abounds
with larger animals which also seem to be fond of bones and which
frequently will steal all of the ant bait.
I have written two papers previously that deal with species of
Pygostenini found in East Africa (Kistner, 1958 and 1960). Both
of these papers contain complete bibliographic citations of the
species described up to that time. Hence, new records given in this
paper will not contain bibliographic citations unless these are not
to be found in the aforementioned papers. All morphological terms,
systems of notation, and study methods have been previously de-
scribed by Kistner (1958, 1959, and 1963a) .
Most of the specimens that I had studied previously came from
coastal regions of East Africa. These had presented a rather dis-
tinctive fauna, so that it was surprising to me to see how closely
the species found in the highlands of Kenya were related to the
species characteristic of the mountainous regions of Kivu, Congo
Republic, and Rwanda.
We are grateful to many people for kindness and hospitality
extended to us during this phase of our trips. We are particularly
grateful to Dr. A. J. Haddow, Director of East African Virus Re-
search Institute at Entebbe, who gave us directions to find locali-
ties likely to produce “safari ants” (the East African common name
138
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
for the driver ants) ; to Dr. Russell, Director of the East African
Agriculture and Forestry Research Organization at Muguga, who
extended to us the use of the laboratory facilities of his organiza-
tion and permitted us to secure food and lodging at EAAFROs
guest house; to Mr. W. Wilkinson, also at EAAFRO, for aiding us
in the field and in the laboratory. Especial thanks are due to Dr.
V. G. L. Van Someren and his son Mr. G. R. Cunningham-Van
Someren for the use of their private forest and to Mr. G. R. Cun-
ningham-Van Someren again for directly participating in our field
studies during both trips and for sending us additional material
that he collected after we left.
The taxonomy of the driver ants seems to be extremely complex
and much of the value of our studies would be lost without the
valuable determinations provided by Professor J. K. A. Van
Boven, Universite de Louvain. For these many determinations we
are very grateful.
Last, but not least, I want to thank my wife and two student
assistants, Mr. Robert Banfill of Columbus, Montana and Mr. Paul
Edmiston of Chico State College for doing most of the painstaking
preparation work involved in handling the collection.
All specimens cited herein are in the collection of the author
and will eventually be deposited in the Chicago Natural History
Museum unless otherwise noted.
Genus TYPHLOPONEMYS Rey
SPLENDIDA GROUP
Typhloponemys methneri Bernhauer
New Records: 10 specimens, Kenya, Karen, 24-28 July 1960, all from the
central parts of raiding columns of Dorylus (Anomma) nigricans ssp. bur-
meisteri. var. molestus (Gerstaecker) Mayr, nests 40 and 43.
LUJAE GROUP
Typhloponemys lujae Wasmann
New Records: 113 specimens, Kenya: Karen, Mbooni Hill, Muguga,
Nyeri, and Naivasha, from central parts and ends of raiding columns and at
the ends of nest-changing columns of D. (A.) nigricans ssp. burmeisteri var.
molestus (Gerstaecker) Mayr, nests 39-43, 46-48, 50, 51, 53-55, 87, and 90,
from 22 July-17 August 1960, 6-10 August 1962, May 1962 (this last group
collected by G. R. Cunningham-Van Someren).
The spermatheca figure presented by Kistner (1960, p. 140)
turned out to be truly aberrant when a large series could be studied.
April, 1963]
KISTNER — NEW PYGOSTENINI
139
BICOLOR GROUP
Typhloponemys horni Bernhauer
New Records: 14 specimens, Uganda, Kisubi Forest, 19 July 1960, from
the central part and the end of a nest-changing column of D. (A.) wilverthi
Emery, nest No. 37.
This species was formerly known only from Angola, Cameroon,
Rwanda, and the Congo Republic.
Typhloponemys pallipennis Bernhauer
New Records: 370 specimens from Kenya, Karen, from the central parts
and ends of raiding columns and the ends of nest-changing columns of D.
(A.) nigricans ssp. burmeisteri var. molestus (Gerstaecker) Mayr, nests 39-43,
50, 51, 53, 54, 88-90, collected from 22 July-17 August 1960, 10 August 1962,
May 1962 (the last collected by G. R. Cunningham-Van Someren).
This species was previously known only from the mountainous
parts of the Eastern Congo Republic and Rwanda.
Typhloponemys ritteri Kistner
Neiv Records: 3 specimens from Kenya, Karen, from the central part of
a raiding column and the end of a nest-changing column of D. (A.) nigricans
ssp. burmeisteri var. molestus (Gerstaecker) Mayr, nests 41, 53, and 90, 27
July 1960, 12 August 1960, and May 1962 (the last collected by G. R. Cun-
ningham-Van Someren).
ALUTACEUS GROUP
Typhloponemys haddowi Kistner new species
(Figs. 1, 2)
Most closely related to T . alutaceus Wasmann from which it is
distinguished by the shape of the spermatheca and the median lobe
of the male genitalia.
Color dark reddish brown with the pronotum and abdomen lighter in
color than the head and elytra. Dorsal surface of the head, pronotum, and
elytra shagreened. Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal tergites II- VIII: 0, 4, 4, 4,
4, 4, 0, middle chaetae on tergites III-V reduced in length. Macrochaetotaxy
of abdominal segment IX as follows: dorso-lateral plates, 7, most anterior
chaetae smaller, thinner, and lighter in color than the more posterior ones;
median dorso-lateral part, 5 (3 black) ; ventro-lateral part, 4 (1 black) ;
median lobe, 7. Spermatheca shaped as in fig. 1. Median lobe of the male
genitalia shaped as in fig. 2.
Measurements: Pronotum length, 0.44-0.49 mm; elytra length, 0.34-0.45
mm; eye length, 0.16-0.20 mm; interocular distance, 0.41-0.43 mm; head
length, 0.25-0.27 mm. Number measured, 2.
Holotype female, No. 4107, Uganda, Kisubi Forest, 19 July
1960, from the end of a nest-changing column of D. (A.) wilverthi
Emery, nest No. 37.
Paratype: Male, same data as the Holotype.
140
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
This species is named for Dr. A. J. Haddow of the East African
Virus Research Institute.
PUBESCANS GROUP
Typhloponemys pubescens Wasmann
New Records: Kenya: 1 male, Karen, 28 July 1960, from the central part
of a raiding column of D. (A.) nigricans ssp. burmeisteri var. molestus
(Gerstaecker) Mayr, nest No. 40; 1 female, Muguga, 4 August 1960, from
the end of a raiding column of the same species of host, nest No. 48.
This species was formerly known only from the Congo Re-
public and the Cameroun.
Typhloponemys wilkinsoni Kistner, new species
Distinguished from all other species including T. ruficollis
Cameron to which it is most closely related by the shape of the
median lobe of the male genitalia and the spermatheca. The
spermatheca can be confused with that of T. pubescens Wasmann,
but the species is easily distinguished from pubescens by the shape
of the pronotum which is less vaulted and more sparsely covered
with setae. This species together with T . ruficollis Cameron inter-
grade into the bicolor group but are placed in the pubescens group
because of the abdominal macrochaetotaxy. The fact that most of
the species groups of Typhloponemys grade into one another does
not cause this author concern because if they were distinct they
would merit generic or subgeneric status. The species groups as I
have used them here and elsewhere imply some degree of morpho-
logical similarity and therefore relationship between the species
assigned to them. As such they are a convenient way of handling
genera like Typhloponemys with its 78 species.
Color reddish brown throughout; the pronotum and abdomen lighter in
color than the head and elytra giving a two-toned effect to the coloration of
most of the specimens. Dorsal surface of the head, pronotum, and elytra
smooth and shiny; sparsely covered with fine yellow setae. Machrochaetotaxy
of abdominal tergites II- VIII: 0. 6, 6, 6, 4, 4, 0. Machrochaetotaxy of ab-
dominal segment IX as follows: dorso-lateral plates, 6, most anterior chaeta
smaller, thinner, and lighter in color than the more posterior ones; median
dorso-lateral part, 5, (3 black) ; ventro-lateral part, 5 (2 black) ; median lobe,
7. Spermatheca shaped as in fig. 3. Median lobe of the male genitalia shaped
as in fig. 4.
Measurements: Pronotum length, 0.40-0.62 mm; elytra length, 0.44-0.60
mm; eye length, 0.21-0.30 mm. Number measured, 10.
Holotype female , No. 8737, Kenya, Karen, May, 1962, from
the central part of a raiding column of D. (A.) nigricans ssp.
April, 1963]
KISTNER NEW PYGOSTENINI
141
burmeisteri var. molestus (Gerstaecker) Mayr, nest No. 89, Coll.
G. R. Cunningham-Van Someren.
» f
Explanation of Figures
Figs. 1-9, Spermathaecae. 1, Typhloponemys haddowi n.sp. ; 3, T. wil-
kinsoni n.sp.; 5,6,7, Various forms of T. epipleuralis Bernhauer; 8, T. wata-
muensis n.sp. Median lobe of male genitalia: 2, T. haddowi n.sp.; 4, T. wil-
kinsoni n.sp. ; 9, T. watamuensis n.sp. The smaller scale refers to Figs. 2 & 9 ;
the larger to all others. Both represent 0,25 mm.
142
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
Paratypes : Kenya, Karen, host D. (A.) nigricans ssp. burmeisteri var.
rnolestus (Gerstaecker) Mayr: 52 (5 males, 2 females), same data as holo-
type; 2 (1 female), 22 July 1960, from the central part of a raiding column,
nest No. 39; 1, 27 July 1960, central part of a raiding column, nest No. 41;
4, 28 July 1960, central part of a raiding column, nest No. 41; 1, 6 August
1960, central part of a raiding column, nest No. 41; 1, 7 August 1960, raiding
column, nest No. 41 ; 1 female, 9 August 1960, central part of a raiding
column, nest No. 41; 4 (2 females), 11 August 1960, central part of a raiding
column, nest No. 41; 1, 28 July 1960, central part of a raiding column, nest
No. 40; 1, 25 July 1960, central part of a nest-changing column, nest No. 42;
4 (1 male, 1 female), 26 July 1960, central part of a raiding column, nest
No. 43; 1 male, 25 July 1960, central part of a raiding column, nest No. 43;
1, 10 August 1960, central part of a raiding column, nest No. 50; 1, 17 August
1960, raiding column, nest No. 51 ; 2, 12 August 1960, central part of a raiding
column, nest No. 53; 1, 17 August 1960, debris pile, nest No. 53; 4, 14 August
1960, central part of a raiding column, nest No. 54; 1, 10 August 1962, central
part of a raiding column, nest No. 88; 4, May 1962, end of a nest-changing
column, nest No. 90, Coll. G. R. Cunningham-Van Someren. Muguga, same
host: 5 males, 7 females, 30 July 1960, central part of a raiding column, nest
No. 44; 1 male, 2 August 1960, end of a nest-changing column, nest No. 46;
1 female, 4 August 1960, end of a raiding column, nest No. 48.
This species is named for Mr. W. Wilkinson of the East African
Agriculture and Forestry Research Organization, Muguga, who
was so helpful to us during our stay there.
FAUVELI GROUP
Typhloponemys epipleuralis Bernhauer
(Figs. 5, 6, & 7)
The spermatheca of this species was found to he somewhat
variable and the figures illustrate this additional variation that can
be expected when larger series are studied.
Neiv Records: 77 specimens, Kenya, Karen, from the central parts and
ends of raiding columns and nest-changing columns and from a debris pile of
D. (A.) nigricans ssp. burmeisteri var. rnolestus (Gerstaecker) Mayr, nests
No. 39-43, 50, 53, & 89, from 22 July-12 August 1960, and May 1962 (the last
collected by Mr. G. R. Cunningham-Van Someren).
This species was previously known only from 4 specimens from
Tanganyika.
Typhloponemys watamuensis Kistner new species
(Figs. 8 & 9)
Distinguished from all other species including T. bernardi
Kistner to which it is most closely related by the shape of the
spermatheca and the median lobe of the male genitalia,
April, 1963] kistner — new pygostenini
143
Color yellowish brown throughout. Dorsal surface of the head, pronotum,
and elytra smooth and shiny. Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal tergites II- VIII:
2, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 0. Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal segment IX as follows:
dorso-lateral plates 6, most anterior chaeta smaller, thinner, and lighter in
color than the more posterior ones; median dorso-lateral part, 5 (3 black) ;
ventro-lateral part, 4 ( 1 black ) ; median lobe, 7. Spermatheca shaped as in
fig. 8. Median lobe of the male genitalia shaped as in fig. 9.
Measurements: Pronotum length, 0.34-0.41 mm; elytra length, 0.29-0.35
mm; eye length, 0.20-0.24 mm; interocular distance, 0.31-0.35 mm; head
length, 0.18-0.25 mm. Number measured, 2.
Holotype female. No. 8234, Kenya, Watamu, 60 miles North
of Mombassa, December, 1961, from a raiding column of D. (A.)
nigricans ssp. burmeisteri var. molestus (Gerstaecker) Mayr, nest
No. 57, Coll. G. R. Cunningham- Van Someren.
Paratype: Male, same data as holotype.
SETULOSUS GROUP
Typhloponemys setulosis Wasmann
New Records: Uganda: 6 (2 males, 1 female), Kisubi Forest, 19 July
1960, from the end of a nest-changing column of D. (A.) wilverthi Emery,
nest No. 37. Kenya: 403 specimens from Karen, Muguga, and Nyeri, from the
central parts and ends of both raiding columns and nest-changing columns of
D. (A.) nigricans ssp. burmeisteri var. molestus (Gerstaecker) Mayr, nest
Nos. 39-43, 46, 48, 50, 51, and 53, 22 July-17August 1960; 10 August 1962,
and May 1962 (the last collected by G. R. Cunningham-Van Someren).
The Kenya and Uganda specimens together with certain speci-
mens from the mountainous parts of the Eastern Congo Republic
average darker in color, smaller in size, and have fewer and shorter
black setae on the head, pronotum, and elytra than specimens of
the same species from the Congo Basin. There seems to be little
point in formalizing these population differences with a subspecific
name (although subpunctatus Bernhauer is available), as there
seem to be no host correlations, nor differences in the behavior of
the two groups. The species was previously known from Cameroon,
Angola, and the Congo Republic.
REICH ENSPERGERl GROUP
Typhloponemys reichenspergeri Cameron
New Records: 84 specimens from Kenya, Karen, Nyeri, and Muguga,
from the central parts of raiding columns and the ends of nest-changing col-
umns of D. (A.) nigricans ssp. burmeisteri var. molestus (Gerstaecker) Mayr,
nest Nos. 39-41, 43, 44, 50, 53, and 55, 22 July-17 August 1960.
This species was previously known from 6 specimens from
Ngerengere, Tanganyika.
144
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
PUMILIO GROUP
Typhloponemys maranguensis Kistner
New Record: 1 female, Kenya, Karen, May 1962, from the central part
of a raiding column of D. (A.) nigricans ssp. burmeisteri var. molestus (Ger-
staecker) Mayr, nest No. 89, Coll. G. R. Cunningham-Van Someren.
This is the first host record of this species which I originally
described from Kilimanj aro and Muguga.
RUFA GROUP
Typhloponemys eastopi Kistner
Kistner, 1963a, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 56(1) : 20 — Coll, of C. E. Totten-
ham, Cambridge, England, (Cameroons, Bamenda; Nigeria, various locali-
ties).
New Record: 1 female, Kenya, Karen, 13 August 1960, from the central
part of a raiding column of Dorylus (Dorylus) helvolus Linnaeus, nest No. 52.
This is the first host record as well as a remarkable extension of
the range of the species.
Genus MANDERA Fauvel
Mandera sanguinea Fauvel
New Record: 1 female, Kenya, Karen, 13 August 1960, from the central
part of a raiding column of Dorylus (Dorylus) helvolus Linnaeus, nest No. 52.
This is only the second specimen of this species that was ever
captured. It is somewhat smaller than the holotype, but all of the
other features agree with the holotype very well. New range in
measurements: Pronotum length, 0.62-0.88 mm; elytra length, 0.15-
0.22 mm; heal length, 0.21-0.30 mm. Number measured, 2. The
host was previously unknown.
Genus Doryloxenus Wasmann
Doryloxenus alzadae Kistner
Kistner, 1963, Pan-Pacific Ent. 39:30 (Congo Republic: Yangambi, Host:
D. (A.) wilverthi Emery.)
New Records: 6 specimens, Kenya: Karen, from the central parts of
raiding colums and from a debris pile of D. (A.) nigricans ssp. burmeisteri
var. molestus (Gertsaecker) Mayr., nests Nos. 41, 50, 53, & 89, 27 July 1960,
12 August 1960, and May 1962 (the last collected by G. R. Cunningham-Van
Someren) .
Doryloxenus hirsutus Wasmann
New Records: 1 male, 2 females, Kenya, Karen, May, 1962, from the
central part of a raiding column of D. (A.) nigricans ssp. burmeisteri var.
molestus (Gerstaecker) Mayr, nest No. 89, Coll. G. R. Cunningham-Van
Someren.
Figs. 10-11, Spermathecae. 10, Doryloxenus minutus n.sp. ; 11, D. striatus
n.sp. Scale represents 0.25 mm.
April, 1963]
KISTNER — NEW PYGOSTENINI
145
Doryloxenus minutus Kistner new species
(Fig. 10)
Distinguished from all other species, including D. tottenhami
Kistner to which it is most colsely related, by the shape of the
spermatheca.
Color reddish brown throughout. Dorsal surface of the head, pronotum,
and elytra very lightly etched, with short hue yellow setae emerging from fine
punctures at regular but sparse intervals. Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal
tergites II- VII: 2, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 0. Spermatheca shaped as in fig. 10.
Measurements: Pronotum length, 0.30-0.33 mm; elytra length, 0.21-0.22
mm ; interocular distance, 0.23-0.25 mm ; head length, 0.19-0.20 mm. Number
measured, 2.
Holotype female, No. 8344, Kenya, Karen, 12 August 1960,
from the central part of a raiding column of D. (A.) nigricans ssp.
burmeisteri var. molestus (Gerstaecker) Mayr., nest No. 41.
Paratype: 1 female, Kenya, Watamu, 60 miles north of Mombasa, De-
cember, 1961, from a raiding column of the same species of host as the holo-
type, nest No. 57, Coll. G. B. Cunningham-Van Someren.
Doryloxenus striatus Kistner new species
(Fig. 11)
Distinguished from all other species, including D. eques Was-
mann to which it is most closely related, by the shape of the
spermatheca.
Color reddish brown throughout. Dorsal surface of the head, pronotum,
and elytra very lightly etched, with short fine yellow setae emerging from
very small punctures at regular but sparse intervals. Macrochaetotaxy of
abdominal tergites II-VIII : 2, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 0. Spermatheca shaped as in fig. 11.
Measurements: Pronotum length, 0.43-0.45 mm; elytra length, 0.30-0.32
mm; interocular distance, 0.33 mm; head length, 0.30 mm. Number meas-
ured, 2.
146
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
Holotype female. No. 8351, Kenya, Karen, 25 July 1960, from
the central part of a nest-changing column of D. (A.) nigricans
ssp. burmeisteri var. molestus (Gerstaecker) Mayr, nest No. 42.
Paratype: Female, 25 July 1960, from the central part of a raiding col-
umn of the same host species, nest No. 43.
Genus Mimocete Fauvel
Mimocete fageli Kistner
New Record: 12 (2 males, 1 female), Uganda, Ruwenzori Range, Semliki
Forest, 2850 feet, 22 August-3September 1952, Coll. D. S. Fletcher, in the
collection of the British Museum (Natural History), London and of the
author.
Mimocete kenyensis Kistner new species
(Fig. 12)
Distinguished from all other species, including M. minor Cam-
eron, to which it is most closely related, by the shape of the sperma-
theca. The general shape of the spermatheca will distinguish it
from most species; the absence of a carina on the anterior part
together with subtle differences in outline will distinguish it from
M. minor.
Color reddish brown throughout. Surface sclupture of the head, prono-
tum, and elytra finely shagreened. Abdominal segment IX shaped as in M.
minor Cameron. Spermatheca shaped as in fig. 12. Male unknown.
Measurements: Pronotum length, 1.16 mm; elytra length, 0.75 mm; in-
terocular distance, 0.68 mm. Number measured, 1.
Holotype female. No. 8339, Kenya, Watamu, 60 miles North
of Mombasa, December, 1961, from a raiding column of D. (A.)
nigricans ssp. burmeisteri var. molestus (Gerstaecker) Mayr, nest
No. 57, Coll. G. R. Cunningham- Van Someren.
Mimocete minor Cameron
New Records: 6 (4 females), Uganda, Kisubi Forest, 19 July 1960, from
the central part of a nest-changing column of D. (A.) wilverthi Emery, nest
No. 37.
This species was previously known from Angola and the Congo
Republic.
Genus Anommatophilus Wasmann
Anommatophilus kohli Wasmann
New Records: 6 specimens, Kenya, Karen, from central parts of raiding
columns of D. (A.) nigricans ssp. burmeisteri var. molestus (Gerstaecker)
Mayr, nests 41, 43, and 50, 25 July, 27 July, and 12 August, 1960.
These specimens have been carefully compared to topotypes ©f
the species and no consistent differences could be detected. Eichel-
April, 1963] kistner — new pygostenini 147
baum (1913) described a species, metallicus, from Tanganyika
which 1 had listed as a provisional synonym of kohli in 1958. As
Eichelbaum’s collection was destroyed during World War II dur-
ing an air raid which damaged the Hamburg museum, the final
disposition of that name will perhaps never be solved. The Kenya
specimens confirm my original suspicion that it was a synonym.
The species was formerly known from Cameroon, Angola, Congo
Republic, and Tanganyika.
Genus Micropolemon Wasmann
Micropolemon vansomereni Kistner new species
(Fig. 13)
Distinguished from all other species, including M. cornutus
Wasmann to which it is most closely related, by the shape of the
pronotum.
Color reddish brown throughout, head slightly darker than the rest of
the body. Dorsal surface of the head, pronotum, and elytra punctate with
fine yellow setae irregularly scattered over the surface. Pronotum with very
shallow lateral grooves which become shallower posteriorly. Median groove
of the pronotum limited to a very faint notch in the posterior border; shaped
as in fig. 13. Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal tergites II-VIII: 0, 0, 0, 0, 4, 4, 0.
Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal segment IX as in M. tiro Wasmann. Sperma-
theca coiled in such a way that it is unreliable as a species characteristic.
Measurements: Pronotum length, 0.27-0.31 mm; elytra length, 0.32-0.35
mm; interocular distance, 0.27-0.30 mm; head length, 0.27-0.32 mm. Number
measured, 10.
H olotype female , No. 8352, Kenya, Karen, 12 August 1960,
Explanation of Figures
Figs. 12-13, 12, Spermatheca, Mimocete kenyensis n.sp. ; 13, Pronotum,
Micropolemon vansomereni n.sp. Scale represents 0.25 mm. Stippled area in
fig. 2 represents an area of light sclerotization.
148
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXIX, NO. 2
from the central part of a raiding column of D. (A.) nigricans ssp.
burmeisteri var. molestus (Gerstaecker) Mayr, nest No. 41.
Paratypes: Kenya, Karen, Host: D. (A.) nigricans ssp. burmeisteri var.
molestus (Gerstaecker) Mayr: 2, females, same data as the hooltype, 2, 23
July 1960, central part of a raiding column, nest No. 40; 1, 28 July 1960,
central part of a raiding column, nest No. 40; 2, 7 August 1960, from a raid-
ing column, nest No. 41 ; 2, 11 August 1960, central part of a raiding column,
nest No. 41.
This species is named for Mr. G. R. Cunningham- Van Someren
who aided us in the field in many ways, not the least of which was
the aid to the spirit provided by his contagious enthusiasm for wild
life of all kinds.
Genus Typhlopolemon Patrizi
Typhlopolemon basilewsicyi Jarrige
New Record: 1 female, Kenya, Karen, 13 August 1960, from the central
part of a raiding column of D. (D.) helvolus Linnaeus, nest No. 52.
This is the second specimen of this species ever captured. In
view of the fact that Nairobi is the type locality of T. grandii
Patrizi, it was remarkable to capture this species here. However,
Micropolemon which is the ecological equivalent of this genus in
Dorylus (Anomma) sp. nests often has more than one species per
nest and the variation in the pronotum shape is the distinguishing
characteristic of species of Micropolemon also. The spermatheca of
this species was examined and found to be of the coiled type. This
species was formerly known from Katanga, Congo Republic.
Literature Cited
Eichelbaum, Felix
1913. Verzeichniss der von mir in den Jahren 1903 and 1903 in Deutsch-
und Britisch Ostafrika eingesammelten Staphylinidae. Arch.
Naturg., 79(3) : 114-168.
Kistner, David H.
1958. The evolution of the Pygostenini (Coleoptera Staphylinidae).
Ann. Mus. Congo, Tervuren, Ser. in 8°, Zook, 68: 1-198.
1959. Notes on some little-known Pygostenini (Coleoptera Staphylini-
dae). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 52(5) : 503-506.
1960. Mission zoologique de l’LR.S.A.C. en Afrique orientale (P.
Basilewsky et N. Leleup, 1957) XI. Coleoptera Staphylinidae
Pygostenini. Ann. Mus. Congo, Tervuren, Ser. in 8°, Zool., 81:
132-144.
1963a. New genera, new species, and new records of Pygostenini from
West Africa. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 56(1) : 18-25.
1963b. New species and new records of rare species of Pygostenini from
the Congo Republic. Pan-Pacific Ent. 39:19-34.
PATRONIZE
OUR
ADVERTISERS
Advertisers" Index
Name Page
Union Carbide Chemicals Company i
Shell Chemical Company ii
Hercules Powder Company iii
American Cyanamid Company iv
Velsicol Chemical Corp. v
Colloidal Products Corp vi
Trojan Laboratories vi
Stauffer Chemical Company vii
Niagara Chemical Division — Food Machinery Chemical Corp. viii
Chemagro Corporation ix
Pennsalt Chemicals Corp x
California Chemical Company- — Ortho Division xi
Insect Pins xii
Science Mailorder Supply House xii
United States Rubber xiii
Rohm & Haas Company xv
I
Many New Uses for
insecticide
SEVIN is now being used for effective,
low-cost control of many insect pests of
fruit, vegetables, field crops and ornamen-
tals. SEVIN has good residual properties
and relative safety to warm-blooded ani-
mals. When label directions are followed, it
can be used close to harvest. Drift prob-
lems are minimized, even to forage crops,
because the residue does not contaminate
milk or meat of livestock eating the forage.
Other "CRAG" Pesticides
Glyodin— Fungicide to control
apple and pear scab, certain
summer diseases, cherry leaf
spot, brown rot of peaches in-
terplanted with apples.
Sesone— Herbicide to control
germinating weed seeds in nur-
sery stock, peanuts, strawber-
ries and potatoes.
SEVIN is new being tested against ad-
ditional pests of crops, farm livestock, pets
—and even oysters. It is also a reliable and
practical thinner for apples.
For current information on SEVIN or
other Crag Agricultural Chemicals, write
to the address below.
Mylone — Preplanting soil
fumigant to control weeds, soil
fungi, nematodes in seed beds.
Fly Repellent — Ingredient of
top-quality livestock sprays,
including sprays for face fly.
Shown as ST ABILENE®, for-
merly “CRAG Fly Repellent”
or “butoxy polypropylene gly-
col” on the label.
UNION CARBIDE CHEMICALS COMPANY
Division of Union Carbide Corporation • 270 Park Avenue • New York 17, N. Y.
UNION
CARBIDE
Crag, Sevin, Sesone, Mylone, Stabilene and Union Carbide are trade marks of Union Carbide Corporation.
11
SHELL PESTICIDES MEET THE
1EEDS OF FARM AND INDUSTRY
How can they serve you?
S hell Chemical Company, in coopera-
tion with federal, state and local agri-
cultural specialists, is continually striving
to help farmers reach higher agricultural
goals. Products such as aldrin, dieldrin,
endrin, methyl parathion, Phosdrin® and
Vapona® Insecticides have been of major
assistance to the farmer, homeowner and
industry. So have D-D® and Nemagon®
Soil Fumigants and Aqualin® herbicide,
slimicide, biocide.
These products have proved their effec-
tiveness and versatility by solving many
of the economic pest problems confront-
ing the farmer. Shell insecticides are prov-
ing equally useful in a growing number
of non-agricultural applications in indus-
try and the home.
The never-ending search for additional
uses of established Shell pesticides and for
new, improved products to help you, is a
welcome assignment at Shell Chemical
Company — chemical partner of agricul-
ture and industry.
Get full details about the Shell pesti-
cide that fits your needs at your nearest
Shell Chemical Co. District Office, or
write : Shell Chemical Co., Agricultural
Chemicals Division, 110 West 5 1st Street,
New York 20, N. Y.
Product
No. Agricultural
Uses
No. Non-Agricultural
Uses
No. Pests
Controlled
Dieldrin
153
18
182
Aldrin
159
8
81
Endrin
37
3
61
Phosdrin
Insecticide
51
3
32
Vapona
Insecticide
1
9
1
16
Methyl Parathion
23
—
14
Nemagon Soil
Fumigant
49
81
*
D-D Soil
Fumigant
50
80
'*
SHELL CHEMICAL
COMPANY
Agricultural Chemicals Division
SHELL
*There are more than 130 species of nema-
todes known to attack plants. Nemagon and
D-D Soil Fumigants control most of these.
Ill
THEY ALL DIE FOR
miticide and insecticide toxicant
: V v ' ~ ; f
: . ' : : W •'* "
. . .• -
iV
, xl <$<■. A *> AA 0/ A
W-
J r r > - ~ ^
| y|§ifl§ |||§ I §§§ 1 | ! §§
...... .... t sg i?i "
• ;
c
$ >»
TICKS . . .
Delnav has proved to be superior
for control of all ticks in homes, dog-
houses, lawns and other outdoor areas,
including hard-to-kill brown dog tick.
CITRUS MITES . . .
Delnav has shown citrus growers
how they can gain superior control of
mite infestations at low cost. Delnav
gives effective long-lasting protection,
and there’s no preharvest waiting period.
LIVESTOCK INSECTS . . .
Delnav has been approved by the
Food and Drug Administration as a dip
or spray with no preslaughter interval
required. Animals may be treated any
time before slaughter. Delnav controls
ticks, lice, horn fly and sheep ked.
DELNAV is the technical grade
of the chemical 2,3,p-dioxanedithiol S,
S-bis (O, O-diethyl phosphorodithioate) .
120 MONTGOMERY STREET, SAN FRANCISCO 4, CALIFORNIA
IV
Cygon* 400 . . .
new low-hazard
systemic
insecticide
Recently cleared by USD A for
protection of certain vegetables,
non-bearing fruits and ornamentals.
Now, from the laboratories of
American Cyanamid Company
comes another new advance in
insecticides... cygon 400. Wide-
ly tested under the name di-
methoate, CYGON brings an
added dimension to phosphate
insecticides. It combines sys-
temic activity with low-hazard
to man and animal.
Wide safety margin
Unlike previous systemics,
which have generally been of a
rather high order of toxicity,
cygon is so low in toxicity to
warm blooded animals that its
use does not require “special”
protective measures— other
than those normally taken with
any pesticide.
Outstanding control
cygon 400 gives outstanding
control of aphids, leafhoppers
and leaf miners and has so far
been cleared by USDA for use
on potatoes, tomatoes and
watermelons. CYGON can also be
used on non-bearing apples,
pears and citrus fruits to con-
trol aphids, mites, thrips and
pear psylla. In addition, CYGON
can be used to control aphids,
thrips, leaf miners, scales, leaf-
hoppers and mites attacking a
number of ornamental plants.
cygon 400 will be widely
available this year in one gal-
lon and five gallon sizes. For
further information, write ad-
dress below.
AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY
PRINCETON, NEW JERSEY
* Trademark
GRUB
Chlordane, Heptachlor and Endrin are among the most versatile
insecticides now in common use. They are recommended for
many different types of insect control: agricultural; household,
lawn and garden; and public health. Each kills a wide variety
of insects, providing the effective combination of high initial
kill and lasting residual action. If you are engaged in economic
entomology, we think that you will find these insecticides often
have the advantages of better control and lower cost. If you
are in research, we think that you will find it well worthwhile
to include Chlordane, Heptachlor and Endrin in your testing
programs. For technical information and service, please
write Velsicol Chemical Corporation, 330 East Grand
Ave., Chicago 11, 111.
The versatile insecticides
for agriculture^
homes, lawns, gardens
and public health!
Velsicol Inlernacional do Mexico S.A. de C.V, Velsicol Corporation of Canada, Limited Velsicol International Corp., C.A,
Morelos No, 110-Desp. 209, Mexico 6, D.F. 2 Cariton St., Suite 1018, Toronto 2, Canada P.O. Box 1687, Nassau, Bahamas, B.W.1.
VI
SPRAY ADJUVANTS
DESIGNED TO INCREASE THE
EFFECTIVENESS OF AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS
FLUXIT • MULTI-FILM "L" • MULTI-FILM "C"
COLLOIDAL Z-l • COLLOIDAL X-77
C-P-5 DUST STICKER • SEED COAT
Inquiries Invited Relating to Specific Problems
GOLLOIHAL PRODUCTS CORPORATION
1 00 GATE 5 ROAD
SAUSALITO, CALIF.
A Service for the Field
Testing & Evaluation
of
Agricultural Chemicals
Under Western Conditions
Trojan Laboratories
Box 326
Montebello, California
Vll
PAYDAY for growers
starts with Stauffer Chemical Research
Stauffer scientists and field men work throughout the year -to find new
methods to help growers. In the field and laboratory, Stauffer chemical
research develops better products to produce better crops.
Already accepted by thousands of growers are products pioneered by
Stauffer research: Yapam®, Trithion®, and Eptam®. Proved by two
seasons in intensive use by growers is Tillam ™, an outstanding material
for weed control in sugar beets and tomatoes.
Vapam®, Trithion®, and Eptam® are Stauffer's Reg. T.M.’s for a soil fumigant, an insecticide-acaricide, and
an herbicide.
tm Tillam is Stauffer's T.M.for an herbicide.
STAUFFER CHEMICAL COMPANY
Western
Offices:
SAN FRANCISCO 8, CALIF. LOS ANGELES 54, CALIF.
636 California St. P. 0. Box 2004, Terminal Annex
BAKERSFIELD, CALIF., 1016 E. Brundage Lane
NORTH PORTLAND, ORE. GLENDALE, ARIZ. FRESNO, CALIF.
P. 0. Box 68 P. 0- Box 505 4753 E. Commerce
Ylli
mmm
wmmmi
AND SETTER QUALITY. NIAGARA— FOR MORE THAN A
HALF-CENTURY— YOUR PARTNER IN AGRICULTURAL
■
CHEMICAL PROGRESS.
■■ . • '
Putting Ideas to Work
NIAGARA CHEMICAL DIVISION
ANAHEIM • FRESNO • RICHMOND • YAKIMA
Home Office: MIDDLEPORT, NEW YORK
ix
Chemagro: source of a constantly growing crop
of better chemicals for agriculture.
Farmer, stockman or grower; chances are he can use one or more of these
Chemagro products. Why should he? Because he’s using the most efficient
and effective chemical control for his dollar. He’s buying Chemagro research
and quality products, second to none. These go hand in hand with a growing
field technical service widely recognized for its professional stature. But,
whatever material is needed, if the name is encircled in the blue bullseye of
Chemagro, you can recommend it CHEMAGRO
With confidence. Chemagro Corporation • Hawthorn Road • Kansas City 20, Missouri
z
AGRICULTURAL
l CHEMICALS i
,
tgSX'f
on LAND
SPRAYS, DUSTS, GRANULARS
in WATER
AQUATIC WEED KILLERS
Constant, dependable supplies assured from strategically located plants and
warehouses. See your Pennsalt dealer or local Pennsalt representative for
assistance in your control program.
Ask for Penco Technical Bulletins
Agricultural Chemicals Division
PENNSALT CHEMICALS CORPORATION
TACOMA 1, WASHINGTON
Aurora, Illinois Bryan, Texas Los Angeles and Fresno, California
Montgomery, Ala. Portland, Ore. Wenatchee and Yakima, Washington
r tT
Pennsalt
Chemicals
ESTABLISHED 1850
XL
Label directions on all chemicals are important. There
are thousands of agricultural chemicals available
today, and the correct usage of these chemicals
depends upon the understanding of the product s
function and application. The labels and the directions
they carry are carefully prepared by expert scientific
personnel. It is most important that the user of these
products be alerted to the importance of careful read-
ing of directions concerning dilution and application.
In order to help remind the public, the Ortho Division
of California Chemical Company is making available
the sticker shown above, free of charge. Address
requests for stickers to California Chemical Company,
Ortho Division, Richmond, California, Dept. LAC.
CALIFORNIA CHEMICAL
COMPANY
Ortho Division
Richmond, California
INSECT
PINS
Fast Service $4 per M
417 PALM AVENUE REEDLY, CALIFORNIA
*New customers, mention this ad for a 5% discount.
DR. E. REITTER G.M.B.H.
SCIENCE MAILORDER FIRM
MUNCHEN 22, KAULBACHSTRASSE 26A
TELEPHONE: 22 II 18, CABLE NUMBER: 52/3943
We would like to send you free our scientific
equipment catalogue, which includes a list of
special hooks and over 200 pieces of equipment
for catching, collecting and breeding insects, as
well as equipment useful for zoologists and bot-
anists.
Our book list contains over 15,000 new and
second-hand titles of books, journals and articles
pertaining to entomology, biology and other fields
of science.
Our prices were reduced last year because of
streamlining our organization and bulk pur-
chases. These new offers will be of great interest
to all biologists, as they are reasonable in spite
of import duty and mailing costs. We will be
pleased to serve you anywhere in the world.
XIII
Kill those cotton-pickin’ mites
with Aramite
Plagued by mites who seem to thrive on phosphate? Get aramite®,
effective, approved miticide. Tests in the field for the past twelve
years prove aramite kills a wide variety of mites, including those who
resist phosphate, and not one has developed a resistance to aramite.
Applied as a wet spray or dust, aramite has a long residual. It kills
both nymph and adult mites on cotton, ornamentals, fruit and shade
trees. Appoved by the U.S.D.A. for mite control of cotton, aramite
is safe to use and does not harm bees or other beneficial insects. For
effective, economical mite control, order aramite from your local
supplier.
NAUGATUCK CHEMICAL DIVISION
United States Rubber
Dept. 6141 AR Elm Street, Naugatuck, Connecticut
DISTRICT OFFICES: Akron • Boston • Portland • San Francisco • Chicago * Detroit
Gastonia • S.os Angeles • Dallas " New Brunswick, N.J. • Dominion Rubber Company,
Ltd., Montreal • CABLE: Rubexport, N.Y.
"Is
there
one
miticide
I can really
rely on ?”
You bet. It’s called Kelthane® AP.
I’ve got mites in my apples. In my pears, too. Let’s see— there’s
European red, two-spot, McDaniel and Willamette. They all give
me trouble.
Makes no difference. Kelthane AP controls these and many more.
Not only in fruit orchards, but also on beans, melons, tomatoes,
cotton and in gardens around homes and buildings.
How long does it last ?
Long enough to destroy migrants and late-hatching colonies. Won't
hurt mite predators, either. And you can use it up to 7 days before
harvest on apples, pears and many other crops.
That’s the miticide I’ve been looking for! I’d better call my dealer right
now— see if he has Kelthane AP in stock .
IROHIV1
HA & AS
Vol. XXXIX JULY. 19(3 No. 3
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
CONTENTS
UESHIMA — Chromosome study of Thyanta pallidovirens (Stal)
in relation to taxonomy 149
JORGENSEN — Notes on the biology and distribution of
Paracotalpa granicollis Haldeman 154
STROHECKER — New Acrididae from Western North America . . 157
COOK — Mating behavior of Psylla pyricola Forster 175
LAVIGNE — Description of the eggs of Leptogaster salvia Martin . 176
POWELL — Observations on larval and pupal habits of the juniper
cone moth, Periploca strata Hodges 177
MICKEL — Description of the female of Dilophotopsis stenognatha
Schuster 183
PARKER — A new species of Astata from Southern Arizona . . . 185
MICKEL — Two new species of Chyphotes from Southwestern United
States 186
LINSLEY AND MacSWAIN — D escriptions of new species and sub-
species of Onagrandrena, principally of the Andrena oenotherae
complex 189
BROWN — A note about letters from William Henry Edwards to
William Greenwood Wright, and clues about certain dates of pub-
lication contained therein . 198
BUTLER AND WARGO — Biological notes on Megachile concinna
Smith in Arizona 201
LINSLEY AND CHEMSAK — Some new North American
Cerambycidae 207
CHEMSAK — Observations on the adult behavior of Xylotrechus
nauticus (Mannerheim) 213
BOOK REVIEWS 156, 181
MEETING NOTICES 156, 184, 198, 206
SAN FRANCISCO. CALIFORNIA • 1963
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
EDITORIAL BOARD
E. G. Linsley P. D. Hurd, Jr., Editor E. R. Leach
E. S. Ross H. V. Daly, Asst. Editor H. B. Leech
L. R. O’Brien, Editorial Assistant
R. C. Miller, Treasurer J. E. Swift, Advertising
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceedings appear-
ing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological phases of entomology are
favored, including articles up to ten printed pages on insect taxonomy, morphology, life history,
and distribution.
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed to
Dr. P. D. Hurd, Jr., at 112 Agriculture Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4, Calif. All
communications regarding non-receipt of numbers, changes of address, requests for sample
copies, and all financial communications should be addressed to the treasurer. Dr. R. C. Miller,
at the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco 18, California.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are 85.00 for regular members or 86.00 for subscriptions
only. Single copies are 81-50 each or 86.00 a volume. Make checks payable to Pan-Pacific
Entomologist.
Application for membership in the society should be addressed to Dr. H. V. Daly,
Secretary, 112 Agriculture Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4.
PAGE CHARGES
At the last meeting of the Executive Committee it was decided
that all papers of more than one printed page are to be charged at
the rate of $10.00 per page. This is in addition to the usual charges
for illustrations and reprints. The compelling reasons for this de-
cision are the large backlog of manuscripts and the severe restric-
tions of a relatively fixed income based on subscriptions and the
constantly rising costs of printing.
It is not intended that page charges be paid by individuals.
Publication is now generally recognized as an integral part of the
research process and should be charged to the institution or grant
that supported the research. Private investigators should note on
their bill “No budgeted funds,” “No grant funds,” or “No institu-
tional support.” This notation will suffice as an application to the
Society for a personal grant which will be made automatically from
a special fund set aside for this purpose. The Publication Commit-
tee wishes to emphasize that articles are accepted or rejected only
on the basis of merit. The editor’s decision to publish will always
be made before the page charge is assessed.
Second-class postage paid at San Francisco, California.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Vol. XXXIX July, 1963 No. 3
CHROMOSOME STUDY OF THYANTA PALLIDOVIRENS
(STAL) IN RELATION TO TAXONOMY
( Hemiptera : Pentatomidae )
Norihiro Ueshima
University of California, Berkeley
A close connection exists between taxonomy and cytology in the
genus Thyanta. Thyanta custator was described by Fabricius in
1803. Although Say (1831) described Thyanta calceata as a dis-
tinct species, later this species was synonymized with T. custator
by many Hemipterists. Wilson (1911) studied T. custator cyto-
logically and found two chromosomal races within the species. One
has 16(14+XY) in the male (Wilson’s race A) and the other has
27 (24 -(-XiX 2 Y) in the male (Wilson’s race B). Barber (1911)
studied Wilson’s whole series of specimens of both races morpho-
logically and concluded that race A was T. custator and race B was
T. calceata as a valid species.
Also the taxonomic status of Thyanta custator and Thyanta
pallidovirens (Stal) was rather confused. T. pallidovirens was de-
scribed by Stal (1859) from California as a species distinct from
T. custator (Fabricius). T. pallidovirens was synonymized with
T. custator by many Hemipterists. According to Ruckes ( 1957 ) ,
for nearly a century hemipterists have identified specimens as
T . custator (Fabricius) regardless of their places of origin or their
strict conformity to the original description. Ruckes (1957) made
an extensive study of the taxonomy and distribution of these two
species and concluded that T. custator and T. pallidovirens are
two distinct species, although they are difficult to differentiate.
Also he divided T. pallidovirens into four subspecies.
Cytologically these two species ( T . custator and T. pallidovi-
rens) have been studied by Schrader and Hughes-Schrader (1956) .
They observed the same chromosome complement (14-|-XY) in
both species, although some meiotic irregularities have been ob-
served in hybrids between these two species.
In the course of chromosome studies of Heteroptera from the
cytotaxonomic point of view, I observed that the chromosome
complement of T. pallidovirens from California differs from that
of T. pallidovirens from eastern U.S. This paper deals with differ-
ences in chromosome complement of members of the T. pallidovi-
150
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
rens complex and discusses their taxonomic status.
The author wishes to express his sincere thanks to Dr. R. L.
Usinger who suggested and encouraged this study and to Mr. P. D.
Ashlock who kindly made the taxonomic determinations.
Materials and Methods: — The species and the localities where
they were collected are as follows :
Thyanta pallidovirens pallidovirens (Stal) : Middletown, Lake County,
California.
Thyanta pallidovirens spinosa Ruckes: Lone Pine, Inyo County, Cali-
fornia.
The testes were fixed in Carnoy. All observations were made
from the squash preparations stained with acetocarmine. The
drawings were made with aid of a camera lucida and photographs
were taken with a 35 mm camera. Their magnifications as repro-
duced are indicated by a 5/x scale.
Observations — Cytologically, it has not been possible to make
a distinction between T. palidovirens pallidovirens (Stal) and T.
pallidovirens spinosa Ruckes. Therefore, they will be described
together. They have 14 chromosomes in the diploid male, the typi-
cal number in the Pentatomidae. The spermatogonial chromosome
complement of 14 chromosomes consists of 6 pairs of autosomes
and XY in the male (Fig. A). One of these autosome pairs is
slightly larger than the others, four pairs are of medium size, and
the remaining pair is small. The X is slightly smaller than the small
sized autosomes and the Y is the smallest member of the chromo-
some set.
In essential features, the course of meiosis is very similar to
other pentatomid bugs which are described by many cytologists.
In the confused stage the sex chromosomes are positively hetero-
/f*
£
A
B
Explanation of Figures
Figs. A-C, Thyanta pallidovirens pallidovirens (Stal) : A, Spermato-
gonial metaphase, with 14 chromosomes. B, First metaphase; sex chromo-
somes, showing slightly negative heteropycnosis, take a peripheral position;
Y is the smallest member of the chromosome set. C, Second metaphase; X
and Y lie in the center of a ring formed by 6 autosomes.
JULY, 1963] UESHIMA CYTOTAXONOMY IN THYANTA
151
pycnotic, are already double in structure, and come close together.
In late diakinesis the autosomes appear deeply stained with con-
densation, while the sex chromosomes separate from each other
and tend to lose their staining intensity. This state of the sex
chromosomes persists into the first metaphase (Figs. B and D)
and, as was stated by Schrader and Hughes-Schrader (1956), is
unusual in pentatomids.
In the first metaphase the six autosomal tetrads and the two sex
chromosomal dyads arrange themselves on the plane (Figs. B and
D). As is usual in Heteroptera, the first spermatocyte division is
reductional for autosomes and equational for the sex chromosomes.
As the second spermatocyte metaphase is formed, the sex chromo-
somes lose their negatively heleropycnotic character and stain with
Explanation of Figures
Figs. D and E, Thyanta pallidovirens spinosa Ruckes: D, First meta-
phase; sex chromosomes are negatively heteropycnotic and are placed out-
side of autosomes. E, Second metaphase, with X and Y in the center of a
ring formed by 6 autosomes.
the same intensity as the autosomes. At the second metaphase the
six autosomes lie towards the periphery of the plate and form a
ring, while the sex chromosomes take a central position in a ring
formed by the autosomes (Figs. C and E). In the second division
the X segregates to one pole with six autosomes and the Y with
six autosomes goes to the other pole.
The most striking difference between T. pallidovirens from
California and from the eastern United States is the chromosome
number in the diploid. T. pallidovirens from California has 14
(12-}-XY) in the male, while T. pallidovirens from the eastern
United States has 16 (14-)-XY) in the male.
152
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
Discussion: — Ruckes (1957) divided Thyanta pallidovirens
into four subspecies: T. pallidovirens pallidovirens (Stal), T. pal-
lidovirens setosa Ruckes, T. palidovirens spinosa Ruckes, and T.
pallidovirens accerra (McAtee). Of these subspecies T. p. accerra
is widely distributed in central, northern, and southern areas of
the United States and southern Canada. The other three subspecies
are more restricted in their distribution. Schrader and Hughes-
Schrader (1956) studied T. custator and T. pallidovirens cyto-
logically. Ruckes identified their specimens. They observed the
same chromosome complement (14-j-XY) in both species. Accord-
ing to Ruckes ( 1957 ) , Schrader and Hughes-Schrader’s specimens
of T. pallidovirens are really T. p. accerra. They also studied the
hybrids: T . custator x T. pallidovirens , which were provided by
Dr. R. I. Sailer (formerly at the United States National Museum)
and found meiotic irregularities in the hybrids. These meiotic ir-
regularities indicate cytogenetical differences between the parent
species and support Ruckes’ separation of T. custator and T. palli-
dovirens. It seems clear that T. custator and T. pallidovirens (rep-
resented by the subspecies accera ) are distinct but very closely
related species.
As described previously, T. pallidovirens pallidovirens (Stal)
and T. pallidovirens spinosa Ruckes are quite the same in chromo-
some cytology. Therefore, they may be subspecific as suggested by
Ruckes (1957). These two subspecies differ from T. pallidovirens
accerra (McAtee) in the chromosome complement. The chromo-
some complement of T . p. pallidovirens and T .p. spinosa is 12-j-XY
instead of 14-|-XY as found in T. p. accera and T. custator. Un-
fortunately experimental hybridizations of T. p. pallidovirens x
T . p. accerra and T. p. spinosa x T. p. accerra were not tried, but
it may be safely assumed that these crosses would be intersterile,
because of the chromosome complement differences. Therefore, it
seems to be reasonable to assume that T. p. accerra is a distinct
species rather than a subspecies of T. p. pallidovirens. White (1957)
suggests that the general effect of cytological studies on insect tax-
onomy will undoubtedly be to increase still further the number of
instances of sibling species barely or not at all distinguishable on
external characters.
The meiotic processes of T. p. pallidovirens and T . p. spinosa
are quite the same as in T. p. accerra and T. custator. Schrader
and Hughes-Schrader (1956) found a tendency for negative hetero-
JULY, 1963] UESHIMA CYTOTAXONOMY IN THYANTA
153
pycnosis in the sex chromosomes at late diakinesis and first meta-
phase. This very unusual state for the sex chromosomes is also
found in T. p. pallidovirens and T. p. spinosa (see Figs. B and D),
and indicates the phylogenetic similarity of T. p. pallidovirens,
T. p. spinosa, T. p. accerra, and T. custator.
Based on the cytological evidence mentioned above, I conclude
the following: Thyanta pallidovirens pallidovirens (Stal) and Thy-
anta pallidovirens spinosa Ruckes are probably subspecies as indi-
cated by their trinomial status. Thyanta pallidovirens accerra (Mc-
Atee) may be a distinct species rather than a subspecies of Thyanta
pallidovirens . Thyanta pallidovirens accerra and Thyanta custator
(Fabricius) are distinct species. Also Thyanta custator may be
specifically distinct from Thyanta pallidovirens pallidovirens and
Thyanta pallidovirens spinosa.
Summary
Thyanta pallidovirens pallidovirens (Stal) and Thyanta palli-
dovirens spinosa Ruckes were collected in California and were
studied cytologically. The chromosome complement of these two
subspecies is 12-j-XY in the male and differs from that of T. palli-
dovirens accerra (McAtee) which has 14-]- XY (Schrader and
Hughes-Schrader, 1956) . However, there is a tendency to be nega-
tively heteropycnotic at the late diakinesis and in the first meta-
phase for the sex chromosomes as seen in T. pallidovirens accerra.
It is suggested that T. pallidovirens accerra may be a distinct spe-
cies rather than a subspecies of T. pallidovirens, based on the dif-
ferences of chromosome cytology.
Literature Cited
Barber, H. G.
1911. The resurrection of Thyanta calceata (Say) from synonymy.
Jour. New York Entom. Soc., 19:108-111.
Ruckes, H.
1957. The taxonomic status and distribution of Thyanta custator
(Fabricius) and Thyanta pallidovirens (Stal) (Heteroptera,
Pentatomidae) . American Mus. Novitates, 1824:1-23.
Say, T.
1831. Descriptions of new species of Heteropterous Hemiptera of North
America. New Harmony, Indiana, 39 pages.
Schrader, F. and S. Hughes-Schrader
1956. Polyploidy and fragmentation in the chromosomal evolution of
various species of Thyanta (Hemiptera). Chromosoma, 7:469-496.
White, M. J. D.
154
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
1957. Cytogenetics and systematic entomology. Ann. Rev. Entom., 2:
71-90.
Wilson, E. B.
1911. Studies on chromosomes. VII. A review of the chromosomes of
Nezara; with some more general considerations. Jour. Morph.,
22:71-110.
NOTES ON THE BIOLOGY AND DISTRIBUTION OF
PARACOTALPA GRANICOLLIS HALDEMAN
(Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) 1
Clive D. Jorgensen
Brigham. Young University, Provo, Utah
Certain aspects of the biology and distribution of Paracotalpa
granicollis Haldeman were observed as part of an ecological study
at the United States Atomic Energy Commission Nevada Test
Site, Nye County, Mercury, Nevada. Apparently little is known
about the biology of this species since Ritcher (1958) did not
mention it in his review of the Scarabaeidae, although Ritcher
(1948) and Saylor (1940) discussed some aspects in the biology
of the closely related P. ursina ursina (Horn) .
The test site is situated in a large transitional area between the
Mohave and Great Basin Deserts. The major plant communities
are: (1) Larrea divaricata Cov. and Franseria dumosa Gray, (2)
Lycium pallidum Miers., (3) Atriplex confertifolia (Torr. and
Frem.) Wats, and Kochia americana Wats., (4) Coleogyne ramo-
mssima Torr., (5) Grayia spinosa (Hook.) Moq. and Lycium an-
dersonii Gray, (6) Artemisa tridentata Nutt., (7) Pinus mono-
pfiylla Torr. and Frem. and Juniperus osteosperma (Torr.) Little,
and (8) Salsola kali L. which occupies large areas that were de-
nuded of their original vegetation by nuclear weapons testing.
Adult males were observed flying in all of these communities except
Pinon- Juniper. They were most numerous in the Grayia-Lycium
and Lycium communities, and least numerous in the Coleogyne
and Artemisia communities. They preferred sandy bajada soils,
but not sandy washes or gullies.
1 This work was supported (in part) by the Atomic Energy Commission Contract AT (11-1) 786.
JULY, 1963] JORGENSEN— NOTES ON PARACOTALPA
155
The earliest date males were observed was January 16, 1961, in
the Lycium community and the latest date was April 6, 1961, in
the same community. The apparent peak of their flight activity
was from February 6 to 12. Daily flights began at sunrise. The
peak of daily activity was between 9:30 a.m. and mid-day, although
some were observed as late as 2:30 p.m. in the Coleogyne and
Artemisia communities. Cloud cover had no detectable influence
on the time daily flights began but did reduce the number of
beetles in flight. Some emerged from and descended into rodent
burrows, but most dug shallow recluses about five inches deep in
the soil.
Flight was typical of many scarabaeids. Only males were col-
lected in flight and they were frequently concentrated in small
local areas. The two methods used by males to locate females were
particularly interesting since mating was probably the primary
purpose for their flight. In most cases, females remained in the
entrances of their burrows until located by the males. Copulation
took place at the entrance, after which the females descended back
into their burrows and the males usually resumed flying. The second
method involved a tracking procedure. After alighting, the males
searched back and forth until the trail was identified, then they fol-
lowed in rapid pursuit. If the trail was lost or eliminated, they
circled until it was found again. Failure to find the trail again usu-
ally resulted in their taking flight. Copulation occurred immedi-
ately when females were overtaken by males and lasted for one to
two minutes. After this the female searched for a suitable burrow-
ing site and the male usually took flight. Several pairs were ob-
served mating on the ground, sometimes as many as eight males
tried to mate with one female at the same time.
Copulation was achieved when the female was approached from
behind and accomplished after her head had been forced down
and abdomen raised by the male’s rear legs. One female mated
with three separate males, one of them twice. This occurred in
approximately five minutes that it took her to find a suitable bur-
rowing site.
Ritcher (1948) observed ursina larvae feeding on the larger
roots of Artemisia at a depth of 6 to 12 inches. Most of the plant
species occurring in the areas of adult activity were examined,
but no larvae were recovered at the Nevada Test Site. Several dead
156
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
adult females were collected from 8 to 12 inches below the ground
surface, but eggs or larvae were never recovered.
References
Ritcher, P. 0.
1948. Descriptions of the Larvae of Some Ruteline Beetles with Keys
to the Tribes and Species (Scarabaeidae) . Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.,
41:206-212.
1958. Biology of Scarabaeidae. Ann. Rev. Ent., 3:311-834.
Saylor, S. W.
1940. Synoptic Revision of the Beetle Genera Cotalpa and Paracotalpa
of the United States, with descriptions of a new subgenus. Proc.
Ent. Soc. Wash., 42(9) : 190-200.
BOOK REVIEW
Pests of Stored Grain and Grain Products. By Richard T. Cotton. I -(- 318
pages. 108 figs. Burgess Publishing Company, 426 S. 6th St., Minneapolis
15, Minn. Price $5.00.
This publication is an expanded edition of work previously published by
Cotton. It consists of 15 instead of 11 chapters. Added chapters include in-
formation on rodent and bird pests, protecting stored seed from insect attack,
detection of insect infestation, and insect control in the bakery. The other
chapters give a complete account of factors that must be taken into con-
sideration in the protection of stored grain and its products. The life long
experience of the author in the field is reflected in the clear and understand-
able manner in which he has presented the subject matter. The book is a
must for those persons in the commercial fields who have anything to do
with the preservation and protection of stored food products. It furnishes a
handy reference to the available information on pests, their habits, and means
of protection and preventing damage. The book is assembled in a more dur-
able fashion than the previous works. Although the publication is of greatest
value to the commercial field, it should prove to be a valuable and handy
reference for students and scientists interested in the general field of stored
pests. — A. E. Michelbacher, University of California, Berkeley.
MEETING NOTICE
The Xllth International Congress of Entomology will meet July 8-16,
1964 in London, England.
JULY, 1963] STROHECKER— NEW WESTERN ACRIDIDAE
157
NEW ACRIDIDAE FROM WESTERN NORTH AMERICA
(Qrthoptera)
H. F. Strohecker
University of Miami , Florida
A number of new species of Orthoptera have been represented
among the several thousands specimens sent to me for identifica-
tion during the last three years. Large collections have come from
Drs. Paul Hurd and Jerry Powell of the University of California at
Berkeley, and from Mr. A. T. McClay at Davis. Smaller but ex-
ceedingly interesting shipments have come from Messrs. George
Buxton of the California Department of Agriculture at Sacramento
and Jacques Heifer of Mendocino. Dr. W. F. Barr of the Univer-
sity of Idaho has sent many finely prepared specimens from his
state.
Deposition of holotypes and allotypes is designated in the de-
scription of each species. In accordance with the wishes of the col-
lectors and curators of this material, paratypes will be distributed
to the major collections of Orthoptera in this country.
I have profited from the illuminating study by Ashley Gurney
(1960) of several groups of Melanoplus, and his comments in
correspondence have been a continuous help.
Trimerotropis pogonata Strohecker, new species
(Figs. 1,2,3)
Form short, stout. Antennae slightly longer than head and pronotuni
together, apically blunt, proximal and distal portions composed of quadrate
articles, articles of median region about two-thirds as broad as long. Prono-
tum with low median carina, cut by two sulci. Metazone one and two-thirds
times as long as prozone. Front margin advanced as distinct angle upon
occiput, hind margin with straight sides meeting at angle of 90 degrees or
slightly more. Lateral carinae distinct on metazone, disappearing at principal
sulcus but briefly indicated near front margin. Lateral lobes sloping, entirely
visible from above, lower posterior angle broadly rounded and somewhat
flaring. Head short and not deep, genae inflated, eyes globose but smaller than
is usual in the genus. Fastigium smooth, moderately excavate, roundly de-
clivent in profile, its lateral ridges almost straight and continued without
interruption as the ridges of the frontal costa, which is sulcate throughout.
Lateral foveolae represented by small, triangular, flattened areas. Ocelli
large and very convex. Tegmina and wings fully developed but extending
but little beyond body. Hind tibiae in lateral view slightly bowed, the feeble
curvature enhanced by distal flattening of tibia. Tibial spines, 11-12 on inner
margin, 8-9 on outer, are longer than is usual in Trimerotropis and the
distal calcars are very long, the inner pair extending to or beyond apex of
metatarsus, with lower one slightly longer. Legs and body, except abdomen,
158
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
are clothed with long white pubescence especially conspicuous on genae and
lower portions of pleura.
Coloration: head, pronotum and tegmina mottled ferruginous-gray, ab-
domen and hind femora yellowish, hind tibiae pale yellow with spines and
calcars black-tipped. The base of the tibia is ringed with black, broadly
on the inner side, narrowly externally. The hind femur has a number of
black points on its carinae ; its inner face and lower sulcus are pale yellow
with two broad black bands. The tegrnen has two wide black areas confined
to the costal field, and a number of rounded or quadrate spots in the dorsal
and apical fields. Wings hyaline with a faint yellowish tinge, without trace
of dark band but with venation of costal and apical regions dark.
The ovipositor valves of the female are slender, smooth and entirely pale,
the dorsal valves strongly retracted.
Measurements (mm) : length of body, male 14.2, female 19; of prono-
tum, male 3.3, female 4.0 ; of tegrnen, male 12.7, female 16.0 ; of hind femur,
male 9.3, female 12.5.
Holotype male: Grover City, San Luis Obispo County,
California, July 4, 1956, E. G. Linsley (California Academy of
Sciences). Allotype Female: Oso Flaco Lake, San Luis Obispo
County, California, July 13, 1959, A. E. Menke (California Acad-
emy of Sciences). Paratypes: two males with data of holotype,
twelve males and three females collected at Oso Flaco Lake, July
13, 1959 by A. E. Menke, R. M. Bohart, W. A. Steffan, R. W.
Spore, F. D. Parker, P. M. Marsh. A single female was collected
by P. D. Hurd at San Marcos Ranch, Santa Ynez Mountains, Santa
Barbara County on July 5, 1956.
The first specimens of this insect which came to me, I consid-
ered to be small individuals of Trimerotropis helferi but subse-
quent study shows them to be distinct. The stout form, long tibial
spines and calcars, and ovipositor structure suggest generic differ-
entiation but approximation to the length of the tibial calcars can
be seen in T. arenacea and T. helferi , while the female ovipositor
is similar to that of T. albescens McNeill. The melange of species
now included in Trimerotropis must undoubtedly be partitioned
but the introduction of another generic name now may contribute
to the difficulties of the revisor of this confusing assemblage.
New Species of Melanoplus
Since Gurney’s recent paper (1960) went to press, several
new species of Melanoplus have been discovered by Jacques Heifer
and by the personnel of the California Department of Agriculture.
From Idaho, Barr has sent representatives of three new species.
JULY, 1963] STROHECKER— NEW WESTERN ACRIDIDAE
159
In describing the aedeagi I have followed the terminology sug-
gested by Eades (1961).
The immunis group
Melanoplus hupah Strohecker and Heifer, new species
(Figs. 7, 8,35)
Male. — Size medium for the group, about equal to that of immunis,
which it resembles. Head large ; eyes large, their depth one and three-fourths
length of genal groove; fastigium narrowed behind and distinctly sulcate;
occiput, in front view, scarcely higher than upper margin of eyes; cheeks
somewhat inflated. Pronotum feebly flaring in front, its anterior margin
broadly and shallowly excavate at middle, its posterior margin convex and
very obtusely angulate, its median carina low on prozone, sharp on meta-
zone. In lateral view, prozone is almost level, not tumid as in immunis ;
lateral lobe is one and a half times as long (dorsally) as deep, tegminal sinus
obsolete. Tegmina longer than pronotum and narrowly rounded at apex in
holotype, but equal to pronotum and obtusely subangulate in a paratype,
overlapping. Epiproct a little longer than its basal width, its topography
similar to that of immunis. Arms of furcula short and narrow, widely sepa-
rated, about as long as their segment. Cercus, in lateral view, essentially
straight but appearing upturned because of concavity of dorsal margin ; in
dorsal view apical half of cercus is broadly incurved; its external face is
sulcate distally. Aedeagus is somewhat like that of M. rehni Hebard (Gur-
ney 1960:151, fig. 8) but its dorsal valves are in form of semi-cylinders
which conceal the sclerites; these are irregular rods in the internal wall of
the valves. Ventral valves are similar to those of rehni, thin, transparent,
narrow plates, rounded at apex.
Coloration: non-distinctive. Front and cheeks olive, occiput brown with
postocular dark bar on each side. Pronotum brown, metazone paler. Lateral
lobes shining black in prozonal portion, anterior and lower margins and
metazonal portion pale. Mesepisternum olivaceous, mesepimeron black,
metepisternum largely yellow. Abdomen mostly black with dorsal carina and
row of sensillae on each side pale, sternites and lower portion of tergites
yellow. Femora and front and middle tibiae yellow-brown, none of femora
with dark markings. Hind tibiae pale green.
Measurements (mm): length of body 19-21; of pronotum 3. 9-4. 6; of
legmen 4.0-5. 0; of hind femur 10.0-11.1.
Female. — much like the female of immunis. Consistent characters for
differentiating females of this group of Melanoplus have not been discov-
ered. In some females of hupah the head, pronotum, pleura and hind femora
are pale green, the tegmina and abdomen brown. In these specimens there is
a very narrow postocular band of black, and several small areas of dark
color on the sides of the prozone form an irregular line. The transverse sulci
of the pronotum are brown and the sides of the abdomen show vaguely
delimited dark areas.
Measurements (mm): length of body 23-27; of pronotum 4.6-5.5; of
tegmen 5. 2-6. 7 ; of hind femur 12.5-14.2.
160
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
Holotype male and allotype female: Kneeland, Humboldt
County, California, July 11, 1960, J. R. Heifer (U.S. National
Museum No. 65994). Paratypes: 20 males and 13 females col-
lected with the holotype and allotype.
The series was collected near the Kneeland postoflice, on damp,
subirrigated land covered with lush grass and white clover. The
grasshoppers were definitely associated with the clover. The only
other acridid observed in this situation was Chorthippus, which
was associated with the grasses.
Melanoplus wintunus Strohecker and Heifer, new species
(Figs. 9, 10, 34)
Very much like the preceding species and evidently closely related. The
following differences are noted but they could hardly be used in taxonomic
discrimination: fastigium less sulcate in wintunus, prozona flatter and with
median carine indistinct, hind margin of pronotum broadly obtuse-angulate,
arms of furcula shorter and more broadly triangular, much as in immunis ,
cercus smaller, thinner, its dorsal margin more strongly concave, its external
face shallowly sulcate. The abdomen is largely yellow, with a large, quadrate,
black area on the sides of each segment. The differences in the aedeagus are
best set forth by illustration (Figs. 9, 10).
Measurements (mm) : length of body of male 16-19, of female 21-23;
length of pronotum of male 3. 6-4.1, of female 4. 7-5. 3 ; length of tegmen of
male 3. 4-4. 6, of female 4.3-5. 4; length of hind femur of male 8. 4-9. 5, of
female 10.9-11.6.
Holotype male and allotype female: Plaskett Meadows,
Glenn County, California, July 26, 1961, J. R. Heifer (Cali-
fornia Department of Agriculture. Paratypes: 16 males and 9 fe-
males collected with the holotype, and one male taken by F. L.
Explanation of Figures
Figs. 1-20. 1, Trimerotropis pogonata Strohecker, head and pronotum of
male. 2, the same, metatibial calcars of male. 3, the same, ovipositor. 4,
Melanoplus eremitus Strohecker, aedeagus, ventral (caudal) view. 5, the
same, aedeagus, dextral view. 6, the same, aedeagus, median view of left
dorsal valve. 7, Melanoplus hupah Strohecker, aedeagus, ventral (caudal)
view, left side dissected. 8, the same, aedeagus, dextral view. 9, Melanoplus
wintunus Strohecker, aedeagus, ventral (caudal) view. 10, the same, aedeagus,
apical (dorsal) view. 11, Melanoplus elater Strohecker, aedeagus, ventral
(caudal) view. 12, the same, aedeagus, dextral view. 13, the same, left cercus
of male. 14, Melanoplus siskiyou, Strohecker, left cercus of male. 15, Melano-
plus buxtoni Strohecker, left cercus of male. 16, the same, aedeagus, ventral
(caudal) view, in situ. 17, the same, aedeagus, dorsal (anterior) view, in
situ. 18, the same, aedeagus, dextral view. 19, Melanoplus elaphrus Stro-
hecker, aedeagus, ventral (caudal) view. 20, the same, aedeagus, dextral
view.
JULY, 1963] STROHECKER— NEW WESTERN ACRIDIDAE
161
Blanc at Plaskett Meadows on August 22, 1952.
This species first came to the attention of the senior author
through a single specimen sent by George Buxton in 1959. The
junior author visited Plaskett Meadows to collect the series noted
above. Because of the imperfect condition of the first-known speci-
men the holo- and allotype have been selected from this series.
The Plaskett Meadows locality is a fairly large spring area,
subirrigated, and with tiny streams here and there draining into
two small artificial lakes. The vegetation is lush: wiregrass, corn
162
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
lily, buttercup, rain orchids and other wild flowers, with many
trees. On the first visit, in late June, the Melanoplus were imma-
ture, another trip in July yielded the series reported. No definite
association with particular plants was observed, but the insects
seemed to be absent from drier areas. A series of M. borealis
palaceus Fulton was also taken here, a record which extends the
known range of this grasshopper some hundred miles southward.
Melanoplus eremitus Strohecker, new species
(Figs. 4-6, 28)
Male. — Pronotum with median carina very low on the prozone, almost
disappearing between sulci, evident but low on metazone. Tegmina equal in
length to pronotum, apex rectangularly rounded to slightly acute. Furcula
hardly evident, its arms broad and very short. Cercus two and a half times
as long as basal width (somewhat foreshortened in figure), feebly upturned
with apical third rather abruptly incurved. Aedeagus with dorsal valves
semi-cylindric, concealing the slender sclerite, which ends above in a con-
cave plate supporting an arcuate membrance. The ventral valves are typical
of the immunis group.
Coloration: dorsum, including abdomen, blackish with some small buff
markings behind eyes and along lateral carinae of pronotum. Face and
genae olive. Antennae red-orange. Femora pale, hind femur with ill-defined
dusky patches on outer face, lower pagina and inner face orange-red.
Hind tibiae blue.
Measurements (mm) : length of pronolunr 3. 6-3. 9; of tegmen 2. 9-3. 8; of
hind femur 8. 3-8. 8.
Female. — fastigium broad, plane, very little narrowed between eyes.
Pronotum with median carina feeble but complete, front margin shallowly
excavate at middle, hind margin obtusely subangulate. Tegmina widely sepa-
rated, apices evenly rounded to subangulate.
Explanation of Figures
Figs. 21-35. 21, Melanoplus buxtoni Strohecker, epiproct of male. 22,
Melanoplus valiclus Scudder, paratype, Glendale, Oregon, aedeagus, ventral
(caudal) view. 23, the same, aedeagus, dextral view. 24, Melanoplus ascensus
Scudder, McCloud, Siskiyou County, aedeagus, ventral (caudal) view. 25,
the same, aedeagus, dextral view. 26, Melanoplus calapooyae Hebard, Divide,
Oregon, aedeagus, ventral (caudal) view. 27, the same, aedeagus, dextral
view. 28, Melanoplus eremitus Strohecker, left cercus of male. 29, Melanoplus
ascensus Scudder, McCloud, California, left cercus of male. 30, Melanoplus
calapooyae Hebard, Divide, Oregon, left cercus of male. 31, Melanoplus
validus Scudder, Glendale, Oregon, left cercus of male. 32, Melanoplus
ascensus Scudder, Upper Klamath Marsh, Oregon, left cercus of male. 33,
Melanoplus elaplirus Strohecker, left cercus of male. 34, Melanoplus win-
tunus Strohecker, left cercus of male. 35, Melanoplus hupah, Strohecker,
left cercus of male.
JULY, 1963] STROHECKER— NEW WESTERN ACRIDIDAE
163
Coloration: much as in male, but some specimens have areas on prono-
tum, mesopleura and femora green.
Measurements (mm): length of pronotum 4. 7-5.0; of tegmen 3. 8-4.6;
of hind femur 10.6-11.4.
Holotype male and allotype female: Top Lake, El Dorado
County, California, August 22, 1962, G. M. Buxton (California
164
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
Department of Agriculture). Paratypes: 11 males and 11 females
with the same data as the holotype and two males taken by Peter
C. Ting at Top Lake, August 27, 1950. All specimens associated
with Car ex.
The saltator group
Hebard reviewed this group in 1937 but omitted M. bernar-
dinae even though in the original dscription he had referred it to
the saltator complex. Also omitted was M. lepidus Scudder, which
was placed with saltator by Gurney in 1960.
In his treatment Hebard reduced M. validus and M. calapoyae
to racial status under ascensus. This, I think, is a too summary
dismissal of the taxonomic questions. The position of the dorsal
valve of the aedeagus in relation to its sclerite, discussed by Heb-
ard, may not be always fixed, i.e. the soft valve, subject to in-
fluence of the semi-rigid sclerite and to internal pressures, may
asume different positions or may be displaced in the extraction of
the phallus.
Specimens collected by George Buxton and others of the Cali-
fornia Department of Agriculture during the past two or three
years show that several additional species of this group occur in
northern California. While these are closely related, the present
evidence does not, I think, indicate intergradation.
While most of the species of the saltator group have the epi-
proct with a pair of oblique ridges on the apical half this feature
is not present in all. Gurney has, however, pointed out a distinctive
feature in the ventral aedeagal valves, which pass between and are
then reflexed around the sclerites of the dorsal valves. The follow-
ing simple key may be of use in preliminary sorting.
Key to Male Melanoplus of the Saltator Group
1. Cercus not or very little broadened at apex..__ 2.
Cercus distinctly broadened at apex 5.
2. Cercus much less than twice as long as broad (at base) bernardinae.
Length of cercus at least twice its basal width 3.
3. Cercus obliquely truncate at apex elater..
Cercus continuously tapering, styliform 4.
4. Distal ridges of epiproct parallel buxtoni.
Distal ridges of epiproct oblique elaphrus.
5. Distal ridges of epiproct low, short, subparallel lepidus.
Distal ridges of epiproct oblique, complete 6.
6. Tegmina somewhat attenuate, apex narrowly rounded 7.
Tegmina broadly to rectangularly rounded at apex 8.
JULY, 1963] STROHECKER— NEW WESTERN ACRIDIDAE
165
7. Lower distal angle of cercus greatly produced calapooyae.
Lower distal angle of cercus slightly produced siskiyou.
8. Distal ridges of epiproct high and strongly arcuate saltator.
Distal ridges low and gently arcuate —9.
9. Epiphallic lophus broad, its dorso-later edge evenly arcuate ascensus.
Lophus rather narrow, its edge undulately curved validus.
Melanoplus bernardinae Hebard
Melanoplus bernardinae Hebard, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 46:388(1920). Type
male, Vivian Creek, San Bernardino Mts., Riverside County, California.
Gurney (1960) has published figures of the epiphallus, cercus,
aedeagus and epiproct of this species. I have seen but four males,
Explanation of Figures
Figs. 36-46. 36, Melanoplus siskiyou Strohecker, aedeagus, ventral (cau-
dal) view. 37, the same, aedeagus, dextral view. 38, Melanoplus saltator
Scudder, aedeagus, ventral (caudal) view. 39, the same, aedeagus, dextral
view. 40, Melanoplus siskiyou Strohecker, right lophus of epiphallus. 41,
Melanoplus saltator Scudder, right lophus of epiphallus. 42, the same, left
cercus of male. 43, Melanoplus elater Strohecker, right lophus of epiphallus.
44, Melanoplus validus Scudder, right lophus of epiphallus. 45, Melanoplus
ascensus Scudder, right lophus of epiphallus. 46, Melanoplus calapooyae
Hebard, right lophus of epiphallus.
166
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
two from Tahquitz Valley in the San Jacinto Mts. and two from
Tetley Park, San Bernardino Mts. collected by Timberlake at
4500 ft. The latter pair of specimens have the epiproctal ridges
much as in ascensus i.e. oblique and complete.
Melanoplus elater Strohecker, new species
(Figs. 11-13)
Male. — fastigium broad and moderately sulcate, lateral ridges sub-
parallel. Depth of eye but little less than twice length of genal groove.
Pronotum with anterior margin evenly, roundly convex, median Carina low
but traceable throughout, a little higher on metazone, prozone: metazone
ratio 25:19, hind margin broadly subangulate. Tegmina separated, apices
rounded but with dorsal margin oblique, extending but little upon second
tergite. Epiproct about as broad at base as long, lateral margins feebly
tumid from base to about mid-length, whence a pair of curved, oblique ridges
course to apex. The topography of the plate is similar to but much weaker
than that of ascensus. Furcula more prominent than in ascensus, lobes
broadly triangular, apically rounded and about as long as tenth tergite.
Cercus slightly surpassing apex of epiproct, twice as long as basal width,
rapidly and symmetrically narrowed in basal third, thence subparallel to
feebly widened and obliquely truncate apex.
Coloration: dorsum, including first three abdominal tergites, dusky.
Head with postocular black band, continued on prozonal part of lateral lobe.
Hind femora clay yellow with two dusky nubeculae, which are continued
across the dorsal surface to inner face. Hind tibiae blue.
Measurements (mm): length of pronotum 3. 7-4.1; of tegmen 3. 5-4.0;
of hind femur 9. 1-9.8.
Female. — differs from female of ascensus in broader fastigium, which
is not constricted between eyes, even front margin of the pronotum, and
narrower, separated and apically subangulate tegmina. The ventral valves of
the ovipositor are narrower and sharper than in ascensus.
Measurements (mm) : length of pronotum 3.8-4.9; of tegmen 3.2-4.3; of
hind femur 9.2-11.6.
Holotype male and allotype female: 5 MILES NORTHEAST OF
Zenia, Trinity County, California, September 19, 1962, from
range, G. M. Buxton and F. L. Blanc (California Department of
Explanation of Figures
Figs. 47-59. 47, Melanoplus oreophilus Hebard, topotype, left cercus of
male. 48, the same, aedeagus, ventral (caudal) view. 49, the same, aedeagus,
dextral view. 50, Melanoplus papyraedus Strohecker, left cercus of male.
51, the same, aedeagus, ventral (caudal) view. 52, the same, aedeagus, dex-
tral view. 53, Melanoplus daemon, Strohecker, left cercus of male. 54, the
same, aedeagus, ventral (caudal) view, in situ. 55, the same, aedeagus, dex-
tral view, in situ. 56, the same, ovipositor. 57. Melanoplus trigeminus Stro-
hecker, left cercus of male. 58, the same, aedeagus, ventral (caudal) view,
in situ. 59, the same, aedeagus, dextral view, in situ .
JULY, 1963] STROHECKER— NEW WESTERN ACRIDIDAE
167
Agriculture). Paratypes: 6 males and 8 females with same data
as holotype. One male was collected 2 miles southeast of Wildwood
on September 18 and a pair was taken 2 miles southwest of Ruth
on September 19. Both these localities are in Trinity County.
The aedeagus and lophi of elater are similar to those of bernar-
dinae.
56
168
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
Melanoplus buxtoni Strohecker, new species
(Figs. 15-18, 21)
Male . — fastigium normally declivent for the group, a little narrower and
more deeply sulcate than in ascensus. Frontal costa plane, coarsely punctured.
Pronotum with lateral carinae feeble but evident, slightly divergent from
front basad. Prozone: metazone ratio 4:3. Median Carina continuous on
prozone but feeble between sulci, strong but low on metazone. Posterior
margin subangulate. Tegmina attingent, short-lobate with apex subangulate,
extending no farther than hind margin of first abdominal tergite. Abdomen
with tergites carinate dorsally, first strongly so, its apex moderately clavate.
Furcula very small, its lobes rounded. Epiproct slightly longer than basal
width, side margins undulately tumid, distal third with a pair of parallel
ridges. Cercus subfalcate, broad at base, tapering rapidly to midlength,
thence continuously narrowed to acute, slightly deflexed apex. In dorsal
aspect cercus almost straight; its external face linearly sulcate in distal
half or third.
Coloration: face and genae green-yellow, occiput dusky with black
postocular band continued on the anterior portion of lateral lobe of prono-
tum.. Dorsum of prozone dusky, entire metazone and lower portion of lateral
lobe yellowish. Legs, venter and mesepisternum green-yellow, metepisternum
largely yellow. Abdomen yellowish, segments 2-4 with large, lateral black
spots, segment 5 with narrow black bar on each side of base. Hind femur
with two black nubeculae on upper half of lateral face, these continued
across the upper pagina onto upper half of inner face. Lower sulcus and
inner face orange-red. Hind tibiae glaucous.
Measurements (mm) : length of body 16.5-18; of pronotum 3. 8-4.0; of
tegmen 3. 1-3. 8; of hind femur 8.7-9. 7.
Female . — no salient differences from other species are shown but the
tegmina are shorter and more broadly rounded than in most.
Measurements (mm): length of pronotum 4.3-4. 7 ; of tegmen 3. 9-4. 8;
of hind femur 10.4-10.9.
Holotype male and allotype female : Plasicett Meadows,
Glenn County, California, on range, September 14, 1960, G. M.
Buxton (California Department of Agriculture). Paratypes: 2
males and 1 female taken by D. C. Rentz 6 miles west of Plaskett
Meadows on August 27, 1962: two males and one female with
same data as holotype.
Of the first two phalli examined one had the cochleate part
of the left dorsal aedeagal valve in a median position, the second
had this part of the right valve in median position. The phallus,
carefully exserted, of a third specimen presented both valvular
cochleae ventral to (behind) their sclerites. Figures 16 and 17
were drawn from this preparation in situ. In the two phalli first
examined the valvular cochleae slipped into a ventral position dur-
ing potash-alcohol-glycerol treatment.
JULY, 1963] STROHECKER— NEW WESTERN ACRIDIDAE
169
Melanoplus elaphrus Strohecker, new species
(Figs. 19, 20, 33)
Male . — about the size of and closely resembling M. saltator Scudder.
Pronotum with lateral carinae blunt but conspicuous, median carina evident
throughout but low, especially between sulci, posterior margin obtuse-angu-
late. Tegmina shorter than pronotum, approximate dorsally, apex feebly pro-
duced and more narrowly rounded than in saltator. Epiproct as in saltator
but with oblique, distal carinae weaker. Furcula small, its lobes shorter
than tenth segment. Cerci stoutly styliform, tapering through curvature of
dorsal margin, a little decurved in apical half, only tip incurved. In some
specimens the cercus is more narrowed in its basal third and approximates
that of M. elater in form. Aedeagus with sclerites of dorsal valves specialized
as strongly sclerotized, apically decurved rods with lateral membrane. The
ventral valves are typical of the group.
Coloration: not markedly different from that of saltator. Hind femur
with outer surface dull yellow with small, indefinite, dark blotches; upper
pagina blackish ; lower pagina, lower sulcus and inferior portion of inner
face orange-yellow. Hind tibiae varying from pale green or glaucous to a
decided red.
Measurements (mm) : length of body 19-23; of pronotum 4.1-4.5; of
tegmen 3.5-4.0; of hind femur 10-12.
Female . — very similar to female of saltator and I have found no de-
pendable characters for distinguishing the two.
Measurements (mm): length of body 21-24; of pronotum 4.4-5. 0; of
tegmen 3. 9-4.2; of hind femur 10.7-12.
Holotype male and allotype female : 3miles east of Kneeland,
Humboldt County, California, November 1, 1960, T. R. Haig
(California Department of Agriculture). Paratypes: 24 males and
22 females with same data as holotype. An additional 5 males
were collected at Ferndale, Humboldt County by Haig on No-
vember 2, 1960. Buxton has recently sent 36 males and 25 females
collected by him and Blanc from range grasses at Cold Springs,
Trinity County on September 18, 1962.
Haig’s collection notes state that these insects were found in
roughly circular areas fifty to one hundred feet in diameter. When
flushed from these spots they quickly returned and collecting was
thus easy. These circular areas occurred at intervals of several
hundred yards on a rocky surface.
Melanoplus lepidus Scudder
Melanoplus lepiclus Scudder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 20:321 (1897)
Hebard (1912:86) designated as lectotype a male from
Truckee, Nevada County, California. Gurney (1960:159) has pre-
170
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
sented a series of figures. A notable feaure of the aedeagus is the
relatively great length of the sclerites of the dorsal valves.
Melanoplus siskiyou Strohecker, new species
(Figs. 14, 36, 37, 40)
Male . — fastigium rather deeply sulcate, much narrowed between eyes.
Pronotum with front margin broadly and shallowly excavate at middle,
median carina low, obliterated or almost so between sulci, lateral carinae
feeble, disc rounding into lateral lobes, hind margin broadly subangulate.
Tegmina slightly overlapping, notably attenuate with apex narrowly rounded.
Epiproct scarcely longer than basal width, side margins roundly tumid from
base to middle, there abruptly convergent and paralleled by oblique
ridges, apex acutely rounded. Cercus about two and a half times as long as
basal width, a little narrowed in basal third, thence subparallel to apex,
upper apical angle broadly rounded, lower angle briefly and roundly pro-
duced. Femora much enlarged, hind ones with outer face more than usually
convex, lower pagina very strongly developed and decidedly sinuate proximad,
base of the femur deflexed into a short “tooth” as in Aeloplides. This feature
may be seen feebly expressed in other species of the group but is much more
strongly developed in siskiyou. The aedeagus is very similar to that of M.
elater but the sclerites of the dorsal valves are more widely separated and
more aciculate. The aedeagus also shows some general resemblance to that
of validus, hut the small amount of material at hand does not suggest actual
merging of populations.
Coloration: face, genae, lateral lobe of pronotum and mesopleura oli-
vaceous, occiput, prozone of pronotum and first three abdominal tergites
fuscous, metazone and tegmina umber. Flead with a pair of dark postocular
bars, broken dark line on prozonal portion of lateral lobe. Abdomen, mete-
pisternum and femora yellow, hind femur with two irregular dark areas,
continued over dorsal paginae onto inner face. Hind femur may be better
described as having its outer face largely dark with scattered yellow points
on its basal third and a conspicuous yellow band at mid-length, lower pagina
and inner face red-orange. Hind tibiae pale blue.
Measurements (mm) : length of pronotum 4.6; of tegrnen 4.5; of hind
femur 10.3.
Female . — fastigium broader and less sulcate than male. Tegmina at-
tingent, narrowly rounded at apex. The single specimen is pale yellow (green
in life?) with narrow postocular dark bar and several narrow dark lines on
prozonal part of lateral lobe. The transverse sulci dark here but not dorsally.
Upper edge of outer face of hind femur with a row of dusky points.
Measurements (mm) : length of pronotum 4.9; of tegrnen 4.3; of hind
femur 11.6.
Holotype male: Ft. Jones, Siskiyou County, California, Sep-
tember 3, 1942, H. W. Graves (California Department of Agricul-
ture). Allotype female: Ft. Jones, August 18, 1948, Earl Gammon
(California Department of Agriculture) .
JULY, 1963] STROHECKER— NEW WESTERN ACRIDIDAE
171
Two imperfect males from Ft. Jones are also at hand. At Cold
Springs in Trinity County on September 19, 1962 Buxton and
Blanc collected a male and seven females which seem referable to
this form but have the hind tibiae bright red. The male of this series
when compared with the holotype is seen to be smaller and more
intensively colored. The prozone of the pronotum is less tumid,
with visible lateral carinae, and has a dark bar on the upper part
of the lateral lobe. The cercus is more truncate than in the holo-
type, its upper distal angle more abruptly rounded. Length of
pronotum 3.9 mm; of tegmen 4.5 mm; of hind femur 9.5 mm.
Melanoplus ascensus Scudder
(Figs. 24, 25, 29, 45)
Melanoplus ascensus Scudder, Proc. Davenport Acad. Sci., 7:196 (1800).
Hebard in 1912 chose a male specimen from Mt. Shasta as
lectotype of this species, and in 1937 he discussed ascensus at
length, placing M. validus pinicola Fulton as a synonym. In this
latter work he illustrated the left dorsal aedeagal valve.
In ascensus and the forms which follow the cochleate portion
of the dorsal aedeagal valves is coriaceous, appearing amber-
colored even in cleared preparations. These parts are considerably
larger in ascensus and calapooyae than in the other species of the
group; the drawings of the aedeagus of these two is 5/6 the scale
used in the other drawings of aedeagi. The drawing of the cercus
of the McCloud specimen illustrates an extreme apical angulation ;
indeed the right cercus of this specimen has the lower apical angle
more rounded. Possibly the right dorsal aedeagal valve, as illus-
trated, has suffered some displacment. In a specimen from Upper
Klamath Marsh, Oregon the right dorsal valve has an appearance
much like that of calapooyae.
Melanoplus calapooyae Hebard
Figs. 26, 27, 30, 46)
Melanoplus calapooyae Hebard, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 46:385 (1920)
In 1937 Hebard reduced this name to racial status under ascen-
sus. I have not seen specimens which are definitely intermediate
and have no strong opinions on the relationship of the two.
Melanoplus validus Scudder
(Figs. 22, 23, 31, 44)
Melanoplus validus Scudder, Proc. Davenport Acad. Sci., 7:197 (1899)
Hebard (1912:90) chose Grant’s Pass, Oregon as the type
172
THE PAN- PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
locality and in 1937 placed validus as a race of ascensus. While
the aedeagi are somewhat similar the phallus in its entirety indi-
cates, I think, that if validus is of less than specific rank it is a race
of saltator rather than of ascensus. Hebard appended the remark
that “its racial validity may yet not be considered unequivocally
established.”
Melanoplus saltator Scudder
(Figs. 38, 39, 41, 42)
Melanoplus saltator Scudder, Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, 20:261 (1897)
Hebard chose a male from Portland, Oregon as lectotype and
in 1938 illustrated the left dorsal aedeagal valve, evidently from
a dry preparation. Gurney (1960:159) presented more detailed
drawings from potash-glycerol preparations.
The montanus group
In 1935 Hebard treated this group, in which he included
washingtonius , repetinus, idaho , salmonis and oreophilus in ad-
dition to montanus. On the basis of aedeagal structure only the
first and last of these should be associated, to which is added a
third species recently discovered by Dr. Barr.
Melanoplus daemon Strohecker, new species
(Figs. 53-56)
Both male and female closely resemble the corresponding sexes of M.
washingtonius Bruner. In both sexes the tegmina are slightly overlapping,
their exposed portions a little longer than the pronotum with apex narrowly
rounded. Face, genae and lower portions of lateral lobe of pronotum ochra-
ceous with two dusky bands crossing outer, upper and inner faces. Hind
tibiae and tarsi pink, tibial spines black, calcars yellow with black tips.
Male. — epiproct triangular, broader and longer than in ivashingtonius,
its lateral margins reflexted at base and rather deeply sulcate on each side,
median costae straight and ending apically in circular plaque bounded on
each side by a semicircular ridge. This feature is more strongly developed
than in montanus (Thomas) and ivashingtonius. Arms of furcula about as
long as their segment, symmetrically tapering and bluntly rounded. Cercus
similar to that of ivashingtonius but broader and with dorsal margin strongly
concave. Dorsal valve with sclerite stout and dark, strongly recurved, the
ventral valves long, tapering, aciculate, feebly sclerotized. Figures 54 and
55 were drawn from the phallus in situ.
Measurements (mm) : length of body 20; of pronotum 4.3; of tegmen
4.6 ; of hind femur 9.7.
Female. — resembling female of ivashingtonius very closely but with
valves of ovipositor more attenuate and acute.
Measurements (mm): length of body 24; of pronotum 5.4; of tegmen
5.6; of hind femur 12.5.
Holotype male and allotype female: 10 miles west of Cuprum,
JULY, 1963] STROHECKER— NEW WESTERN ACRIDIDAE
173
Hell’s Canyon, Sheep Rock, Adams County, Idaho, August
13, 1953, F. V. Nonini (California Academy of Sciences). Three
additional females have the same data.
Melanoplus papyraedus Strohecker, new species
(Figs. 50-52)
The following description is based upon a single male which is appar-
ently in a teneral stage of coloration. Male pale tan with a dark bar on
lateral lobe of prozone of prontum. Hind tibiae very pale pink. This species
is similar to oreophilus Hebard but of stouter form. Pronotum with prozone
slightly longer than metazone, median carina strongly developed behind prin-
cipal sulcus but imperceptible on tumid prozone. Hind margin obtusely
rounded. Lateral carinae very feeble on metazone and hardly perceptible on
prozone. Tegmina broadly overlapping, shorter than pronotum, more broadly
rounded at apex than in oreophilus. Arms of furcula broad and obtusely
rounded at apex, about as long as tenth segment. Cercus twice as long as
basal width, tapering rapidly in basal third by concavity of dorsal margin,
thence subequal, apex obliquely rounded and externally convex. Subgenital
plate short and shallow, broadly tuberculate at apex. Aedeagus without dark
sclerotizations, ventral valves erect, acuminate at apex by arcuate excision
of lateral margin.
Measurements (mm): length of body 18; of pronotum 4.9; of tegrnen
3.8 ; of hind femur 10.3.
Holotype male: Lemhi Pass, Lemhi County, Idaho, July 12,
1956, W. F. Barr (California Academy of Sciences).
The oreophilus group would include, besides its nominate spe-
cies, repetinus Hebard, Idaho Hebard, salmonis Hebard and
papyraedus.
The artemisiae group
Hebard (1935) has discussed and figured the salient features
of M. artemisiae Scudder and M. lemhiensis Hebard. To these two
must be added another related species found, like the others, in a
small area in eastern Idaho.
Melanoplus trigeminus Strohecker, new species
(Figs. 57-59)
Male . — of rather small size for the genus and of grayish general colora-
tion; very similar to artemisiae and lemhiensis. Eyes prominent, their depth
one and a half times length of genal groove. Fastigium much narrowed pos-
teriorly and distinctly sulcate. Pronotum with prozona only a little longer
than metazona, median carina feeble, scarcely evident between sulci, hind
margin broadly subangulate. Tegmina shorter than pronotum, narrowly
rounded at apex. Arms of furcula broad, shorter than tenth segment, rounded
at apex. Cercus slightly more than twice as long as its basal width, lower
margin almost straight, upper margin little concave, cercus thus narrowest
at mid-length, apex evenly and broadly rounded, subtruncate. The cercus is
a little incurved at mid-length and strongly flattened in its distal two-fifths.
174
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
Subgenital plate with short and broad tubercle at apex. Aedeagus with
dorsal valves slender, their apices acute and decurved, ventral valves very
broad basally, abruptly tapering clistally to the acute apex.
Coloration: face pale, fastigium and occiput mottled with fuscous; post-
ocular bar, continued on sides of prozona, black. Dorsum of pronotum dusky.
Lower half of lateral lobes yellow. Meso- and metathorax yellowish, sutures
black. Tegmina dusky with most of veins ivory. Abdomen gray, each seg-
ment with row of elongate dark markings on posterior margin and narrow,
longitudinal dark bar on each side, below which are several brown spots.
Sides of the second segment largely black. Hind femur with external face
pale brown, inner upper pagina with two dark bars, continued onto inner
face. Most of inner face and lower sulcus yellow. Hind tibiae glaucous.
Measurements (mm): length of body 17; of pronotum 3.5; of tegmen
3.2 ; of hind femur 8.5.
Holotype male: 3 miles east of Baker, Lemhi County,
Idaho, July 12, 1956, W. F. Barr (California Academy of Sci-
ences). Paratypes: a male with same data as holotype and 5 males
taken at the type locality by Barr on June 24, 1961.
Literature Cited
Eades, D. C.
1961. The terminology of phallic structures in the Cyrtacanthacridinae.
Ent. News, 72: 141-194.
Fulton, B. B.
1930. Notes on Oregon Orthoptera with descriptions of new species and
races. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 23:611-641.
Gurney, A. B.
1960. Grasshoppers of the immunis group of Melanoplus and notes on
the grouping of other far western brachypterous species of the
genus. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, 62:145-166.
Hebard, M.
1920-37 New genera and species of Melanopli. 1920, part III, Trans.
Amer. Ent. Soc., 46:355-403; 1935, parts V-VI, Ibid. 60: 337-
390; 1937, parts X-XIY, Ibid. 63: 147-173.
Rei-in, J. A. G. and M. Hebard
1912. Fixation of single type (lectotypic) specimens of species of
American Orthoptera. Ill, Revision of Orthopteran group Mela-
nopli by S. H. Scudder, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,
1912:72-87; part IV, Supplement to revision of Melanopli by
S. H. Scudder, Ibid. 87-90.
Scudder, S. H.
1897. Revision of the orthopteran group Melanopli. Proc. U.S. Nat.
Museum, 20:1-421.
1899. Supplement to a revision of the Melanopli. Proc. Davenport Acad.
Nat. Sci., 7:157-205.
Strohecker, H. F.
1960. Several new species of North American Orthoptera. Pan-Pacific
Ent., 36:31-35.
JULY, 1963] COOK— MATING OF PSYLLA PYRICOLA
175
MATING BEHAVIOR OF PSYLLA PYRICOLA FORSTER
(Homoptera: Psyllidae)
Paul P. Cook, Jr.
Seattle University, Seattle, W ashington
The mating behavior of psyllids has been previously described
in general terms by Knowlton and Janes 1 for the potato psyllid,
Pciratrioza cocker elli (Sulc.) The observation reported here differs
in at least some respects, and presents more detail.
Eight or ten male and female pear psyllids ( Psylla pyricola
Forster) of the overwintering generation were aspirated into a
glass tube and placed under a microscope. A male was observed to
approach a female from her right, facing her, then turn to his right
and back up so that he was beside her and facing the same direc-
tion as she. No contact of the two occurred until the male moved
the posterior portion of his abdomen to beneath the female genital
area, pushing upward on the ventral valve of the female with the
tip of his abdomen. After several seconds the female turned the
tip of her abdomen downward approximately 30° from the normal
position. The male bent the tip of his abdomen upward approxi-
mately 135° so that it was nearly inverted (scorpion-like). The
ventral valve of the male was placed between the dorsal and ventral
valves of the female, its venter apposed to the dorsal valve of the
female. The male proctigers appeared to grasp the ventral valve of
the female on either side from above. The ventral valve of the
female was inserted part-way into the dorsal region of the male
genital area so that the tip of the ventral valve was not visible. The
male forceps and other parts not mentioned were not visible. There
was some movement back and forth of male abdomen, while the
female remained relatively still. Movement of the antennae, as
reported by Knowlton and Janes for the potato psyllid, was not
noted. After approximately one minute the male disengaged and
walked quickly away several inches. The female moved about
Vy-inch and stopped.
1 Knowlton, G. F., and M. J. Janes, 1931. Studies on the biology of Paratrioza cockerelli
(Sulc). Ann. Ent. Soc. Araer., 24(2) :283 -291 .
176
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
DESCRIPTION OF THE EGGS OF LEPTOGASTER
SALVIA MARTIN 1
( Diptera : Asilidae )
R. J. Lavigne
University of Wyoming , Laramie
While making observations on June 25, 1962, of an extensive
area of threetip sagebrush (Artemisia tripartita Rydb. subsp.
rupicola Beetle), the author observed several individuals of Lepto-
gaster salvia Martin. The area was located at an elevation of 6000
feet on the north slope of the Owl Creek Mountains at the north
end of the Wind River canyon near Thennopolis, Wyoming. As-
sociated plain species included Agropyron spicatum (Pursh)
Scribn. and Smith, Poa secunda Presl, Poa fendleriana (Steud.)
Vasey, Phlox hoodii Rich, and Lupinus spp.
One female was captured and it deposited 60 eggs in the bot-
tom of the glass vial in which it was retained. The eggs were a
bright orange and slightly oval, averaging 0.36 mm in length and
0.27 mm in width. The variation in size did not exceed 0.02 mm
for the whole series of eggs. No sculpturing was visible on the egg
chorion at 150X magnification.
L. salvia occurred in association with Machimus occidentalis
Hine. This latter species was observed to capture three specimens
of L. salvia.
The author wishes to thank Dr. Charles Martin of the Uni-
versity of Oregon for identifying the specimens of L. salvia.
Explanation of Figure
Fig. 1, Eggs of Leptogaster salvia Martin.
1 Published with the approval of the Director, Wyoming Agricultural Experiment Station, as
Journal Paper No. 189.
JULY, 1963] POWELL— HABITS OF PERIPLOCA ATRATA
177
OBSERVATIONS ON LARVAL AND PUPAL HABITS OF
THE JUNIPER CONE MOTH, PERIPLOCA ATRATA HODGES
(Lepidoptera : Gelechioidea)
Jerry A. Powell
University of California , Berkeley
Members of the genus Periploca Braun are small, dark, shiny
moths which are poorly known biologically. The species for which
some information is available exhibit a variety of habits as borers
in different woody plants. In his recent treatment of the genus,
Hodges (1962) described P. citrata from specimens collected in the
Santa Rita and Chiricahua Mountains, Arizona, and at Mt. Diablo,
Contra Costa County, California. Among material examined by
Hodges were specimens reared from fruit of Jiiniperus pachyphloea
in Arizona and Juniperus calif ornica at Mt. Diablo.
Collections from the latter area made during the spring of 1962
have produced some further information on the biology of this
moth which is of interest, especially the characteristic emergence
arrangement. Juniper was examined for affected ovulate cones at
2900 feet elevation on Mt. Diablo, January 21 and at Russelmann
Park, located at 1100 feet on the north slope of the mountain,
February 23 and again on April 6 and 13. In January and February
although numerous berries were examined which showed brown
spotting, were turning purple, or had a shriveled appearance, the
few discovered containing Periploca showed no apparent correlated
external effects. By April, however, infested fruits had a noticeable
pale, wrinkled appearance and were found to be rather common
on some trees.
Larvae of P. atrata were present in the January 21 and Febru-
ary 23 lots, although most individuals had pupated by the latter
date. Feeding took place within the seed in a curling tunnel and
eventually consumed most of the volume of the seed, but left the
pulpy, fibrous outer cover essentially untouched. Variation was
noted in disposition of the frass. Evidently much of the frass from
younger larvae was expelled, since essentially frass free tunnels
were observed. In one instance a tiny hole was present at a point
where the tunnel touched the berry skin, while another larva was
found in a clean burrow which led to a large round hole; yet in
still another case some frass was found in a larval excavation which
seemed to have no opening to the exterior. Feeding by mature
larvae resulted in an accumulation of frass around the pupal cham-
178
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
ber, and in all cases this was noted to be considerably more than
was associated with any larva seen.
The presence of pupae within cones was always to be perceived
from the external appearance of the emergence aperture. The hole
was closed by a curious valve-like structure (Figs. 2, 3), evidently
of silk origin, but exteriorly of a tough, smooth, leathery consis-
tency. The apertures were oval and measured about 1.1 x 0.6 or 0.7
mm, and each was accompanied by a darkened area about twice
that size surrounding it. Beneath the valve closure a silken tube
trackway led away from the exit some distance around the seed,
then into the pupation chamber inside the seed. In most cases the
exit path comprised a full 180° turn from the direction of the
pupal situation, and at times curved away from its plane by as
much as 90°. At emergence the pupal shell, which has no cremaster,
remained in situ , probably held by the tight confinement of the
pupal chamber and the constricted exit trackway. When the emerg-
ing moth reached the surface, it caused the sides of the “valve” to
part, evidently by forcing the sides of the silken trackway apart,
pulling the exit cover inward. The apertures remained open after
emergence of the moths, and such berries were easily distinguished
from those with pupae still inside.
Cosens (1908) made no mention of any such closure of the
emergence hole of Periploca ceanothiella (Cosens), a gall-maker in
branches of Ceanothus. However, he noted that galls occupied by
overwintering larvae were lined with silk. P. atrata seemed not to
form any silk lining within the juniper cones other than the emer-
gence trackway.
Whereas during early spring painstaking search was necessary
to reveal the presence of emergence valves or frass ejection holes,
by April affected berries had a distinctive appearance which en-
abled almost unerring selection of them from among healthy ones.
In addition to the exit valve, cones containing pupae had by this
time a pale, slightly yellowish, and slightly wrinkled appearance in
comparison to normal, smooth green fruits. Berries with a con-
spicuous brown spot, which were common on the trees, were not
Explanation of Figures
Fig. 1, Periploca atrata Hodges, female (3.5X) ; Russelmann Park,
Contra Costa County, California, 11-23-62, reared from Juniperus californica
berry, emerged III-16-62 (JAP-62B8). Figs. 2-3, ovulate cones of juniper
(8.2X) showing exit aperture “valve” of P. atrata prior to emergence.
july, 1963]
POWELL— HABITS OF PERIPLOCA ATRATA
179
180
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
found to contain pupae, but at times pupae were found in cones
having a purplish tinge. This led to an examination of purplish
fruit from the ground under a tree, but none were discovered with
signs of Periploca. The fact that nearly mature pupae within green-
ish berries were found on the trees in April suggests that affected
fruits normally do not drop prior to the moths 5 emergences.
Apparently larval feeding is completed and pupation occurs
well ahead of emergence. One teneral pupa was collected January
21, even though a light snow was falling at the time, and Mt.
Diablo recorded its coldest temperature of the season (10°F) the
following day. This individual emerged about three weeks after
being brought into the laboratory, as did those collected as pupae
in late February. However, moths were not seen at Russelmann
Park by April 13, and no emergence had occurred from observed
berries. Hodges (1962) gave a record of P. atrata taken at Mt.
Diablo, April 5, 1937 (by E. C. Van Dyke) , presumably as adults;
and moths emerged from my April 13 collection between April 16
and 19, indicating that the flight period probably occurs in April
and early May. This is somewhat earlier than that of P. ceanothi-
ella (Cosens) and P. nigra Hodges (a cambium miner in orna-
mental juniper) in the area. Records of specimens taken at lights
in Walnut Creek near Alt. Diablo during 1961 and 1962 indicate
that both these species fly during the last week of May and in June.
The latter species was taken as late as July 10. Adults of all three
species are presumed to be noctural in behavior. Those of P. atrata
emerged at night and remained quiescent during the daylight hours
when housed in petri dishes.
Two specimens of an ichneumonid, Pristomerus sp. 1 , were
reared from the 1958 collection (Russelmann Park, 1-4-58, H.
Ruckes, Jr.) reported by Hodges. The specimens emerged from
unsegregated berries, and no specific data were taken regarding
the host-parasite relationship. No parasites were obtained from the
1962 collections.
Acknowledgment is made to R. W. Hodges, U.S. National
Museum, who determined specimens of the three species of Peri-
ploca.
1 Determined by G. S. Walley, Entomology Research Institute, Ottawa, and deposited in the
Canadian National Collection.
july, 1963]
POWELL— BOOK REVIEW
181
Literature Cited
Cosens, A.
1908. A new lepidopterous gall-producer. Canadian Ent., 40(3): 107-
108.
Hodges, R. W.
1962. A review of the genus Periploca with descriptions of nine new
species (Lepidoptera: Gelechioidea) . Pan-Pacific Ent., 38(2):
83-97.
BOOK REVIEW
BUTTERFLIES OF THE AMERICAN TROPICS. THE GENUS ANAEA.
By William Phillips Comstock. The American Museum of Natural His-
tory, New York, 1961. Printed in England, W. S. Cowell, Ltd., Ipswich,
xiii + 214 pp., 30 colored plates. Price $25.00 cloth.
An aura of Old World nineteenth century splendor strikes one on leaf-
ing through this magnificently executed volume, with its heavy paper, broad
margins, widely spaced lines of large, clear type, and its generously spaced
fine colored reproductions. The work was begun over 20 years ago and
carried out by the author with the enthusiastic interest and financial support
of Mr. Frank Johnson of Griffin, Georgia. The manuscript was completed in
1949 following a preliminary paper on the Antillean species by Johnson and
Comstock. As stated by Dr. F. FI. Rindge in the preface to the present book,
it is indeed unfortunate that neither of the persons primarily responsible
for it lived to see the work finally printed. The book is undoubtedly one
of the finest treatments, both in its scientific and mechanical aspects, to
have been published on Neotropical Lepidoptera. The manuscript and plates
have been edited and rearranged since the death of Dr. Comstock, but
according to Rindge the text is virtually as originally written.
The work itself is a study of the species formerly assigned to the genera
Coenophlebia, Siderone , Zaretis, Hypna, Anaea , Polygrapha. and Protogonius
(i —Consul), all of which are treated as subgenera. The group comprises
some 120 species (with 38 additional subspecies), about four-fifths of which
are included in the new subgenus Memphis. Six species and five subspecies,
all members of this subgenus, are described as new. In addition to the
rearrangement of the genera and the new forms, evidently considerable taxo-
nomic change also has occurred through new synonymy, which, however, is
not designated as such. Besides the systematic account, treatment of the
following aspects of the genus Anaea are included: immature stages, distri-
bution and origin, climates and population density, paleoclimates and paleo-
geography, phylogeny, etc. The taxonomic treatment is modern throughout;
the classification is based on wing venation, wing shape, and genital mor-
phology of the males and includes consideration of seasonal forms and
geographical variation. All phases are illustrated by 250 line figures and
maps as well as by the truly excellent colored plates. Artwork for the latter
was done by Miss Marjorie Statham and Miss Dorothy Fitchew and depicts
both upper and lower wing surfaces of 268 individual butterflies.
182
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
In a cursory examination of a number of species, representing all the
subgenera, from various parts of the Americas, I find the work quite usable.
The taxonomic and distributional treatments appear to be accurate and on
the whole complete. Identification of species seems straightforward, especially
due to the illustrations, which are exceedingly accurate both in form and
color reproduction. As stated in the preface, the manner of handling litera-
ture is brief. References in general sections of the text are correlated with
the short terminal bibliography. Those in discussions under individual spe-
cies are usually to be found in the synoptic synonymy of the given species,
but at times are not, and one is referred to the terminal literature cited (e.g.,
under A. ( Memphis ) iphis, p. 158).
As with almost any compilation of major proportions, a few minor
ommissions are bound to have crept in. For example with regard to A.
(Zaretis) itys (p. 30) the plate number reference (Plate 1, figs. 4, 5) has
been omitted from the text; and the size of individuals, usually indicated
by a range of fore-wing length, is not shown for this species. A curious
omission of some sort has occurred in the subgenus Anaea. On the map
summarizing the distribution of the subgenus (p. 184) the group is shown
to range, in the broad sense, over the whole of Mexico and, in the western
United States, into what appears to be parts of New Mexico, Arizona, and
southern California. However, in the discussions of the species, none is re-
ported from Arizona or New Mexico. As stated by Comstock (p. 43), Field 1
reported A. (Anaea) aidea (~ morrisoni) from the “Sierra Madre of
California” (a record which surely must have been based on erroneously
labeled specimens) ; however, Field also listed aidea as occurring in Ari-
zona, as have other general works (e.g. Holland 2 3 ). Martin and Truxal' 1 also
give Arizona as source for material of this species; and both of Field’s west-
ern records were repeated by Ehrlich 4 , but Comstock does not relist the
Arizona one. I have collected A. (Anaea) andria in Arizona (Sedona, 3$,
1 $ VI-20-49) and had supposed that the species must be well known in
Arizona, since I have done very little field work there. However, it appears
that Comstock’s current treatment is in agreement with general works on
North American butterflies in not listing this species west of Texas. Also,
Rindge’s data 5 for A. aidea in Baja California represent southern localities,
not the whole of the peninsula as indicated by Comstock’s map of the sub-
genus. Similarly, A. (Memphis) glycerium (p. 76) is listed from Arizona
(perhaps a doubtful record?), but the map of the distribution of the sub-
genus (p. 190) indicates no occurrence in northwestern Mexico or south-
western United States.
1 Field, W. D. 1938. A Manual of the Butterflies and Skippers of Kansas (Lepidoptera,
Rhopalocera) . Bull. Univ. Kansas, 39(10): 1-329.
~ Holland, W. J. 1931. The Butterfly Book, rev. ed., Doubleday & Co., Garden City, N.Y.
xii + 424 pp. & 77 pi.
3 Martin, L.M. & F.S. Truxal 1955. A List of North American Lepidoptera in the Los Angeles
County Museum. Part I. Butterflies. Los Angeles Co. Mus., Sci. Ser. Vol. 18, Zool. No. 8,
35 pp.
4 Ehrlich, P.R. & A.H. Ehrlich 1961. How to Know the Butterflies. Wm. C. Brown Co.,
Dubuque, la., 262 pp.
5 Rindge, F.H. 1948. Contributions toward a knowledge of the insect fauna of Lower Cali-
fornia. No. 8. Lepidoptera: Rhopalocera. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., 24(8): 289-312.
JULY, 1963] MICKEL — DILOPHOTOPSIS STENOGNATHA
183
It is regrettable that with the expenditure of such a monumental effort
and expense, resulting in an excellent revision, that so little space has been
given over to communication of author’s opinions. All his discussions tend
to be brief (a commendable quality for many taxonomic papers). The reader
is given little detail on such complex problems as the geographical variation
in A. (Siderone) marthesia and A. (Zaretis) itys and one is left to wonder
what thoughts Comstock may have had concerning questions such as the
possible doubtful records mentioned above.
The beautiful members of the genus Anaea have long been sought after
and studied by students and admirers of the magnificent butterfly fauna
of the New World tropics. That data on many species remains fragmentary
is attributable mainly to difficulties involved with collecting in remote and
dangerous regions. In addition to supplying a further stimulus for collec-
tors this book provides a thorough and accurate treatment of this large and
widely distributed group, which will be of value to those interested in the
classification and geographical distribution of animals of the Neotropical
Region. — Jerry A. Powell, University of California , Berkeley.
DESCRIPTION OF THE FEMALE OF DILOPHOTOPSIS
STENOGNATHA SCHUSTER 1
(Hymenoptera: Mutillidae)
Clarence E. Micicel
University of Minnesota, St. Paul
During the spring of 1962 I operated a light trap in the yard
of my home at Tucson, Arizona for the purpose of attracting and
collecting female Mutillidae. The trap consisted of a gallon can
sunk in the ground so that the top rim of the can was even with
the surface of the ground, and an ultraviolet electric bulb suspended
over it about four feet above the ground. This trap not only at-
tracted and trapped female Mutillidae but also attracted males.
Females of a species of mutillid were taken numerous times. On
one occasion a copulating pair was captured while I observed the
insects coming into the trap. The male was identified as Dilophotop-
sis stenognatha Schuster. On several other occasions males of this
species were observed pursuing the large females, but a copulating
pair was observed only once. The description of the female follows :
1 Paper No. 5055, Scientific Journal Series, Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station, St.
Paul 1, Minnesota
184
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
Dilophotopsis stenognatha Schuster
Female. — Testaceous, except second ter gum beneath felt lines, posterior
margin of second tergum and sternum, abdominal segments beyond second,
and all femora, castaneous; entire body and legs clothed with erect pale
hairs, front and vertex also with appressed pale hairs, dorsum of thorax and
disk of second tergum with appressed, dark golden hairs; posterior margin
of head, anterior margin of thorax, and posterior margin of all abdominal
segments with dense fringes of very pale plumose hairs. Mandibles edentate
at tip, deeply excised beneath near base forming a conspicuous rounded, blunt
tooth, dorsal carina terminating one-third the distance from base to apex,
in a small acute tooth; clypeus obscured by dense pubescence; first segment
of flagellum one and one-half times the length of second; antennal scrobes
not carinate above; genae rounded into postgenae, not carinate; front, vertex
and genae densely, confluently punctate; dorsum of thorax coarsely, densely,
confluently punctate, disk of posterior face of propodeum weakly rugose and
with sparse, distinct, moderate punctures; sides of pronotum, posterior face
of mesopleura and sides of propodeum punctate, anterior face of mesopleura
and all of metapleura glabrous, impunctate; first abdominal segment very
short, subsessile, but with a distinct constriction between first and second
segments; first and second terga densely punctate, anterior forth of second
coarsely, rugosely punctate; puncturation of terga three to five obscured by
pubescence; pygidial area well defined, large, covering all of exposed surface
of last tergum, very finely, delicately rugose, appearing granulate under low
power; second sternum with large, close punctures throughout; remaining
sterna with small, close punctures; legs densely clothed with long, pale hairs.
Length, 11.5 mm.
Allotype female: Tucson, Arizona, May 15, 1962 (C. E. Mickel)
in copula with male, in collection of University of Minnesota, St.
Paul, Minn. Paraallotypes: Seventeen females, Tucson, Arizona,
May 10, 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 19, 20, 23 and 29, 1962 (C. E. Mickel),
in collections of University of Arizona and University of Minne-
sota.
MEETING NOTICE
Greetings from the Pacific Coast Entomological Society were sent to the
Entomological Society of Canada and to the Entomological Society of On-
taria in recognition of the celebration of the centennial of organized ento-
mology in Canada. Meetings will be held September 3-6, 1963 at Carleton
University, Ottawa.
july, 1963]
PARKER— NEW ASTATA
185
A NEW SPECIES OF ASTATA FROM SOUTHERN ARIZONA
(Hymenoptera : Sphecidae)
F. D. Parker
University of California, Davis
Since my previous studies on Astata (Parker, 1962. Ann. Ent.
Soc. Amer. 55(6) :643-659) a new species has been collected in
southern Arizona. In order to make information on the genus more
complete, the following description is published at this time.
Astata femorata Parker, new species
(Figs. 1-3)
Male. — Black; posteriorly on tergite I, all of tergite II, basally on tergite
III, red; wings hyaline. Pubescence silvery-white, that of sternites III-V
light tan, medial, brush-like, recumbent, and projecting posteriorly. Punc-
tation on head, pleura reticulate, becoming faintly striate posteriorly on
pleura; scutum entirely pitted; scutellum pitted except for shiny summit,
postscutellum shagreened; dorsal propodeal surface moderately, evenly
reticulate, reticules radiating laterally from median carina; sides of propo-
deum heavily reticulate dorsally, fading to striae ventrally; tergites finely
punctate, that of sternites coarse; mesosternum shiny, evenly punctured.
Flagellomeres IV-VIII with double tyloides, the anterior one larger; intero-
cellar area swollen; tangential line between compound eyes equal to length
of flagellomeres V-VII taken together; median clypeal lobe truncate (Fig. 1),
! 2 3
Explanation of Figures
Figs. 1-3, Astata femorata Parker: 1, head. 2, hind femur. 3, apical por-
tion of aedeagus (lateral view).
186
THE PAN- PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
slightly produced, apically as wide as length of fourth segment of maxillary
palpus; midcoxa with a small tubercle on ventral surface; ventral margin of
hind femur deeply incised (Fig. 2), depressed basally, width of incised area
slightly longer than the length of second hind tarsal segment; sternite II
sharply humped medially; sternites III-VI slightly depressed medially;
aedeagus figured (Fig. 3) . Body length 8.7 mm, wing length 6.2 mm.
Female. — unknown.
Holotype male: — Pena Blanca, Santa Cruz County, Arizona,
VIII-17-61, Werner, Nutting. Type deposited in collection of the
California Academy of Sciences.
In my key to the North America species this runs to A. bakeri
Parker. It is easily distinguished from bakeri by its larger com-
pound eyes and incised hind femora. In all probability it is a
Mexican species which only occasionally enters the United States.
TWO NEW SPECIES OF CHYPHOTES FROM
SOUTHWESTERN UNITED STATES 1
(Hymenoptera: Mutillidae)
Clarence E. Mickel
University of Minnesota, St. Paul
The two species described below have come to my attention
while working over the mutillid collections of the University of
Arizona.
Chyphotes minimus Mickel, new species
Male . — Body pale testaceous, antennae and legs stramineous, ocellar area
infuscated; third abdominal tergum castaneous, darker than remainder of
abdomen; head almost impunctate, with a few, small, scattered punctures;
mandibles slender, dorsal carina weakly developed, not wider medially than
elsewhere; clypeus convex, distal margin lying above dorsal edge of mandi-
bles; front with a deep pit anterior to anterior ocellus, a faint depressed line
extending from pit to antennal tubercles; ocellar area distinctly elevated;
head triangular behind eyes; pronotum dull, with scattered, setigerous
punctures, except a broad posterior margin glabrous, impunctate; sides of
pronotum faintly rugoso-reticulate ; propleura dull, with a cluster of setigerous
punctures at ventro-lateral angle adjacent to coxae; mesonotum dull, faintly
granulate, with scattered setigerous punctures; scutellum faintly rugoso-
punctate, punctures setigerous; mesopleura weakly rugoso-reticulate, with a
1 Paper No. 5054, Scientific Journal Series, Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station, St.
Paul 1, Minnesota
july, 1963]
MICKEL— NEW CHYPHOTES
187
few setigerous punctures; propodeum distinctly, irregularly reticulate, closely
so on sides, reticulations elongate on dorsum, posterior face transversely
rugose; mesosternum dull, faintly granulate, with scattered, setigerous
punctures, depressed at midline, and with an extremely minute tooth in front
of each middle coxa; metasternum with a median longitudinal carina, but
without teeth in front of hind coxae ; dorsum of petiole of first abdominal
segment transversely rugose, swollen posterior area with elongate reticula-
tions, each reticulation with a setigerous puncture at its anterior margin,
posterior margin of tergum longitudinally rugose; first abdominal sternum
rugoso-punctate ; surface of second abdominal tergum faintly longitudinally
striate, and with moderate, oblique, setigerous punctures; remaining ab-
dominal terga shagreened and with scattered, small, setigerous punctures;
second abdominal sternum glabrous, except narrow, distal margin shagreened,
with moderate, oblique, well separated setigerous punctures; remaining
sterna shagreened and with small setigerous punctures; wings hyaline, with
only two submarginal cells and one discoidal cell ; marginal cell subtruncate
distally. Length, 5 mm.
Holotype male: Organ Pipe National Monument Headquar-
ters, Arizona, light trap, April 17, 1955 (J. Eden), in collection
of University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minn. Paratypes: Three
males, Organ Pipe National Monument HQ, Arizona, light trap,
April 19, 1955 (J. Eden) ; four males, Organ Pipe National Monu-
ment, Pima County, Arizona, light, April 14, 1956 (G. D. Butler
and F. G. Werner), two of these without abdomens. In collections
of University of Arizona and University of Minnesota.
Distinguished from both pallidus and attenuatus by the elon-
gate reticulations of the first tergum, the fine longitudinal striations
of the surface of the second tergum, and the transversely rugose
posterior face of the propodeum. The paratypes vary in length
from 5 to 8 mm.
Buzicky’s key to the males of Chyphotes (1941) may be modi-
fied as follows to include minimus Mickel :
15. Dorsal mandibular carina elevated and conspicuous at the middle,
thus the mandible broadest medially attenuatus (Blake).
Dorsal mandibular carina weak throughout, the mandible slender,
not broader medially 16
16. Posterior face of propodeum reticulate; first tergum coarsely
punctate to the posterior margin; surface of second tergum
weakly shagreened between the punctures pallidus Buzicky.
Posterior face of propodeum transversely rugose; first tergum
with elongate, narrow reticulations posteriorly; surface of sec-
ond tergum finely longitudinally striate between the punc-
tures minimus Mickel.
188
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
Chyphotes nitidus Mickel, new species
Female. — Body, antennae and legs, stramineous, distal half of mandibles
castaneous (postero-lateral fifths of second ter gum, posterior half of second
sternum, and all of third sternum, castaneous, apparently discolored by in-
ternal body fluids) ; head subovate, slightly wider than prothorax, but nar-
rower than widest part of mesothorax; compound eyes ovate, one and one-
half times as long as wide; first segment of flagellum distinctly shorter than
second ; head entirely glabrous with a very few scattered punctures, each
puncture with a short semi-erect hair; pronotum glabrous throughout, dorsum
almost impunctate, hut lateral edges of dorsum defined by a row of seti-
gerous punctures; sides of pronotum weakly, vertically rugose; propleura
with a tuft of erect setae adjacent to the anterior coxae; mesothorax com-
pletely fused with the metathorax and propodeum, the dorsal and lateral
surfaces evenly rounded into one another and glabrous throughout, with a
very few scattered, setigerous punctures, and the anterior face of mesopleura
separated from the shallowly punctate posterior face by a vertical row of
setigerous punctures; anterior portion of first abdominal sternum slender,
subterete, slightly greater in diameter posteriorly than anteriorly, the dor-
sum glabrous, the sides obliquely rugose; junction of first abdominal sternum
and tergum forming an obtuse angle; all the abdominal terga glabrous, with
a very few scattered setigerous punctures, the second to fifth terga each with
a thin, distal fringe of pale hairs; pygidial tergum weakly shagreened.
Length, 6 mm.
Holotype female, 13 miles West of Winterhaven, Cali-
fornia, May 23, 1956 (V. Roth), in collection of University of
Minnesota, St. Paul, Minn.
Differs from all other described females in the glabrous surface
of the body and the sparse, scattered puncturation.
Buzicky’s key to the females of Chyphotes (1941) may be
modified as follows to include nitidus Mickel:
6. Femora and tibiae piceous or infuscated - albipes (Cresson).
Femora and tibiae testaceous or light yellow 6)4
6)4- Pronotum and mesonotum-propodeum distinctly punctate
throughout ..epeclaphus Buzicky.
Pronotum and mesonotum-propodeum glabrous throughout and
with only a very few scattered setigerous punctures nitidus Mickel.
Literature Cited
Buzicky, A. W.
1941. A Monograph of the Genus Chyphotes (Hymenoptera, Mutilli-
dae, Apterogyninae) of North America. Ent. Amer., 21 (n.s,):
201-243,
JULY, 1963] LINSLEY & MACSWAIN— NEW ONAGRANDRENA
189
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES AND SUBSPECIES OF
ONAGRANDRENA, PRINCIPALLY OF THE ANDRENA
OENOTHERAE COMPLEX
(Hymenoptera: Andrenidae)
E. G. Linsley and J. W. MacSwain 1
University of California , Berkeley
Eight years ago, we commented on the wide distribution and
morphological variability among specimens then identified as
Andrena oenotherae Timberlake (Linsley and MacSwain, 1955).
In the meantime we have made an intensive effort to collect repre-
sentative series from as many localities as possible. With this new
material it is now possible to recognize a number of distinctive
populations in the complex.
Along the western edge of the Mojave Desert, two such popu-
lations overlap in a broad area of sympatry and compete for pollen
from the same species of Oenothera. These, obviously, may be re-
garded as distinct species. The remainder, however, appear to
be completely allopatric, and, in the absence of genetic data, might
equally well be regarded as species or subspecies.
These are described below together with a more distantly re-
lated species from Baja California.
Andrena (Onagrandrena) oenotherae Timberlake
This is one of the smaller species in the complex. The female
varies in length from 9.5-12 mm (mean of 25 individuals 11.12,
S.D. ± .41) with the anterior wing from 7. 5-8. 5 (mean 8.06, S.D.
± .09). The apex of the process of the lahrum in the female is
parallel-sided, nearly twice as long as broad and the propodeal
enclosure is coarsely and irregularly rugose — a distinctive com-
bination of characters. It is distributed from coastal Santa Barbara
County, California (Goleta) to northern Baja California (Santo
Tomas) extending inland in southern California to the western
edge of the Colorado Desert (Palm Springs, Borrego). Females
collect pollen from Oenothera cheiranthi folia suffruticosa , a per-
ennial of the coastal strand from near Goleta to near Ensenada in
northern Baja California, which blooms in the spring and summer,
and Oenothera historta, a spring blooming annual of the coastal
bluffs and coastal sage scrub of southern California and northern
1 The authors express appreciation to the National Science Foundation for support of research
on bees associated with Onagraceae through NSF Grant G-7193. We are indebted to Peter H.
Raven, Department of Biological Science, Stanford University, for identifying the species of
Oenothera.
190
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
Baja California, which extends inland to the edge of the desert.
Our collections of A. (O.) oenothercie range from early February
to late July, with two peaks, suggesting the possibility that two
generations may be involved.
Of the specimens recorded as ,oenotherae by Timberlake
(1937), Linsley (1938), and MacSwain (1955), those from the
following localities in California are assignable to the species as
here restricted: Ventura County: Saticoy; Los Angeles County:
Claremont, Glendale, El Segundo Dunes; Orange County: New-
port, Balboa Island; San Diego County: Carlsbad, Newton; River-
side, Wineville, Hemet, the Gavilan, Saboba Hot Springs, Palm
Springs; and San Bernardino County: 10 miles west of San Ber-
nardino.
Recent collections of this species include the following: 20 9 $ , 1$,
Goleta, Santa Barbara County, May 2, 1959, at flowers of Oenothera cheiran-
thifolia suffruticosa, 6:30-7:28 a.m. (P. H. Raven) ; 24 $ 2 , 3 $ $ , Ventura
Ventura County, April 10, 1959, at flowers of Oenothera cheiranthifolia suf-
fruticosa, 7:36-10:59 a.m. (P. H. Raven); 6 9 9, 2 $ $, south end of San
Buenaventura State Park, Ventura County, June 8, 1959, at flowers of Oeno-
thera cheiranthifolia suffruticosa, 6:50-7:20 a.m. (E. G. and Juanita M. Lins-
ley) ; 13 2 9 , same locality, May 24, 1959, taking nectar from Chaenactis,
7:50-8:22 a.m. (E. G. and Juanita M. Linsley) ; 23 2 2 , 2 $ $ , Point Dume,
Los Angeles County, April 18, 1959, at flowers of Oenothera cheiranthifolia
suffruticosa, 7:35-8:45 a.m. (P. H. Raven) ; 26 2 2 , same locality and date, at
flowers of Oenothera historta, 6:36-7:27 a.m. (P. H. Raven); 79 2 2 , same
locality, April 5, 1959, at flowers of Oenothera cheiranthifolia suffruticosa,
6:57-10:17 a.m. (P. H. Raven) ; 29 9 2 , 16 $ $ , Carlsbad, San Diego County,
April 30, 1959, at flowers of Oenothera cheiranthifolia suffruticosa, 6:35-8:30
a.m. (P. H. Raven) ; 208 2 9 , 73 $ $ , same locality, April 21, 1962, at flowers
of Oenothera cheiranthifolia suffruticosa, 6:30-8:00 a.m. (E. G. and Juanita
M. Linsley) ,89 9,2$ $ , same locality, March 29, 1963, at flowers of Oenoth-
era cheiranthifolia suffruticosa, 8:06-8:21 a.m. (E. G. Linsley) ; one female,
one mile north of Oceanside, San Diego County, March 29, 1963, at flowers of
Oenothera cheiranthifolia suffruticosa, 9:00 a.m. (E. G. Linsley) ; 12,5$ $,
two miles northeast of Lakeside, San Diego County, March 13, 1963, taking
nectar from Salix (J. A. Chemsak) ; 3 2 9, Claremont, Los Angeles County,
April 29, 1959, at flowers of Oenothera historta, 6:58-8:30 a.m. (P. H. Ra-
ven) ; one female, seven miles east of Temecula, Riverside County, April 23,
1959, at flowers of Oenothera historta, 6:27 a.m. (P. H. Raven).
Andrena (Onagrandrena) convallaria
Linsley and MacSwain, new species
Female. — Integument black; pubescence black. Fheacl with clypeus con-
vex, densely punctate, without indication of a median longitudinal smooth
line; labrum with apex of process convex, somewhat arcuate, slightly longer
JULY, 1963] LINSLEY & MACSWAIN— NEW ONAGRANDRENA
191
than wide to nearly one and one-half times as long as broad, sides diverging
to apex which is subtrucate with a very faint median notch ; antennae with
flagellum black, first segment, measured along anterior margin, as long as
second and third combined. Mesosoma with mesoscutum dullish, finely and
closely punctured, punctures mostly less than one diameter apart, interspaces
finely reticulate, areas enclosed by reticulations more or less round, not
elongate oval; mesoscutellum and mesopleura more closely punctate than
mesoscutum, punctures contiguous; propodeunr coarsely rugoso-punctate,
basal enclosure with a strong median longitudinal carina extending most of
the distance from base to apex, apical one-third rugose, lateral carinae num-
erous, oblique, moderately coarse ; wings tinted with blackish ; legs with
scopa of posterior tibiae one-third wider than tibia, very dense, erect. Meta-
soma moderately slender, shining, second tergunr with most anterior hairs
long, minutely but distinctly plumose, surface finely punctate, most punc-
tures separated by from two to four diameters, terga two to four with apical
impression finely, sparsely punctate, impunctate margin narrow but distinct,
shining. Body length approximately 12 mm, anterior wing 8.75 mm.
Male . — Integument black; pubescence of bead erect, black, except for a
few pale hairs on vertex; dorsal pubescence of thorax long, erect, yellowish-
white; pubescence of legs and abdomen black, except for first metasomal
tergunr. Head with apical process of labrum emarginate, bilobed; antennae
with flagellum black, first segment slightly longer than second. Mesosoma
with mesoscutum opaque, very densely punctate, punctures mostly separated
by less than half a diameter; mesoscutellum more densely punctate than
mesoscutum, punctures subcontiguous; propodeum sculptured much as in
female, apex rugose. Metasoma with punctures of second tergunr mostly
separated by two to four diameters, terga with a distinct apical margin. Body
length approximately 11 mm, anterior wing 7.75 mm.
Holotype female and allotype male (California Academy of
Sciences, Entomology) from 2.5 miles south of Livingston,
Merced County, California, March 20, 1960 (G. I. Stage), and
103 paratypes (California Insect Survey and R. R. Snelling collec-
tion) from the same locality as follows: 32 9?, 17 c? d% March 20,
1960, at flowers of Oenothera campestris, (= Oe. dentata var.
campestris) 7:42-10:14 a.m. (R. R. Snelling and G. I. Stage);
9 $$, 22 c7 cf , March 21, 1960, at flowers of Oenothera campestris ,
7:38-10:55 a. m. (G. I. Stage) ; 6 $$, 9 c? cf, March 24, 1960, at
flowers of Oenothera campestris , 9:57-1:32 p.m. (R. R. Snelling) ;
20 11 cT d\ April 2, 1960, at flowers of Oenothera campestris,
7:29-9:21 a.m. (R. R. Snelling, G. I. Stage); and 4 3 cfcT,
April 6, 1960, at flowers of Oenothera campestris, 7:30-8:15 a.m.
(R. R. Snelling) . Additional paratypes, from two miles southwest
of Livington, are as follows: 32 $$, 1 cf, April 4-5, 1959, at
flowers of Oenothera campestris, 6:55-9:59 a.m. (G. I. Stage);
192
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
37 April 17, 1959, at flowers of Oenothera campestris, 7:13-
9:17 a.m. (J. W. MacSwain and G. I. Stage).
Additional material, not designated as paratypic, has been examined as
follows: 1 $ , Antioch, Contra Costa County, California, April 25, 1936 (M. A.
Cazier 2 ) ; 19, Blackwell’s Corner, Kern County, California, April 7, 1950
(P. D. Hurd) 2 , 3 9 9 , 20 miles east of Bakersfield, Kern County, California,
March 28, 1953 (J. W. MacSwain) 2 ; 96 9 9 , 41 $ $ , 18 miles east of Bakers-
field, Kern County, California, on various dates in March and April, 1958-
1962, at flowers of Oenothera campestris (E. G. Linsley, J. W. MacSwain,
J. R. Powers, G. I. Stage and R. W. Thorp) ; 1 9 , 9.6 miles north of Black-
well’s Corner, Kern County, California, March 24, 1961, at Oenothera campes-
tris, 8:20 a.m. (J. W. MacSwain) ; 8 9 9, 2.4 miles south of Tipton, Tulare
County, California, March 29, 1960, at Oenothera campestris, 9:44-10:48 a.m.
(E. G. Linsley and J. W. MacSwain) ; 2 9 9 , Tulare Airpark, Tulare County,
California, April 15, 1960, at Oenothera campestris, 7:22 and 7:23 a.m. (E. G.
Linsley) ; 9 9 9 , 6.8 miles southwest of Shandon, San Luis Obispo County,
California, March 23, 1961, at Oenothera campestris, 7:55-9:10 a.m. (J. W.
MacSwain) ; 6 9 9 , same locality, April 2 and 3, 1961, 6:37-7:12 a.m., (E. G.
Linsley) ; 25 9 9 , 6 $ $ , Creston, San Luis Obispo County, California, April
10 and 11, 1961, on flowers of Oenothera campestris, 7:20-9:50 a.m. (J. A.
Chemsak and R. W. Thorp ) ; 3 9 9, 2.5 miles south of Creston, San Luis
Obispo County, California, April 11, 1961 on flowers of Oenothera campestris
7:46-8:37 a.m. (J. W. MacSwain) ; 2$ $ , Chuchupate Ranger Station, base
of Frazier Mountain, Ventura County, California, May 8, 1959 (C. W. O’Brien
and P. D. Hurd) ; 23 9 9 , 14 S $ , 1.6 miles west and 2.6 miles east of Pine
Canyon Guard Station, Santa Barbara County, California, April 23, 1959 on
flowers of Oenothera campestris, 6:55-10:30 a.m. (J. W. MacSwain and G. I.
Stage) ; 6 9 9 , 1 $ , Hungry Valley, 5 miles south of Gorman, Ventura Coun-
ty, California, April 10, 1960 on Oenothera campestris, 6:40-10:20 a.m. (G. I.
Stage) ; and 22 9 9 , 1 $ , same locality, May 7, 1959, 5:43-7:14 a.m., (C. W.
O’Brien, J. R. Powers and G. I. Stage) ; 52 9 9 , 2 $ $ , 10 miles west of
Simmler, San Luis Obispo County, California, May 5-6, 1962 on Oenothera
campestris, 6:00-8:00 a.m. (J. K. Drew, P. D. Hurd, J. A. Powell, R. W.
Thorp and C. A. Toschi).
This species is larger on the average than A. ( O .) oenotherae ,
and the females differ in the form of the apex of the process of the
labrum, which is less than one and one-half times as long as broad,
with the sides diverging toward the apex, which is finely notched.
Whereas A. ( O.) oenotherae is a species of southwestern California
from the Colorado Desert edge to the sea coast, taking pollen from
Oenothera cheiranthi folia suffruitcosa and Oe. bistorta, A. (O.)
convallaria is a species of the San Joaquin Valley and western
Mojave Desert, taking pollen from Oenothera campestris. Near
2 Previously reported as A. oenotherae (Linsley and MacSwain, 1955)
JULY, 1963] LINSLEY & MACSWAIN— NEW ONAGRANDRENA
193
Bakersfield, California, it occurs sympatrically with A. ( 0.) ves-
pertina, and although the males may be readily distinguished by
the color of facial pubescence, the females are difficult to separate,
although they are quite different in habits, vespertina being active
in the late afternoon, rather than the morning, and taking pollen
from the white-flowered, evening-opening Oenothera decorations
rather than the yellow-flowered, morning-opening Oe. campestris
(a re-examination of the indiv duals from Oe. campestris reported
by us as vesperina , reveals that they should be assigned to conval-
laria) . However, in A. (0.) vespertina , the apical process of the
labrum is narrow and parallel-sided, rather than broad, somewhat
diverging and notched, and the interspaces between the mesoscutal
punctures are shining and have elongate-oval rather than round
reticulations. The two species appear to be siblings derived from a
common ancestral stock with A. (0.) oenotherae.
Two subspecies are recognizable in our material, the females
of which may be separated as follows :
1. Wings tinted with black; labrum with apex of process usually
distinctly longer than broad; mesoscutum with punctures
mostly separated by less than one diameter; tibial scopa about
one and one-half times as wide as tibia, hairs dense, erect;
body length 12-13.5 mm (mean of 25 individuals 12.38, S. D.
± .20 mm), anterior wing 8.25-9 mm (mean 8.76, S. D. ±0.7
mm) San Joaquin Valley, California convallaria convallaria
Wings almost clear; labrum with apex of process as broad or
broader than long; mesoscutum with punctures mostly sepa-
rated by from slightly less than one to slightly more than one
diameter; tibial scopa about as wide as tibia, hairs a little less
dense and less erect; body length 11.5-13.5 mm (mean of 25
individuals 12.11, S. D. ±.33 mm), anterior wing 8.25-8.75 mm
(mean 8.60, S. D. ±0.2 mm). Southwestern Mojave Desert,
California convallaria subhyalina
Andrena (Onograndrena) convallaria subhyalina
Linsley and MacSwain, new subspecies
Female. — Form and coloration of integument and pubescence as in the
nominotypical subspecies, but wings not tinted with black. Labrum with apex
of pi'ocess as broad as, or broader than, long. Mesocutum with most punctures
separated by slightly less to slightly more than one puncture diameter. Tibial
scopa about as wide as tibia, moderately dense, suberect. Body length 11.5-
13.5 mm (mean of 25 individuals 12.11, S.D. ± ,33mm) ; anterior wing
8.25-8.75 mm (mean 8.60 ± .02).
Male. — Form and coloration of integument similar to nominotypical sub-
species, but dorsal pubescence of thorax brownish, rather than yellowish-
white. Body length 10.5 mm, anterior wing 7.75 mm.
194
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
Holotype female (California Academy of Sciences, Entomol-
ogy) Boron, Kern County, California, April 3, 1959, on Oeno-
thera campestris, 7:41 a.m. (J. W. MacSwain), allotype male,
same locality and date, taking nectar from Coreopsis californica,
8:25 a.m. (J. W. MacSwain), 18 paratypes from the same locality:
2 99 , March 27, 1959, taking nectar from Coreopsis californica ,
9:59 and 10:15 a.m. (E. G. Linsley and J. W. MacSwain) ; 2 99 ,
April 2, 1959, taking nectar from Oenothera campestris , 7 :02 and
7 :55 a.m. ( J. W. MacSwain) 4 99 , April 3, 1959, taking nectar
from Oenothera campestris, 6:48-7:43 a.m. (E. G. Linsley and
J. W. MacSwain) ; 3 99 , same date, taking nectar from Coreopsis
californica, 8:30-9:00 a.m. (E. G. Linsley and J. W. MacSwain) ;
4 99 , April 10, 1960, taking nectar from Oenothera campestris,
7:02-7:31 a.m. (E. G. and Juanita M. Linsley) ; 3 99 , same date,
taking nectar from Layia glandulosa, 8:10-8:25 a.m. (E. G. Lins-
ley) . 40 females and four males, from the type locality on various
dates in April, 1959 and 1960 (E. G. Linsley, J. M. Linsley, J. W.
MacSwain) are stylopized, and hence not designated as paratypes
(this represents 67 per cent stylopization of adults, a figure far
exceeding any we have found for other species; further, although
most of the unstylopized females from Oenothera campestris have
some grains of pollen on the body, none was actively gathering
pollen) .
Available material from other areas, not designated as paratypic, is as
follows: 6 9 9, Little Rock, Los Angeles County, April 25 — May 14, 1956,
at flowers of Oenothera campestris (2 with pollen) (E. G. Linsley, James M.
Linsley, J. W. MacSwain' 1 ) ; and 23 9 9 (8 stylopized) , same data, April, 1959
(E. G. Linsley, J. W. MacSwain).
Andrena (Onagrandrena) oraria
Linsley and MacSwain, new species
Female. — Integument black: pubescence black. Head with clypeus con-
vex, densely punctate, with a feeble elevated median longitudinal smooth
line; antennae with first flagellar segment, measured along anterior margin,
slightly longer than second and third combined, flagellum black. Mesosoma
with mesoscutum dullish, very closely punctate, most punctures separated by
less than one diameter, interspaces finely reticulate, enclosed areas oval,
impressed; mesoscutellum more densely punctate than mesoscutum, punctures
contiguous; mesopleura more coarsely, densely punctate than mesoscutum,
punctures contiguous; propodeum coarsely rugose-punctate, basal enclosure
with a strong, median, longitudinal carina extending two-thirds of distance
from base to apex, apical third almost smooth, lateral carinae numerous,
^ Recorded as A. oenotherae by Linsley and MacSwain (1956).
JULY, 1963] LINSLEY & MACSWAIN— NEW ONAGRANDRENA
195
oblique, moderately coarse; wings tinted with blackish; legs with scopa of
posterior tibiae distinctly wider than tibia, very dense, erect. Metasoma mod-
erately slender, shining, second tergum with most anterior hairs long, minute-
ly but distinctly plumose, surface finely punctate, most punctures separated
by from two to four diameters, terga two to four with apical impression
finely, sparsely punctate, impunctate margin narrow but distinct, shining.
Length of body approximately 12 mm, anterior wing 8.5 mm.
Male . — Integument black; pubescence of head erect, black, except for
a few pale hairs on vertex ; dorsal pubescence of thorax long, erect, yellowish-
white; pubescence of legs and abdomen black, except on first metasomal
tergum. Head with apical process of labrum emarginate, bilobed; antennae
with flagellum black, first segment slightly longer than second (6:5). Meso-
soma with mesoscutum opaque, very densely punctate, punctures mostly
separated by less than half a diameter ; mesoscutellum more densely punctate
than mesoscutum, punctures subcontiguous; propodeum sculptured much as
in female, apex not rugose. Metasoma with punctures of second tergum mostly
separated by two to four diameters, terga with a distinct impunctate apical
margin. Body length approximately 10 mm, anterior wing 7.75 mm.
Holotype female (California Academy of Sciences, Entomol-
ogy) from BEACH ONE MILE NORTHEAST OF POINT REYES LIGHT-
HOUSE, Marin County, California, April 19, 1959, gathering
pollen from Oenothera cheiranthi folia cheiranthi folia at 8:59 a.m.
(J. W. MacSwain), allotype male, same locality and date, flying
over nesting area between 9:30 and 11:00 a.m. (J. W. MacSwain),
and 31 paratypes (California Insect Survey), all from the same
locality as follows: two females, at nest site, February 4, 1959
(J. R. Powers and R. W. Thorp) ; one female and two males, at
nest site, April 14, 1959, between 12:45 and 2:00 p.m. (J. W.
MacSwain); 8 females and 12 males, at nest site, between 9:52
and 11:00 a.m. and one female gathering pollen from Oenothera
ovata at 11:17 a.m., April 19, 1959 (J. W. MacSwain) ; two fe-
males (one with pollen) at Oenothera ovata, April 21, 1959,
11:29-11:58 a.m. (E. G. Linsley) ; one female taking pollen from
Oenothera c. cheiranthi folia, April 21, 1959, at 10:40 a.m., and
one male cruising nest area at 11:10 a.m. (J. W. MacSwain) ; one
male, excavated from pupal cell, October 10, 1959 (J. W. Mac-
Swain). Two females, not designated as paratypes, were exca-
vated from fresh burrows at Dillon Beach, February 12, 1939 (E.
G. Linsley and J. W. MacSwain). Our flight collections were all
made on cold, windy, overcast days (typical of the area during
early Spring) ; presumably on clear warm days the flight is much
earlier in the morning.
196
THE PAN- PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
This species is closely related to A. ( 0 .) oenotherae Timber-
lake, differing in the sculpturing of the basal enclosure of the
propodeum, the longer first segment of the antennal flagellum in
both sexes and the presence of a weakly indicated elevated median
smooth line on the clypeus of the female. Two distinctive popula-
tions are recognizable in our material, females of which ma} r be
distinguished as follows :
1. Labrum with apex of process narrow, parallel-sided, twice as
long as greatest width ; clypeus with median longitudinal pol-
ished line feeble and incomplete; length 12-13.5 mm (mean
of 12 indviduals, 12.65 mm, S.D. ± .15), anterior wing 8.5-9
mm (mean 8.75 mm, S.D. ± .07). Coastal Marin County,
California (Pt. Reyes to Dillon Beach) or aria or aria
Labrum with apex of process broad, wider apically, one and one-
half times as long as greatest width; clypeus with median
longitudinal polished line more distinct; length 11-13 mm
(mean of 25 individuals, 12.12, S.D. ± .23), anterior wing
8-9 mm (mean 8.65, S.D. ± .08). Coastal San Francisco
County, California or aria actitis
Andrena (Onagrandrena) or aria actitis
Linsley and MacSwain, new subspecies
Female. — Form, coloration, sculpturing and pubescence as in the
nominotypical subspecies. Labrum with apex of process one and one-half
times as long as width at apex, broader apically and not parallel-sided;
clypeus with a distinct but weakly developed median longitudinal polished
impunctate line. Body length 11-13 mm (mean of 25 individuals, 12.12,
S.D. ± .23), anterior wing 8-9 mm (mean 8.65, S.D. ± .08).
Male. — Form, coloration, sculpturing and pubescence as in nominotypi-
cal subspecies, hut average size smaller. Body length of 12 examples, 9.5-11.5
mm (meanl0.33 mm, S.D. ± .33) as compared with a range of 9.5-11 mm
for 17 examples and a mean length of 10.41 mm, S.D. ± .24, for males of
oraria oraria.
Holotype female (California Academy of Sciences, Entomol-
ogy from the southwest corner, Fleishhacker Zoo, San Fran-
cisco, California, May 21, 1959, at flowers of Oenothera cheiran-
thi folia cheiranthi folia, 8:53 a.m. (J. W. MacSwain, allotype male,
same locality, date, and flower association, 9:23 a.m. (J. W. Mac-
Swain), and 49 paratypes, same locality, as follows: May 19,
1959, 16 females (two with pollen) 8:27-10:21 a.m., and 11
males 8:39-10:43 a.m., all at flowers of Oenothera cheiranthi folia
cheiranthi folia ; May 21, 1959, 21 females (9 with pollen) 7:29-
9:05 a.m., one male, 9:46 a.m., all at flowers of Oenothera cheiran-
thifolia cheiranthi folia.
JULY, 1963] LINSLEY & MACSWAIN— NEW ONAGRANDRENA
'197
Andrena (Onagrandrena) eulobi
Linsley and MacSwain, new species
Female . — Integument black; pubescence black. Head with clypeus con-
vex, densely punctate, with a feeble median longitudinal smooth line; labrum
with apical process short, one and one-half times as broad as long, parallel-
sided, truncate ; antennae with flagellum black, first segment, measured
along anterior margin, slightly longer than second and third combined.
Mesosoma with mesoscutum dullish, finely and closely punctured, punctures
one or less than one diameter apart, interspaces finely reticulate, areas en-
closed by reticulations oval; mesoscutellum and mesopleura more closely
punctate than mesoscutum, punctures contiguous; propodeum coarsely
rugoso-punctate, basal enclosure with a strong straight median longitudinal
carina extending one-half length from base to apex, otherwise enclosure is
irregularly rugose; wings almost clear; legs with scopa of posterior tibiae
only slightly wider than tibia, dense, erect. Metasoma moderately slender,
shining, second tergum with most anterior hairs long, minutely but distinctly
plumose, surface finely punctate, most punctures separated by from three
to six diameters, terga two to four with apical impression finely, sparsely
punctate, impunctate margin very narrow but distinct, shining. Body length
approximately 12 mm, anterior wing 8 mm.
Holotype female (California Academy of Sciences, Entomol-
ogy) from 14 miles south of San Quintin, Baja California,
Mexico, March 30, 1962 collecting pollen from Oenothera crass-
folia at 7 :55 a.m. (P. H. Raven), and 37 paratypes from the same
locality also collecting pollen from Oe. crassifolia between 6:50
and 8:15 a.m.
This species varies considerably in size and a sample of 25
specimens ranges in body length from 10.5 to 13 mm (mean 11.52,
S.D. ± .44), in length of anterior wing the range is 8 to 9:25 mm
(mean 8.78, S.D. ± .09). The short, broad labral process is the
most distinctive feature of A. eulobi although details of punctation
are also diagnostic. It is interesting to note that the type locality is
at the northern limit of its host, Oenothera crassifolia, and it may
be that the bee will be found several hundred miles farther south.
Literature Cited
Linsley, E. G.
1938. Studies in the Andrenidae of North America — I. Proc. Calif.
Acad. Sci., (4) 23:263-282.
Linsley, E. G. and J. W. MacSwain
1955. The North American bees of the subgenus Melandrena with
descriptions of new species. Pan-Pacific Ent., 31:163-172.
1956. Further notes on the taxonomy and biology of the andrenine bees
associated with Oenothera. Pan-Pacific Ent., 32:111-121.
398
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
1961. Descriptions of Onagrandrena associated with Oenothera and
Clarkia, with taxonomic notes on other species. Pan-Pacific Ent.,
37:117-130.
1962. New species of Onagrandrena associated with Oenothera in Cali-
fornia, Nevada and Wyoming. Pan-Pacific Ent., 38:49-52.
Linsley, E. G., J. W. MacSwain and R. F. Smith
1955. Observations on the nesting habits and flower relationships of
some species of Melandrena. Pan-Pacific Ent., 31:173-185.
Timberlake, P. H.
1937. New species of Andrena from California. Pan-Pacific Ent., 13:
69-74.
MEETING NOTICE
The Royal Entomological Society of London will sponsor a Symposium
on Insect Reproduction, September 19-20, 1963, at the Imperial College,
London.
A NOTE ABOUT LETTERS FROM WILLIAM HENRY
EDWARDS TO WILLIAM GREENWOOD WRIGHT,
AND CLUES ABOUT CERTAIN DATES OF
PUBLICATION CONTAINED THEREIN
F. Martin Brown
Colorado Springs, Colorado
In the archives of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society there
is a hoard of well over seven hundred letters and postcards written
by William Henry Edwards. These are addressed to William Green-
wood Wright. The archives of the Society are housed at the Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences in San Francisco. Through the good
offices of Mr. Hugh B. Leech I have had the pleasant opportunity
to study this interesting collection of letters. I have arranged them
in chronological order and numbered each, in red, in sequence.
There is deposited with the letters a synopsis of the entomological
comments in each letter. I prepared this to make access to the infor-
mation a little easier and to protect the original letters from too
frequent handling.
The exchange of letters began in 1882 and extended to 1905.
Wright instituted the correspondence on 8 January of 1882 and
Edwards first letter to Wright is dated 21 January. There are sev-
JULY, 1963] BROWN— LETTERS OF W. H. EDWARDS
199
eral lacunae in the collection. These are noted in the following
tabulation of letters written by Edwards to Wright in each year of
their correspondence:
Letters
Letters
Year
numbered
Y ear
numbered
1882
1- 16
1892
549-601**
1883
17-130
1893
602-650
1884
131-191A
1894
No letters
1885
192-221
1895
652-682
1886
222-275
1896
651, 682A-706
1887
276-327
1897
707-719
1888
328-376
1898
720-722
1889
377-404A
1899
723
1890
405-496
1900-1903
No letters
1891
497-548*
1904
724-726
1905
727-728
* None for August, October nor November
**None for September through December
These letters came into the possession of the Academy through the
offer of Mr. S. B. Parrish, Wright’s executor, to Mr. Charles Fuchs
of the Academy.
The bulk of information in the letters has been published by
Edwards in various papers on the life histories of butterflies and
in the last volume of his Butterflies of North America. It is quite
evident from these letters that Edwards depended greatly upon the
cooperation of such field collectors as Wright and David Bruce who
devotedly spent year after year collecting eggs and larvae of but-
terflies and shipping them to Edwards in Coalburgh, West Virginia,
for his studies. In the letters there are many items of interest other
than those relating to the life history work of Edwards. For in-
stance, in letter 372 dated 28 August 1888 there is noted that Her-
mann Behr never marked the types of his names and in later years
had difficulty recognizing his various Euphydryas. According to
letter 16, dated 27 December 1882, Part 14 (pages 125-134) of
Strecker’s “ Lepidoptera , Rhopalocera — Heterocera , dated Sep-
tember 1877, actually reached the hands of the subscribers on 24
March 1878.
The publication dates of volumes 3 and 4 of Papilio ” have
been suspect. Edwards letters to Wright go a long way to establish-
200
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
ing firm dates for certain parts of these volumes. The following is
the usual collation of the parts of volume 3 of “ Papilio ” :
No. 1, January, 1883, pages 1-26
No. 2, February, 1883, pages 27-44
No. 3, March, 1883, pages 45-66
No. 4, April, 1883, pages 67-84
No. 5 & 6, May and June, 1883, pages 85-124
No. 7-10, September-December, 1883, pages 125-193.
There is a published statement of the date of publication only
for parts 5 and 6. This occurs on page 85 (“Papilio” volume 3) :
“NOTE : Owing to the absence of the Editor Hy. Edwards from
New York, it was impossible to produce the May number in proper
time. It is hoped that the contents of this double number will com-
pensate for the delay. (Issued July 10, 1883.).” By implication we
may assume that the previous numbers of the Journal were issued
during the months indicated on the masthead of each part. Nothing
in Edwards’ letters denies this assumption. However the quadruple
number, “7 - 10,” was not issued in December 1883.
Edwards’ letter number 137, dated 26 January 1884, bears upon
this problem. In it he wrote to Wright that within the week he had
corrected proofs for three articles for “Papilio” : one on the life
history of Colias harfordii, another in reply to Hagen’s paper on
Colias, and, the third about butterflies from the Judith Mountains.
The last two of these papers appeared in No. 7 - 10 of “Papilio” for
1883. This affects the date of publication for Edwards’ descriptions
of Papilio nitra and Colias hagenii. They date from late in January
or early February, 1884, not from December 1883. Also affected
are the dates of publication for several names for moths proposed
by Neumogen and others proposed by Hy. Edwards.
The dates of publication of the parts of “Papilio” volume 4,
appear as footnotes in that volume on pages 24, 62, 82, 114, 189.
All of the evidence from Edwards’ letters confirms the dates noted
on these pages. Similarly the dates of publication of “Canadian
Entomologist” from 1884 through 1893 are supported so far as
comments appearing in Edwards letters can do so.
JULY, 1963] BUTLER & WARGO BIOLOGY OF LEAF-CUTTER BEE 201
BIOLOGICAL NOTES ON MEGACHILE CONCINNA SMITH
IN ARIZONA 1
(Hymenoptera: Megachildae)
G. D. Butler, Jr. and M. J. Wargo
University oj Arizona, Tucson
This paper discusses the life history and nesting habits of a leaf-
cutter bee, Megachile (Eutricharaea) concinna Smith, in southern
Arizona. A closely related species, Megachile (Eutricharaea) ro-
tundata (Fabricius), is a useful pollinator of alfalfa in the Pacific
Northwest and in the Intermountain Region. Biological observa-
tions of this species were reported by Stephen and Torchio (1961)
and artificial nesting sites and their management by Stephen (1961
and 1962), and Bohart (1962).
Distribution
The distribution of M. concinna was discussed by Mitchell
(1962:122) : “Although concinna was described from the West
Indies, it belongs to an Old World group and probably was intro-
duced from Africa during the early part of the nineteenth century.
It appeared in the United States after World War II and is now
distributed from Florida and Alabama to Pennsylvania and Ohio
in the East, and established as far west as California.” In Arizona,
M. concinna, determined by T. B. Mitchell, is distributed in the
desert valley region of southern Arizona with a number of collec-
tions from the Yuma area, various locations in the Salt River Val-
ley, around Tucson and single records from Patagonia and Bowie.
This species has a long season of activity and adults were observed
from mid- April to early November.
Plant Associations
The flowers that bees have been observed visiting are listed by
Mitchell (1962) and include Asclepias, Bidens, Melilotus and Poly-
gonum. The flowers from which bees have been collected in Ari-
zona include : alfalfa, birds-foot treefoil, berseem clover, citrus,
Acacia, H eliotr opium, Lepidium, Lippia, Oliobrychis vicae folia,
and Senecio. Leaves cut and used for nest construction were col-
lected from alfalfa when the bees were working in cages over
alfalfa. Due to the limited nesting activity observed outside of the
cages, additional plant records are few, but it appeared as if leaf-
cuttings from a number of different plants were used.
•
• i
1 Journal paper. University of Arizona Agricultural Experiment Station technical paper No. 791.
202
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
Nesting Sites
M. concinna made nests in tubular holes, such as nail holes in
wood, small holes in the mortar joints in brick walls, copper tub-
ing, and the ears and folds of fertilizer sacks. In our experimental
work bees nested in 3/16 to 1/4 inch holes drilled in wooden
blocks, in milkshake straws (7/32-inch inside diameter) and also
in milk straws (5/32-inch inside diameter), both black and white.
During April, “trap nests” of blocks of wood with drilled holes and
boxes of milk straws attached were hung up in a number of pro-
tected locations around Tucson and Yuma. The holes in the wooden
blocks were used almost exclusively by two species of larger bees,
Chalicodoma ( Chelostomoides ) chilopsidis Cockerell and C. occi-
dentalis Fox (determined by T. B. Mitchell), which used resin for
their cell construction. Trypoxylon wasps also nested in the holes
in boards and in straws. Additional trap nests were put out in
Tucson and Yuma during June but only a very few holes were
utilized by M. concinna.
Cells
The structure of cells was determined by opening a number of
nests made in milkshake straws. Sometimes we found that a space
was left by the bees at the back of long straws, in which case
a number of round leaf pieces were placed in as plugs before the
first cell was started. The cells were formed with 2 to 4 round leaf
pieces at the back end and 6 to 10 oblong pieces on the sides. In
the long milkshake straws there were as many as 15 cells but usually
fewer were constructed in a single straw. At the open end there was
often an air space of from 10 to 80 mm between the last cell and an
entrance plug made up of from 7 to 36 round leaf pieces. Some-
times entrance plugs were put in the ends of empty straws.
Adult Activity
Activity of the leaf -cutter bees was observed at a shaded nesting
shelter placed at the edge of an alfalfa field at Tucson in early
August. The bees spent the night in the wooden blocks and straws.
They began their activity from 7 to 8 a.m., and sometimes spent
up to 30 minutes during this period with their heads at the en-
trance of the straw before leaving. Later in the day the bees hesi-
tated only a moment at the entrance before flying off.
The time required for a bee to collect a load of pollen varied
considerably but the average time was between 10 and 20 minutes.
The bee remained in the straw from 1 to 2 minutes depositing the
JULY, 1963] BUTLER & WARGO — BIOLOGY OF LEAF-CUTTER BEE 203
pollen load. In the field the females tripped from 4 to 21 alfalfa
flowers per minute, with an average of about ten flowers per
minute. The bees tripped all of the flowers they visited. The
number of pollen loads needed to complete a pollen ball was
not determined, but one bee made at least 20 trips. After laying an
egg on the surface of the completed pollen ball, the bee collected
additional circular leaf pieces to close the end of the cell. The
collection of leaf pieces in the alfalfa field required 1 to 2 minutes
for each leaf piece. Towards 5 p.m., the activity of the bees be-
came irregular. There was still some activity at 6:30 p.m. when
observations were terminated.
The effectiveness of M. concinna as a pollinator of alfalfa was
observed in large saran screen cages. Adult bees were collected
from birds-foot treefoil and released in cages over alfalfa. Counts
of tripped alfalfa flowers indicated that approximately 80 leaf-
cutter bees were as effective as a small colony of honey bees.
Explanation of Figure
Fig. 1, front view of nest shade shelter with corrugated aluminum roof
and with thermocouple wires in position for making temperature readings
in the straws.
Temperature Studies
Bohart (1962) observed that the development of M. rotundatci
eggs and young larvae was limited by temperature in excess of
100°F. In southern Arizona the daily maximum temperature
204
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
reaches 100 °F and above during extended periods. Temperature
readings were made in experimental nesting shelters constructed
of different materials. Concurrently, laboratory studies were made
to determine the effect of high temperatures on M. concinna eggs
and young larvae.
Nest Shelters : — A basic nest shelter was constructed of a frame
of 2x4’s, four feet high, into which a wooden box holding 10 boxes
of soda straws could be inserted. A layer of Celotex was put on top
and at the back of the wooden box with a 3-inch air space between
the Celotex and the experimental covering material on the top and
back of the frame. The covering materials tested were corrugated
aluminum, white painted half inch plywood, unpainted corrugated
iron and white painted corrugated iron (Fig. I). 2
Temperature readings were made at hourly intervals with ther-
mocouples on July 17 when the official maximum temperature
reached 104°F. A comparison of the four types of shade materials
with an unshaded structure indicated that the temperatures beneath
the shades were 13 to 15 degrees cooler than the unshaded struc-
ture, in which the temperature reached 120° F. A variation of only
2 degrees between the different shade materials was not significant.
There was also no difference between the temperatures in the soda
straws in the top layers of the box and those in the center. The size
and color of the straws did not affect the temperature either.
Laboratory Studies: — One-day-old M. concinna cells were col-
lected from boxes of straws in cages with bees on alfalfa flowers.
They were divided among three temperature cabinets at 85, 95 and
105°F, which had 43 to 55, 40 to 70 and 40 to 50 percent relative
humidity, respectively. The cells were opened 6 days later and the
mortality of the bees determined. At 85 °F, there was no mortality in
34 cells and the bees were all in the larval stage. At 95°F, 3 cells of
40 contained dead bees and 63 percent of the bees were in the pre-
pupal stage. At 1.05 °F, the bees in all 40 cells were dead. They had
died in either the egg or young larval stage.
To evaluate the effect of fluctuating temperatures, one-day-old
M. concinna cells were put in three different temperature programs
for six days. One group was at room temperature which rose to
90°F during the day from 1 to 5 p.m. and went down to 80°F at
2 The authors wish to express their appreciation to W. C. Waterman of Bakersfield, California
for assisting with the purchase of materials for shelters and to C. D. Owens, Agricultural En-
gineering Research Division, USDA-ARS, for providing and setting up the thermocouples.
JULY, 1963] BUTLER & WARGO BIOLOGY OF LEAF-CUTTER BEE 205
night. There was no mortality in the 17 cells observed at this tem-
perature. In the second treatment the temperature was raised to
113°F from 12 noon to 2 p.m. and allowed to fluctuate with the
room temperature for the rest of the time. There was no mortality
in the 13 cells in this treatment. The third temperature program
was 113°F for a four-hour period each afternoon. During the first
afternoon the temperature rose to 117°F from 1 to 4 p.m. but for
the next five days it was held at 113°F from 12 to 4 p.m. and at
room temperature for the rest of the time. There was a single dead
bee out of 18 but its death may have been caused by careless
handling. At the time the cells were opened, 6 days after collection,
the bees had developed to the prepupal stage and some individuals
had spun cocoons. Adult bees emerged from the cells used in this
experiment in from 21 to 26 days, with an average of 23 days from
egg to adult.
Parasites
A small metallic-green parasite, Tetrastichus megachilidis
Burks, determined by B. D. Burks, parasitized 20 percent of the
M. concinna cells obtained in early July from cages on alfalfa at
Tucson. From each parasitized cell there emerged 35 to 90 para-
sites, with an average of 53 per cell. Adult parasites were in evi-
dence around all of the M. concinna nesting sites at Tucson during
the remainder of the summer. The type locality for the parasite is
near Phoenix, Arizona (Burks, 1963). No parasites were observed
in or around trap nests in the Yuma area in 1962.
Examinations of 32 straws with 266 cells from Tucson in mid-
September revealed a parasitism of 42 percent and indicated that
the parasite attacked the first-made or innermost cells. In this
group of straws, 93 percent of the first cells were parasitized, while
48, 38, 16, 10, 7, 4, and 0 percent of the second through the eighth
cells, respectively, were parasitized. In part of this series, female
bees were developing in all the innermost cells, including the
second, third and fourth cells, so the parasitism by Tetrastichus
was almost exclusively in cells producing female M . concinna.
Discussion
Megachile concinna is distributed throughout the alfalfa seed
producing areas of southern Arizona. The natural nesting sites at
present appear to be scattered. Numerous artificial nesting holes
in different materials placed in many locations attracted only a
206
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
few bees. Concentrated nesting in artificial nesting structures is
necessary for the effective use of leaf-cutter bees for alfalfa pollina-
tion. However, concentration may favor the chalcid parasite, Tet-
rastichus, which apparently has a very high reproductive potential.
It is possible that the tendency of concinna to disperse their nests
may be a factor which enables the bees to survive in the presence
of the parasite. The harmful effect of high temperatures in the
desert areas may be reduced in the natural nesting sites as the nests
are constructed in holes in various structures that provide shade.
Mortality from high temperatures can be avoided in artificial shel-
ters by providing shade and air circulation. The reluctance of the
bees to utilize artificial holes for nesting and the presence of the
parasite appear to indicate that M. concinna is not a potentially
effective pollinator of alfalfa in southern Arizona.
Literature Cited
Bohart, G. E.
1962. How to manage the alfalfa leaf-cutting bee (Megachile rotundata
Fabr.) for alfalfa pollination. Utah Agr. Expt. Sta. Circ. 144.
Burks, B. D.
1963. Ten new reared species of Tetrastichus. (Hymenoptera, Eulo-
phidae). Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 76:47-58.
Mitchell, T. B.
1962. Bees of the Eastern United States, Volume II. North Carolina
Expt. Sta. Tech. Bui. 152.
Stephen, W. P.
1961. Artificial nesting sites for the propagation of the leaf-cutter bee,
Megachile (Eutricharaea) rotundata, for alfalfa pollination. Jour.
Econ. Ent., 54:989-993.
1962. Propagation of the leaf-cutter bee for alfalfa seed production.
Oregon Agr. Expt. Sta. Bui. 586.
Stephen, W. P. and P. F. Torchio
1961. Biological notes on the leaf-cutter bee, Megachile (Eutricharaea)
rotundata (Fabricius). Pan-Pacific Ent., 37: 85-93.
MEETING NOTICE
The first International Conference on Acarology will he held September
2-7, 1963 at Colorado State University, Fort Collins, Colorado.
JULY, 1963] LINSLEY & CHEMSAK— NEW CERAMBY CIDAE
207
SOME NEW NORTH AMERICAN CERAMBY Cl DAE
(Coleoptera)
E. G. Linsley and J. A. Chemsak 1
University of California, Berkeley
The following species of Callidium , Phymatodes and Megacyl-
lene are described at this time in order to make the names avail-
able for other studies.
Callidium powelli Linsley and Chemsak, new species
Male — Body small, elytra narrowly explanate behind humeri, sub-
parallel; upper surface blue to violet-blue, pronotum often greenish, append-
ages and underside black, slightly metallic. Head densely, deeply, contiguously
punctate, moderately clothed with thin, erect, dark hairs; antennae extend-
ing to about middle of elytra, black, segments narrow. Pronotum, about
II 2 times wider than long, narrower than elytra at base; sides broadly,
evenly rounded, base constricted, narrower than apex; disk moderately
shining, very densely, deeply, subconfluently punctate, sides with punctures
deeper, larger or subequal to discal ones; pubescence fine, long, suberect;
prosternum densely, deeply punctate, punctures smaller than those at sides
of pronotum; meso- and metasternum moderately coarsely, shallowly punc-
tate, episternum of metathorax moderately densely, shallowly punctate.
Elytra slightly more than twice as long as broad at base, narrowly ex-
planate; surface shining, densely, moderately coarsely, slightly rugosely
punctate, punctures deep, finer and separated basally, contiguous toward
apex but not strongly confluent; apices broadly rounded; scutellum glabrous,
shallowly concave. Legs with femora moderately strongly clavate, posterior
pair not attaining elytral apices, shining with a metallic lustre, sparsely
punctate and pubescent; apex of fifth sternite broadly, shallowly emargin-
ate. Length, 5.5-9 mm.
Female — Antennae extending over basal one-third of elytra; prosternum
shining, finely rugulose; femora less strongly clavate than in male; apex of
fifth abdominal sternite narrowly rounded. Length, 6-9 mm.
Holotype male, allotype (California Academy of Sciences, En-
tomology), and 29 paratypes (California Insect Survey) reared
(J. Powell No. 60JI) on various dates in January, May and No-
vember, 1961, from branches of Juniperus californica collected
October 17, 1960, at Desert Springs, San Bernardino County,
California ( J. A. Powell) . Additional paratypes include eleven
females and eight males reared on various dates in February, March
and April, 1935, 1936 and 1950, from branches of Juniperus cali-
1 Appreciation is expressed to the National Science Foundation for the support of studies of
North American Cerambycidae under NSF Grant G-19959. Material utilized in the present
paper was kindly made available by J. F. Gates Clarke, United States National Museum ;
Henry F. Howden, Canadian National Collection; J. D. Lattin, Oregon State University;
H. B. Leech, California Academy of Sciences; A. T. McClay, University of California, Davis;
and J. A. Powell, University of California, Berkeley.
208
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
fornica collected at Palmdale, Los Angeles County, California, by
A. T. McClay.
This species has thus far been found only on the Mojave Desert
of California. It may be recognized by its small size, bright blue
integument, and the distinctive punctation of the pronotal disk.
Callidium violaceipenne Linsley and Chemsak, new species
Male — Form small, elytra broadly explanate behind humeri; upper sur-
face dark violaceus or bluish, underside dark reddish brown, appendages
darker. Head coarsely, closely punctate, pubescence sparse, suberect and
rather long; antennae extending to about apical one-third of elytra, segments
gradually decreasing in width apically, basal segments not strongly incrassate,
Pronotum about one and one-half, or less, times wider than long, slightly
narrower than elytra at base; sides broadly, evenly rounded, base narrower
than apex; disk shining, moderately coarsely, densely, confluently punctate,
vague, glabrous calluses present, sides deeply, rugosely punctate, punctures
subequal in size to discal ones; pubescence moderate; prosternum punctate
like sides of pronotum ; rneso- and mestasternum shallowly, transversely
rugulose, episternum of metathorax densely, shallowly punctate. Elytra at
base about twice as long as broad, broadly explanate; surface slightly shin-
ing, densely, coarsely, rugosely punctate, basal punctures smaller, costae
often vague ; apices obliquely rounded ; scutellum glabrous, impressed medi-
ally. Legs with femora moderately clavate, posterior pair not attaining elytral
apices, shining, without a metallic caste. Abdomen sparsely punctate and
pubescent; apex of fifth sternite broadly, shallowly emarginate. Length,
6-10 mm.
Female — Antennae extending over basal one-third of elytra; sides of
pronotum very densely, rugosely punctate, prosternum shining, shallowly,
transversely rugulose; femora weakly clavate; apex of fifth abdominal sternite
narrowly rounded. Length, 6.5-10 mm.
Holotype male, allotype (California Academy of Sciences, En-
tomology), and 22 paratypes (14 males, eight females) reared
from branches of Sequoia sempervirens collected at Hartsooic
Grove, Humboldt County, California, June 25, 1939 and April
21, 1940, by A. T. McClay (California Academy of Sciences, En-
tomology; California Insect Survey; and University of California,
Davis) .
This species is more closely related to the juniper-infesting C.
hoppingi Linsley, of the Pacific Northwest, than to the other species
associated with redwood (Sequoia) . It differs in the smaller size
and features of the pronotal punctation.
Callidium viridocyaneum Linsley and Chemsak, new species
Male — Form oblong, moderate sized, elytra narrowly explanate behind
humeri, subparallel; upper surface dark bluish-green, underside and append-
ages black to dai’k piceous; pubescence coarse, black. Head coarsely, con-
JULY, 1963] LINSLEY & CHEMSAK— NEW CERAMBYCIDAE
209
fluently punctate, moderately pubescent; antennae black, paler apically,
reaching; beyond middle of elytra, segments two to four robust, strongly
incrassate at apices. Pronotum one and one-half times wider than long,
slightly narrower than elytra at base; sides broadly, evenly rounded, base
constricted, narrower than apex; disk slightly shining, very densely, moder-
ately coarsely, confluently punctate, sides more finely, deeply, subrugosely
punctate; pubescence moderate, suberect; prosternum less densely punctate
than pronotum at sides; rneso- and metasternum finely, densely punctate,
finely, transversely rugulose. Elytra about twice as long as broad at base,
narrowly explanate; surface shining, densely, coarsely, rugosely punctate,
basal punctures finer, each elytron with two costae often evident basally;
apices broadly rounded to suture; scutellum glabrous, deeply concave cen-
trally. Legs with femora moderately strongly clavate, posterior pair not
attaining elytral apices, shining, sparsely punctate and pubescent. Abdomen
finely not closely punctate, thinly pubescent; fifth sternite broadly, shallowly
emarginate at apex. Length, 6-11 mm.
Female — Antennae extending over basal one-third of elytra; prosternum
shining, finely, shallowly rugulose; femora less strongly clavate; apex of
fifth abdominal sternite narrowly rounded. Length, 8-11 mm.
Holotype male, allotype (California Academy of Sciences, En-
tomology), and 26 paratypes (21 males, 5 females) from Pine
Ridge, Shannon County, South Dakota (W. S. Cook) (Cali-
fornia Insect Survey) .
This species is distinctive in the strongly incrassate basal an-
tennal segments and dark blue-green color. The deeper discal pro-
notal punctures will distinguish it from the related C. leechi Linsley
and Chemsak and C. californicum Casey.
Callidium leechi Linsley and Chemsak, new species
Male — Form oblong, moderate sized; elytra moderately broadly explanate
behind humeri, often tapering apically; upper surface dark blue, blue-green
or dark blue-violet, underside dark brownish black, legs and antennae darker.
Head moderately coarsely, densely, confluently punctate, sparsely pubescent;
antennae black, apices often paler, extending beyond middle of elytra, basal
segments not strongly incrassate at apices. Pronotum about one and one-half
times, or less, wider than long, narrower than elytra at base; sides broadly,
evenly rounded, base narrower than apex; disk shining, densely, contigu-
ously, rather shallowly punctate with vague glabrous calluses present, sides
more coarsely, deeply, somewhat rugosely punctate; pubescence moderate,
suberect ; prosternum less coarsely punctate than sides of pronotum ; meso-
and metasternum densely, shallowly punctate, transversely rugulose. Elytra
about twice as long as broad at base, moderately broadly explanate, often
tapering slightly apically; surface shining, densely, coarsely, rugosely punc-
tate, basal punctures almost subequal to apical ones, each elytron with a
distinct median costa and often a shorter one toward suture; apices oblique-
ly rounded; scutellum glabrous, shallowly concave centrally. Legs with fern-
210
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
ora strongly clavate, posterior pair not extending beyond elytral apices,
feebly shining, without a metallic cast. Abdomen finely, not closely punctate,
thinly pubescent; fifth sternite broadly, shallowly emarginate. Length, 7-
12 mm.
Female — Antennae extending over basal one-third of elytra; sides of
pronotum finely, rugosely punctate ; prosternum finely, shallowly rugulose ;
femora less strongly clavate ; apex of fifth abdominal sternite narrowly
rounded. Length, 10-12 mm.
Holotype male, allotype, and 55 paratypes (26 males, 29 fe-
males) (California Academy of Sciences, Entomology) , from Mill
Valley, Marin County, California, reared from Sequoia semper-
virens by H. B. Leech; emergence dates were as follows: May 9,
1950, March 15, 1951, March 28, 1951, March 29, 1951, April 4,
1951, April 20, 1951, April 23, 1951, April 24, 1951, and January,
1957.
The moderately broadly explanate and apically tapering elytra
will separate this species from C. californicum Casey, to which it
appears to be most closely related.
Phymatodes mohavensis Linsley and Chemsak, new species
Male — Form small, subparallel; color pale-brown to brown, usually with
basal one-third of elytra paler; elytra bifasciate; pubescence long, sparse,
pale. Head densely, coarsely, subconfluently punctate, pubescence fine,
sparse, erect; antennae shorter than body, segments sparsely punctate, long,
erect cilia fairly numerous, apical segments densely clothed with short sub-
depressed hairs, second segment about one-half as long as third, third sub-
equal to fourth. Pronotum slightly broader than long, sides broadly rounded,
base constricted and impressed; disk moderately coarsely, densely punctate,
long erect hairs abundant, sides more deeply punctate, subopaque; proster-
num deeply, coarsely punctate; meso- and metasternum coarsely, shallowly
punctate, pubescence moderate. Elytra slightly more than twice as long as
broad ; surface coarsely, densely, subcontiguously punctate, the punctures
over basal one-third much larger than those of pronotal disk, fine, erect, pale
hairs numerous; fasciae ivory-white, subglabrous, anterior pair short, trans-
verse or a little oblique, posterior pair oblique, slanting anteriorly toward
suture ; apices rounded. Legs slender, femora strongly clavate, sparsely
punctate, long, erect hairs numerous. Abdomen shining, sparsely pubescent
and punctate; apex of fifth sternite slightly emarginate. Length, 3.5-5 mm.
Female — Antennae slightly more than one-half as long as body; apex
of fifth abdominal sternite rounded. Length, 5-7 mm.
Holotype male, allotype (Canadian National Collection, Ot-
tawa) , and 16 paratypes (9 males, 7 females) (California Academy
of Sciences, Entomology, and California Insect Survey) reared on
July 12, 1927 (a few specimens with no date), from Juniperus
calif ornica, Mojave, Kern County, California (R. Hopping) .
JULY, 1963] LINSLEY & CHEMSAK— NEW CERAMBY CIDAE
211
This species is closely related to P. nitidus LeConte which it
resembles in color, size, and by possessing similar elytral fasciae.
However, the very coarse, dense punctures of the elytra and prono-
tum and closely punctate head of mohavenis differentiate it from
that species.
Megacyllene robusta Linsley and Chemsak, new species
Male — Form large, robust; integument black, legs brownish red, anten-
nae rufo-piceous; pronotum with three transverse yellow bands, the first
behind anterior margin, second behind middle, third basal; elytral pattern
consisting of seven yellow or white and yellow transverse bands, basal very
narrow, subbasal broadest, uniting at scutellum, ante-median roundly angu-
late, u-shaped, meeting subbasal band at suture, not extending to lateral
margins, median band broken, extending down suture from ante-median
band, lateral spots joining along extreme lateral margins to subbasal band,
post median consisting of two sutural dots and larger lateral segments, sub-
apical irregularly arcuate, apical small. Head with vertex densely, moder-
ately coarsely punctate, densely pubescent; antennal tubercles prominent,
finely, sparsely punctate, deeply canaliculate medially, apices obtuse; an-
tennae reaching to about apical one-fourth of elytra, spines of distal segments
short, eleventh segment appendiculate, almose divided. Pronotum densely,
moderately coarsely punctate except for minutely punctate median callus
and one on each side. Elytra slightly over twice as long as broad, very finely,
densely punctate, subsutural carina evanescent; apices obliquely truncate,
angles dentate. Legs with posterior femora falling short of elytral apices.
Abdomen finely, sparsely punctate, densely yellow pubescent at sides; apex
of fifth sternite emarginate-truncate. Length, 21 mm.
Female — Antennae extending over basal one-third of elytra; abdomen
with fifth sternite broadly rounded at apex. Length, 20-21 mm.
Holotype male and allotype from Cochise, Cochise County,
Arizona, XI-1-38 (G. Anderson) (California Academy of Sci-
ences, Entomology) ; one female paratype, 8 miles S.E. Rodeo,
Hidalgo County, New Mexico, X-26-55 (W. Miller) (California
Insect Survey) .
The species may be distinguished by its large size and the lack
of subsutural carinae on the elytra. It differs from M. angulifera
(Casey) by the different elytral pattern, longer antennae of the
male, dentate angles at the apices of the elytra, and differently
shaped apex of the fifth abdominal sternite.
Megacyllene powersi Linsley and Chemsak, new species
Male — Form moderate sized; integument black, appendages black, ex-
cept antennae and tarsi apically; pronotum with four transverse bands, the
first narrow, often whitish along anterior margin, the remainder broad, yellow,
coalescing at sides; elytral pattern variable, usually consisting of seven
yellow transverse bands, basal narrow, subbasal broad, uniting behind scutel-
212
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
lum, ante-median angulate, Y-sliaped, extending to lateral margins, median
band arcuate, directed anteriorly along suture, post median broad, arcuate
or not, occasionally coalescing with median and/or subbasal bands to form
a very broad band, subbasal and basal joined at suture, all bands joined at
lateral margins by longitudinal band. Head with vertex moderately coarsely,
not densely punctate, front and antennal tubercles very finely, sparsely punc-
tate; antennae extending a little beyond middle of elytra, spines of distal
segments short, eleventh segment slightly appendiculate. Pronotum densely,
moderately coarsely punctate except for median callus and one on each side
of disk. Elytra more than twice as long as broad, minutely, densely punctate,
subsutural carinae prominent at apical one-half; apices oblicprely truncate,
slightly dentate at angles. Legs with posterior femora falling far short of
elytral apices; apical segment of tarsi and claws brownish. Abdomen finely,
sparsely punctate, sternites broadly yellow pubescent at sides; apex of fifth
sternite broadly truncate. Length, 13-17 mm.
Female — Antennae extending over basal one-fourth of elytra; abdomen
with fifth sternite rounded at apex. Length, 14-18 mm.
Holotype male and allotype from 7 miles S.E. Sheldon, Ran-
som County, North Dakota, VIII-26-60 (J. R. Powers) (Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences, Entomology) ; 8 paratypes (4 males,
4 females), same locality, IX-3-60 (J. R. Powers) (California In-
sect Survey) .
This is the species referred to by G. Hopping (Ann. Ent. Soc.
America, 30:445, pi. 1, 1937) as Cyllene injausta LeConte (in
part, at least) . However, injausta LeConte was described from
Georgia and is a junior synonym of decora (Olivier).
Structurally, powersi is difficult to separate from fully marked
individuals of decora. This latter species is characterized by its
tendency toward coalescence of the basal transverse bands of the
elytra and usual reduction of the median group. In powersi, the
basal bands appear to remain separated but the median and post
median often unite and/ or the post median and the basal ones.
The smaller average size and very dark appendages of powersi
will also help to separate the two species. M. snowi (Casey) differs
from powersi by its reddish appendages and slightly different
elytral pattern.
July, 1963]
CHEMSAIC — BEHAVIOR OF XYLOTRECHUS
213
OBSERVATIONS ON THE ADULT BEHAVIOR OF
XYLOTRECHUS NAUTICUS (MANNERHEIM)
( Coleoptera : Cerambycidae )
John A. Chemsak
University of California, Berkeley
The members of the cerambycid tribe Clytini include some of
the most colorful and interesting species in the family. Although
the clytines are well represented in the New World, many of them
are rare and poorly known. The biologies of some of the eco-
nomically important species ( Megacyllene robiniae (Forster),
M. caryae (Gahan), Glycobius speciosus (Say), Neoclytus acumi-
natus (Fabricius), etc.) have long been known but information
on adult activities such as mating behavior and oviposition is lack-
ing for most of the group.
Observations on the adult behavior of Xylotrechus nauticus
(Mannerheim) were made in the laboratory during the latter part
of July and the beginning of August, 1962. A heavily infested log
of Quercus agrifolia from which numerous adult cerambycids
were emerging was kindly made available by E. G. Linsley. These
beetles and the log were placed in a screen cage. Subsequent emer-
gences of adults followed. On the following day a freshly cut oak
log was also introduced into the cage. The behaAdor of the 20-30
individuals was then observed.
Activity within the cage was negligible during the morning
hours but increased rapidly as the temperature rose and the out-
side overcast lifted. By the time the afternoon sun struck the cage
directly, a peak of action was evident. It was at this time that all
of the beetles Avere engaged in mating, seeking mates or oviposi-
tion. Almost all of the activity Avas taking place on the fresh log.
Mating was observed to occur repeatedly by the same indi-
Adduals. The male, in coming into contact with a female, imme-
diately mounts and attempts to join with her. His front legs grasp
the female around the base of the elytra while the middle and hind
pair remain in contact with the substrate. Almost immediately
the male initiates a "‘licking” behavior on the female scutellum and
the area behind it with his palpi. This apparently serves to quiet
her and causes extension of the ovipositor for joining with the
male. Similar behavior has been studied in lepturines by Michelsen
( in lift.) in Denmark. The action was repeated whenever the female
was disturbed or began walking. In the event of movement by the
214
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXIX, NO. 3
female, the male was able to retain his position with no difficulty.
The firm grip with the front legs and free middle and hind pair
allowed him to stay with her. When the situation appears satis-
factory to the female, she extrudes her ovipositor straight out and
the male by arching his abdomen joins with it. During mating,
the antennae of both are placed straight out at a slight angle and
curving slightly forward. The “licking” action by the male is fre-
quently repeated.
The males appear to be quite aggressive and frequently attempt
to dislodge another mating male and take his place. The larger of
the two males either takes over or retains his position. In one in-
stance when a female left him, the male immediately attacked a
nearby couple, successfully dislodged the male and joined with
that female.
After mating, the female walks rapidly over the log to seek
suitable oviposition niches. Her antennae are placed before her
touching the surface and the ovipositor is extruded. Both organs
search and probe into cracks and crevices until a suitable one is
found. The ovipositor is inserted and the eggs are laid. In most
cases observed, a single egg was laid but more are probably de-
posited on occasion. Oviposition occurs even when a male is in
mating position on the female. He waits until the ovipositor is
withdrawn from the niche and then couples or attempts to couple.
Most of the caged adults survived for over a week. There was
no food present and the only moisture available was that exuding
from the fresh log. Although suitable and acceptable wood was
present, a large number of eggs were deposited on the blotter
covering the cage. A possible explanation for this unusual be-
havior may be the permeation of the blotter by volatile substances
from the fresh log which deceived the ovipositing female.
These observations were made during the course of a NSF
sponsored study on North American Cerambycidae (Grant G-
19959 ).
PATRONIZE
OUR
ADVERTISERS
Advertisers’ Index
Name Page
Union Carbide Chemicals Company — . i
Shell Chemical Company ii
Hercules Powder Company iii
American Cyanamid Company iv
Velsicol Chemical Corp. v
Colloidal Products Corp — __ vi
Trojan Laboratories vi
Stauffer Chemical Company vii
Niagara Chemical Division — Food Machinery Chemical Corp. viii
Chemagro Corporation ix
Pennsalt Chemicals Corp „ x
California Chemical Company — Ortho Division xi
Insect Pins xii
Science Mailorder Supply House xii
United States Rubber xiii
Rohm & Haas Company xv
Many New Uses for
insecticide
SEVIN is now being used for effective,
low-cost control of many insect pests of
fruit, vegetables, field crops, forests and
many ornamentals. SEVIN insecticide has
good residual properties and relative safe-
ty to warm-blooded animals and fish.
When label directions are followed, it can
be used close to harvest. Problems of drift
to forage crops are minimized because the
residue does not contaminate the milk or
meat of livestock eating the forage.
SEVIN is now being tested against mos-
quitoes and additional pests of crops, farm
livestock and pets. It is also a reliable and
practical thinner for apples.
For current information on SEVIN or
other agricultural chemicals, write to
Union Carbide Chemicals, 270 Park Ave-
nue, New York, N. Y. 10017.
OTHER PESTICIDES
Glyodin Fungicide — Controls
apple and pear scab, certain
summer diseases, cherry leaf
spot, brown rot of peaches in-
terplanted with apples. Sup-
presses refcl mites, reduces
visible residue at harvest time.
MYLONE Soil Fumigant-
Preplanting soil fumigant to
control weeds, soil fungi, nema-
todes in seed beds.
STABILENE Fly Repellent-In-
gredient of top-quality live-
stock sprays, including sprays
for face fly. Shown as
STABILENE, formerly
“CRAG Fly Repellent,” or
“butoxypolypropylene glycol”
on the label.
UNION
CARBIDE
AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS
Crag, Sevin, Mylone, and Stabilene are trade marks of Union Carbide Corporation.
11
SHELL PESTICIDES MEET THE
4EEDS OF FARM AND INDUSTRY
How can they serve you?
S hell Chemical Company, in coopera-
tion with federal, state and local agri-
cultural specialists, is continually striving
to help farmers reach higher agricultural
goals. Products such as aldrin, dieldrin,
endrin, methyl parathion, Phosdrin® and
Vapona® Insecticides have been of major
assistance to the farmer, homeowner and
industry. So have D-D® and Nemagon®
Soil Fumigants and Aqualin® herbicide,]
slimicide, biocide.
These products have proved their effec-
tiveness and versatility by solving many
of the economic pest problems confront-
ing the farmer. Shell insecticides are prov-
ing equally useful in a growing number
of non-agricultural applications in indus-.
try and the home.
The never-ending search for additional
uses of established Shell pesticides and for
new, improved products to help you, is a
welcome assignment at Shell Chemical
Company — chemical partner of agricul-
ture and industry.
Get full details about the Shell pesti-
cide that fits your needs at your nearest
Shell Chemical Co. District Office, or
write: Shell Chemical Co., Agricultural
Chemicals Division, 1 10 West 5 1st Street,
New York 20, N. Y.
Product
No. Agricultural
Uses
No. Non-Agricultural
Uses
No. Pests
Controlled
Dieldrin
153
18
182
Aldrin
159
8
81
Endrin
37
3
61
Phosdrin
Insecticide
51
3
32
Vapona
Insecticide
1
9
16
Methyl Parathion
23
—
14
Nemagon Soil
Fumigant
49
81
*
D-D Soil
Fumigant
50
8°
*
*There are more than 130 species of nema-
todes known to attack plants. Nemagon and
D-D Soil Fumigants control most of these.
SHELL CHEMICAL
COMPANY
Agricultural Chemicals Division
SHELL:
Ill
THEY ALL DIE FOR
miticide and insecticide toxicant
TICKS . . .
Delnav has proved to be superior
for control of all ticks in homes, dog-
houses, lawns and other outdoor areas,
including hard-to-kill brown dog tick.
CITRUS MITES . . .
Delnav has shown citrus growers
how they can gain superior control of
mite infestations at low cost. Delnav
gives effective long-lasting protection,
and there’s no preharvest waiting period.
LIVESTOCK INSECTS . . .
Delnav has been approved by the
Food and Drug Administration as a dip
or spray with no preslaughter interval
required. Animals may be treated any
time before slaughter. Delnav controls
ticks, lice, horn fly and sheep ked.
DELNAV is the technical grade
of the chemical 2,3,p-dioxanedithiol S,
S-bis (O, O-diethyl phosphorodithioate) .
120 MONTGOMERY STREET, SAN FRANCISCO
4
CALIFORNIA
IV
Cygon* 400 . . .
new low-hazard
systemic
insecticide
Recently cleared by USD A for
protection of certain vegetables,
non-bearing fruits and ornamentals.
Now, from the laboratories of
American Cyanamid Company
comes another new advance in
insecticides... CYGON 400. Wide-
ly tested under the name di-
methoate, CYGON brings an
added dimension to phosphate
insecticides. It combines sys-
temic activity with low-hazard
to man and animal.
Wide safety margin
Unlike previous systemics,
which have generally been of a
rather high order of toxicity,
cygon is so low in toxicity to
warm blooded animals that its
use does not require “special”
protective measures— other
than those normally taken with
any pesticide.
'^Trademark
Outstanding control
cygon 400 gives outstanding
control of aphids, leafhoppers
and leaf miners and has so far
been cleared by USDA for use
on potatoes, tomatoes and
watermelons, cygon can also be
used on non-bearing apples,
pears and citrus fruits to con-
trol aphids, mites, thrips and
pear psylla. In addition, CYGON
can be used to control aphids,
thrips, leaf miners, scales, leaf-
hoppers and mites attacking a
number of ornamental plants.
cygon 400 will be widely
available this year in one gal-
lon and five gallon sizes. For
further information, write ad-
dress below.
AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY
PRINCETON. NEW JERSEY
V
GRUB
Chlordane, Heptachlor and Endrin are among the most versatile
insecticides now in common use. They are recommended for
many different types of insect control: agricultural; household,
lawn and garden; and public health. Each kills a wide variety
of insects, providing the effective combination of high initial
kill and lasting residual action. If you are engaged in economic
entomology, we think that you will find these insecticides often
have the advantages of better control and lower cost. If you
are in research, we think that you will find it well worthwhile
to include Chlordane, Heptachlor and Endrin in your testing
programs. For technical information and service, please
write Velsicol Chemical Corporation, 330 East Grand
Ave., Chicago 1 1, 111.
The versatile insecticides
for agriculture,
homes, lawns, gardens
and public health!
Velsicol Inlernacional de Mexico S.A. de C.V, Velsicol Corporation of Canada, Limited Velsicol International Corp., C.A,
Morelos No. 110-Desp. 209, Mexico 6, D.F. 2 Carlton St., Suite 1018, Toronto 2, Canada P.O. Box 1687, Nassau, Bahamas, B.W.I.
VI
SPRAY ADJUVANTS
DESIGNED TO INCREASE THE
EFFECTIVENESS OF AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS
FLUXIT • MULTI-FILM "L 1 ' • MULTI-FILM "C"
COLLOIDAL Z-l • COLLOIDAL X-77
C-P-5 DUST STICKER • SEED COAT
Inquiries Invited Relating to Specific Problems
COLLOIDAL PRODUCTS CORPORATION
100 GATE 5 ROAD SAUSALITO, CALIF.
A Service for the Field
Testing & Evaluation
of
Agricultural Chemicals
Under Western Conditions
Entomology
Chemistry
Floriculture
Engineering
Plant Pathology
Trojan Laboratories
Box 326
Montebello, California
/
VII
PAYDAY for growers
starts with Stauffer Chemical Research
Stauffer scientists and field men work throughout the year to find new
methods to help growers. In the field and laboratory, Stauffer chemical
research develops better products to produce better crops.
Already accepted by thousands of growers are products pioneered by
Stauffer research: Yapam®, Trithion®, and Eptam®. Proved by two
seasons in intensive use by growers is Tillam tm, an outstanding material
for weed control in sugar beets and tomatoes.
Vapam®, Trithion®, and Eptam® are Stauffer's Reg. T.M.'s for a soil fumigant , an insecticide-acaricide, and
an herbicide.
tm Tillam is Stauffer's T.M.for an herbicide.
STAUFFER CHEMICAL COMPANY
Western
Offices:
SAN FRANCISCO 8, CALIF. LOS ANGELES 54, CALIF.
636 California St. P. 0. Box 2004, Terminal Annex
BAKERSFIELD, CALIF., 1016 E. Brundage Lane
NORTH PORTLAND, ORE. GLENDALE, ARIZ. FRESNO, CALIF.
P. 0. Box 68 P. 0. Box 505 4753 E. Commerce
Vlll
Putting ideas to Work
NIAGARA CHEMICAL DIVISION
ANAHEIM • FRESNO • RICHMOND • YAKIMA
Home Office: MIDDLEPORT, NEW YORK
IX
Chemagro: source of a constantly growing crop
of better chemicals for agriculture.
Farmer, stockman or grower; chances are he can use one or more of these
Chemagro products. Why should he? Because he's using the most efficient
and effective chemical control for his dollar. He’s buying Chemagro research
and quality products, second to none. These go hand in hand with a growing
field technical service widely recognized for its professional stature. But,
whatever material is needed, if the name is encircled in the blue bullseye of
Chemagro, you can recommend it CHEMAGRO
With Confidence. Chemagro Corporation • Hawthorn Road • Kansas City 20, Missouri
X
PENNSALT CHEMICALS PROVIDE BROAD SPECTRUM CONTROL OF...
OTHERS
DEFOLIANTS
& DESICCANTS
Arsenic Acid
De-Fol-Ate
Folex
Alcirin
■ ■ •
8HC
' ' ' .
Biotrol
Calcium Arsenate
Chlorriane
Kryocide
DDT
Dieldrin
Endr ?
Heptachfor
Lindane
Malathion
OMPA
OH
Parathion
Tcxaphene
VC-13
NEMATICIDES
Penphene
GROWTH
REGULATORS
ANIMAL
REPELLENTS
Endrin
Thiram
Aquathol Plus*
Endothal
Endothal TCA
Endothal 2, 4-D
Hydrothoi*
Sodium Arsenite*
Sodium Chlorate
* Aquatic
Pennsalt Chemicals are known for their dependable potency, high performance
and constant quality. Buying from Pennsalt, a basic producer, ensures fast, on-
time delivery from close-by plants or warehouses. Pennsalt technical service is
available to you on any control problem. Contact your Pennsalt dealer or your
Pennsalt representative for immediate assistance with your control problems.
PENNSALT CHEMICALS CORPORATION
Agricultural Chemicals Division
Tacoma, Washington; Aurora, Illinois; Bryan, Texas;
Montgomery, Alabama; Portland, Oregon.
# m
V
Pennsalt
Chemicals
ESTABLISHED 1850
XI
Label directions on all chemicals are important. There
are thousands of agricultural chemicals available
today, and the correct usage of these chemicals
depends upon the understanding of the product s
function and application. The labels and the directions
they carry are carefully prepared by expert scientific
personnel. It is most important that the user of these
products be alerted to the importance of careful read-
ing of directions concerning dilution and application.
In order to help remind the public, the Ortho Division
of California Chemical Company is making available
the sticker shown above, free of charge. Address
requests for stickers to California Chemical Company,
Ortho Division, Richmond, California, Dept. LAC.
CALIFORNIA CHEMICAL
COMPANY
Ortho Division
Richmond, California
X]1
INSECT
PINS
Fast Service $4 per M
417 PALM AVENUE REEDLEY, CALIFORNIA
*New customers, mention this ad for a 5% discount.
DR. E. REUTER G.M.B.H.
SCIENCE MAILORDER FIRM
MUNCHEN 22, KAULBACHSTRASSE 26A
TELEPHONE: 22 11 18, CABLE NUMBER: 52/3943
We would like to send you free our scientific
equipment catalogue, which includes a list of
special hooks and over 200 pieces of equipment
for catching, collecting and breeding insects, as
well as equipment useful for zoologists and bot-
anists.
Our book list contains over 15,000 new and
second-hand titles of books, journals and articles
pertaining to entomology, biology and other fields
of science.
Our prices were reduced last year because of
streamlining our organization and bulk pur-
chases. These new offers will be of great interest
to all biologists, as they are reasonable in spite
of import duty and mailing costs. We will be
pleased to serve you anywhere in the world.
Xlll
Sill 1
WXa
wmmm
d*6 *MS
Kill those cotton-picf
with Aramite
mites
Plagued by mites who seem to thrive on phosphate? Get aramite®,
effective, approved miticide. Tests in the field for the past twelve
years prove aramite kills a wide variety of mites, including those who
resist phosphate, and not one has developed a resistance to aramite.
Applied as a wet spray or dust, aramite has a long residual. It kills
both nymph and adult mites on cotton, ornamentals, fruit and shade
trees. Appoved by the U.S.D.A. for mite control of cotton, aramite
is safe to use and does not harm bees or other beneficial insects. For
effective, economical mite control, order aramite from your local
supplier.
NAUGATUCK CHEMICAL DIVISION
United States Rubber
Dept. 9141 AR Elm Street Naugatuck, Connecticut
DISTRICT OFFICES: Akron • Boston • Portland * San Francisco • Chicago • Detroit
Gastonia • Los Angeles • Dallas • New Brunswick, N.J. • Dominion Rubber Company,
Ltd., Montreal • CABLE: Rubexport, N.Y.
i
"Is
there
one
miticide
I can really
rely on
You bet. It’s called Kelthane® AP.
I’ve got mites in my apples. In my pears , too. Let’s see— there’s
European red, two-spot, McDaniel and Willamette. They all give
me trouble.
Makes no difference. Kelthane AP controls these and many more.
Not only in fruit orchards, but also on beans, melons, tomatoes,
cotton and in gardens around homes and buildings.
How long does it last?
Long enough to destroy migrants and late-hatching colonies. Won’t
hurt mite predators, either. And you can use it up to 7 days before
harvest on apples, pears and many other crops.
That’s the miticide I’ve been looking for ! I’d better call my dealer right
now— see if he has Kelthane AP in stock.
Vol. XXXIX OCTOBER. 1963 No. 4
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
CONTENTS
JANZEN — Observations on populations of adult beaver-beetles,
Platypsyllus castoris 215
MENKE — Notes and synonymy of some Neotropical Sphex and
Isodontia described by E. Taschenberg and S. Rohwer . . . 228
RICHARDS — Sphaerocerid flies from South and Central America in
the collection of The California Academy of Sciences .... 231
KENNETT — Some species of Typhlodromus from dwarf mistletoes
in North America 247
RENTZ — Additional records of Platycleis tessellata (Charpentier)
in California with biological notes 252
HYNES — Description of the immature stages of Cryptolabis
magnistyla Alexander 255
STROHECKER AND BUXTON — A new oedipodine grasshopper
from California 260
ASHLOCK — A new species of the genus Malezonotus from California 264
JAYCOX — A new species of Anthidium from California . . . 267
GERHARDT AND TURLEY — Unusual cerambycid antenna . . 270
ROSE — Supposed larva of Protanyderus vipio (Osten Sacken)
discovered in California 272
O’BRIEN AND HURD — A new subspecies of Xylocopa tabaniformis
Smith from Mexico 275
BOOK REVIEW 246
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1963
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
;» tuc /-ai icadmi a
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
EDITORIAL BOARD
E. G. Linsley P. D. Hurd, Jr., Editor E. R. Leach
E. S. Ross H. V. Daly, Asst. Editor H. B. Leech
L. R. O’Brien, Editorial Assistant
R. C. Miller, Treasurer J. E. Swift, Advertising
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceedings appear-
ing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological phases ol entomology are
favored, including articles up to ten printed pages on insect taxonomy, morphology, life history,
and distribution.
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed to
Dr. H. V. Daly, at 112 Agriculture Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4, Calif. All
communications regarding non-receipt of numbers, changes of address, requests for sample
copies, and all financial communications should be addressed to the treasurer. Dr. R. C. Miller,
at the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco 18, California.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $5.00 for regular members or $6.00 for subscriptions
only. Single copies are $1.50 each or $6.00 a volume. Make checks payable to Pan-Pacific
Entomologist.
Application for membership in the society should be addressed to Dr. H. V. Daly,
Secretary, 112 Agriculture Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4.
PAGE CHARGES
At the last meeting of the Executive Committee it was decided
that all papers of more than one printed page are to be charged at
the rate of $10.00 per page. This is in addition to the usual charges
for illustrations and reprints. The compelling reasons for this de-
cision are the large backlog of manuscripts and the severe restric-
tions of a relatively fixed income based on subscriptions and the
constantly rising costs of printing.
It is not intended that page charges be paid by individuals.
Publication is now generally recognized as an integral part of the
research process and should be charged to the institution or grant
that supported the research. Private investigators should note on
their bill “No budgeted funds,” “No grant funds,” or “No institu-
tional support.” This notation will suffice as an application to the
Society for a personal grant which will be made automatically from
a special fund set aside for this purpose. The Publication Commit-
tee wishes to emphasize that articles are accepted or rejected only
on the basis of merit. The editor’s decision to publish will always
be made before the page charge is assessed.
Second-class postage paid at San Francisco, California.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Vol. XXXIX October, 1963 No. 4
OBSERVATIONS ON POPULATIONS OF ADULT
BEAVER-BEETLES, PLATYPSYLLUS CASTORIS
( Platypsyllidae : Coleoptera)
Daniel H. Janzen
University of California, Berkeley
Introduction
While trapping beaver in the Mississippi River bottom-lands
below Hastings, Minnesota in March, 1960, many of the two-
year-olds were found to be heavily infested with the coleopterous
ectoparasite, Platypsyllus castoris Ritsema. Since the beaver taken
in previous years were old, mature beaver and did not have a
heavy infestation, it was suspected that the beetles were segregating
out on the two-year-olds. It was suggested that this could be a
mechanism to insure infestation of the new colonies that would be
established by the young beaver. If this segregation really existed,
it was hypothesized that sampling of the population during the
winter (when the beaver are icebound), and then during the spring
(at the beginning of dispersal), would show differences in beetle
densities per beaver that would be correlated with the age of the
beaver and with the time of sampling. On this basis, two samples
were taken; one during the December-january period (1960-1961)
and the other during the late March and early April legal trapping
season (1961). It was hoped that both samples would be similar
in size and representation of colonies, but the spring work was
partially interrupted by the activities of local fur trappers.
The previous published investigations dealing with P. castoris
have been primarily of two types: taxonomic (Ritsema, 1869;
Riley, 1892) and parasite surveys concomitant with investigations
of beaver biology (Lawrence, Hays & Graham, 1961; Erickson,
1944; Parks & Barnes, 1955). Essentially no consideration has
been given to parasite populations per beaver and there appears
to be a complete lack of discussion of the behavior of the beetle.
There appear to be some differences in the life history of the
beetle between the Michigan Upper Peninsula (Lawrence, Hays
& Graham, 1961) and the area below Hastings. Despite the fact
that no evidence was gathered in support of differential infestation
of beaver age-classes, it seems advisable to report the observations
made on the beaver-parasite relationship and beetle behavior.
216
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
The author would like to express extreme gratitude to Dr.
William Schmid of the Department of Biology, University of
North Dakota, for his untiring labor in helping to set traps and
to process the beaver. In the short time that was available for this
study, the winter sample would not have been possible without the
much appreciated loan of a dozen “Conibear” beaver traps by
Mr. Don Gray of the Upper Mississippi Federal Wildlife Refuge.
The author is deeply indebted to Dr. R. F. Smith, Department of
Entomology and Parasitology, University of California, Berkeley,
for reading the manuscript and offering a multitude of suggestions.
Methods
Study area: In those publications which deal with P. casloris,
there has been little or no description of the area and circumstances
under which the beaver were taken. This makes comparisons diffi-
cult and to avoid this a general description of the area is included.
The study area is a flood plain on the west side of the Missis-
sippi River, between 10 and 15 miles south of Hastings, Minne-
sota. The action of spring floods has divided it into shallow lakes,
marshes, and channels. The lakes have Salix and Carex borders,
the marshes have dense stands of Salix, Alnus, Carex, Scirpus
fluviatilis , and Phragmites communis, and the channels, while in
general free of plant growth, pass through sand ridges which are
covered with older Salix thickets, Acer saccharinum, Populus del-
toides, Acer negundo, and Ostrya virginiana.
The area varies in width from one to two miles. To the west,
it is restricted by rising farmland with streams which occasionally
harbor beaver colonies. To the east, it is bounded by the main
channel of the river which is in turn bounded by high limestone
cliffs. The boundaries of the smaller water bodies within the area
change from year to year because of fluctuating water levels. In
the winter, the waters which are not directly connected to the
main river current have six to fifteen inches of ice which restricts
the heaver to their lodge area. Beaver which construct their lodges
on the banks of the main river or at the mouths of channels which
have strong current flow are normally not ice-bound during the
winter and are known to range at least 200 yards from the lodge.
This area was chosen because of its high beaver population,
relative isolation from other colonies, and familiarity to the author.
During the course of the study all of the colonies in the area were
discovered.
October, 1963]
JANZEN BEAVER-BEETLES
217
Since the spring samples were incomplete, it was also neces-
sary to sample an old colony which was located in a very similar
environment, four miles south of St. Paul, Minnesota, and an area
two miles south of Coon Rapids, Minnesota. Both localities are on
the Mississippi River. A few beaver were taken in each of these
places. Any data presented that were taken from these animals will
be so designated.
Beaver colony structure and movements : Two of the lodges in
the area were in open water, built up from the bottom mud (No’s.
6,9) and in shallower water than is the case with pond beaver.
The other ten were bank dens in sandy silt or mudbanks. Winter
food caches were established at all of the lodges but at those bank
dens where there was open water, winter foraging over the snow
was frequent, even though large food stocks were still present.
Four of the lodges were built during the summer of 1960 (No’s.
5,6,9,11). The other lodges were two or more years old. Some
were very old as indicated by the number of times they had been
rebuilt and the number of adjacent collapsed bank dens. The most
common terrestrial foods were Salix, Populus, Acer saccharinum,
and Alnus.
When the spring thaw occurs, the beaver in this area are sub-
ject to a disturbance which most non-river beaver do not experi-
ence; they are flooded out of their lodges. For a period of two
to six weeks, the water varies from a depth about two feet below
the top of the lodge to a depth of four to six feet over the top. This
does not seem to disturb the beaver, as during the March and
April season, a family could always be found within 250 yards of
the flooded lodges that had been occupied during the winter
months. Flooding does not prevent later use of the lodge, as many
of them have been in use for several years. However, this inunda-
tion may well influence other occupants of the beaver lodge by
the action of the water, effects of the layers of silt left by receding
waters, and the temporary absence of the beaver.
It is generally accepted among mammalogists and trappers
that the two-year-old beaver of a colony leave in the spring and
wander widely. Apparently most of the crop of young beaver from
this area pass up or down river to build new lodges, as almost
every bay and channel in this study area has a lodge or the re-
mains of one. A further indication that it is primarily the young
218
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
which disperse in the early spring is that all the sixteen beaver
caught by my wife and me in 1960, more than 500 yards from a
lodge were two-year-olds. This represented 16/17 of the beaver
that had disturbed the sets.
Trapping conditions: Between December 20, 1960 and January
4, 1961 the author and Dr. Schmid tried to take a sample repre-
senting both sexes and/ or several age classes from each colony.
Conibear traps were set by hanging them through holes cut in the
ice over the deepest water in the vicnity of the lodge. They were
baited with bundles of poplar twigs, but since the twigs were never
eaten even in sprung traps, it is possible that the beaver swam
through the traps by accident or curiosity. One young beaver was
caught by the hind leg, rather than the usual head or chest hold.
The beaver were drowned and their body heat often melted them
into the ice, which then froze again. In these cases, the back
muscles and hide were frozen hard. Apparently this did not greatly
affect the beetles, because if one placed his warm hand against this
frozen area, immediately there were active beetles crawling up out
of the fur. The traps were examined every day or every two days.
When taken from the traps, some beaver were still warm while
others were in various stages of freezing. Twenty beaver were
taken in this manner.
The heaver were laid on snow and skinned immediately. Every
effort was made to keep the warmth of the skinner’s body from
reaching the beaver as the beetles are very responsive to warmth.
Each hide was placed separately in a plastic bag with a card giv-
ing locality, date, sex, girth, length, approximate weight, and other
ecological notes. At no time did one beaver come in contact with
another after being removed from the trap. It was because of the
definite possibility of contamination of one heaver by another that
the beaver trapped by local trappers could not be used. The pelts
were stored in snow and later placed in a refrigerator. No mention
has been made in the published literature of precautions taken to
avoid cross-contamination where more than one animal was in-
volved.
In March and April, the area was entered by canoe and the
beaver were taken in conventional steel traps, set in shallow water
using a suspension of the castor gland as an attractant. Appar-
ently, the use of this lure does not cause sample bias as the ex-
perience of fellow trappers and myself has been that all ages and
October, 1963]
JANZEN BEAVER-BEETLES
219
both sexes come to castor scent piles. Drowning sets were made
but due to water fluctuations and bad luck, only about half of the
animals caught were drowned. Those still alive were dispatched
and like the drowned beaver, were treated in the same manner as
those taken in the winter period. However, in several cases, the
entire beaver was placed in a plastic freezer bag and transported
to a more convenient working place.
Age determinations were made on the basis of three size clusters
which have appeared in every group of beaver that the author has
trapped in Minnesota; the smallest are one year old, the next two
years old, and the next three or over. These three are quite distinct
and the last group occasionally has members which on the basis
of their weight and length, are probably five years or older in age.
The beaver were sexed by dissection and at this time of year, testes
are easily distinguishable from castor glands. The beaver were
considered as having been taken in the colony when caught within
50 yards of the lodge and were considered to be wanderers when
taken further than 400 yards from a lodge or bank den ; traps were
set only in these ranges.
Observations on Live Platypsyllus
Removing and counting the beetles: In the published investi-
gations concerning P. castoris, the beetles presumably have been
obtained by superficial examination of a dead or live beaver.
Lawrence, Hays & Graham (1961) combed anesthesized and
drowned beaver for all types of ectoparasites and apparently felt
that they were obtaining a representative sample. In the present
investigation, when the cold hide was taken from the refrigerator,
the beetles responded to the presence of warm air and within 30
seconds many were found crawling over the guard hairs on all
parts of the pelt. If the skin was flat on a table top, they remained
dispersed, but if it was hung by one end, the beetles immediately
moved upward and congregated at the uppermost end. All of the
visible beetles were placed in alcohol or in vials with a bit of wet
fur, which was then placed in the refrigerator (2° - 4° C.) for
future experiments. The pelt was then combed with a fine toothed
flea comb in an attempt to determine how many beetles were not
responding to the heat stimulus. In three cases, no extra beetles
were found; in the other 35, from 1 to 16 live beetles were found.
The number of unresponsive individuals per beaver increased as
the total number of beetles per beaver increased. In all of the comb-
220
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
ing, only four dead beetles and no larvae, eggs or pupae were
found. These pelts had been in the refrigerator for one to three
days. Beaver pelts with high populations of beetles had from six
to 20 dead (drowned?) beetles in the Avater in the bottom of their
plastic sacks.
All of the beaver pelts taken outside the regular trapping season
were cut into strips and dissolved in KOH to extract additional
beetles and any other arthopods present. The debris from this
maceration was examined with a binocular microscope and the
other arthropods noted. No eggs, larvae, or pupae of P. castoris
and from 0 to 11 adult beetles per pelt were recovered (mean 2.2) .
The hair mite Schizocarpus miiigaudi Trouessant was occasionally
present in the hair combings and was found in large numbers (100
plus per beaver) on the lysed beaved pelts. Since this hair mite
was combed from all parts of the body, it was considered to be a
generally distributed ectoparasite. The hair mite Prolabidocarpus
canadensis Lawrence was found only on the head when combing,
and most commonly as clusters of 50-1000 individuals on the fine
hair just inside the forward edge of the ear opening. They were
stacked 5-10 deep per hair and every beaver examined had a
cluster in one or both ears. No ticks, lice, fleas or other Coleoptera
were presnt in combings or lysed pelts. Since the beaver taken
during the regular trapping season were only combed, their beetle
populations should not be taken as exact, but they probably can be
considered to be within five per cent of the total number. The data
are presented in table 1.
Beetle behavior: Characteristic activities by the beetles were
noted while removing them from the cold skins. When the beetle
senses heat, it crawls to the end of a guard hair, waves its front
legs in the air, and often falls off. If it falls into the fur, it repeats
the action. If it falls on its back on a flat surface, it can easily right
itself. It will then crawl for about two hours at room temperature
with occasional “rest” periods. Looking quite shriveled, it will
cease movement during the third hour if not placed in a humid
atmosphere. If the beetle falls into a cup of water, it always ends
up on its back after a few seconds struggle. It then remains motion-
less until touched by an object or ripple, in which case it waves its
legs very actively and will grasp the contacting object and crawl
up it quickly. Those that were left in water were still plump and
active after twelve hours.
October, 1963]
JANZEN BEAVER-BEETLES
221
The beetles are not always easy to capture while in the fur. If an
expored beetle is pinched with fingers or forceps, it burrows back
into the underfur. The beetles are able to move very rapidly in the
fur; this is a function of well developed legs, margins of many
body and appendage sclerites heavily covered with posteriorly di-
rected spines, and the dorso-ventral compression. The beetles can
outrun a comb passing through a dense pelt. They are very re-
sponsive to disturbance in the fur and can move transversely across
the pelt faster than one’s fingers can follow.
Three hundred beetles preserved in alcohol had sex ratio of
led :1.3 $ . They are easily sexed by observing the relatively large
adeagus through the light brown integument. The gut contents of
live specimens were examined and no hair fragments were found.
The gut was packed with matter which upon removal and separa-
tion had the general facies of bits of epidermal tissue; i.e., flat and
translucent particles, with irregular edges. No evidence of erythro-
cytes or mite parts was seen.
Resistance to temperature extremes and desiccation: Since ecto-
parasites are generally thought of as having narrow temperature
and humidity tolerances, it seemed pertinent to determine what
ranges were favorable for the beetles. Vials, each with 10 beetles
and a tuft of underhair, were enclosed in jars with salt solutions
producing relative humidities of 50, 75, 89, and 96 per cent at
36° C, and at 26° C. After 48 hours, there were no survivors at
36° C, and at 26° C with 50 and 75 per cent relative humidity. At
26° C and 89 and 96 per cent relative humidity, less than 50 per
cent were dead after 48 hours (mean dead per vial = 4, S. D. =
2.4), and there was one beetle alive at 26° C, 89 per cent relative
humidity, after 120 hours. Those beetles in the refrigerator at
4° C were living at a high relative humidity because there were
drops of free water in the fur which did not evaporate. Two sam-
ples (312 and 102 beetles) at 4° C took at least 14 days to show
50 per cent mortality. Sixteen days after placing these vials in
the refrigerator, some beetles still crawled about in the fur. The
relationships indicated by these limited data is not surprising,
since the beetles must survive relatively long periods of cold when
the heaver is in the water or sitting on the ice. The fact that the
beetles apparently could not tolerate temperature in the mammal
body heat range, and that they are active in cold air (4° C) re-
flects the possibility that the steepest heat gradient across the
222
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
beaver hide is from internal tissue to outer edge of epidermis rather
than across the underfur layer which constitutes the beetle’s en-
vironment. A priori, one might expect the underfur environment
to be quite warm, as the water layer does not penetrate past the
outer edge of the underfur. That the beetles are not resistant to
desiccation is to be expected since the relative humidity in the
underfur air spaces must be high.
An unsuccessful attempt was made to keep the beetles alive on
laboratory white mice and guinea pigs. A mouse would ignore
the beetle crawling on its skin (under the fur) for 10 to 60 sec-
onds and then would turn as if bitten, grab, and eat the beetle.
Sixteen live beetles were placed on the fur of the relatively de-
fenseless guinea pig and the animal’s cage placed over a catch
Table 1. Data on individual beaver and their beetle populations.
Colony Number
Sample :
Winter— A
CQ
II
bo
c
’C
a
C/3
Sex
Age in years
Beaver
< Q
\\ II
.5 v
hJ Q
Lodge Age
Water Level
Number of Beetle
Combed=C
Lysed=L
3
A
M
1
D
2 yr
Normal
104
L
plus
A
M
2
D
N
192
L
A
M
2
D
N
142
L
A
M
1
D
N
243
L
A
F
1
D
N
47
L
B
F
2
A
N
102
C
5
A
M
3+
D
lyr
Drying
51
L
A
F
3+
D
D
73
L
A
M
1
D
D
41
L
B
F
1
A
Dry
16
C
6
A
F
2
D
1 yr
N
7
L
A
*F
3+
D
N
0
L
B
F
2
D
D
5
C
7
A
F
2
D
2 yr
N
0
L
plus
A
F
3+
D
N
1
L
A
M
2
D
N
0
L
B
F
2
A
Dry
0
C
October, 1963]
JANZEN BEAVER-BEETLES
223
1
A
M
3+
D
1 yr N
10
L
A
F
3+
D
N
4
L
A
M
2
D
N
1
L
B
M
2
A
D
16
C
8
A
M
2
D
3 yr N
plus
0
L
A
M
2
D
N
0
L
B
F
1
D
D
10
C
4
A
*F
4+
D
3 yr N
plus
4
L
A
M
2
D
N
76
L
w.
B
M
2
D
Flood
2
C
B
M
2
D
Flood
82
L
B
*F
4+
A
Flood
2
L
B
F
3+
A
Flood
2
L
B
M
2
A
Flood
14
L
B
M
2
D
Flood
89
C
S.P.
B
M
3 +
D
Flood
15
C
B
*F
3 +
D
Flood
83
c
B
M
1
D
Normal
9
c
B
M
2
D
Flood
3
c
C.R.
B
F
3+
A
Normal
9
c
B
M
2
A
Normal
0
c
Legend :
* Pregnant
W. Wandering beaver more than 400 yards from any lodge or bank den
S.P. Beaver taken in the study area immediately below St. Paul, Minn.
C.R. Beaver taken in the study area immediately below Coon Rapids, Minn.
Colony Number
Sample :
Winter— A
Spring=B
Sex
Age in years
Beaver
Live=A
DeadzzD
Lodge Age
Water Level
Number of Beetles
Combed=:C
Lysed=L
224
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
pan. In the next three days, 13 of the beetles were found dead in
the pan and the other three were not recovered by combing. Since
the guinea pig lacks underfur, one would expect the relative hu-
midity in the fur to be much lower than that of a beaver’s. The
beetles appear to have no inclination to leave a live beaver; one
that was known to be infested with beetles was kept caged at room
temperature for three days and no beetles were found in the pan
under the cage.
Discussion
Platypsyllus: Riley (1892) has reported taking both larvae
and adults from beaver fur. Lawrence, Hays & Graham (1961)
found both of these stages in the fur throughout the entire year
and express the view that the egg and pupal stages are passed in
the lodge litter or walls, though they had no material evidence.
Since no larvae were found on the Hastings area beaver either
in winter or spring, there is the possibility of a biological differ-
ence between the two beetle populations considered to be con-
specific. Lawrence, Hays & Graham (1961) report the probable
food of the beetle to be lymph and skin secretions (and perhaps
blood). They also report that the beetles cannot live on muskrats.
In the present study, it appears that the beetle at least ingests loose
epidermis, as was shown by examination of gut contents.
A number of general observations can be made and tentatively
explained from the data presented in Table 1. The range of beetles
per beaver is large. There are some colonies which are heavily in-
fested (No’s. 3,5) while others are not (No’s. 6, 7, 1,8). The beetle
populations per beaver vary much less among members of each
colony than between the beaver of the entire sample taken as a
whole. The beetle populations taken below St. Paul and Coon Rap-
ids are not grossly different from those at Hastings. The beaver
being drowned in the trap does not seem to influence the number
of beetles on it, indicating that the beetles only leave a cooling
animal in response to a warmer object. These observations are
not surprising if we think of the entire beetle population as being
represented by isolated units (the beaver lodges), some of which
possess a more favorable environment for the immature stages
than do others. The beetles in these lodges apparently infest the
beaver in proportion to the amount of reproduction allowed by
the environment and the lodges are periodically reinoculated by
visiting host animals that have been infested in other lodges. Fur-
October, 1963]
JANZEN BEAVER-BEETLES
225
ther, the range of the two-year-olds is very broad so that the total
beetle population in a given set of lodges will not be so much a
function of the possibility of beetles being carried into the area
as of the favorability of the parasite environment. Since the beetles
apparently will not leave a dead host except in response to warmth,
water currents or crawling by the beetle is probably not instru-
mental in its dispersion. It should be noted that the spring sample
is smaller than the winter sample, but this is taken into account
in the statistical treatments and does not appear to influence the
above general observations.
In addition, the following hypotheses were examined in a
formal statistical manner : 1 ) that the bettle populations on female
beaver are equal to the populations on male beaver (t=0.54, 36
d.f., not significant) ; 2) that the populations on one-year-old,
two-year-old, and three-year-plus beaver are the same (variance
not significantly different by Bartlett’s test, F=0.16, 2.35 d.f.,
not significant) ; 3) that the populations on the wandering beaver
are equal to those on the beaver taken at their lodges (t=0.14,
36 d.f., not significant) ; 4) that the populations on the winter
caught beaver are equal to those on the spring caught beaver
(t=0.68, 36 d.f., not significant) ; 5) that the mean numbers of
beetles per beaver per colony are equal (F=7.05, 7,23 d.f., highly
significant difference). Failure to reject the first three hypotheses
with a very low statistic indicates that the beetles, at this time of
year, do no favor any particular portion of the host population.
That the fourth one is not rejected seems to indicate that either
the bettles do not have an appreciable mortality rate during the
period sampled (three months between samples) or else they are
emerging during this period. This does not necessarily mean that
eggs and larvae are also present.
The rejection of the fifth hypothesis is in support of the idea
that the favorability of the lodge environment may determine
the numbers of beetles that are present on the beaver in an area.
If we compare the population means of each colony (Table 2)
with the range of variation within each colony (Table 1), it ap-
pears that the particular lodge influences the number of beetles
on a beaver. Duncan’s Multiple Range test has been used to dis-
tinguish those means which are significantly different (Table 2).
Those means connected by the underline cannot be distinguished
from each other at the 95 per cent level of significance. While the
226
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
possibility of genetically determined resistance of the individual
beaver should not be excluded, the sample involved in this study
is not large enough or sufficiently documented to test the hypo-
thesis that the animal itself is unfit for the beetle.
Table 2. Significantly different mean number of beetles /be aver J
colony.
Colony number 3 5 4 13 1 6 8 7
Mean beetles/beaver 138 45 40 27 8 4 3 .25
While their effect on beetle numbers can only be hypothe-
sized, it seems relevant to mention some of the variables that
exist in the environment in which the immature stages presumably
are passed. During the spring floods (two to six weeks), when
many of the lodges are submerged, and for about a month in late
summer when the lodge entrances may be as high as five feet
above the water level, the beaver do not occupy the lodges. Further,
the flood water, being heavily laden with silt, will deposit a coat
of mud over the interior of the lodge as it recedes. Those lodges
off of large rivers are not so dramatically subject to this disturb-
ance. The lodges may be constructed on a number of substrates
such as mud, gravel, sand, and clay. The materials used as bedding
will depend on those available to the beaver. The duration of
occupancy of the lodges in terms of years will vary depending
upon the mortality factors acting on the beaver (trappers, disease)
and the materials out of which the lodge is constructed. It should
be realized that in a given colony there may actually be several
sleeping chambers in one lodge or bank den system; each of the
above factors may influence each of these sleeping chambers to a
varying degree.
Beaver are often observed combing their fur with the two split
toenails of their hind feet. It is a leisurely activity and cannot be
expected to remove many beetles. Since fur needs to be clean of
oils and flotsam to be water repellent, it is undoubtedly done for
cleaning. Bailey (1923) has arrived at this conclusion also. Fur-
ther, I have never observed a beaver to undergo the characteristic
searching or scratching for a biting ectoparasite; it appears that
any abrading of the skin that may be done by the beetle does not
bother the beaver.
While the beetles show characteristics that seem useful if a
beetle becomes separated from its host (resistance to cold, ability
and inclination to climb contacting objects from a water surface),
October, 1963]
JANZEN BEAVER-BEETLES
227
no observations have been made of “lost” beetles in nature, nor is
there any direct evidence that beaver-to-beaver transfer occurs
except by host contact.
Other ectoparasites: It is interesting to note that while Law-
rence, Hays and Graham (1961) list twelve possible arthropod
ectoparasites of beaver, only three were found on the animals in
this area. They found the hair mite Prolahidocarpus canadensis to
be common on their beaver, yet found none of the hair mite Schizo-
carpus mingaudi which is abundant in the residue from the lysed
beaver pelts. There is a definite possibility that they combed over
these small and tight-clinging mites. While they found both
Ixodes banski Bishopp and Leptinillus validus Horn to be com-
mon, these were completely lacking in the Hastings beaver. As
both I. banski and L. validus were recovered by them from nest
litter, there is the definite possibility that their absence in the
Hastings area is a function of the frequent flooding. It would be
interesting to examine those beaver in the Hastings area whose
lodges are not flooded for the presence of these two arthropods.
L. validus has been recorded from Minnesota (Parks & Barnes,
1955) and /. banski has been established to be a beaver ectopara-
site in Northern Michigan and Western Ontario (Lawrence, Hays
& Graham, 1961).
Conclusion: It is apparent that much work needs to be done
with this ectoparatsite under many environmental conditions. One
major problem is finding a way to legally procure representative
samples of the host at all times of the year without depleting the
population of beaver or aggravating the local trappers. Further-
more, the physical labor involved in trapping and handling the
animals in their own environment is considerable.
Literature Cited
Bailey, V.
1923. The combing claws of the beaver. Jour. Mammal., 4:77-79; 1 pi.
Erickson, A. B.
1934. Parasites of beavers, with a note on Paramphistomum castori
Kofoid and Park, 1937, a synonym of Stichorchis subtriquetrus.
Amer. Midi. Nat., 31:625-630.
Lawrence, W. H., K. L. Hays, and S. A. Graham
1961. Ectoparasites of the beaver (Castor canadensis Kuhl). Wildl. Dis.
No. 12.
Parks, J. J. and J. W. Barnes
1955. Notes on the family Leptinidae including a new record of Lep-
228
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
tinillus validus (Horn) in North America. Annals Amer. Ent. Soc.
48:417421.
Riley, C. V.
1892. Systematic relations of Platypsyllus, as determined by the larva.
In Castorolgia, H. T. Martin. Wm. Drysdale and Co., Montreal,
xvi plus 238 pp.
Ritsema, J.
1869. Petites nouvelles. Petites nouvelles entomologiques. Sept. 15, Irst.
year.
NOTES AND SYNONYMY OF SOME NEOTROPICAL
SPHEX AND ISODONTIA DESCRIBED BY
E. TASCHENBERG AND S. ROHWER
(Hymenoptera : Sphecidae)
A. S. Menke
University of California , Davis
The following notes are based primarily on Taschenberg type
material generously lent by J. 0. Husing of the Zoologisches
Institut, Martin-Luther-Universitat, Halle, East Germany. In ad-
dition, a recent visit to the United States National Museum al-
lowed the author to examine the Rohwer types in that Institution.
I am designating lectotypes for the following Taschenberg species :
Isodontia nigrocoerulea, Sphex argentinus and micans.
Isodontia cyanipennis (Fabricius)
Sphex cyanipennis Fabricius, 1793. Ent. Syst., 2:200 (Cayenne, French
Guiana, type lost) .
Sphex nigrocoerulea Taschenberg, 1869. Zeitsch. Ges. Naturw. Halle,
34:415 (Lectotype $ and paralectotype $, Venezuela, present designation).
Isodontia bipunctata Rohwer, 1913. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 44:452 (holo-
type $ , Canal Zone, Panama) . New synonymy.
J. van der Yecht (1961) suggested that Fabricius’ cyanipennis
is the same species described by Taschenberg as nigrocoerulea.
However, Richards (1937) described a metallic blue Isodontia
from a male colected in British Guiana, which may be a synonym
of cyanipennis. If Richards’ description of Isodontia bastiniana is
accurate his species is distinct from nigrocoerulea. Richards states
that the holotype of bastiniana lacks the prominent transverse
bands of pale ciliia found on the gastral sternites of nigrocoerulea.
In addition, the flagellomeres of bastiniana do not possess the spi-
cules found on the flagellomeres of nigrocoerulea. A possibility
October, 1963]
MENKE — SPHECID SYNONYMY
229
exists then that cyanipennis and bastiniana are synonymous and
distinct from nigrocoerulea. All of the blue Isodontia that I have
seen from the type locality of cyanipennis, Cayenne, are nigro-
coerulca however, and it seems best to follow van der Vecht's in-
terpretation of cyanipennis for the present.
In his original description, Taschenberg indicated that he
was describing a male and a female, and the two syntypes sent to
me are so labeled but both are females.
The type of I. bipunctata Rohwer is identical with Taschen-
berg’s nigrocoerulea.
Sphex tepanecus Saussure
Sphex tepanecus Saussure, 1867. Reise der Ost. Freg. Novara, Zool., 2:41.
(holotype $, “Mextill,” Museum d'histoire Naturelle, Geneva).
Sphex mexicana Taschenberg, 1869. Zeitsch. Ges. Naturw. Halle, 34:416
(holotype $ , Mexico) .
Examination of Taschenberg’s type proves that Kohl (1890)
was correct in synonymizing mexicanus with tepanecus Saussure.
Specimens of tepanecus that I have studied from Arizona and
Texas differ from the type of mexicanus only slightly. The legs
are completely black on the type but the United States examples
have the front femora reddish brown beneath.
Sphex argentinus Taschenberg
Sphex argentina Taschenberg, 1869. Zeitsch. Ges. Naturw. Halle, 34:417
(lectotype $, Mendoza, Argentina; paralectotype 9, Rozario, Argentina,
present designation).
Willink (1951) correctly interpreted this species.
Sphex melanopus Dahlbom
Sphex melanopa Dahlbom, 1843, Hymenoptera Europaea, 1:27 (holotype
$, Brazil, Zoologisches Museum, Humboldt Universitat, Berlin.)
Sphex proxima Smith, 1856. Cat. Hym. Ins. Coll. Brit. Mus., 4:258
(holotype 9, Brazil, Brititsh Museum Natural History).
Sphex ruficauda Taschenberg 1869. Zeitsch. Ges. Naturw. Halle, 34:418
(holotype $ , “Amer. Merid.”)
Both Kohl (1895) and Fernald (1931) studied Dahlbom’s type
of melanopus and arrived at the above synonymy. Dahlbom men-
tioned that his type was in the collection at Lund, but Fernald
could not locate it there, and stated, as did Kohl, that it was in
Berlin. Fernald also studied Smith’s type of proxima.
This species exhibits a north-south clinal variation in the
amount and color of thoracic pubescence. On specimens from
Brazil, the appressed pubescence is copper or tarnished silver
and is confined to a small spot behind the pronotal lobe and
230
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
above the meso- and meta-coxa, and to the scutal furrows and also
a small spot at the side of the petiole socket. In these specimens
the erect pubescence is dirty white. The area covered by the ap-
pressed pubescence increases on specimens found further north. In
Venezuelan examples the pronotal lobe is covered with appressed
silver pubescence and the posterior portion of the propodeum is
entirely covered by appressed silver pubescence. Erect thoracic
hair on these specimens is golden. In Panamanian examples the
propodeum is completely covered and the thorax is extensively
covered by appressed golden pubescence. Taschenberg’s type of
ruficauda agrees most closely with males from Venezuela.
Sphex dorsalis Lepeletier
Sphex dorsalis Lepeletier, 1845. Hist. Nat. Insect. Hym., 3:347 (holo-
type $, Cayenne, French Guiana, Museo cli Zoologia, Universita di Torino
(Turin) .
Sphex singularis Smith, 1856. Cat. Hym. Insect. Brit. Mus., 4:261. (holo-
type $, Honduras, British Museum Natural History).
Sphex micans Taschenberg, 1869. Zeitsch. Ges. Naturw. Halle, 34:419
(lectotype $ and paralectotype $, Parana, Argentina, present designation).
Of the five female specimens sent to me for study, only two
are clearly Taschenberg syntypes of micans. Taschenberg listed
Parana, Mendoza, and Rio de Janeiro as type localities for the
five females he described. Two of the specimens before me lack
labels and a third is labeled Rozario. I am restricting the designa-
tion of lectotype to one of the two females labeled Parana.
Literature Cited
Fernald, H. T.
1931. Notes on some American Sphecinae. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.,
24(3) : 439-450.
Kohl, F.F.
1890. Die Hymenopterengruppe der Sphecinen, I. Monographic der
Naturlichen gattung Sphex. Ann. k.k. Naturhist. Hofmus. Wien,
5:77-194, 317-461.
1895. Zur monographic der naturlichen gattung Sphex Linne. Ann. k.k.
Naturhist. Hofmus Wien, 10:42-74.
Richards, 0. W.
1937. Results of the Oxford University Expedition to British Guiana,
1929. Hymenoptera, Sphecidae and Bembicidae. Trans. Royal Ent.
Soc. London, 86(7) :101-118.
VAN DER VECHT, J.
1961. Hymenoptera Sphecoidea Fabriciana. Zool. Verh., no. 48:1-85.
WlLLlNK A.
1951. Las especies Argentinas y Chilenas de Chlorionini. Acta Zool.
Lilloana, 11:53-225.
October, 1963]
RICHARDS SPHAEROCERIDAE
231
SPHAEROCERID FLIES FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL
AMERICA IN THE COLLECTION OF THE
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF
SCIENCES
( Diptera)
0. W. Richards
Imperial College, London, England
On a recent visit to the Department of Entomology and Para-
sitology, University of California, Berkeley, I was able, owing to
the kind cooperation of Dr. E. S. Ross and Dr. P. H. Arnaud, to
examine the flies of the family Sphaeroceridae in the collection of
the California Academy of Sciences. The species from South and
Central American are dealt with here but it was not possible to
determine all the species of the genus Leptocera Olivier. The types
of all the new species (except one indicated below) are in the col-
lection of the Academy. I am indebted to Mr. Curtis W. Sabrosky
for help in examining certain types in the U.S. National Museum.
The photographs of wings were kindly made by Mr. J. W. Siddorn.
The nomenclature of the male genitalia is that of Richards (1961) .
Genus ARCHIBORBORUS Duda, 1921
Archiborborus (Archiborborus) hirtipes (Macquart, 1843)
The commonest South American species. Chile, Arauco: Angol, 13.IX.
50, 1$ (R. Gomez), 23. XII. 50-1. 1. 51, 16 A , 24$ (E. S. Ross and A. E.
Michelbacher ) .
Archiborborus (Procopromyza) simplicimanus Richards, 1931
Known from Chile and Argentina. Chile, Nuble: 40 km east of San
Carlos, 23.VII.50, $ $ (E. S. Ross and A. E. Michelbacher).
Archiborborus (Procopromyza) submaculatus Duda, 1921
The species is so far known only from Chile and is sometimes a little
short-winged. Chile, Arauco: Angol, 1.1.51, $ (E. S. Ross and A. E. Michel-
bacher) .
Archiborborus (Procopromyza) edwardsi Richards, 1931
This species was described from a single male captured at Chile, Llanqui-
hue: Puerto Montt. The female first recorded below has been compared with
the male type and seems to belong to the same species. Chile, Cautin: 22
km. east of Temuco, VI-VII.51, $ (M. G. Smith) ; Osorno, 30 km. east of
Purranque, 15.1.51, $ (E. S. Ross and A. E. Michelbacher).
Archiborborus (Procopromyza) chilensis Richards, 1931
Previously recorded from Chile and Argentina. Chile, Bio-Bio: El Al-
banico, 31. XII. 59 2 $ (E. S. Ross and A. E. Michelbacher).
232
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
Archiborborus (Procopromyza) annulatus
Richards, new species
Male and female . — Shining blackish-brown; face, front third of frons,
buccae, part of second and third antennal segments, reddish-yellow; stripes
through the dorso-centrals and thoracic sutures more or less brown; fore
coxae, broad apical ring on all femora, yellowish brown, tibiae and tarsi
rather darker, tibiae with indications of two darker rings. Halteres yellowish,
base of knob darker. Wings (fig. 1) dark brown with five hyaline spots on
Ri + 5 ; the two cross-veins and the veins in the spots white, otherwise dark
brown. Length about 4.0 mm, wing 3.75 mm.
Structure as in A. albicans Richards (1931:68) except in the following
particulars: buccae rather narrower, only one quarter as wide as vei'tical
height of eye; acrostichals in six rows; fifth sternite elongate, narrowed to
apex which is not very deeply emarginate, emargination defined by weakly
pointed lobes, lobes and emargination with whitish edges ; hook at apex of
fore basitarsus very small; mid tibia with anterior bristle at %, three dorsals
and a mid ventral, and a preapical ring of 4-5 bristles; hind femur with
only three anterodorsal bristles.
Holotype male, allotype female: Chile, Nuble, 40 km east
of San Carlos, 23.XII.50 (E. S. Ross and A. E. Michelbacher) .
In my key to the species (1961:57) runs to A. submaculatus
Duda (couplet 14) but differs in the more narrowed fifth sternite
of the male and in the pale femoral rings. Only one other species
of the subgenus, A. chaetosus Richards, has maculated legs but this
has greatly reduced wings and long bristles on the abdomen.
Genus FRUTILLARIA Richards, 1961
Frutillaria species
I described this genus with five species from Chile in 1961 (loc. cit. : 63 ) .
It is not possible so far to distinguish the females. Drs. E. S. Ross and A. E.
Michelbacher captured one female at Chile, Cautin: 20 km. east of Temuco,
8.1.51. This is approximately 38° S. while previously the most northerly lo-
cality for the genus was 41° S.
Genus CEROPTERA Macquart, 1835
Ceroptera venozolana Richards, new species
The present species seems in structure to be an outlying mem-
ber of the genus Ceroptera Meigen though if it does not prove, like
the others, to be associated with scarabaeid bettles it will probably
be better to place it in a new separate genus. Though generally
resembling a Leptocera Olivier, the spur on the hind tibia and to
a less extent the wing-venation shows affinities to Copromyza Fall.
The numerous spines on the hind tibia are unique in the family
and the scutellar bristles are unusual.
Male and, female. — Blackish-brown with whitish bloom, sides of meso-
October, 1963]
RICHARDS SPHAEROCERIDAE
233
scutum paler, lower half of pleura and base of legs, yellowish-brown. Abdo-
men reddish-brown, segments with whitish margins in female. Halteres very
pale. Wings greyish-white, veins not darker. Length about 2.0 mm.
Head bristles as in Leptocera Olivier (but $ with three outwardly di-
rected superior orbitals on left side only), four pairs of interfrontals (three
large but not cruciate), head clearly wider than long, frontal knob distinct
but not very large, facial keel moderately strong, without bristles; first an-
tennal segment with quite strong forwardly directed bristle, antennae strongly
diverging, third segment with white pubescence, arista subapical, three times
as long as antenna, with moderately long pubescence; head not at all
higher than usual, buccae at narrowest about two-fifths greatest diameter of
eye, largest buccal bristle about one-third as long as vibrissa. Humeri with
two long bristles, one pair of long posterior dorsocentrals, one much shorter
Fig. 1, left wing of Archiborborus annulatus Richards. Fig. 2, left wing
of Leptocera schlingeri Richards. Fig. 4, left wing of Leptocera rossi Rich-
ards. Fig. 6, left wing of Leptocera arnaudi Richards. Fig. 7, left wing of
Leptocera dolichoptera Richards, male. Fig. 9, left wing of Leptocera phyco -
phila Richards, male. Fig. 10, the same, left wing of female. Fig. 12, left
wing of Leptocerca mollis Richards, female.
234
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
pair in front and, just on suture, another pair hardly distinguishable from
microchaetes, about six rows of acrostichals, scutellum elongate with four
long bristles, one additional short one in front of basal and two additional
short ones between basals and apicals on each side. Sternopleuron with one
bristle and two or three minute setae. Legs with tarsi quite unmodified, pre-
tarsus and claws not enlarged, fore legs with no bristles except usual dorsal
and ventral rows on the femur; mid trochanter with no enlarged bristle, mid
femur with four downwardly directed anterodorsals on distal half, mid tibia
with three dorsal pairs of short stout bristles at 1 / 4, VL 5/6; an anterior at
% and before the apex, a mid ventral and a very short apical ventral; mid
basitarsus rather more than half as long as tibia with no enlarged setae; hind
femur with two anterior bristles before apex, hind tibia with about seven
bristles on dorsal surface, some more or less paired, a short, somewhat an-
terior ventral apical curved spur; tarsi normal, second segment clearly
longer than first; male with longer and denser hairs on legs than female,
with group of about three rows of seven bristles on the underside of the mid
femur on the proximal quarter, distal quarter of mid tibia with some black
ventral setae, hind tibia with thirteen bristles on dorsal side. Wings long and
narrow with a narrow alula, veins little darkened, first sector of costa with
longish bristles, second sector more than twice as long as the third, R 4+5
almost straight, very little bent forwards, not overpassed by costa, intermedian
cell very long and narrow, Mi + 2 extending as a fold almost to margin, other
corner of cell almost rounded, anal vein (fold) gently concave forwards.
Abdomen short and very bristly, male fifth tergite with long bristles, almost
forming a brush on the left, overhanging the genitalia, sternites also very
bristly, some of the bristles short, dense and outstanding; genitalia large,
anal slit short oval, directed downwards, surrounded by short bristles, other
details concealed. $ cerci orange-brown, retracted, each with a short, stout,
inwardly-curved, black, hook-like bristle.
Holotype male, allotype female; Venezuela: Guanace, Es-
tado portuguesa 10-13. IX.57 (B. Malkin).
Differs from all described species of the genus in having stout
spines on the hind tibia.
Genus LEPTOCERA Olivier, 1913
Leptocera (Leptocera) neocurvinervis Richards, 1931
Previously recorded from Chile and Argentina. Chile: Talca, 22 mi.
north of Talca, 22. XII. 50, $ ; Nuble, 40 km east of San Carlos, 23.XII.50,
2 $ 1 9 ; Arauca, Angol, 1.1.51, $ 9 ; Arauca, Sierra Nahuelbuta west of
Angol, 1200 m, 3.1.51, $ (E. S. Ross and A. E. Michelbacher) .
Leptocera (Leptocera) abdominiseta Duda, 1925
The species is widespread in South America and also recorded from
Hawaii and Tristan da Cunha. Peru: Callao, 17. XII. 50, 11 $ 9$ (E. S. Ross
and A. E. Michelbacher).
Leptocera (Leptocera) fulva (Malloch, 1912)
This species is widespread in Central and South America. Peru: Pualba,
2.X. 54, 9. Ecuador, Napo-Pastaza : 2-8 miles north of Puyo, 953 m, 9. 11.55,
October, 1963]
RICHARDS SPHAEROCERIDAE
235
115 6$. Columbia, Cauca: 27 miles south of Popoaya, 1750 m, 5.III.55,
$29 ; Yalle: 40 miles south of Cali, 1140 m, 6.III.55, $ (all E. I. Schlinger
and E. S. Ross).
Leptocera (Leptocera) schlingeri
Richards, new species
Male and female . — Velvety black, dull; extreme front of frons, antennae,
much of face, buccae, palpi, reddish brown. Larger bristles arising from
somewhat greyish spots. Notopleural region and base of wing, pale yellow.
Stripe across top of sternopleuron pale reddish-brown. Legs reddish-brown,
coxae and trochanters paler. Halteres yellowish-brown. Wings grey. Length
2. 6-4.0 mm.
Head with longest buccal bristle not more than 14 as long as the vibrissa.
Three pairs of interfrontal bristles, front pair much longer and directed more
fowards, other head bristles normal. Arista nearly five times as long as
antenna, with long pubescence. Thorax with one very long and one short
humeral bristle, three pairs of strong dorsocentrals, acrostichals very little en-
larged but their length somewhat variable, not separated by a row of micro-
chaetes, with about three rows of microchaetes on each side between them
and dorsocentrals; scutellum with usual 8 bristles but one female has an
extra hasal bristle on each side; sternopleuron with one very strong and one
weak bristle. Fore legs unmodified. Midlegs with bristle on trochanter dis-
tinct hut not very long; femur with only the preapical anterior bristle; tibia
with 3 anterodorsal and two posterodorsal bristles on basal quarter, the
lowest anterodorsal being large, two long nearly paired bristles at 4/5 and
a small posterior; at a silghtly higher level a small anterodorsal, a mid
ventral and a preapical ventral; basitarsus with a long ventral at Lj. Hind
legs unmodified, second tarsal segment nearly twice as long as first. Wings
(fig. 2) with bristles on first costal sector practically not enlarged, second
costal sector more than twice as long as third, R 2 +» considerably sinuate,
joining costal at a moderate angle, R ++5 strongly bent forwards, ending far in
Explanation of Figures
Fig. 3, Leptocera schlingeri Richards: a, male genitalia from the right:
b, male genitalia in true dorsal (apparent ventral) view.
236
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
front of wing-tip, M 2+3 produced beyond cell as a straight fold to margin,
posterior angle of cell almost rounded. Abdomen in male with segment 1+2
much longer than 3, 4, or 5 which are short hut of gradually increasing
length ; no long lateral bristles but tergite 5 with one very long curved
bristle on each side; genitalia small and retracted, sternite 5 emarginate at
apex, a small lobe bearing three short black spike-like bristles on each side
of emargination. In a macerated specimen, genital forceps small, with one
bristle and two spikes at apex; gonapophyses close together, spike-like;
aedeagus defined by lateral plates which in side view are hooked below and
dorsally bear a finger shaped process and a small lobe bearing short bristles.
Anal split not closed, bearing long bristles. Abdomen in female with tergites
3-6 each a little longer than its predecessor, 4-6 with a moderate lateral bristle
on each side, cerci fused into a single plate bearing a pair of short, down-
curved pale bristles ; sternites with short bristles.
Holotype male and allotype female: Ecuador, Napo-Pastaza :
6-8 miles west of Mera, 1500 m, 10.11.55, and 2+ 6$ para-
types, same data (E. I. Schlinger and E. S. Ross).
The colour of this species is distinctive and the short bristles of
the first costal sector are very unusual in this subgenus. In Duda’s
key to his subgenus Paracollinella ( =Leptocera Leptocera, 1925:
15) it runs to couplet 43. None of the three species there (L.
abdominiseta Duda, L. fulva Duda and L. parafulva Duda) has a
velvety black, yellow-edged mesoscutum or short bristles on the first
costal sector. None of the other more recently described species
seems to be at all similar. The enlarged pair of frontal bristles is
quite unusual.
Leptocera (Rachispoda) bipilosa Duda, 1925
The species was described from Bolivia. Columbia, Cundinamarca : 12
miles southeast of Bogota, 2930 m, 13.III.55, $ ; Meta: 3 miles west of Vil-
lovicencio, 920 m, 11.III.55, 19$ 9$ ; Narino: 32 miles north of Pasto, 4.
III.55, 2$ ; Valle: 40 miles south of Cali, 1140 m, 6.III.55, 42$ 34 $ ; 17
miles west of Sevilla, 7.III.55, 28 $ , 23 2 (all E. I. Schlinger and E. S. Ross).
Leptocera (Rachispoda) aequipilosa Duda, 1925
The species is widespread in South America but has not before been
recorded from so far north. Peru: Pucalba, 2.X.54, 2$. Columbia, Valle:
40 miles south of Cali, 6. III. 55, 2 ; 17 miles west of Sevilla, 7.III.55, $
3 2 (all E. I. Schlinger and E. S. Ross).
Leptocera (Rachispoda) striata Duda, 1925
The species is recorded from Chile and Argentina. Chile, Coquimbo: 50
km. south of La Serena, 1.XII.50, 3 2 , 20 km. southwest of Ovalle, 12. XII. 50,
2 ; Aconcagua: 10 km east of Papudo, 27.XI.50, 2$ ; Nuble: 40 km east of
San Carlos, 23.XII.50, 3$ ; Bio-Bio: El Albanico, 31.XII.50, 1$ 2 2 (all
E. S. Ross and A. E. Michelbacher) .
Leptocera (Rachispoda) limbinervis Duda, 1925
The species was described from Costa Rica. Mexico, Nuevo Leon; 20
RICHARDS SPHAEROCERIDAE
237
October, 1963 ]
miles west of Linares, 8.XI.46, 2$ ; Colima: southeast slope of Mt. Colima,
pine zone, XII. 48, $ 6$ ; San Luis Potosi : 5 miles north of Tamazunchale,
22.XII.48, $ (all E. S. Ross).
Leptocera (Rachispoda) rossi Richards, new species
Male and female.— Black, somewhat brown dusted, but mesoscutum
rather shining; scutellum, pleura and dorsal side of abdomen dull. Halteres
pale reddish. Wings moderately infuscate. Length 2.0-3.0 mm.
Head on each side with one vibrissa and one almost equally long up-
turned buccal bristle. Facial knob only moderately prominent but genae
well-developed in front of eyes. Arista two and a half times as long as an-
tenna, with moderate pubescence. Two long and 2-3 short interfrontal bristles
on each side. Two or three pairs of slightly enlarged acrostichal bristles
with two rows of microchaetes between tbem. Five pairs of dorsocentral
bristles, counting the incurved scapulars. Scutellum with 8 marginal bristles,
first pair very small, second and fourth very long, third moderate and a
little more discal : disk with one pair of moderate bristles behind middle
and in all about two dozen other minute bristles scattered on each side of
mid line. One long and one moderate sternopleural bristle. Legs with normal
bristles lor this sub-genus, no special bristles in male; mid tibia with long
dorsal bristle, surmounted by smaller one, at %, three long bristles at
% surmounted by two smaller ones, a mid ventral and a preapical ventral;
hind tibia externally with complete row of oblique bristles not quite as long
as its diameter: bristles of hind trochanter not modified, second segment of
hind tarsus nearly twice as long as first. Wings (fig. 4) with first costal
sector with long bristles, second sector more than twice as long as the third,
R 4+ -, moderately curved forward, not strongly divergent from M 1+2 , posterior
outer corner of cell weakly angular, sometimes almost rounded. Abdomen
o-srnm
Explanation of Figures
Fig. 5, Leptocera rossi Richards: a, male genitalia from the right; b,
male genitalia in true dorsal (apparent ventral) view; c, sternite five, ventral
view.
238
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
with plates 1+2, 3, 4 and 5 of about the same length but 1+2 rather longer,
especially in $ ; genitalia (figs. 5a, 5b) somewhat large; anal split widen-
ing a little downwards and not closed below, bearing short, close bristles,
becoming somewhat longer and denser below; in the unmacerated genitalia
a shining dark brown inwardly-directed curved hook can be seen on each
side; beyond this another dark brown, shining, downwardly directed, feebly
curved process of which the end bears a short, stout, spike-like bristle; a
narrow spike-like process protrudes from the aedeagus; fifth sternite (fig.
12b) with long marginal bristles becoming denser at mid-line where there
is a tongue-shaped, downwardly bent projection. Female with end of ab-
domen protruding as a short cone, cerci with one pair of longish curved
hairs and some shorter ones.
Holotype male and allotype female : Chile, Cautin : 20 KM
EAST of Temuco, 7.1.51, and 15+ 20 $ ; Arauca: Angol, 1.1.51,
2 9 paratypes (all E. S. Ross and A. E. Michelbacher) .
In Duda’s key (1925:15) to subgenus Rachispoda ( = his
Collinella) it runs to L. octisetoca (Becker) from Egypt which
has not yet been adequately described. Duda’s redescription (1938:
81) does not mention the two pairs of large acrostichals and there
are said to be 8-10 small bristles on the scutellar disk (not about
40). L. quadriseta (Duda, 1938:81) which has the four acrosti-
chals has a bare scutellar disk. Probably L. rossi is nearest to
L. downesi Richards, 1944 (imported into England, probably
from Argentina) but in the new species the disk of the scutellum
has more bristles, the acrostichals are separated by two, not one
row of macrochaetes, and R 4+5 is rather more bent.
Leptocera (Poecilosomella) angulata (Thomson, 1868)
Distribution : Southern U.S.A., Central and South America, Caribbean,
Hawaii. Peru: Monson Valley, Tingo Maria, 9-10. X.54, 5$ 12$ (E. S.
Ross and A. E. Michelbacher). Florida: Bradensville, March, 2 $ 1 $ ; Jack-
sonville, 31. III. 19, 5 $ (M. C. Van Duzee) .
Leptocera (Chaetopodella) melanogaster (Thomson, 1868)
(= Leptocera pulchripes Duda, 1925)
The species is widespread in southern South America. Chile: Coquimbo,
3 miles north of Los Vilos, 13. XII. 50, $ ; Arauca, Angol, 1.1.51, $ (E. S.
Ross and A. E. Michelbacher).
Leptocera (Thoracochaeta) johnsoni Spuler, 1925
Spuler described L. johnsoni (1925: 121, fig. 2) from seaweed
in several places in the state of Washington, U.S.A. He stated that
the second costal sector is about the same length as the third. I
have now examined a long series of his specimens including the
now headless type ? from Seattle in the Melander collection in
the U.S. National Museum and also one paratype from Seattle in
October, 1963]
RI CH ARDS SPH AERO CERIDAE
239
the collection of the California Academy of Sciences. The males
agree with his description but in the females the second costal
sector, though somewhat variable, is nearer one and a half times
as long as the third, as I stated earlier (1931:78) for specimens
from Ancud, Chile, and as holds for other specimens seen (1961:
63) from Navarina Island, Chile.
Mexico, Baja California: San Bartolome (on coast), 12.III.53, $ 15 9
(P. H. Arnaud, C.A.S.). Chile, Santiago: El Tabo, on seaweed, 12.V.61, 18$
10 9 (G. Kuschel, coll. O.W.R.).
Leptocera (Thoracochaeta) arnaudi Richards, new species
Male and female . — Doll brownish-black with mesoscutum and abdominal
tergiles grey dusted; face, antennae, pleura (especially sutures), legs, brown
to pale brown. Abdominal tergites with pale posterior segmental margins.
Halteres pale with knob darker. Wings greyish. Length 2.5-3.0 mm.
Head without a facial knob ; three pairs of interfrontal bristles, front
pair small; antenna as usual in this subgenus with a distinct forwardly
directed bristle on segment 1, arista nearly twice as long as antenna with
short pubescence ; eyes of nearly normal size, buccae at narrowest two-fifths
as long as maximum eye-diameter. Thorax with two humeral bristles, four
pairs of dorso-centrals, three front pairs directed obliquely inwards, about
eight rows of acrostichals, scutellum about semi-circular, the four bristles
rather short, apical pair about as long as scutellum; propleuron with two
small bristles, sternopleuron with one bristle and two minute setae. Legs
somewhat stout; fore legs with normal bristles, tibia dorsally with rather
dense, short, oblique hairs, especially in male; mid femur with normal
bristles, in male with complete row of short oblique antero-ventrals ; mid
tibia with four pairs of dorsal bristles, a midventral and an apical; mid
basitarsus with short stout setulae; hind tibia without bristles, with 2-3 rows
of short oblique setulae (considerably shorter than diameter of tibia).
Wings (fig. 6) not specially elongate, alula moderately broad, costa with-
out long bristles except a basal pair and a longish group on the first sector
(4 ventral, 3 dorsal), second sector about twice as long as third, R 2+3
gently curving and nearly parallel to costa, bending gradually toward it at
the end, R 4+ o straight, not overpassed by the costa, intermedian cell rather
wide, M 1+; > produced to costa, M ;i +4 also extending some way beyond im.
Abdomen ovate, flattened above in 9 with all bristles, including lateral ones
short and not dense, cerci very long triangular, outer side dull, inner edge
shining and reddish, outer edge with two short bristles, apex with stout
reddish spike-like bristle, sternites with short bristles; $ with dense and
moderately long bristles at side of each tergite after first, genitalia small,
anal split directed obliquely downwards, surrounded by short, dense, rather
woolly hairs; sternites with short bristles, fifth sternite with an apical row
of somewhat longer bristles and in centre of posterior margin four short,
black, backwardly-directed, stout bristles.
Holotype male, allotype female, 27 c? 20 9 paratypes, Mexico,
Baja California: San Bartolome, 12. III. 53 (P. H. Arnaud).
240
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
In my key (1931:77), it would run to L. johnsoni Spuler but
the second costal sector is twice as long as the third, the costa has
not outstanding bristles in the female, and the size is considerably
larger.
Leptocera (Limosina) dolichoptera Richards, new species
Male and female . — Dull black ; antennae and front of head reddish-
brown. Thoracic sutures and legs pale brown to yellowish, hind legs darker.
Halteres yellowish. Head, mesoscutum and abdomen sowewhat greyish dusted,
margins of abdominal tergites whitish, especially in 9 . Wings grey. Length
without wings about 2.0 mm, $ a little smaller.
Facial knob moderately projecting, rather wide; antennae somewhat
divergent; face obtusely keeled. Antenna with a distinct forwardly directed
bristle on the first segment, a strong ring of bristles round the apex of the
second segment, arista rather more than twice as long as the antenna, with
moderate pubescence. Eyes rather small; narrowest part of buccae two-
fifths the vertical height of eye; vibrissa stout; buccal bristle behind it
equally stout and nearly as long, followed by a bristle half as long; one
bristle half as long on mouth edge, close to vibrissa, and behind this a
regular fringe of hair-like bristles. Four pairs of moderately long inter-
frontal bristles, outside them at most one or two minute setae. A pair of
diverging bristles between the posterior ocelli, behind the ocellars and half
as long, other head bristles normal. Mesoscutum with two divergent humeral
bristles on each side, three pairs of dorsocentrals, anterior pair well in front
of suture and more than half as long as prescutellar pair, acrostichals rather
strong, six rows between dorsocentrals, two central rows slightly enlarged
and rather widely spaced; four long scutellars, two minute propleurals, two
sternopleurals, both quite large. Fore legs normal, bristles on femur rather
stout and prominent, on tibia somewhat dense. Mid legs with a short bristle
on the trochanter, base of femur in $ with a dense group of short stout
Explanation of Figures
Fig. 8, Leptocera dolichoptera Richards: a, male genitalia from the right;
b, male genitalia in true dorsal (apparent ventral) view.
October, 1963]
RICHARDS SPHAEROCERIDAE
241
bristles beneath basal quarter, ventral bristles fine and evenly spaced in 9 ,
mid tibia with a moderate posterodorsal surmounted by a smaller antero-
dorsal at 14? a moderate anterodorsal at l / 2 and a pair of almost equally
long strong bristles at %, in $ with no mid ventral; tibia somewhat curved
with short comb-like bristles on distal half beneath, apicoventral short, an-
terior apical very short, in 9 a strong mid ventral and long apicoventral,
no comb-like bristles, anterior apical bristle half as long as width of tibia.
Mid basitarsus rather more than half as long as tibia, relatively longer in
9 , with coarser not very numerous setulae beneath, one ventral at proximal
1/5 distinctly enlarged. Hind tibia with small anterior apical bristle, basi-
tarsus with distinct apical bristle, second tarsal segment one and a half
times as long as first. Wings (fig. 7, $ ) rather elongate but considerably
more so in 9 (cf. figs. 9 & 10) with a narrow alula, bristles on first costal
sector rather strong, one bristle on humeral cross-vein at some distance from
costa, second costal sector about twice as long as third, costa extending to
rather beyond IL+s, Fh a distinctly sinuate, Hi * straight, Mi 2 produced to
margin, M ;w extending nearly halfway to margin, cell rather narrow. Male
abdomen with first lour segments of about same length, bristles short, even
at sides of tergites 4-5 not much longer than tergites, genitalia swollen and
elongate in dorso-ventral direction, anal split twice as long as wide, fringed
by short bristles, below the split genitalia (figs. 8a, 8b) forming two broad
lips with shoi't bristles between which two adjacent short brown spikes some-
times protrude, below these two short triangular brown processes; sternites
little modified, not much projecting, with rather short bristles. Female ab-
domen with tergites 2-5 progressively a little shorter, no bristles long, end
of abdomen somewhat troughlike with two long cerci lying in the trough,
each cercus with two very long sinuous bristles.
Holotype male and allotype female: Peru, Lima: N.W. Ca-
neto, AT sea level ( ? on actual coast) , 13. IX. 54, and 7 cf 2 9,
same data (E. I. Schlinger and E. S. Ross) .
Some paratypes are now in my collection. The affinities of this
species are discussed below.
Leptocera (Limosina) phycophila Richards, new species
Male and female. — Dull black; third antennal segment brown. Thoracic
sutures, leg-joints and tarsi pale to darker brown. Halteres pale yellowish.
Dorsal side bluish-grey dusted, abdominal tergites with whitish apices.
Wings grey. Length (without wings) 1.75-2.0 mm.
Close to L. dolichoptera Richards but differing as follows: facial knob
longer and narrower, face divided by a more acute distinct keel. Antenna
with arista rather shorter, just less than twice as long as antenna. Four or
five pairs of short stout interfrontal bristles; outside the anterior pairs are
3-4 small bristles forming a second row. Divergent bristles behind ocellars
considerably weaker. Dorsocentral and acrostichal bristles shorter, central
rows of latter less widely spaced. $ mid tibia with comb-like bristles
more concentrated toward apex. Wings (figs. 9, 10) with R 2+3 somewhat less
sinuous, bristle on humeral cross-vein weaker and nearer costa. Male geni-
242
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
talia (figs. 11„ lib) even larger and more elongate, anal split in dry speci-
mens normally hidden by collapsed sides of the ninth tergite (not held apart
because cerci are not broadly fused across the mid-line), lower part of ninth
tergite with a number of moderately long bristles, two or three of which are
stout and point downwards; sternites projecting strongly as a spout-like
structure, the centre of which bears short dense bristles, beneath the geni-
talia; other sternites with short bristles. Cerci smaller and more widely sepa-
rated, genital forceps much stouter and less pointed, posterior gonapophyses
not curved upwards. Female abdomen not essentially different.
Holotype male and allotype female: Chile, Santiago: El Tabo,
on seaweed, 12.Y.61 and 5 c? 4 9 , same data, (G. Kuschel) ; Peru,
N.W. Caneto; Lima, at sea level, 13.IX.54, 3 c? (E. I. Schlinger
and E. S. Ross) . The type will be deposited in the British Museum
and some paratypes in my collection and that of the California
Academy of Sciences. The species was sent to me by Father
Kuschel who found it in some numbers on seaweed with L. johnsoni
Spuler. It also occurred mixed with the previous species which may
also have been captured on the coast.
In Duda’s key to Leplocera subgenus Limosina (his Scoto-
philella) (1925:153) both L. dolichoptera and L. pliycophila key
to L. longipennis Duda (1925: 178, fig. 26) of Peru and Bolivia.
Both differ from it as follows : three not two dorsocentral bristles,
wings rather longer, veins paler, second costal sector fully twice as
long as third (not distinctly less than twice as long), mid-tibia
Explanation of Figures
Fig. 11, Leptocera pliycophila Richards: a, male genitalia from the right;
b, male genitalia in true dorsal (apparent ventral) view.
October, 1963] richards — sphaeroceridae
243
with paired bristles at %, in cT tibia and femur with modified
bristles, basitarsus with one enlarged bristle below, c? genitalia
larger.
The three species together form a distinctive group known by
the somewhat reduced eyes, very short arista and long wings with
rather well-developed costal bristles. L. empirica (Hutton) (=
pectinifera Villen.) does not seem to be very close in spite of
Duda’s remarks. The species seem to me to show rather a transi-
tion to the subgenus Tlioracochaeta Duda in the antennae, eyes,
head and thoracic bristles, and sexually dimorphic wing-length.
However, the dorsocentrals are fewer and are not directed inwards
as in that subgenus.
Leptocera (Limosina) mollis Richards, new species
Male and female. — Black, very shining; frontal orbits rather broadly,
frontal triangle, buccae, most of the dorsal division of the mesepisternum,
pteropleuron and dorsal stripe of the sternopleuron, grey-dusted. Antennae,
femoro-tibial joint, tarsi and some suffusion of all tibiae, pale yellow-brown.
Halteres yellow-brown. Wings hyaline. Length about 1.2 mm.
Buccae with one bristle about half as long as the vibrissa, greatest
width hardly more than one-quarter vertical diameter of the eye; upper part
of face not at all projecting; antennae strongly divergent, first segment
without inner, forwardly-directed bristle, third segment with rather long
pale pubescence, especially in male, arista nearly four times as long as
antennae, with long pubescence; only one outwardly directed orbital bristle,
head bristles otherwise normal, adfrontal bristles in three small pairs.
Thoracic bristles somewhat brownish ; humeral bristle very short, one pos-
terior pair of dorso-centrals and one inconspicuous more anterior pair just
behind suture, acrostichals somewhat widely spaced, with about six rows
between dorsocentrals; scutellum transverse, more than twice as broad as
long, bristles relatively short, apical pair less than twice as long as the
scutellum; two minute sternopleurals. Fore legs with no special modifications;
mid femur with all bristles very short, mid tibia with a short antero-dorsal
at ]4,, a short dorsal at 4/5, no mid-ventral, apico-ventral very short, tarsi
with short setulae only, basitarsus long, more than half as long as tibia;
hind legs normal, tibia without bristles, second tarsal segment not quite
as long as first. Wings (fig. 12) with alula very narrow, costa without bristles,
second sector hardly more than half as long as the third, darker than the
rest of the costa, Rn +n gently bent onto the costa, R 4+5 very feebly sinuate,
just overpassed by the costa, ending well in front of wing-tip, distance be-
tween the cross-veins just longer than first sector of R 4+5 , cell of moderate
breadth and length, Mi+ 2 produced as a slightly curved fold to near the
margin, M 3+4 just visible beyond the cell for a very short distance, anal vein
feeble, hardly sinuate. Abdomen difficult to study before maceration because
partly desclerotised and crumpled; $ genitalia small, anal split circular,
surrounded by short bristles only, lower parts with denser short bristles,
244
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
details concealed; $ with cerci rather prominent, each having one very
long and about three short sinuous hairs. When macerated, the abdomen
in both sexes is largely white and desclerotised, only tergite 6 and the
genitalia in $ , and segment 6 to some extent in $ being sclerotised. $
with sternite 5 visible as a light brown plate of which the posterior margin is
shallowly emarginate and the surface bears a few short bristles; tergite 6
well-developed on the left side with very few bristles; genitalia (figs. 13a,
13b) with short but fairly numerous bristles below, genital forceps relatively
short and broad, wider and incurved at apex, with short straight spike-like
bristles, mostly pointing inwards, posterior gonapophyses fine, almost hair-like;
curved a little downwards ; aedeagus in dorsal view with a Y-shaped sclerite
leading to a narrow projecting strut which ends in two very long diverging
13b
Explanation of Figures
Fig. 13, Leptocera mollis Richards: a, male genitalia from the right;
male genitalia in true dorsal (apparent ventral) view. Fig. 14, the same,
female abdomen in dorsal view with spermathecae shown separately, more
sclerotised parts stippled.
October, 1963]
RICHARDS — SPHAEROCERIDAE
245
bristles; in side view with a small blunt projection beneath the narrow
strut. $ (fig. 14) with sixth and more posterior plates feebly sclerotised,
cerci each with 3 fairly long bristles, 2+1 spermathecae, oval with a long
sclerotised stalk.
Holotype male and allotype female; Honduras; Brus Lagoon,
25.IV.47, and 5c? 27 9 , same data (C. W. Cork).
This unusually distinct species should apparently be placed in
the subgenus Limosina Macquart. In Duda’s key to the species
(= his Scotophilella) (1925:153), it runs to couplet 46, but al-
though the second costal sector is shorter than the third, the alula
is very narrow and the antennae are pale. Moreover one superior
orbital bristle is absent. L. piscina Richards, 1938 which runs to
the same couplet has the second and third costal sectors more
nearly equal and the antennae and abdomen dark. The pale an-
tennae and abdomen separate it from all the other species de-
scribed since Duda’s key was published. In Malloch’s key to Costa
Rican species (1914:9) it would run to L. varicosta Malloch but
in that species the second costal sector seems to be much darker,
there are two orbital bristles and the abdomen appears to be
normal.
Leptocera (Limosina) darwini Richards, 1931
This species is widespread in western South America and is known from
most othei's of the subgenus by having an additional minute bristle at the
base of the scutellum. Chile, Valparaiso: 20 km north of Concon, 26.XI.50,
$ ; Valdivia; 30 km south of Valdivia, 13.1.31, $ ; Cautin: 20 km. east of
Temuco, 8.1.51, $ ; Bio-Bio: El Albanico, 31.XII.50, $ ; Nuble: 18-40 km
east of San Carlos, 23-24.XII.50, 16$ 14$ (all coll. E. S. Ross and A. E.
Michelbacher) .
Leptocera (Coproica) vagans (Haliday, 1833)
This species is now cosmopolitan and widespread in South America.
Chile, Coquimbo: coast road 70 mi south of Oralle, 13. XII. 50, $ $ (Ross
and Michelbacher) .
Leptocera (Coproica) hirtula (Rondani, 1880)
This species is also cosmopolitan and known from North and South
America. Mexico, Gulf of California: Monserrate Island, 13.VI.21, 27$
40 $ (E. P. Van Duzee) .
Literature Cited
Duda, 0.
1925. Die aussereuropaischen Arten der Gattung Leptocera Olivieri
Limosina Macquart mit Berucksichtigung der europaischen
Arten. Arch. Naturges., 90A Heft 11 (1924) :5-215, 4 pis.
1933. Sphaeroceridae in Lindner, E “Die Fliegen,” 57. Stuttgart.
246
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
Malloch, J. R.
1914. Costa Rican Diptera collected by Philip P. Calvert Ph.D. 1909-
10. Trans. American Ent. Soc., 40:1-36, 1 plate.
Richards, 0. W.
1931. Sphaeroceridae (Borboridae) in Diptera of Patagonia and South
Chile. 6(3) : 62-84, 1 plate, 2 figs. London: British Museum (Na-
tural History).
1961. Diptera (Sphaeroceridae) from South Chile. Proc. R. Ent. Soc.
London, (B)30:57-68, 13 figs.
Spuler, A.
1925. Studies in North American Borboridae (Diptera). Canadian Ent.,
57:99-104, 116-124, 1 plate.
Book Review
THE SIPHONAPTERA OF JAPAN. By Kohei Sakaguti and E. W. Jameson,
Jr. PACIFIC INSECTS MONOGRAPH 3: 1-169, figs. 1-66 May 20,
1962 $3.25 For sale by Pacific Insects, Bishop Museum, Honolulu,
Hawaii.
A MONOGRAPH OF THE SIPHONAPTERA OF JAPAN by Kohei
Sakaguti, pp 1-255, figs. 1-356, maps 1-7, plates 1-42 1962 (Received
May, 1963) Limited edition of 200 copies $30.00 -fi- $1.50 freight. For
sale by Nippon Printing and Publishing Co., Ltd., Osaka, Japan.
These two books comprise an exhaustive treatment of these medically
important insects in Japan. Both publications should be in the library of
anyone who is concerned with Siphonaptera, and they should be used simul-
taneously since they are closely interrelated and complement one another.
Pacific Insects Monograph 3 by Sakaguti and Jameson does not provide
more than brief morphological notes for a few species. However, factors
concerned with ecology, host relationships, geographic distribution and pos-
sible migration with resulting hybridization are frequently discussed in
detail under each species. These authors also list specimens examined and
the geographic locality and host of each collection. A substantial section of
the book is devoted to theories of evolution of flea fauna and zoogeography.
Fleas in Japan may be placed in three groups according to geographic occur-
rence. Two of these groups may be related to proposed north and south
faunal routes from the Asiatic mainland.
A Monograph of the Siphonaptera of Japan by Sakaguti provides syno-
nymic references to literature regarding occurrence in Japan for each taxo-
nomic category. Detailed descriptions are given for each species. Plates of
photomicrographs of fleas are of amazing clarity and depth of field. There
is a chapter on the geograhic distribution of fleas in Japan. Both publi-
cations have carefully prepared and detailed drawings — Harold E. Stark,
Training Branch, Communicable Disease Center, Public Health Service,
Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Atlanta, Georgia 30333.
October, 1963]
ICENNETT TYPHLODROMUS
247
SOME SPECIES OF TYPHLODROMUS FROM DWARF
MISTLETOES IN NORTH AMERICA
(Acarina: Phytoseiidae)
C. E. Kennett
University of California, Albany, California
Preliminary investigations into the possibilities of biological
control of dwarf mistletoes ( Arceuthobium spp.) during the past
two years by Dr. C. B. Huffaker and Mr. J. Hamai of the Uni-
versity of California, Department of Biological Control, have led
to the recovery of several species of Phytoseiidae from widely
separated localities in North America.
To date, five species of the genus Typhlodromus have been
recovered from dwarf mistletoes. Of these, two species are de-
scribed for the first time and are placed in the subgenera of
Typhlodromus as defined by Chant (1957a). A third species
consisting of a single specimen from Red Bay, Ontario, Canada
is considered by Chant as being very near Typhlodromus (Am-
blyseius) rosellus Chant. The remaining two species are Typhlo-
dromus (Typhlodromus) bakeri (Garman) and Typhlodromus
(Typhlodromus) validus Chant.
Typhlodromus (Typhlodromus) arceuthobius
Kennett, new species
(Figs. 1, 2)
Female . — Dorsal shield narrowly ovate in outline, widest at posterior
one-third, reticulate, with distinct concentric patterns opposite coxa IV ;
shield notched or constricted opposite seta S 2 , bearing 16 pairs of setae,
eight in lateral (L) series, two in median (M) series and six in dorsal (D)
series. All dorsal setae very short and smooth except seta L s which is 32 p
long and faintly pectinate. Seta M 2 (14/x) barely longer than L 7 and Di.
Remaining setae ranging in length from 8 p (D G ) to llg (L«). Setae L? and
L,s arising from small tubercles, the only lateral (L) setae on posterior half
of dorsal shield. Setae Si and S 2 on interscutal membranes, 14-18g in
length.
Fixed digit of chelicera with three teeth in addition to pilus dentilis.
Movable digit with single denticle. Peritreme reaches anteriorly to base of
seta Li.
Sternal plate lghtly sclerotized, not readily distinguishable, with two
pairs of setae. Third and fourth pairs of sternal setae arise from metasternal
plates. Genital plate typical. Spermathecal vesicle rarely apparent, cervix
as shown in figure 2, major duct not discernable. Ventrianal plate broadly
vase-shaped, longer than wide, widest opposite anus, anterior margin
rounded, lateral margins constricted anteriorly, with four pairs of pre-anal
setae. Two pairs of metapodal plates, larger plate slender, slightly sinuate.
248
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
Setae and minute sclerotized platelets on postero-ventral membrane as
illustrated in figure 2.
Basitarsus of leg IV with moderately long macroseta on dorsal surface.
Female measurements . — Dorsal shield, length 336m, width 182 fi. Larger
metapodal plate, length 38m. Leg IV macroseta, length 42m. Ventrolateral
seta, VLi, length 24m. (Average — 10 specimens).
Male . — Smaller than female, dorsal setal pattern same as in female ex-
cept seta S-j on dorsal shield. Chelicera with spur-shaped spermatophoral
process.
T. (T.) arceuthobius is readily distinguished from its near
relative T. (T '.) pini Chant by the shape of its ventrianal shield, the
presence of but two pairs of ventro-lateral setae and the length
of the larger pair of metapodal plates in T. ( T .) arceuthobius.
Seta M 2 is much shorter in T. (T .) arceuthobius than in T. (T.)
pini.
Holotype female, allotype and twelve additional female para-
types from dwarf mistletoe, Arceuthobium campylopodum En-
gelm., occurring on digger pine, Pinus sabiniana Dougl. from
Mt. Diablo, Contra Costa County, California, December 14,
1960 by C. B. Huff aker and J. Hamai. The female holotype, allo-
type and seven female paratypes are in the collection of the Uni-
versity of California, Department of Biological Control. Addi-
tional paratypes have been deposited in the collection of the
California Insect Survey and the United States National Museum.
Additional records, all from dwarf mistletoe: Lake County, digger
pine, March 28, 1961; Pinecrest, Tuolumne County, Jeffrey pine,
March 28, 1961; Snow Lake, Plumas County, Jeffrey pine, May
9, 1961; Liddletown, Amador County, digger pine, November 19,
1961.
In the several collections to date in California T. (T.) arceu-
thobius has been associated with a false spider mite, Brevipalpus
porca Pritchard & Baker, described from dwarf mistletoe on Doug-
las fir in Utah. Pritchard and Baker (1958) also recorded this
tenuipalpid from mistletoe on pinyon pine, ponderosa pine and
Douglas fir in Arizona. Because of the difficulty in observing B.
porca and T . (T .) arceuthobius on dwarf mistletoe it has not been
definitely established, as yet, that this phytoseiid preys on B.
porca. The absence of any other phytophagous species, however,
lends support to a conclusion that T. (T.) arceuthobius is preda-
tory upon this mite.
October, 1963]
KENNETT TYPHLODROMUS
Typhlodromus (Amblyseius) pusillus Kennett, new species
(Figs. 3,4)
Female . — Dorsal shield smooth, ovate in outline, widest at posterior
one-third, faintly sclerotized, with distinct waist opposite seta S», bearing
16 pairs of setae, nine in lateral (L) series, two in median (M) series
and five in dorsal (D) series. All dorsal setae minute except D t (35 -
39^), Li (49 - 52m), U (63 - 67m), L 9 (165 - 175m) and M 2 (74 - 80m).
Fig. 1, Typhlodromus (T.) arceuthobius Kennett, female, dorsal shield;
fig. 2, female, postero-ventral aspect. Fig. 3, Typhlodromus (A.) pusillus
Kennett, Female, dorsal shield: fig. 4, female, postero-ventral aspect.
250
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
Setae D 2 , D 3 and Mi, 6 - 7/x, L 5 , L 7 , L s , D t and D e , 10 - 12p, L 2 and L 3 , 10 - 14 p,
L c , 12 - 14/c Setae Si and S 2 on lateral interscutal membrane.
Fixed digit of chelicera with three small teeth distad and one proximad
to pilus dentilis. Movable digit with two minute teeth. Peritreme reaches
anteriorly to base of seta Di, peritremal plate ending in a blunt angle pos-
terior to coxa IV.
Ventral plates lightly sclerotized. Sternal plate bearing three pairs of
setae (25 - 28/0. Fourth pair of sternal setae arising from small metasternal
plates. Genital plate typical, the single pair of setae 28/t. Spermatheca as
shown in figure 4. Ventrianal plate longer (130 - 140/0 than wide (95 -
105/0, with three pairs of pre-anal setae (18 - 20/0 and a pair of minute
pores. Two pairs of small metapodal plates, larger pair 23 - 27 /t in length.
Eight pairs of platelets and four pairs of setae on postero-ventral membrane
surrounding vetrianal plate, posterior pair of setae (VLO 75 - 80/t in length.
Leg IV with macrosetae on genu, tibia and basitarsus. Genu of legs II
and III with a seta larger than surrounding setae.
Female measurements.- — Dorsal shield, length 410 - 427/i, width 238 -
252/t. Leg IV macrosetae, genu 77 - 84/t, tibia 63 - 75 /g basitarsus 81 - 88/r
Ranges - (6 specimens).
Male. — Smaller than female, dorsal shield ovate, its margin curves
ventrally in mounted specimens. Dorsal setal pattern as in female except
seta S- on dorsal shield. Ventrianal plate imbricate near anterior margin,
bearing three pairs of pre-anal setae (16 - 18/0 and a pair of pores.. Cheli-
cera with branched spermatophoral process. Dorsal shield length 330/i
( 1 specimen) .
Typhlodromus (A.) pusillus is a member of the T. obtusus
group as defined by Chant (1959). It is distinguished from simi-
lar species by the relative lengths of setae L 1? L 4 , L 9 and M 2 , ab-
sence of setae D 3 , and dentition of the chelicera. A close rela-
tionship between T. (A.) pusillus and Amblyseiulus dorsatus
Muma is exhibited by the similarity of their spermathecae.
Holotype female, allotype, and three female paratypes from
Arceuthobium pusillum Peck, occurring on black spruce, Picea
mariana (Mill.) BSP, from Stokes Bay, Bruce County, On-
tario, Canada on July 13, 1961. One female and one male from
A. pusillum at Howdenvale, Bruce County, Ontario and a single
female from A. pusillum at Troy, Cape Breton Island, Nova Scotia
on July 28, 1961. All collections by C. B. Huffaker and J. Hamai.
Female holotype and allotype are in the collection of the University
of California, Department of Biological Control. One female para-
type is deposited in the collection of the California Insect Survey.
Typhlodromus (Typhlodromus) bakeri (Garman)
Seiulus bakeri Garman, 1948:15.
Typhlodromus bakeri (Garman), Nesbitt, 1951:36.
Typtlodromus (T.) bakeri (Garman), Chant, 1959:63.
October, 1963] kennett — typhlodromus
251
Four females of this widely distributed species were taken
from dwarf mistletoe, A. pusillum, occurring on black spruce in
the province of Ontario, Canada, one specimen each from the fol-
lowing localities : Stokes Bay, Pine Tree Harbor, and Howdenvale,
Bruce County on July 13, 1961, and one from Outlet Park, Prince
Edward County, on July 17, 1961, by C. B. Huffaker and J. Hamai.
T. (T.) bcikeri has previously been reported from conifers in
England and British Columbia by Chant (1956). The specimens
agree with descriptions and figures of T. (T.) bakeri published
by Garman (1948), Nesbitt (1951), Cunliffe and Baker (1954)
and Chant (1958,1959). Determinations were confirmed by D. A.
Chant.
The spermatheca as observed in the Canadian specimens bears
a marked similarity to that illustrated by Dosse (1958) for T . (T.)
bakeri in the shape of spermatophores within the vesicle. The
cervix in the Canadian specimens appears to be longer, however,
measuring 32/x from its base to the atrium.
Typhlodromus (Typhlodromus) validus Chant
Typhlodromus (T.) validus Chant, 1957b : 290.
This species has been taken from dwarf mistletoe in California
at two localities to date. Two females from dwarf mistletoe, A.
campylopodum , on digger pine 10 miles east of Clear Lake Oaks,
Lake County on March 22, 1961, by the author; and four females
from the same host at Fiddletown, Amador County on November
19, 1961 by J. Hamai. Chant (1959) reported T. (T.) validus
from California but made no reference to host plants or locality.
Determination was confirmed by D. A. Chant.
Acknowledgments
I wish to thank Dr. C. B. Huffaker and Mr. J. Hamai for mak-
ing available a majority of the specimens studied herein and also
thank Dr. Edward W. Baker for his determination of specimens
of Brevipalpus porca and Dr. D. A. Chant for making determina-
tions of T. (T.) bakeri , T. (T.) validus and the species near T.
(A.) rosellus.
Literature Cited
Chant, D. A.
1956. Some mites of the subfamily Phytoseiinae (Acarina: Laelaptidae)
from southeastern England, with descriptions of new species.
Canadian Ent., 88:26-37.
252
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
1957a. Note on the status of some genera in the family Phytoseiidae
(Acarina). Canadian Ent., 89:528-532.
1957b. Description of some Phytoseiid mites (Acarina :Phytoseiidae) .
Part I. Nine new species from British Columbia with keys to the
species described by Berlese. Canadian Ent., 89:289-308.
1958. Immature and adult stages of some British Phytoseiidae Berl.,
1916 [Acarina]. Jour. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., 43(294): 599-
643.
1959. Phytoseiid mites (Acarina: Phytoseiidae). Part 2. A taxonomic
review of the family Phytoseiidae, with descriptions of 38 new
species. Canadian Ent., 91:45-166. Suppl. 12.
ClJNLIFFE, F. AND E. W. BAKER
1954. A guide to the predatory phytoseiid mites of the United States.
Pinellas Biol. Lab. Pub. No. 1.
Dosse, Gudo
1958. Die spermathecae, ein zusiitzliches bestimmungsmerkmal bei
Raubmilben. Pflanzenschutz-Berichte., 20:1-11.
Carman, Philip
1948. Mite species from apple trees in Connecticut. Conn. Agric. Exp.
Sta. Bull., 520:1-27.
Nesditt, H. H. J.
1951. A taxonomic study of the Phytoseiinae (Family Laelaptidae)
predaceous upon Tetranychidae of economic importance. Zool.
Verh., Leiden, No. 12: 1-64.
Pritchard, A. E. and E. W. Baker
1958. The false spider mites (Acarina: Tenuipalpidae) . Univ. Calif.
Publ. Ent., 14(3) : 175-274.
ADDITIONAL RECORDS OF PLATYCLEIS TESSELLATA
( CH ARPENTIER ) IN CALIFORNIA WITH
BIOLOGICAL NOTES
(Orthoptera: Tettigoniidae)
David C. Rentz
California Academy of Sciences , San Francisco
H. F. Strohecker (1955) first recorded the presence of the
Mediterranean Platycleis tessellata (Charpentier) in California
from a single male specimen collected in 1951. Many records have
since become available indicating that the species is established
in the state.
Specimens in the collection of the Bureau of Entomology,
California State Department of Agriculture, Sacramento, were
October, 1963]
RENTZ — PLATYCLEIS
253
Explanation of Figures
Fig. 1. Adult female Platycleis tessellata showing blade-like ovipositor and
quadrate markings on the legmen.
Fig. 2. Female Platycelis tessellata ovipositing in grass stem. The female
chewed the stem before inserting the ovipositor.
254
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
supplied through the courtesy of Mr. George M. Buxton. These
and others in my collection are from the following localities:
Amador County: Plymouth, 12-VI-1958, 29-VI-1953, 12-VII-1958. Cala-
veras County: Mokelumne Hill, 6-VII-1959. El Dorado County: Placerville,
13-VI-1959; Shingle Springs, 7-VI-1960. Nevada County: North San Juan,
2-VII-1960. Placer County: 8 miles Northeast of Lincoln, 3-VII-1953. Sacra-
mento County: Sacramento, 31-V-1959. Tuolumne County: Iceberg Meadows,
9 mi. Northeast of Dardanelle, 6,450 feet elevation, 27-VI-1961; Twain Harte,
29- VI-1961. Yuba County: Beale Air Force Base, 23-IV-1961 ; Timbuctoo,
VIII-1959.
These records indicate that the species is established in the
west central Sierra Nevada Mountains to an elevation of 6,450
feet, and in the adjacent portion of the Central Valley. The author
has collected the species in grassy areas near Shingle Springs, El
Dorado County and it was extremely abundant in a similar habi-
tat near Sacramento. Teneral adults and last instar nymphs were
found at the beginning of June at Shingle Springs.
The species is active during the day, but appears to be most
active at night. Caged specimens stridulate primarily at night. The
stridulation is a very low prolonged “zwick” which is often re-
peated rapidly. Captive females readily oviposited in dry grass
stems. Prior to oviposition the females frequently would chew a
part of the stem, probably to facilitate insertion of the short, blade-
like ovipositor (Fig. 2). The ovipositor resembles that of the genus
Decticita , but is more dorsally recurved (Fig. 1). The eggs are
quite elongate, uniformly black and are placed in the grass stem
in small groups or in linear sequence depending upon the thick-
ness of the stem. This is unusual since most North American Dec-
ticinae oviposit directly in the ground. Eggs were taken from a
dry stem and were measured by means of an ocular micrometer.
Average length was 4.05 mm; all eggs had a median width of
0.65 mm.
Platycleis tessellata seems to be related to the native genus
Decticita in both morphology and in habits. As an adult the intro-
duced decticid has long wings with dark brown quadrate mark-
ings laterally on the tegmina (Fig. 1).
Fiterature Cited
Strohecicer, H. F.
1955. A palearctic decticid captured in California. Pan-Pacific Ent., 31
(4) ;203.
October, 1963]
HYNES CRYPTO LABIS
255
DESCRIPTION OF THE IMMATURE STAGES OF
CRYPTOLABIS MAGNISTYLA ALEXANDER
(Diptera: Tipulidae)
C. Dennis Hynes
California State Polytechnic College, San Luis Obispo
The genus Cryptolabis is one of the few crane-fly genera for
which no immature stages have previously been found or de-
scribed. At Salmon Creek, located in Monterey County 1.5 miles
north of the San Luis Obispo County line on U.S. Hwy. No. 1,
a number of larvae and pupae of this genus were collected and
were then reared in the laboratory to the adult stage. Alexander
found this fly to be a new species and has published a description
of the adult (Alexander, 1962) .
Collections were made with a plankton net. The immature
forms were kept at cool temperatures until they could be trans-
ferred to an “artificial stream” for rearing in the laboratory. The
recirculating water in the stream was kept at 16° C, which cor-
responded favorably with the temperatures in the natural stream.
Cryptolabis magnistyla is univoltine, emerging about the mid-
dle of June and reaching a population crest about the first week
of July. Some adult specimens may still be found in late July and
during the first, part of August. They are found in great numbers
on the vegetation along the stream.
The eggs are laid at the surface of the stream and, due to the
presence of a hard slippery cuticle and to their shape, they sink
rapidly in the water and work into the sand and gravel on the
bottom. The egg develops in ten days at room temperature, and
it is assumed that at the cooler natural stream temperatures (10°
to 16° C), the developmental period would be somewhat longer.
The larvae are entirely aquatic and in Salmon Creek are found
in sand and gravel beneath one to twenty-four inches of swiftly
flowing water. During the rains of the winter season, the depth
of rushing water over the same habitats is approximately eight
feet. The larvae are very sensitive to changes in temperature of
the water and soon die after removal from the natural habitat
unless kept at a temperature of less than 17° C. Found asso-
ciated with the larvae of Cryptolabis are members of the crane-fly
genera Hexatoma and Limnophila. Whether the plentiful num-
bers of Cryptolabis larvae serve as food for these probably car-
nivorous species has not as yet been determined.
256
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
The pupae of Cryptoiabis remain in the larval habitat until
just prior to emergence of the adults. They then rise to the surface,
and the adults emerge while the pupal case floats at the surface
of the water or after it has been washed to the sides of the stream.
These field observations coincide with those made on specimens
reared in breeding cages in the artificial stream. Emergence under
natural conditions and in the artificial stream was always ob-
served to occur at night. Copulation and oviposition behaviors
of these flies were observed in the breeding cages, and most of
these activities appeared to be confined to the period between
dusk and dawn. In the breeding cages pairs were observed to
copulate while resting on the surface of the flowing water. Copu-
lation in nature was most often observed on the undersides of
leaves.
The following descriptions of the immature stages were drawn
from observations made upon ten eggs, twenty-five larvae, and
twenty-five pupae.
Egg. Length 0.31 mm; width 0.14 mm. Oval or nearly trapezoid; chorion
hlack, smooth, hard and slippery. The dorsal surface convex, the ventral
surface flattened.
Last instar larva. Length 8.3 to 11.4 mm; width 0.5 to 0.9 mm. Cuticle
colorless and covered with very short, pale gold pubescence. On each seg-
ment are scattered a few very long setae. The spiracular disk (Figs. 5, 6) has
four lobes, with the two dorso-lateral lobes being shorter than the two ventral
lobes. All the lobes are variously pitted where the setae originate. The dorsal
lobes bear setae only on the upper surface, while the ventral lobes have setae
over the entire surface. The spiracles contain no pigment, and their posi-
tion is indicated on the drawing by broken lines. Ventral to the spiracular
disk are four anal lobes, which are clear, fleshy and pointed.
Head capsule: Length 0.345 to 0.391 mm; width 0.136 to 0.187 mm.
Typically Eriopterine, consisting of a dorsal and two lateral plates. The
dorsal plate is sclerotized heavily along the lateral and posterior margins.
The lateral plates are also sclerotized along the margins which continue far
caudad of the central membranous portions (Figs. 2, 3).
The labrum is a protruding, fleshy, nearly triangular structure; clorsally,
it is clearly separated by a suture from the fronto-clypeal region. The entire
anterio-ventral margin of the labrum hears a row of thick, blunt, recurved,
golden setae forming the labral brush. Articulating with, and extending
from, the ventral edge of the lateral plates of the clypeal region are two
flattened rods (the tormae) which are borne on the epipharyngeal surface
Explanation of Figures
Cryptoiabis magnistyla Alexander. Fig. 1, Maxilla of larva, ventral view.
Fig. 2, Larval head capsule, ventral view. Fig. 3, Larval head capsule, dorsal
October, 1963]
HYNES CRYPTOLAB1S
257
7 8
\iew. lig. 4, Larval mandible, lateral view. Fig. 5, Larval spiracular disk,
dorsal view. Fig. 6, Larval spiracular disk and anal lobes, lateral view. Fig.
7, Pupa, lateral view, lig. 8, Male pupal cauda, dorsal view.
258
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
of the labrum near the clypeo-labral suture. Dorsally, there are two large
cylindrical papillae which arise near the clypeo-labral suture and which
appear to belong to the labrum; the anterior third of each of these papillae
is heavily setulose. The anterior rim of the fronto-clypeal area is composed
of a semicircular central lobe with a triangular sclerite on each side. The
palatal surface bears three rows of setae. The first row is about one-half as
long as the second and is directed ceplialad. The second row lies directly
behind the area of the tormae and extends caudad to the mouth opening; a
short stout papilla is located at either end of the row. The third row of
setae is behind the second, directed caudad and extending to the mouth
opening. The antennae are elongate, cylindrical, curved and slightly en-
larged at the anterior end. At the tip of each antenna are located one large
papilla and three setae, two ver yshort and one nearly as long as the antennae.
The mandible (Fig. 4) has eight teeth along its ventral edge, the first (or
apical tooth) through the seventh curving slightly mesad. The eighth tooth
turns mesad forming a nearly perpendicular angle with the dorso-ventral
axis of the tooth. x\t the base of this tooth is a much smaller tooth which is
directed vertically. The maxillae (Fig. 1) are modified in that the palps are
greatly enlarged, being longer than the basal stipes. The aboral margin of
the stipes where it is fused to the palp is sparsely setulose. Along the mesal
edge of the stipes is a long tuft of setae. From this tuft and continuing caudad
along the oral surface of the stipes is a thick row of setae, which, in reference
to the other mouthparts, is continuous with the labral brush. Nearly midway
along the oral surface is found a group of lightly sclerotized tubercles. The
aboral or dorsal articulation of the mandible and maxillae with the ocular
plate has undergone a curious type of development in this genus. A sclero-
tized area in the form of a triangular plate extends from the base of the
maxillae to a point at its distal end where it articulates with the flattened
expansion of the ventral rod. This expansion of the ventral rod may repre-
sent a remnant of the maxillary plate. The previously mentioned triangular
plate may be a fragment of the ocular lobe, or it may be the cardo. The
mandible also articulates with another longer, triangular plate which curves
caudally and ventral ly to articulate with the remnant of the maxillary plate
posterior to the fragment of the ocular lobe (or cardo). It is proposed that
this plate be called the mandibular fragment of the ocular lobe. The hypo-
pharynx is membranous, bulbous and possesses a triangular sclerite on each
side which articulates with the rod-like vestiges of the submentum. Mesal to
this articulation, on eac hside, is a group of fleshy papillae. The salivary duct
opens into the alimentary tract between these vestiges of the submentum.
The surface of the hypopharvnx is covered with rows of spatulate, toothed,
slightly curved setae.
Pupa. Length 5.4 to 6.6 mm ; dorso-ventral width at base of wing pads
0.54 to 0.87 mm ; dextro-sinistral width at base of wing pads approximately
the same as that of the dorso-ventral width. Form terete, with abdominal
segment 8 slightly, but abruptly, smaller than segment 7. Integument thin;
details of the adult fly easily seen in older pupae. Color in life pale yellow,
with thoracic dorsum darker; wing pads, eg sheaths and face darker brown
October, 1963]
HYNES CRYPTOLABIS
259
in older specimens; eyes changing from reddish to dark brown as pupa
matures. Body armed with long setae (Fig. 7). A row of six setae is present
in a groove between the antennal sheath and median area of the prothorax.
The mesothorax lacks breathing horns; the dorso-cephalic margin convex;
carinate medially for nearly half its length; not armed with spines or tu-
bercles; two setae located at the junction of the antennal sheaths and wing
pads; two setae also occur just dorsad of the base of the wing pads. On the
dorsum of the mesonotum two groups of setae occur at a point one-fourth the
length of the mesonotum from the posterior margin of the mesothorax, the
mesal group composed of four to five setae, the ventral group of two to
four setae. The wing pads end anterior to the junction of the second and
third abdominal segments. The leg sheaths extend nearly to the caudal
margin of the third abdominal segment with the prothoracic and metathoracic
sheaths subequal, the mesothoracic sheaths somewhat shorter. The chaetotaxy
of abdominal segments 2 to 7 is a single transverse row of setae just cephalad
of the posterior margin of the segment. The dorsum of the cauda (Fig. 8)
bears four blunt mounds from which weakly sclerotized, finger-like lobes
protrude, the anterior pair directed more caudad than the posterior pair, the
posterior pair more prominent. The drawing shows from one to four setae
arising from specific areas. In actuality, each of these areas from which
setae originate may have pencils of from one to four setae, depending upon
the condition of the specimen.
Cauda of the male with the ventral lobe bulbous, short, crenulate and
bearing a long seta at the base of either side; dorsal lobes furcate with the
outer spine longer, the entire lobe directed slightly dorsad. As in the adult
stages, the female cauda are very similar to those of the male in external ap-
pearance.
Further work should be done on the morphology of the larval
forms of members of the tribe Eriopterini before such informa-
tion can contribute to the study of relationships among these flies.
Upon the basis of adult characteristics, Alexander (1956) placed
the genus Cryptolabis in a subtribe along with Molophilus , Tasio-
cera, Ormosia and Erioptera. The armature of the pupa and the
characteristic long setae of the larval forms, along with the elon-
gate antennae of the larval head capsule, suggest a close relation-
ship with the genus Rhabdomastix. The peculiar fragmentation
of the lateral extension of the ocular plate is similar to that found
in the head capsules of the genera Teucliolabis and Gonomyia,
which are otherwise quite different larval forms. The absence of
mesonotal breathing horns in the pupa and the elongated lobes
of the spiracular disk of the larvae may be important in the place-
ment of the genus within the Eriopterini; however, both of these
characteristics are subject to interpretation. The pupae of certain
other species which lack breathing horns have as their habitat
260
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
swiftly flowing water. Notable among these is Erioptera claripennis
Alexander of South Africa (Wood, 1952). E. claripennis , too, has
elongate lobes of the spiracular disk. This latter condition is also
found among members of the subgenus Elaeophila of the genus
Limnophila. The members of this subgenus are found quite often
in the same type of habitat described above for Cryptolabis. The
extended lobes aid the larvae of Cryptolabis in maintaining their
position in streams, with the long setae entwining in the filamen-
tous algae which are adhering to the substrate. Consequently, these
characters suggest a close correlation of structure to habitat, and
this must be considered when using these characters in the place-
ment of the genus within the Eriopterini.
Literature Cited
Alexander, C. P.
1956. Tipulidae. Ruwenzori Expedition, 1934-35. British Museum (Nat-
ural History), 1(7): 129-380.
1962. Undescribed species of Nearctic Tipulidae (Diptera). II. Great
Basin Nat., 22: 1-7.
Wood, H. G.
1952. The crane-flies of the South-West Cape (Diptera, Tipuloidea).
Ann. S. African Mus., 39: 1-327.
A NEW OEDIPODINE GRASSHOPPER FROM CALIFORNIA
(Orthoptera: Acrididae)
H. F. Strohecker and George M. Buxton
University of Miami and California Department of Agriculture
Field studies by personnel of the California State Department
of Agriculture have resulted in the finding of Aerochoreutes
carlinianus (Thomas) in California; two males and a female have
been studied. These specimens, from Grass Valley in western
Nevada County, are referable, on the basis of head structure, to
the race strepitus Rehn, and the wing venation of one of the males
also accords with the pattern of this race. The other male, how-
ever, presents a wing venation more like that of carlinianus proper.
The wings are hyaline with dark veins and veinlets, the radiate
veins with dark “pencilling” (Rehn 1921, Trans Amer. Ent. Soc.
47:171-197. The body and tegmina are dun colored, similiar in
appearance to Great Basin specimens.
These field studies have also led to the accumulation of a series
of Aerochoreutes from localities in the Coast Range of northern
California. While the wing structure of these insects is that of
Aerochoreutes the sum of their characters makes identification
October, 1963] strohecker & buxton — oedipodines
261
with either race of ccirlinianus unsatisfactory.
Aerochoreutes stenometopus Strohecker & Buxton, new species
(Figs. 1, 2)
Mule: slender for the genus, compressed, its habitus that of a T rimer o-
tropis. Antennae stouter than in ccirlinianus, a little longer than head and
pronotum combined, basal articles, except first two, considerably flattened,
those distal to mid-length subcylindrical, none twice as long as broad. Head
with frontal costa deeply sulcate below the ocellus, which lies under a trans-
verse ridge. Above this ridge the costa is moderately widened, tumid, with
a circular impression. Fastigium as long as wide, no wider than the dorsal
width of an eye, shallowly sulcate with weak median carina. Foveolae long-
triangular. Eyes very large and prominent, their depth equal to or exceeding
the length of the genal groove. Pronotum elongate, lateral carinae rather
sharply developed on front of metazone, traceable as callosities on prozone.
Median carina tumid on prozone, linear on metazone. Disc of metazone flat,
granulate. Lateral lobes perpendicular, deeper than long. Anterior margin
of pronotum subangulately advanced on the occiput, posterior margin
acute-angulate (about 70°), the sides of the angle almost straight, the apex
narrowly rounded. Tegmina surpassing tips of hind femora by less than one-
third tegminal length, their contour and venation normal for the genus.
Wing with contour and venation as in nominate carlinianus, all the super-
jacent radiate veins enlarged, 4-6 stouter than those preceding but narrow-
ing basad and tapering distad. Ulnar vein very feebly undulate basad but
producing no marked difference in the width of median and ulnar areas in
2
Aerochoreutes stenometopus Strohecker and Buxton: fig. 1, head, prono-
tum of male in dorsal view: fig. 2, head of male in lateral view.
262
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
its middle third. Coloration : dark gray overall, fastigium, occiput, disc of
pronotum and thoracic pleura darker. Prozonal portion of lateral lobe fuscous
with three more or less distinct white spots, two above and one below. A
broad whitish band runs along each side of the dorsum from the front margin
of pronotum to the humeral angle, the bands wider on metazone. Hind
femur gray with some poorly defined dark areas on outer face, lower sulcus
yellow with preapical dark band, inner face yellow with two black bands but
in some specimens the basal half is suffused with black. Tegmen dark gray,
the basal third darker. In some specimens there is an incomplete fuscous
cross-band near the middle of the tegmen. Wing with disc and veins of
radiate field pale yellow, the swollen veins with dark “pencilling” distad
only and this lacking on 4-6. In the antero-distal portion of the wing the
membrane is hyaline with dark veining, ancl a group of dark veinlets in the
basal half of the median and ulnar areas appears as a diffuse cloud.
Measurements (mm.) : length of pronotum 5. 5-6.5 (5.92 ± .27) ; of
tegmen 22-24; of hind femur 11-12.5 (11.70 ± .35). Female: larger, more
robust and less compressed than male. Antenna slenderer than in male,
some of its middle articles almost twice as long as wide. Frontal costa deeply
sulcate below the ocellus, slightly sulcate above, widened at level of an-
tennal bases. Fastigium slightly wider than long, about as in male of carli-
nianus strepitus. Eyes large and prominent, dorsal width of eye slightly less
than maximum width of fastigium, its depth hardly less than the length of
genal groove. Pronotum generally similar to that of male, more widened be-
hind, its posterior margin decidedly acute-angulate, the sides of the angle
straight, the apex sharply rounded. The wing differs from that of the male
in the usual sexual features, i.e. it is of narrower form and the radiate
veins are less swollen.
Measurements (mm.) : lengtl of pronotum 6. 7-7.4 (7.04 ± .21) ; of
tegmen 27-30; of hind femur 13.0-14.0 (13.5 ± .32).
Holotype male and allotype from Telephone Camp Ground,
Glenn County, California, August 20, 1958, P. H. Arnaud and
H. H. Keifer (California Department of Agriculture).
Paratypes : 15 males and 6 females with same data as holotype; 7 males
and 1 female, 3.5 miles north of Black Butte Mts., Mendocino County,
August 27, 1953, F. L. Blanc; 3 males and 4 females; 1 male and 1 female,
Plaskett Meadows, Glenn County, September 14, 1960, G. M. Buxton; 4 males
and 1 female, Cold Springs, South Fork Mt., Trinity County, September 18,
1962, F. L. Blanc and G. M. Buxton.
A. stenometopus may he distinguished from other forms of
the genus by the pale yellow color of the wing disc and radiate
veins. Its narrower fastigium, stout antennae and acutely angled
pronotum are other distinguishing features. The similarity of all
the specimens listed above is so great that material from all locali-
ties has been treated together.
Plaskett Meadows, Telephone Camp Ground, Grindstone Can-
October, 1968] strohecker & buxton — oedipodines
263
yon, and the site three miles north of Black Butte are, in a broad
sense, the same collection locale. These places are readily accessible
by the Alder Springs Road, Avhich proceeds from the Plaskett
Ranger Station in a northwesterly direction through the north-
west corner of Glenn County and into southeastern Mendocino
County. The road and adjacent ridge and the highest part of the
range between the ocean fifty miles to the west and the Sacramento
Valley to the east. The ridge is particularly humid and the
dwarfed vegetation along the crest attests the heavy snowpack. The
wind, from the west, is constant and brisk. Vegetation is locally
sparse and large dusty areas appear as the short summer season
advances. The Cold Springs area of the South Fork Mountain of
Trinity County is very similar to the Glenn-Mendocino County
site. The elevation of these separate ridges is between 5,800 and
6,500 feet.
The flight habits of A. sienometopus are similar to those of
Circotettix spp.; the insect after taking off rises to a height of per-
haps fifteen to thirty feet, then snaps at irregular intervals before
gliding down and alighting.
The Sacramento Valley apparently forms a barrier sufficient to
separate this Coast Range form from more eastern populations of
A erochor eutes. The genus has not been recorded from Oregon but
ha-s been collected just east of Prineville by Mr. Kenneth Goeden
and idenified by Dr. Ashley Gurney as carlinianus. Dr. Gurney
has compared specimens of stenometopus with Oregon material
of carlinianus and has assisted us further by sending a male from
the Prineville area for our study. We have given specific designa-
tion to the Coast Range population since comparison of the series
from this area with Oregon material and eastern California speci-
mens of carlinianus gives no evidence of intergradation. The spe-
cific name is an adjective derived from stenos o-revo? (narrow)
and metopon petmttov (forehead).
Study of Circotettix maculatus Scudder along with the species
of Aerochoreutes suggests that the latter genus may be broadened
to include maculatus , which was removed from Circotettix by
Rehn, without re-assignment. The wing of maculatus, while nar-
rower and with less swollen radiate veins than that of stenometopus,
shows considerable similarity of venation, and the two insects are
in other features much alike.
\
264 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
A NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS MALEZONOTUS
FROM CALIFORNIA
(Hemiptera-Heteroptera : Lygaeidae)
Peter D. Ashlock
University of California, Berkeley
In 1958, I published a revision of the genus Malezonotus
(Rhyparochrominae, Gonianotini) based on most of the important
collections of Lygaeidae in the country. It was consequently a sur-
prise to receive from Mr. Charles W. O’Brien four adult specimens
of an eighth species of the genus (Fig. 3). Mr. O’Brien later re-
turned to the collection localhy and collected a total of 128 adult
specimens and several nymphs. The hugs were found in and under
a rotted fallen log in the company of an ant, Formica (Proformica)
limata Wheeler (keyed in Creighton, 1950), one of a group that
feeds on small arthropods and honeydew. The Malezonotus is a
good mimic of the ant: Mr. O’Brien characterized its movements
as exceedingly rapid, even for a lygaeid. Since the bug is a dry
seed feeder, there seems to be no other intimate relation between
the bug and the ant.
Malezonotus obrieni Ashlock, new species
Head punctate, with appressed golden pile; length, 0.80 mm; width,
1.02 mm; interocular space, 0.60 mm; antennal segment II slightly longer
than IV; lengths: I, 0.32 mm; II, 0.90 mm; III, 0.71 mm; IV, 0.82 mm.
Pronotum lightly punctate to rugose on posterior lobe, covered with appressed
golden pile, sides nearly parallel to slightly constricted posteriorly; median
length, 0.82 mm; greatest length, 0.95 mm; width, 1.08 mm. Scutellum ob-
scurely punctate with appressed golden pile, impunctate and glabrous on
midline; length, 0.75 mm; width, 0.86 mm. Hemelytra with small subap-
pressed hairs in each puncture, in brachypterous form (only form known)
claval suture absent, apical margin of corium straight, membrane more
than half as long as apex of corium, attaining segment V. Abdomen with
appressed golden pile ventrally and on tergites IV through VII (IV through
VIII in female). Fore femur moderately incrassate; length, 1.14 mm; width,
0.30 mm ; armed beneath with four spines, the most distal smallest, the next
basal largest, no spines in basal quarter. Paramere as in figure 1; sperma-
theca as in figure 2.
Proximal two antennal segments, legs, labium, explanate lateral mar-
gins, and posetrior margins of prothorax dark castaneous. Acetabula yellow.
Hemelytra white anteriorly to level of apex of scutellum, black beyond
scutellum, claval commissure area testaceous; membrane white on basal half,
black apically. Remaining parts black.
Size: male, length, 4.4 mm (4. 1-4.5 mm), width, 1.3 mm; female, length,
4.8 mm (4. 6-5. 3 mm), width, 1.5 mm.
Holotype: brachypterous male, 5 miles east of Smith Meadow,
October, 1963]
ASH LOCK — MALEZONOTUS
265
Nine Mile Canyon, 7,850 feet, Tulare County, California,
VIII-17-1962, C. W. O’Brien, collector. Deposited in the California
Academy of Sciences.
Paratypes: same data as holotype, 13 cf cf, 9 9?, 9 nymphs;
same data but VII-22-1961, 3 cf cf , 1 ?, 1 nymph; VIII-5-1961,
23 dd, 18 ??; VIII-6-1961, 3 cf cf, 5 ??; VIII-19-1961, 32
d d, 20 9$, 1 (abdomen missing).
Malezonotus obrieni is a member of the M. angustatus group
of the genus, as can be seen by the dorsal rather than lateral de-
Explanation of Figures
Fig. 1. Paramere, right, dorsal view. Fig. 2. Spermatheca.
Fig. 3. Malezonotus obrieni, dorsal view.
266
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
pression on the distal process of the shank of the paramere, by the
vestiture of the abdominal dorsum, and by the prothorax, which
is longer than the scutellum. In some ways, this species approaches
the M. rufipes group of the genus: the blade of the paramere is
narrow and the fore femur is similarly less incrassate. Moreover,
the color pattern of the hemelytra is anteriorly pale and posteriorly
dark. This species is most like M. angustatus in general appear-
ance, but lacks the ferrugineous coloration on the hemelytra charac-
teristic of that species. Like M. barberi, the brachypterous M.
obrieni lacks a claval suture. The following key may be substiutted
for the first two couplets of the previous key to the genus (Ash-
lock, 1958).
1. Pronotum one-fifth longer than scutellum 2
Pronotum equal to or shorter than scutellum 3
2. Corium chiefly ferrugineous, occasionally infuscated; explanate
lateral margins of pronotum concolorous with disk; hind tibia
black, contrasting with castaneous hind femur; brachypterous
form with claval suture present . . M. angustatus (Van Duzee)
Corium black with pale markings; explanate lateral margins of
pronotum paler than disk; hind tibia not black, concolorous
with hind femur; brachypterous form with claval suture ab-
sent 2a
2a. Corium pale only along lateral margins and sometimes on claval
suture; fore femur with a spine in basal quarter; hemelytra of
brachypterous form about as long as exposed part of abdo-
men » M. barberi Ashlock
Corium anteriorly pale, posteriorly black; fore femur without a
spine in basal quarter; hemelytra of brachypterous form nearly
twice as long as exposed part of abdomen . M. obrieni Ashlock
It gives me great pleasure to dedicate this attractive new spe-
cies to Mr. Charles W. O’Brien, of the University of California,
not only in recognition of the fact that he discovered and collected
all of the known specimens of the species, but also as public
acknowledgment of the many specimens of rare Lygaeidae that
have been the result of his careful collecting. I would also like to
thank Mr. Dan Janzen for help with the identification of the ant.
Literature Cited
Ashlock, Peter D.
1958. A revision of the genus Malezonotus (Hemiptera-Heteroptera :
Lygaeidae). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 31: 199-208.
Creighton, W. S.
1950. The ants of North America. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 104: 1-585.
57 pis.
October, 1963 ]
JAYCOX ANTHIDIUM
267
A NEW SPECIES OF ANTHIDIUM FROM CALIFORNIA
(Hymenoptera : Megachilidae)
Elbert R. Jaycox
Entomology Research Division , Agric. Res. Serv., U.S.D.A.,
Logan, Utah 1, 2
This paper is presented to provide a name for use in a paper
on the anthidiine bees of California being prepared by Dr. Albert
A. Grigarick, University of California, Davis. The author exam-
ined material from the collections of University of California at
Riverside, Berkeley, and Davis, University of Kansas, and the
California Academy of Science. Thanks are due P. H. Timberlake,
A. A. Grigarick, and G. I. Stage who provided specimens and to
G. E. Bohart and Karl Y. Krombein for their suggestions and re-
view of the manuscript. The holotype will be deposited in the
California Academy of Science and paratypes will be distributed
to the U.S. National Museum and the collections listed above.
Anthidium pallidiclypeum J aycox, new species
Male . — Length about 13 mm, forewing length 9 mm. Base body color
deep brown to black. Hair white on venter, sides and elypeus, grading into
off-white or tan on dorsum. Head: Black; elypeus, spot above each eye,
lateral face marks to level of antennal sockets, mandibles except apical
teeth, cream color; labium with dorsal projections; facial hair heavy to level
of ocelli; elypeus coarsely punctate overall w r ith narrow translucent rim at
apex. Mesosoma: Black; tubercles, tegulae except for central spot, two stripes
on scutellum, basitarsi, external stripe on tibiae, various spots or apical
stripes on femora, light yellow. Metasoma: Deep brown to black; four spots
on first and second metasomal terga, medially interrupted broad bands with
anterior notches on terga three to five, four spots on sixth tergum, lateral
ones small and on straight lateral spines, two spots on pygidium, light yellow.
Apical rim of tergum five without hair and bearing punctures in chainlike
arrangement, one or less puncture width apart ,10-12 punctures/0.33 mm).
Punctures on rest of tergum of two sizes, in less conspicuous chains two or
more widths apart. Pygidium (fig. 1) narrowed caudally, processes broad,
about same width as distance to central spine, broadly angulate apically,
sinus shallow; seventh metasomal sternum (fig. 3) broadly rounded without
lateral lobes but with central carina extending half way across sternum from
anterior edge; ninth metasomal sternum (fig. 2) bifurcate at apex, the
bifurcate portion bent ventrally; setal brush on fifth sternum off-white, about
one-third as wide as sternum and with straight caudal edge.
Female . — Length about 10 mm, forewing length 8 mm. Basal body color
and hair as in male, scopa white with dark brown apex. Head: Similar to
male but differing as follows: elypeus with hasal black area and anteriorly
flattened black apical rim; clypeal margin sinuous centrally with paired
1 In cooperation with Utah Agricultural Experiment Station.
2 Present address: Department of Horticulture, University of Illinois, Urbana, Illinois.
268
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
lateral projections, small outer and prominent, smoothly rounded inner
ones (fig. 4) ; stripe above each eye, lateral face marks triangular, mandibles
sexdentate. Mesosoma: As in male but with narrow lines of yellow on scutum
beside tegulae. Metasoma : As in male but differing as follows : pygidium
with central notch as wide as deep ; central section subtruncate, twice as
wide as lateral sections; lateral portions broadly angulate without toothlike
projections (fig. 5) .
Holotype male (CAS), San Bernardino Mountains, Cali-
fornia, 3800 feet, May 15, 1937 on Ceanothus (E. G. Linsley).
Figs. 1-3. Diagnostic characters of male Anthidium pallidiclypeum.
October, 1963
JAYCOX ANTHIDIUM
269
Paratypes, 23 males, 13 females, all from California, May 15 to
July 12, as follows: Los Angeles Co.: Tanbark Flat, part on Lotus
(R. L. Anderson, R. C. Bechtel, T. R. Haig, J. C. Hall, H. L. Han-
sen, P. D. Hurd, W. 0. Marshall, H. L. Mathis, A. T. McClay, H. R.
Moffitt, J. H. Nakata) ; Riverside Co.: Anza (H. R. Moffitt), Pinon
Flat, San Jacinto Mts., (C. D. Michener, E. C. Van Dyke), Gavilan,
on grass and Lotus scoparius (C. M. Dammers, P. H. Timberlake) ;
San Bernardino Co.: Cajon Pass (E. C. Van Dyke), Lake Arrow-
head 10 miles north, Desert Springs (P. H. Arnaud, Jr.), San
Bernardino Mts., 3800 feet, on Ceanothus (E. G. Linsley), Deep
Creek, on Lotus scoparius (P. H. Timberlake), Adelanto 10 miles
south, at Salazaria (P. H. Timberlake) ; Monterey Co.; Hastings
Nat. Hist. Res., Jamesburg, one on Collinsia bicolor (C. D.
Michener) .
The color patterns of specimens examined show considerable
variation, the usual condition among Anthidium species. Para-
Fig.5. Pygidium J 9
Figs. 4-5. Diagnostic characters of female Anthidium pallidiclypeum.
270 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
type males differ from the type most often in having interrupted
stripes on one or more tibiae, and in the metasomal maculation.
Most specimens have four spots on the first metasomal tergum
only rather than on the first two segments as on the type. About
half also have uninterrupted bands on one or more terga. Female
specimens are less variable in maculation than males. About half
have two distinct black spots basally on the clypeus rather than
an irregular area as described. Four paratype females have no
color on scutum, while one has “L” shaped stripes at the anterior
scutal edges and also has four spots on the scutellum.
The clypeal color of both sexes is pale cream, usually notice-
ably lighter than the yelow color on the rest of the body. This
character, together with the striking black, flattened clypeal rim
of the female, with its rounded marginal projections, and the
single lobe of the male seventh metasomal sternum, facilitates the
identification of pallidiclypeum. The lateral edges of the male
seventh metasomal sternum curve downward and, unless viewed
at right angles to the sternum, may appear to be lateral lobes or
toothlike projections. The species does not appear closely related
to others in the genus and is known only from California in Upper
and Lower Sonoran zones.
UNUSUAL CERAMBYCID ANTENNA
Paul D. Gerhardt and Don L. Turley 1
A black light trap has been operated the year around for sev-
eral years at The University of Arizona Mesa Branch Station. Its
purpose is to observe and record the flights and activity of cer-
tain species of moths whose larvae are pests of economic import-
ance in this area.
During a routine examination of one night’s catch in Septem-
ber 1961, a trapped male cerambycid beetle, Megacyllene anten-
natus (White), was noticed which was different from others pre-
viously observed. The left antenna of this beetle appeared en-
larged near the tip. A closer examination revealed that the 10th
segment was enlarged and had a chelicera-like structure on its
outer edge. Yet, the corresponding segment on the right antenna
appeared normal. The antennae of this specimen as well as an
apical closeup of the left antenna are shown in figure 1. Note
1 The University of Arizona. Department of Entomology, Mesa Branch Station,
October, 1963] gerhardt et al — megacyllene
271
that the 9th and 11th segments appear normal, while the 10th is
quite different having two extra appendages or segments. This
segment is narrow at the base, then broadens rather abruptly
Explanation of Figures
Fig. 1. Head and antennae of Megacyllene antennatus (White) show-
ing abnormal left and normal right antennae with apical enlargement of left
antenna shown above.
272
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
toward the top. The attachment of the 11th segment is slightly
to the right with two extra segments developed on the left or out-
side. The middle growth — extra segment — is moveable, narrower
at the base, and fits into a socket. The other extra segment ap-
pears to be quite rigid. Also, on the upper side of the 10th seg-
ment, and near its base, is a small protuberance or tubercle.
No other deformity was observed on this beetle. Of the many
specimens of this species taken in the light trap at Mesa, as well
as other cerambycids collected throughout Arizona during the past
few years, this is the first one observed to have had a deformed
antenna.
SUPPOSED LARVA OF PROTANYDERUS
VIPIO (OSTEN SACKEN) DISCOVERED
IN CALIFORNIA
( Diptera : T anyderidae )
Joseph H. Rose
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Seattle, Washington
A larva of the primitive crane-fly family, Tanyderidae, has been
discovered in Mill Creek, a tributary of the Sacramento River, near
Los Molinos, in Tehama County, California. The larva was found
in a bottom sample collected in May of 1961. The sample consisted
of gravel and silt taken from an area of slow moving water eight
to ten inches deep. A search of literature concerning the family has
revealed that the immature stages of Tanyderidae have not been
reported in California. Adults of two species, however, are found
in this state. They are Protanyderus vanduzeei Alexander, and P.
vipio Osten Sacken.
The family comprises 10 genera, with about 35 known species
to this date. The only Tanyderidae whose early stages have been
Explanation of Figure
Fig. 1 (Upper), larva of supposed Protanyderus vipio, showing com-
plete organism with spiracle on prothorax. 5X. Fig. 2 (Middle), dorsal
view of posterior region of larva of supposed Protanyderus vipio, showing six
filaments and spiracle on eighth abdominal segment. 10X. Fig. 3 (Lower),
ventral view of posterior region of larva of supposed Protanyderus vipio,
showing the two fleshy pseudopods and four anal gills. 10X.
October, 1963]
ROSE PROTANYDERUS LARVA
273
274
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
described are Peringueyomyina barnardi Alexander in South Afri-
ca (Wood, 1952) and Protoplasa fitchii Osten Sacken in eastern
North America (Alexander, 1930). There are a number of simi-
larities between the Mill Creek larva and those of the above-men-
tioned species.
Copies of the photographs included in this note were sent to Dr.
Charles P. Alexander, Department of Entomology, University of
Massachusetts, who unquestionably places the larva in the family
Tanyderidae. Based on the geographical location of the collection,
and the measurements of the larva, Dr. Alexander confirms the
writer’s supposition that the larva belongs to the species Protany-
derus vipio.
Only one larva was found in the Mill Creek sample, and is
preserved at the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Biological
Laboratory, 2725 Montlake Boulevard, Seattle 2, Washington.
Larva. — Length, from head to end of longest filaments, 22 mm. Longest
filaments alone, 7 mm. Greatest diameter of body, 2 mm. General coloration,
dirty white. Body (Fig. 1): Eucephalous; consisting of 12 terete segments,
those of the thoracic region shorter and more dilated than those of the
abdomen. Posterior end of abdomen with six long filaments, of which one
pair is borne near the posterior end of a pair of anal pseudopods. Four
simple anal gills. Head: A compact, chitinized capsule; antennae very short,
apparently three-segmented (mouth parts of this larva damaged, no accurate
description). Thorax: Prothorax longer than remaining thoracic segments.
Prothorax divided by a constriction into two rings; a small, black spiracle
(Fig. 1) on posterior ring near mid-line of body. Mesothorax and metathorax
are divided on dorsal surface into two portions by a small constriction. Ab-
domen: Nine abdominal segments that gradually increase in length to the
eighth; eighth and ninth decrease rapidly in diameter. Abdominal segments
separated by a narrow constriction or ring. Eighth abdominal segment (Fig.
2) with a small black spiracle on side near the posterior margin. Immediately
posterior to the spiracle arises a long filament that has a black area near
the tip. Ninth abdominal segment (Fig. 3) somewhat shorter than the eighth.
From the posterior margin, and on the ventral surface, arise two fleshy
pseudopods (Fig. 3), each giving rise to a long filament. Setae: Located on
dorsal surface and each side of head; a row on each side of body near the
ventral-lateral margin; each caudal filament bears from one to three. (A
number of setae were broken off of this larva).
Literature Cited
Alexander, C. P.
1930. Observations on the dipterous family Tanyderidae. Proc. Linn.
Soc. New South Wales, 55:221-230, 2 pis.
Crampton, G. C.
1930. A comparison of the more important structural details of the
October, 1963]
O BRIEN & HURD XYLOCOPA
275
larva of the archaic Tanyderid Dipteron Protoplasa fitchi with
other holometabola from the standpoint of phylogeny. Bull.
Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 25: 239-258, 4 pis.
Williams, Inez
1933. The external morphology of the primitive Tanyderid Dipteron
Protoplasa fitchi 0. S., with notes on the other Tanyderidae.
Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc., 41:1-36, 7 pis.
Wirth, Willis W., and Alan Stone
1956. Aquatic Diptera, In: Robert L. Usinger (editor), Aquatic in-
sects of California. University of California Press, Berkeley and
Los Angeles pp. 372-482.
Wood, H. G.
1952. The crane-flies of the Southwest Cape (Diptera, Tipuloidea)
Ann. South African Mus., 39: 1-327, 105 figs.
A NEW SUBSPECIES OF XYLOCOPA TABANIFORMIS
SMITH FROM MEXICO 1
(Hymenoptera : Apoidea )
Lois Breimeier O’Brien and Paul D. Hurd, Jr.
University of California, Berkeley
The chiefly Nearctic subgenus Notoxylocopa is composed of
mostly small but robust carpenter bees which are very reminiscent
of certain large species of Anthophora. The males, unlike any other
known subgenus of Xylocopa , have the bridge of the penis valves
greatly produced posteriorly. The females of this group appear to
he most closely related to the essentially Palaearctic subgenus
Rhysoxylocopa (Hurd and Moure, 1963).
Although a critical study of the eleven described forms of the
Xylocopa tabaniformis complex is underway, the new subspecies
described below is offered at this time so as to make the name
available for a comparative ethological study (Janzen, 1964).
Xylocopa (Notoxylocopa) tabaniformis melanosoma
O’Brien and Hurd, new subspecies
Male .- — Vestiture of head black, but with some intermixed pale pubes-
cence especially between antennal sockets; vestiture of anterior one-third to
one-fourth of mesonotum predominantly pale gray, usually tinged with brown
and intermixed with some black hairs and consequently appearing medium
gray, remainder of mesonotum dark pubescent; metasomal terga entirely
dark pubescent, without pale pubescence; legs chiefly black or brownish
1 One of a series of studies on carpenter bees made possible by a grant from tbe National
Science Foundation (G-19385).
276
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
pubescent, occasionally with a lew intermixed whitish hairs.
Female. — Similar to male in coloration of vestiture, except dorsum of
thorax entirely brownish pubescent.
Holotype male, allotype and 3 paratypes (1 cf, 2 9 9) from
52 MILES WEST OF THE PUEBLA-VERACRUZ BOUNDARY, HIGHWAY
150, Puebla, Mexico, 6:35 to 6:45 p.m., August 30, 1962 (D. H.
Janzen) . Additional paratypes (16 c? c? , 3 9 9) with the same data
but collected from 5:50 to 7:00 p.m.; 8 paratypes (4c? cf , 4 9 9)
from 10.2 miles west of the Puebla-Veracruz boundary, Highway
150, Puebla, Mexico, VII-11-1962, sunset (D. H. Janzen) ; 1 9
Tehuacan, Puebla, Mexico, VI-23-1951 (P. D. Hurd) ; 19, Rio
Blanca, Veracruz, Mexico, XI-13-57 (R. and K. Dreisbach) ; 19,
environs of Tehuacan, Puebla, Mexico, 1903, (L. Diguet). The
holotype and allotype will be deposited in the entomological col-
lections of the California Academy of Sciences.
The male of this subspecies can be separated from other forms,
except X. tabaniformis orpifex, by the absence of white bands of
hair on the metasomal terga. It differs from X. t. orpifex in the
much darker veztiture of the anterior mesonotum. The females of
X. t. melanosoma apparently can be separated only geographically
from other similarly colored females.
Literature Cited
Hurd, Paul D., Jr. and J. S. Moure, C. M. F.
1963. A classification of the large carpenter bees (Xylocopini) (Hymen-
optera: Apoidea). Univ. Calif. Publ. Ent., 29:1-365, 1 fronds, 244
figs.
Janzen, Daniel H.
1964. Notes on the behavior of four subspecies of Xylocopa (Notoxylo-
copa) tabaniformis in Mexico. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 57, in press.
October, 1963]
277
INDEX TO VOLUME XXXIX*
Acarina, 89, 116, 247
Acmaeops, 82
Acrididae, 157, 260
Aedes campestris, 111, niphadop-
sis, 109
Aerochoreutes stenometopus, 261
Amorbia essigana, 116
Ancistrocerus campestris, 88
Andrena (Onagrandrena) conval-
laria, 190
convallaria subyhyalina, 193
eulobi, 197
or aria, 194
oraria actitis, 196
Andrenidae, 189
Anommatophilus kolili, 146
Antbidium pallidiclypeum, 267
Aonidiella aurantii, 116
citrina, 11 6
Apoidea, 1, 56, 80, 129, 189, 201,
267, 275
Apache californicum, 99
Aphelinidae, 115
Aphelinus flavipes, 115
gossypii, 115
“T,” 115
Aphis gossypii, 115
helianthi, 115
spiraecola, 115
Aphytis coheni, 116
sp. (africanus m.s. name), 116
Archiborborus (Arcbiborborus)
birtipes, 231
Archiborborus (Procopromyza)
annulatus, 232
cbilensis, 231
edwardsi, 231
simplicimanus, 231
submaculatus, 231
Ashlock, new Malezonotus, 264
Asilidae, 103, 176
Astata femorata, 185
Bironella gracilis, 80
Bombus sonorus, 2, 14
Book notices, 18, 55
Book reviews, 41, 56, 181, 246
Brachysomida, 82, 86
Braconidae 115
Brathinidae 61
Brathinus sp., 61
Brown, William Plenry Edwards,
198
Bucimex, 51, chilensis, 52
Buprestidae, 64
Butler and Wargo, Megachile
concinna, 201
Byturus sp., 62
Callidium leechi, 209
powelli, 207
violaceipenne, 208
Cantharidae, 75
Caupobcana yarrowi, 3, 14
Centris atripes, 3, 14
caesalpiniae, 3, 14
rhodopus, 3, 14
Cerambycidae, 37, 81, 207, 213,
270
Ceroptera venozolana, 232
Chaitophorus sp., 116
Chaoborus astictopus, 117
Chapman, Aedes niphadopsis, 109
Chemsak, new Callidiini, 37
Xylotrechus nauticus, 213
Chemsak and Linsley, Gaurotes, 81
Chermes, 73
Chilocorus hauseri, 116
infernalis, 116
Chromaphis juglandicola, 115
Chrysididae, 134
Chrysis (Tetrachrysis) laetabilis,
134
Chrysomphalus dictyospermi, 116
Chyphotes albipes, 188
attenuatus, 187
epedaplius. 1 88
minimus, 186, 187
nitidus, 188
pallidus, 187
Cimicidae, 51
Cleridae, 62
Coccinellidae, 116
Coleoptera, 19, 37, 41, 43, 61, 62,
64, 67, 75, 81, 87, 116, 124, 135,
154, 207, 213, 215, 270
Colletidae, 3
Cook, P., Psylla mating, 175
Cook, S., Clear Lake Gnat, 117
Conophthorus, 43, contortae, 46,
49
lambertianae, 44, 46, 48
monophyllae, 45, 46, 47
montieolae, 49
ponderosae, 44, 46, 47
radiatae, 44, 46, 49
Cryptolabis magnistyla, 255
Ctenophthalmus, 80
Culicidae, 109, 117
Curculionidae, 116
Dermanyssidae, 89
Dilophotopsis stenognatha, 183
Diplotaxis, 68
academia, 70
anthracina, 72
australis, 72
confusa, 70
*New names in bold face, synonyms and homonyms in italics
278
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
fimbriata, 72
flexa, 70
knausii, 69
mascula, 70
missionaria, 73
moerens moerens, 72
m. peninsularis, 69
pacata, 72
parpolita, 70
polita, 70
punctulata, 70
subangulata, 72
Diptera, 80, 103, 109, 116, 117,
133, 176, 231, 255, 272
Doryloxenus alzadae, 30, 144
hirsutus, 144
minutus, 145
striatus, 145
superhirsutus, 30
Dorylus (Anomma) wilverthi, 20
Edmunds, new mayfly, 34
Edwards, William Henry, 198
Ephedrus japonicus, 115
Ephemeroptera, 34
Eriophyiidae, 116
Eulachnus, 80
Eulophidae, 133
Evaniella calif ornica, 108
neomexicana, 107, 108
Evaniidae, 107
Evodinus, 82
Fender, new Malthini, 75
Fleschner, parasite releases, 114
Formicidae, 20, 135
Frutillaria, 232
Furman and Radovsky, Orni-
thonyssus, 89
Gaurotes, 81, 82, cyanipennis, 82
Gelechioidea, 177
Gerhardt and Turley, unusual
cerambycid antenna, 270
Gonocallus, 37
Idemerobiidae, 62
Hemiptera, 51, 73, 80, 98, 115,
149, 175, 264
Heriades freygessneri, 129
Homoptera, 98, 116, 175
Hymenoptera, 1, 56, 62, 65, 73, 80,
87, 107, 115, 129, 183, 185, 186,
189, 201, 228, 267, 275
Hynes Cryptolabis magnistyla, 255
Hypera brunneipennis, 116
Ichneumonidae, 115
Isodontia bipunctata, 228
cyanipennis, 228
Janzen, beaver-beetles, 215
Jaycox, new Anthidium, 267
Jorgensen, Paracotalpa biology,
154
Kennett, new Typhlodromus, 247
Kistner, new Pygostenini, 19, 135
Lavigne, Stenopogon behavior, 103
Leptogaster salvia eggs, 176
Lawrence, book review, 41
Leech, book notices and reviews,
18
Lemnia personata, 115
swinhoei, 115
Lepidoptera, 60, 62, 63, 116, 177
Leptocera (Chaetopodella) melano-
gaster, 238
Leptocera (Coproica) hirtula, 245
vagans, 245
Leptocera (Leptocera) abdomini-
seta, 234
fulva, 234
neocurvinervis, 234
schlingeri, 235
Leptocera (Limosina) darwini, 245
mollis, 243
phycophila, 241
Leptocera (Poecilosomella) angu-
lata, 238
Leptocera (Rachisopoda) aequipi-
losa, 236
bipilosa, 236
limbinervis, 236
rossi, 237
striata, 236
Leptocera (Thoracochaeta) arnaudi,
239
johns oni, 238
Leptogaster salvia, 176
Leptophlebiidae, 34
Linsley and Cazier, Solanum bees,
1
Linsley and Chemsak, New
Cerambycidae, 207
Linsley and MacSwain, new
Onagrandrena, 189
Lygaeidae, 264
Lytta cyanipennis subgroup, 124
cyanipennis, 125
nuttalli, 124
viridana, 126
Macrosaigon cruentum, 87
Macrosiphum rosae, 115
Malezonotus
angustalus, 266
barberi, 266
obrieni, 264
Malthinus, 78
atripennis, 78
bicolor, 79
October, 1963]
INDEX TO VOLUME XXXTX
279
chisosensis, 78
difficilis, 78
fjelland, 79
granicollis, 78
huachucae, 79
knulli, 79
occipitalis, 78
quadrimaculatus, 78
subcostatus, 78
tricolor, 79
Malthodes rhadinus, 79
Mandera sanguinea, 144
Meeting notices, 80, 102, 134, 156,
184, 198, 206
Megachile (Eutricharaea) concinna,
201
gratiosa, 129
Megachilidae, 56, 129, 201, 267
Megacyllene antennatus, 271
powersi, 211
robusta, 211
Melanophila acuminata, 64
consputa, 64
Melanoplus, 158
ascensus, 165, 171
bernardinae, 164, 165
buxtoni, 164, 168
calapooyae, 165, 171
daemon, 172
elaphrus, 164, 169
elater, 164, 166
eremitus, 162
hupah, 159
lepidus, 164, 169
papyraedus, 173
saltator, 165, 172
siskiyou, 165, 170
trigeminus, 173
validus, 165, 171
wintunus, 160
Melittobia sp. nr. hawaiiensis, 133
Meloidae, 124
Menke, spbecid synonymy, 228
Michelbacher, book review, 156
Mickel, Dilophotopsis stenognatha,
183
new Chypliotes, 186
Microlarinus lareynii, 116
lypriformis, 116
Micropolemon mzuri, 32
vansomereni, 147
Miltogramma sp. 133
Mimocete flageli, 146
kenyensis, 146
minor, 146
Miroculis, 34, rossi, 34
Mutillidae, 65, 183, 186
Mymar, 73
Mymaridae, 73
Myzus persicae, 115
Nesomicromus navigatorum, 1 15
Neuroptera, 62
Nomia mesillensis, 14
Odontophotopsis cooki, 66
Olycella junctolineella, 116
Opius ferrugineus, 116
Ornitlionyssus, 90, aridus, 92
Orthoptera, 157, 252, 260
Pacific Coast Ent. Soc. Proceed-
ings, 59
Paracotalpa granicollis, 154
Parker, new Astata, 185
Pemphigus, 80
Periclista linea, 62
Periploca atrata, 177
Phasmodea, 74
Phymatodes decussatus australis,
40
mohavensis, 210
oregonensis, 39
Phytoseiidae, 247
Platycleis tessellata, 252
Platypsyllidae, 215
Platypsyllus castoris, 215
Powell, Periploca atrata, 177
book review, 181
Praon volucre myzophagum, 115
PristomeruS sp., 180
Pronocera, 37, collaris lecontei, 38
Propylea japonica, 115, 116
Protanyderus vipio, 272
Proto callidium, 38
Protoxaea gloriosa, 3, 14
Psaenythia mexicanorum, 3, .14
Pseudogaurotina, 82
P seudophymatodes, 38
Psylla, 73
Psylla pyricola, 175
Psyllidae, 175
Ptiloglossa jonesi, 3, 14
Rentz, Timema boharti, 74
Platycleis tessellata, 252
Rhagoletis cingulata, 116
Rhipiphoridae, 87
Rhynchium, 80
Richards, sphaerocerid flies, 231
Rose, Protanyderus larva, 272
Ruckes, cone beetles, 43
Sachalinobia, 82, 86
Sarcophagidae, 133
Scarabaeidae, 67, 154
Scolytidae, 43
Selander and Downey, Lytta, 124
Siphonaptera, 80
Snelling, Macrosaigon host, 87
California Evaniidae, 107
Sphaeroceridae, 231
280
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXIX, NO. 4
Sphecidae, 87, 185, 228
Sphex argentinus, 229
cyanipennis, 228
dorsalis, 230
melanopus, 229
mexicana, 229
micans, 230
nigrocaerulea, 228
proximo, 229
ruficauda, 229
singularis, 230
tepanecus, 229
Staphylinidae, 19, 135
Stark, book review, 246
Stenopogon coyote, 103
Strohecker, new Acrididae, 157
Strohecker and Buxton, new
Aerochoreutes, 260
Sympolemon
anommatis, 32
rufobrunneus, 32
uhurui, 32
Tanyderidae, 272
Taylor, Megachile gratiosa, 129
Tenthredinidae, 62
Tetranychidae, 116
Tetrastichus megachilidis, 205
Tettigoniidae, 252
Thorp, new Trachusa, 56
Thyanta pallidovirens, 149
spinosa, 150
Timema boharti, 74
Timemidae, 74
Tiphiidae, 87
Tipulidae, 255
Tomentgaurotes, 82, 83
batesi, 84
maculosa, 84, 86
mulliguttata, 84, 86
ochropus, 84, 85
plumbea, 84, 85
Trachusa, 56, byssina, 57,
gummifera, 56, 58
manni, 58
perdita, 58
serratulae, 57, 58
Trichogramma pallidum, 116
Trimerotropis pogonata, 157
Trioxys angelicae, 115
communis, 115
Typhlodromus (Amblyseius)
pusillus, 249
Typhlodromus (Typhlodromus)
aerialis, 116
arcenthobius, 247
bakeri, 250
rickeri, 116
validus, 251
Typhlopolemon basilewskyi, 148
Typhloponemys afer, 21
banfilli, 27
bemardi, 24
buyskxi, 23
decellei, 21
eastopi, 144
epipleuralis, 142
gemina, 27, 29
haddowi, 139
horni, 139
lujae, 138
maranguensis, 144
morio, 27
pallipennis, 139
pubescens, 140
reichenspengeri, 143
ritteri, 139
setulosis, 143
watamuensis, 142
wilkinsoni, 140
wittei, 26
Ueshima, Cytotaxonomy, 150
Usinger, new bat bug, 51
Vaurie, Diplotaxis, 67
Vespidae, 80
Wilkey, new Apache, 98
Xylocopa, 80, tabaniformis
melanosoma, 275
Xylotrechus nauticus, 213
Zoological Nomenclature, 73, 80
Published by the
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
in cooperation with
The California Academy of Sciences
VOLUME THIRTY-NINE
19 6 3
EDITORIAL BOARD
P. D. HURD, JR, Editor
H. V. DALY, Assistant Editor
L. B. O’BRIEN, Editorial Assistant
E. G. LINSLEY
HUGH B. LEECH
E. S. ROSS
E. R. LEACH
R. C. MILLER, Treasurer
J. E. SWIFT, Advertising
1963
H. B. Leech
P. R. Ehrlich
PUBLICATION COMMITTEE
1964
R. L. Doutt
R. L. Usinger, Chairman
1965
J. A. Chemsak
C. D. MacNeill
San Francisco, California
19 6 3
11
CONTENTS FOR VOLUME XXXIX
Ashlock, Peter D.
A new species of the genus Malezonotus from California 264
Brown, F. Martin
A note about letters from William Henry Edwards to
William Greenwood Wright, and clues about certain dates
of publication contained therein 198
Butler, G. D., Jr. and M. J. Wargo
Biological notes on Megachile concinna Smith in Arizona 201
Chapman, Harold C.
Observations on Aedes niphadopsis Dyar & Knab and
campestris Dyar & Knab in Nevada 109
Chemsak, John A.
Some new North American Callidiini with notes on the
synonomy of Pronocera Motschulsky and Gonocallus
LeConte — 37
Observations on the adult behavior of Xylotrechus nauti-
cus (Mannerheim) 213
Chemsak, J. A. and E. G. Linsley
The North American genera related to Gaurotes with a
key to the Mexican component species 81
Cook, Paul P., Jr.
Mating behavior of Psylla pyricola Forster 175
Cook, Sherburne F., Jr.
Topographic analysis of the Clear Lake gnat problem 117
Edmunds, George F.
A new genus and species of mayfly from Peru 34
Fender, Kenneth M.
Some undescribed North American Malthini 75
Fleschner, C. A.
Releases of recently imported insect parasites and preda-
tors in California, 1960-61 114
Ill
Furman, Deanne P. and Frank J. Radovsky
A new species of Ornithonyssus from the white-tailed
antelope squirrel, with a rediagnosis of the genus Orni-
thonyssus 89
Gerhardt, Paul D. and Don L. Turley
Unusual cerambycid antenna 270
Hynes, C. Dennis
Description of the immature stages of Cryptolabis magni-
styla Alexander 255
Janzen, Daniel H.
Observations on populations of adult beaver-beetles,
Platypsyllus castoris .-. 215
Jaycox, Elbert R.
A new species of Anthidium from California 267
Jorgensen, Clive D.
Notes on the biology and distribution of Paracotalpa
granicollis Haldeman 154
Kennett, C. E.
Some species of Typhlodromus from dwarf mistletoes in
North America 247
Kistner, David A.
New species and new records of rare species of Pygosten-
ini from the Congo Republic 19
New species and new records of Pygostenini from Ugan-
da and Kenya ___135
Lavigne, R. J.
Notes on the behavior of Stenopogon coyote Bromley
with a description of the eggs _._103
Description of the eggs of Leptogaster salvia Martin 176
Lawrence, John F.
Book Review: The Beetles of the Pacific Northwest. Part
III. Pselaphidae and Diversicornia 41
IV
Leech, H. B.
Recent Literature : Biological Characteristics of the Mutil-
lid Subgenus Photopis Blake and their systematic values
(Hymenoptera) 18
Recent Literature: A Revisional Study of the Bees of the
genus Perdita F. Smith, with special reference to the
fauna of the Pacific Coast 18
Book notice: Revision des Hydrochanthes D’Afrique 18
Linsley, E. G. and M. A. Cazier
Further observations on bees which take pollen from
plants of the genus Solanum 1
Linsley, E. G. and J. A. Chemsak
Some new North American Cerambycidae 207
Linsley, E. G. and J. W. MacSwain
Descriptions of new species and subspecies of Onagrand-
rena, principally of the Andrena oenotherae complex 189
Menke, A. S.
Notes and synonymy of some Neotropical Sphex and Iso-
dontia described by E. Taschenberg and S. Rohwer 228
Michelbacher, A. E.
Book Review: Pests of Stored Grain and Grain Products ...156
Mickel, Clarence E.
Two new species of Chypotes from Southwestern United
States 186
Description of the female of Dilophotopsis stenognatha
Schuster 183
O’Brien, Lois Breimeier and Paul D. Hurd, Jr.
A new subspecies of Xylocopa tabaniformis Smith from
Mexico - 275
Parker, F. D.
A new species of Astata from southern Arizona 185
V
Powell, jerry A.
Observations on larval and pupal habits of the Juniper
cone moth, Periploca atrata Hodges P77
Book Review: Butterflies of the American Tropics. The
genus Anaea 131
Richards, 0. W.
Sphaerocerid flies from South and Central America in the
collection of the California Academy of Sciences 231
Rentz, David C.
Notes on a collection of Timema boharti Tinkham 74
Additional records of Platycleis tessellata (Charpentier)
in California with biological notes 252
Rose, Joseph H.
Supposed larva of Protanyderus vipio (Osten Sacken)
discovered in California 272
Ruckes, Herbert Jr.
Cone beetles of the genus Conophthorus in California 43
Selander, Richard B. and John C. Downey
Distributional and food plant records in the cyanipennis
subgroup of the genus Lytta 124
Snelling, Roy R.
A host of Macrosaigon cruentum (Germar) in Georgia 87
The evaniid wasps of California ...107
Stark, Harold E.
Book Review: The Siphonaptera of Japan 246
Strohecker, H. F.
New Acrididae from Western North America 157
Strohecker, H. F. and George M. Buxton
A new oedipodine grasshopper from California 260
Taylor, J. S.
Notes on the leaf-cutter bee Megachile (Eutricharaea)
gratiosa Gerstaecker 129
VI
Thorp, Robbin W.
A new species of the genus Trachusa from California
with a key to the known species .. . 56
Ueshima, Norihiro
Chromosome study of Thyanta pallidovirens (Stal) in
relation to taxonom}^ 150
Usinger, Robert L.
A new bat bug from southern Chile 51
Vaurie, Patricia
Key to Diplotaxis of Baja California (Coleoptera:
Scarabaeidae 67
Wilkey, R. F.
A new species of Apache from California 98
MAILING DATES FOR VOLUME XXXIX
No. 1. March 29, 1963
No. 2. June 11, 1963
No. 3. September 17, 1963
No. 4. December 30, 1963
PATRONIZE
OUR
ADVERTISERS
Advertisers 1 Indei
Name Page
Union Carbide Chemicals Company . . i
Shell Chemical Company ii
Hercules Powder Company . . iii
American Cyan amid Company iv
Velsicol Chemical Corp v
Colloidal Products Corp , vi
Trojan Laboratories vi
Stauffer Chemical Company .. vii
Niagara Chemical Division — Food Machinery Chemical Corp. viii
Chemagro Corporation ix
Pennsalt Chemicals Corp x
California Chemical Company— Ortho Division xi
Insect Pins xii
Science Mailorder Supply House xii
United States Rubber xiii
Rohm & Haas Company
xv
1
Many New Uses for
insecticide
SEVIN is now being used for effective,
low-cost control of many insect pests of
fruit, vegetables, field crops, forests and
many ornamentals. SEVIN insecticide has
good residual properties and relative safe-
ty to warm-blooded animals and fish.
When label directions are followed, it can
be used close to harvest. Problems of drift
to forage crops are minimized because the
residue does not contaminate the milk or
meat of livestock eating the forage.
SEVIN is now being tested against mos-
quitoes and additional pests of crops, farm
livestock and pets. It is also a reliable and
practical thinner for apples.
For current information on SEVIN or
other agricultural chemicals, write to
Union Carbide Chemicals, 270 Park Ave-
nue, New York, N. Y. 10017.
OTHER PESTICIDES
Glyodin Fungicide — Controls
apple and pear scab, certain
summer diseases, cherry leaf
spot, brown rot of peaches in-
terplanted with apples. Sup-
presses refid mites, reduces
visible residue at harvest time.
MYLONE Soil Fumigant —
Preplanting soil fumigant to
control weeds, soil fungi, nema-
todes in seed beds.
STABILENE Fly Repellent— In-
gredient of top-quality live-
stock sprays, including sprays
for fa-ce fly. Shown as
STABILENE, formerly
“CRAG Fly Repellent,” or
“butoxypolypropylene glycol”
on the label.
UNION
CARBIDE
AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS
Crag, Sevin, Mylone, and Stabilene are trade marks of Union Carbide Corporation.
11
SHELL PESTICIDES MEET THE
4EEDS OF FARM AND INDUSTRY
How can they serve you?
S hell Chemical Company, in coopera-
tion with federal, state and local agri-
cultural specialists, is continually striving
to help farmers reach higher agricultural
goals. Products such as aldrin, dieldrin,
endrin, methyl parathion, Phosdrin® and
Vapona® Insecticides have been of major
assistance to the farmer, homeowner and
industry. So have D-D® and Nemagon®
Soil Fumigants and Aqualin® herbicide,
slimicide, biocide.
These products have proved their effec-
tiveness and versatility by solving many
of the economic pest problems confront-
ing the farmer. Shell insecticides are prov-
ing equally useful in a growing number
of non-agricultural applications in indus-
try and the home.
The never-ending search for additional
uses of established Shell pesticides and for
new, improved products to help you, is a
welcome assignment at Shell Chemical
Company — chemical partner of agricul-
ture and industry.
Get full details about the Shell pesti-
cide that fits your needs at your nearest
Shell Chemical Co. District Office, or
write: Shell Chemical Co., Agricultural
Chemicals Division, 1 10 West 5 1st Street,
New York 20, N. Y. ,
Product
No. Agricultural
Uses
No. Non-Agricultural
Uses
No. Pests
Controlled
Dieldrin
153
18
182
Aldrin
159
8
81
Endrin
37
3
61
Phosdrin
Insecticide
51
3
32
Vapona
Insecticide
1
9
16
Methyl Parathion
23
—
14
Nemagon Soil
Fumigant
49
81
D-D Soil
Fumigant
50 W
80
*
SHELL CHEMICAL
COMPANY
Agricultural Chemicals Division
SHELL
*There are more than 130 species of nema-
todes known to attack plants. Nemagon and
D D Soil Fumigants control most of these.
Ill
THEY ALL DIE FOR
miticide and insecticide toxicant
TICKS ...
Delnav has proved to be superior
for control of all ticks in homes, dog-
houses, lawns and other outdoor areas,
including hard-to-kill brown dog tick.
CITRUS MITES . . .
Delnav has shown citrus growers
how they can gain superior control of
mite infestations at low cost. Delnav
gives effective long-lasting protection,
and there’s no preharvest waiting period.
LIVESTOCK INSECTS . . .
Delnav has been approved by the
Food and Drug Administration as a dip
or spray with no preslaughter interval
required. Animals may be treated any
time before slaughter. Delnav controls
ticks, lice, horn fly and sheep ked.
DELNAV is the technical grade
of the chemical 2,3,p-dioxanedithiol S,
S-bis (O, O-diethyl phosphorodithioate) .
120 MONTGOMERY STREET, SAN FRANCISCO 4, CALIFORNIA
IV
Cygon* 400 . . .
new low-hazard
systemic
insecticide
Recently cleared by USD A for
protection of certain vegetables,
non-bearing fruits and ornamentals.
Now, from the laboratories of
American Cyanamid Company
comes another new advance in
insecticides . . . CYGON 400. Wide-
ly tested under the name di-
methoate, cygon brings an
added dimension to phosphate
insecticides. It combines sys-
temic activity with low-hazard
to man and animal.
Wide safety margin
Unlike previous systemics,
which have generally been of a
rather high order of toxicity,
CYGON is so low in toxicity to
warm blooded animals that its
use does not require “special”
protective measures— other
than those normally taken with
any pesticide.
Outstanding control
CYGON 400 gives outstanding
control of aphids, leafhoppers
and leaf miners and has so far
been cleared by USDA for use
on potatoes, tomatoes and
watermelons, cygon can also be
used on non-bearing apples,
pears and citrus fruits to con-
trol aphids, mites, thrips and
pear psylla. In addition, cygon
can be used to control aphids,
thrips, leaf miners, scales, leaf-
hoppers and mites attacking a
number of ornamental plants.
CYGON 400 will be widely
available this year in one gal-
lon and five gallon sizes. For
further information, write ad-
dress below.
* Trademark
V
VELSICOL PESTICIDES:
INSECT, WEED, AND PLANT DISEASE CONTROLS
Velsicol pesticides have demonstrated great utility, throughout the world. If you are interested in the
protection of food or fiber crops, public health, pest control operation, or related fields, we would like
to offer you technical information about these versatile compounds, Please write Velsicol Chemical
Corporation, 341 E. Ohio Street, Chicago, III. 60611
HERBICIDES
BAN DANE
Pre-emergence crabgrass control that's safe for new and
established lawns.
BANVEL □
A herbicide for control of broadleaved perennial weeds
in turf.
INSECTICIDES
'• 1
CHLORDANE
A broad range chlorinated hydrocarbon insecticide. The
leading lawn, garden, household insecticide.
ENDRIN
An insecticide that is effective against many hard to kill
insect pests of cotton, tobacco, tree fruits, etc.
HEPTACHLOR
A versatile chlorinated hydrocarbon insecticide. Widely
used for soil insect control on major crops.
METHYL PARATHION
A versatile insecticide used in combination with Endrin
in all purpose sprays and dusts.
FUMIGANTS
ETHYLENE DIBROMIDE
An insecticidal fumigant, nematocide and soil insecticide.
Usually used in combination with methyl bromide.
METHYL BROMIDE
An insecticidal fumigant, rodenticide, nematocide, and
herbicide.
jz£ ?•> x .• \ •
;X;‘ x :• •; ; i; Xv
FUNGICIDES
'x •£?’ lx
'' "'i. .
•
EMMI
Used for control of smut, blight, and decay on small
grains. Also controls scab, fusarium and curvularvia on
gladiolus corms. Also used to control dollar spot and
brown patch on St. Augustine, Bermuda and Zoysia
grasses.
FERBAM
Fungicide used in control of scab and cedar apple rust
and as a protective fungicide for other crops. Also used
to control blue mold in tobacco plant beds.
ZIRAM
Fungicide used extensively on vegetables and on some
fruit crops. Best used as a preventive treatment.
2-1
Turf fungicide used to control brown patch, dollar spot,
snow mold and other turf diseases.
PMA
An organic foliage fungicide also used for post emer-
gence crabgrass control, seed treatment, and turf disease
control.
VELSICOL CHEMICAL CDRPDRATION/341 E. Ohio St., Chicago, III. 60611
VELSICOL INTERNATIONAL COBP., C. A. / P. O. Box I6S7, Nassau, Bahamas, B.W.I.
VELSICOL CORPORATION OF CANADA, LIMITED /2 Carlton St., Suite 1018, Toronto 2, Canada
VELSICOL INTERNACIONAL DE MEXICO S.A. DE C.V. / Morelos No. 110-Desp. 209, Mexico 6, D.F.
VI
SPRAY ADJUVANTS
DESIGNED TO INCREASE THE
EFFECTIVENESS OF AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS
FLUXIT • MULTI-FILM ,9 L" * MULTI-FILM 89 C"'
COLLOIDAL Z-l • COLLOIDAL X-77
C-P-5 DUST STICKER • SEED COAT
Inquiries Invited Relating to Specific Problems
COLLOIDAL PRODUCTS CORPORATION
100 GATE 5 ROAD SAUSALITO, CAUF.
A Service for the Field
Testing & Evaluation
of
Agricultural Chemicals
Under Western Conditions
Entomology
Chemistry
Floriculture
Engineering
Plant Pathology
Trojan Laboratories
Box 326
Montebello, California
PAYDAY for growers
starts with Stauffer Chemical Research
Stauffer scientists and field men work throughout the year to find new
methods to help growers. In the field and laboratory, Stauffer chemical
research develops better products to produce better crops.
Already accepted by thousands of growers are products pioneered by
Stauffer research: Yapam®, Trithion®, and Eptam®. Proved by two
seasons in intensive use by growers is Tillam tm, an outstanding material
for weed control in sugar beets and tomatoes.
Vapam®, Trithion ®, and Eptam® are Stauffer's Reg. T.M.’s for a soil fumigant, an insecticide-acaricide, and
an herbicide.
th Tillam is Stauffer's T.M.for an herbicide.
STAUFFER CHEMICAL COMPANY
Wwfern
Offices:
SAN FRANCISCO 8, CALIF. LOS ANGELES 54, CALIF.
636 California St. P. 0. Box 2004, Terminal Annex
BAKERSFIELD, CALIF., 1016 E. Brundage Lane
NORTH PORTLAND, ORE. GLENDALE, ARIZ. FRESNO, CALIF.
P. 0. Box 68 P. 0. Box 505 4753 E. Commerce
Vlll
AND BETTER QUALITY. NIAGARA-FOR MORE THAN A
HALF-CENTURY — YOUR PARTNER IN AGRICULTURAL
CHEMICAL PROGRESS.
;
Putting Ideas to Work
NIAGARA CHEMICAL DIVISION
ANAHEIM • FRESNO • RICHMOND • YAKIMA
Home Office: MIDDLEPORT, NEW YORK
IX
Chemagro: source of a constantly growing crop
of better chemicals for agriculture.
Farmer, stockman or grower; chances are he can use one or more of these
Chemagro products. Why should he? Because he’s using the most efficient
and effective chemical control for his dollar. He’s buying Chemagro research
and quality products, second to none. These go hand in hand with a growing
field technical service widely recognized for its professional stature. But,
whatever material is needed, if the name is encircled in the blue bullseye of
Chemagro, you can recommend it CHEMAGRO
With confidence. Chemagro Corporation • Hawthorn Road • Kansas City 20, Missouri
X
PENNSALT CHEMICALS PROVIDE BROAD SPECTRUM CONTROL OF...
.. W ' * * '
■: ■ ■ ",
' ■ : :
iji p \ „
s!
FUNGICIDES
HERBICIDES
Copper
Aquathol*
PCNB
Aquathol Plus*
Penta
Endothal
Sulfur
Endothal TCA
Thiram
Endothal 2, 4-D
Zineb
Hydrothol*
Ziram
Sodium Arseriite*
Sodium Chlorate
INSECTICIDES
Aidrin
8HC
Biotrol
Calcium Arsenate
Ghlordane
Kryoeitie
DDT
Dieldrin
Endrin
Heptachfor
Lindane
Malathion
OMPA
Oil
Parathion
Taxaphene
VC* 13
OTHERS
DEFOLIANTS
& DESICCANTS
Arsenic Acid
De-Fol-Ate
Folex
NEMATICIDES
Penphene
GROWTH
REGULATORS
ANIMAL
REPELLENTS
Endrin
Thiram
Pennsalt Chemicals are known for their dependable potency, high performance
and constant quality. Buying from Pennsalt, a basic producer, ensures fast, on-
time delivery from close-by plants or warehouses. Pennsalt technical service is
available to you on any control problem. Contact your Pennsalt dealer or your
Pennsalt representative for immediate assistance with your control problems.
#
Pennsalt
Chemicals
ESTABLISHED 18S0
PENNSALT CHEMICALS CORPORATION
Agricultural Chemicals Division
Tacoma, Washington; Aurora, Illinois; Bryan, Texas;
Montgomery, Alabama; Portland, Oregon.
XI
Label directions on all chemicals are important. There
are thousands of agricultural chemicals available
today, and the correct usage of these chemicals
depends upon the understanding of the product's
function and application. The labels and the directions
they carry are carefully prepared by expert scientific
personnel. It is most important that the user of these
products be alerted to the importance of careful read-
ing of directions concerning dilution and application.
In order to help remind the public, the Ortho Division
of California Chemical Company is making available
the sticker shown above, free of charge. Address
requests for stickers to California Chemical Company,
Ortho Division, Richmond, California, Dept. LAC.
CALIFORNIA CHEMICAL
COMPANY
Ortho Division
Richmond, Californio
Xll
INSECT PINS
CLAIR ARMIN
417 PALM AVENUE
REEDLEY, CALIFORNIA
$4 per M Fast Service
DR. E. REUTER G.M.B.H.
SCIENCE MAILORDER FIRM
MUNCHEN 22, KAULBACHSTRASSE 26A
TELEPHONE: 22 II 18, CABLE NUMBER: 52/3943
We would like to send you free our scientific
equipment catalogue, which includes a list of
special books and over 200 pieces of equipment
for catching, collecting and breeding insects, as
well as equipment useful for zoologists and bot-
anists.
Our book list contains over 15,000 new and
second-hand titles of books, journals and articles
pertaining to entomology, biology and other fields
of science.
Our prices were reduced last year because of
streamlining our organization and bulk pur-
chases. These new offers will be of great interest
to all biologists, as they are reasonable in spite
of import duty and mailing costs. We will be
pleased to serve you anywhere in the world.
Xlll
/
■k
| r
BMMi
ntawroS
Kill those cottoh-pickin’ mites
with Aramite
Plagued by mites who seem to thrive on phosphate? Get aramite®,
effective, approved miticide. Tests in the field for the past twelve
years prove aramite kills a wide variety of mites, including those who
resist phosphate, and not one has developed a resistance to aramite.
Applied as a wet spray or dust, aramite has a long residual. It kills
both nymph and adult mites on cotton, ornamentals, fruit and shade
trees. Appoved by the U.S.D.A. for mite control of cotton, aramite
is safe to use and does not harm bees or other beneficial insects. For
effective, economical mite control, order aramite from your local
supplier.
NAUGATUCK CHEMICAL DIVISION
United States Rubber
Dept. 9141 AR Elm Street Naugatuck, Connecticut
DISTRICT OFFICES: Akron • Boston • Portland • San Francisco • Chicago • Detroit
Gastonia • Los Angeles * Dallas • New Brunswick, N.J. • Dominion Rubber Company,
Ltd., Montreal • CABLE- Rubexport, N Y.
"Is
there
one
mitieide
I can really
rely on ?”
You bet. It’s called Kelthane® AP.
I’ve got mites in my apples. In my pears, too. Let’s see— there’s
European red, two-spot, McDaniel and Willamette. They all give
me trouble.
Makes no difference. Kelthane AP controls these and many more.
Not only in fruit orchards, but also on beans, melons, tomatoes,
cotton and in gardens around homes and buildings.
How long does it last?
Long enough to destroy migrants and late-hatching colonies. Won’t
hurt mite predators, either. And you can use it up to 7 days before
harvest on apples, pears and many other crops.
That’s the mitieide I’ve been looking for! I’d better call my dealer right
now— see if he has Kelthane AP in stock.